Amends to SDs 2011

NP247(2)

ANNUAL SUMMARY OF ADMIRALTY NOTICES TO MARINERS -AMENDMENTS TO SAILING DIRECTIONS

CORRECT TO 31 DECEMBER 2010 (Week 52/10)

CONTENTS

PART 1

CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS AND THEIR LATEST SUPPLEMENTS

PART 2

AMENDMENTS IN FORCE

ii

iii

INTRODUCTION

NP247(2), Admiralty of Notices to Mariners - Amendments to Sailing Directions,contains the text of all amendments to current editions of Admiralty SailingDirections which have been published in Section IV of Admiralty of Notices toMariners, and which remain in force on 31 December 2010 (Week 52/10).

HOW TO USE THIS PUBLICATION

Current editions of Sailing Directions

Amendments to Admiralty Sailing Directions are always applied to the most recentedition of the volume in use. Details of the most recent edition of any particularvolume can be established by consulting:

NP131 Admiralty Chart Catalogue, published annually in December.

Part 1 of this publication, published annually in January.

NP234 Cumulative List of Admiralty Notices to Mariners, published6-monthly in January and July.

New editions of Admiralty Sailing Directions are published on a cycle ofapproximately 3 years, and are announced in Part 1 of Admiralty Notices toMariners. A complete listing of current editions is updated and published quarterlyin Part 1B of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. It is also available on the UKHOwebsiteat www.ukho.gov.uk

Sailing Directions in Continuous Revision

Most volumes of Admiralty Sailing Directions are kept up to date in a “ContinuousRevision” cycle. This means that once a new edition is published it will becontinuously revised by its Editor for a period of approximately 3 years usinginformation received in the UKHO, and then republished. During the life of the book,it is amended as necessary by notices published weekly at Section IV of AdmiraltyNotices to Mariners. These amendments will normally be restricted to those criticalto the safety of navigation, and information required to be published as a result ofchanges to national legislation affecting shipping, and to port regulations.

It is recommended that amendments issued in this way are cut out and pasted intothe parent book. Mariners may, however, prefer to keep amendments in a separatefile, and annotate the text of the book in the margin to indicate the existence of anamendment. This latter method may be more appropriate in some volumes wheresignificant numbers of amendments, sometimes overlapping, may make thecut-and-paste method unwieldy and confusing.

www.ukho.gov.uk

iv

Sailing Directions amended by Supplements

(Currently NPs 4, 10, 21, 57B and 58B)

Some older editions ofAdmiralty SailingDirections have, in the past, beenamendedby Supplement. Supplements used to be published approximately every 2 yearsand were cumulative in nature such that each Supplement replaced its predecessorin entirety, and cancelled any Section IV Notices extant either since publication ofthe original book, or since the previous Supplement.

This method of amendment is being phased out, and it is expected that all volumeswith Supplements will have been replaced by Continuous Revision volumes within5 years. It is not expected that there will be any further Supplements published.

During the life of a volume, it is amended in the same way as Continuous Revisionbooks by notices published weekly at Section IV of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.These amendments will normally be restricted to those critical to the safety ofnavigation, and information required to be published as a result of changes tonational legislation affecting shipping, and to port regulations.

It is recommended that amendments issued for books amended by Supplement arekept in a separate file, and the text of the book, and Supplement, annotated in themargin to indicate the existence of the amendment.

Promulgation of Section IV Notices to Mariners

Section IV Notices to Mariners are published weekly in Admiralty Notices toMariners.

A check-list of all extant Notices, but not the text, is published quarterly at SectionIB of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.

This volume, published annually, contains the full text of all extant Section IVNotices.

Action on receipt of a volume of Admiralty Sailing Directions.

(1) Check that the most recent Edition of the volume, and its Supplement whererelevant, are held.

(2) Check that the amendments at Part II of this volume have been applied.

(3) Check that all amendments published at Section IV of Admiralty of Notices toMariners subsequent to the publication of this volume have been applied, usingthe most recent quarterly check-list at Section IB of the Weekly Edition, and themost recent edition of NP234.

Where it is found that the most up to date information is not held, the most recenteditions of all Admiralty publications can be obtained from Admiralty Distributors,and back copies of Admiralty Notices to Mariners can also be downloaded from theUKHO website.

1 - 1

AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS

PART 1CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS AND THEIR LATEST SUPPLEMENTS

NP No Title Edition Supplement Published /correct fromWeekly EditionNumber

1 Africa Pilot Vol 1 15th (2009) 26/09

2: Africa Pilot Vol 2 15th (2007) 11/08

3 Africa Pilot Vol 3 15th (2010) 20/10

4: South-East Alaska Pilot 6th (1993) 4/2006 15/06

5: South America Pilot Vol 1 16th (2008) 25/08

6: South America Pilot Vol 2 17th (2008) 17/09

7 South America Pilot Vol 3 10th (2009) 41/09

7A South America Pilot Vol 4 5th (2010) 18/10

8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot 12th (2010) 29/10

9} Antarctic Pilot 7th (2009) 31/09

10: Arctic Pilot Vol 1 7th (1985) 8/2005 31/05

11} Arctic Pilot Vol 2 10th (2010) 39/10

12} Arctic Pilot Vol 3 8th (2007) 41/07

13: Australia Pilot Vol 1 2nd (2008) 39/08

14 Australia Pilot Vol 2 11th (2010) 21/10

15 Australia Pilot Vol 3 11th (2009) 31/09

18 Baltic Pilot Vol 1 15th (2009) 02/10

19: Baltic Pilot Vol 2 14th (2008) 27/08

20 Baltic Pilot Vol 3 11th (2010) 24/10

21 Bay of Bengal Pilot 11th (2010) 44/10

22 Bay of Biscay Pilot 11th (2010) 34/10

23} Bering Sea asnd Strait Pilot 7th (2009) 33/09

24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot 3rd (2010) 30/10

25 British Columbia Pilot Vol 1 14th (2010) 47/10

26} British Columbia Pilot Vol 2 9th (2005) 29/05

27 Channel Pilot 8th (2009) 12/10

28: Dover Strait Pilot 8th (2008) 13/09

30 China Sea Pilot Vol 1 8th (2010) 43/10

31 China Sea Pilot Vol 2 9th (2010) 22/10

32: China Sea Pilot Vol 3 7th (2009) 04/10

33: Philippine Islands Pilot 3rd (2008) 22/08

34 Indonesia Pilot Vol 2 5th (2009) 47/09

35: Indonesia Pilot Vol 3 4th (2008) 29/08

36 Indonesia Pilot Vol 1 6th (2009) 18/09

37: West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot 17th (2008) 44/08

38 West Coast of India Pilot 16th (2010) 25/10

39: South Indian Ocean Pilot 12th (2008) 21/08

40: Irish Coast Pilot 17th (2006) 50/06

41 Japan Pilot Vol 1 9th (2009) 44/09

42A: Japan Pilot Vol 2 2nd (2009) 35/09

42B Japan Pilot Vol 3 8th (2009) 34/09

1 - 2

NP No Published /correct fromWeekly EditionNumber

SupplementEditionTitle

42C: Japan Pilot Vol 4 2nd (2008) 18/09

43: South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia andSea of Okhotsk Pilot

8th (2008) 30/08

44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot 9th (2008) 05/09

45 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 1 13th (2008) 50/08

46: Mediterranean Pilot Vol 2 12th (2007) 36/07




50}: Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot 12th (2006) 37/06

51 New Zealand Pilot 18th (2010) 51/10

52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot 7th (2009) 22/09

54 North Sea (West) Pilot 8th (2009) 01/10

55 North Sea (East) Pilot 7th (2010) 45/10

56 Norway Pilot Vol 1 14th (2008) 12/09

57A: Norway Pilot Vol 2A 9th (2008) 26/08

57B Norway Pilot Vol 2B 8th (1979) 11/2004 14/04

58A Norway Pilot Vol 3A 7th (2010) 16/10

58B Norway Pilot Vol 3B 6th (1984) 9/2004 48/04

59} Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot 14th (2008) 11/09

60} Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 1 11th (2007) 06/08

61} Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 2 11th (2006) 10/07

62 Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 3 12th (2010) 32/10

63: Persian Gulf Pilot 14th (2008) 02/09

64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot 16th (2009) 36/09

65 St Lawrence Pilot 16th (2009) 46/09

66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot 16th (2008) 11/09

67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot 10th (2008) 03/09

68 East Coast of the United States Pilot Vol 1 13th (2009) 10/10

69: East Coast of the United States Pilot Vol 2 11th (2008) 42/08

69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot 5th (2009) 23/09

70 West Indies Pilot Vol 1 4th (2008) 46/08

71} West Indies Pilot Vol 2 16th (2008) 06/09

72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot 2nd (2010) 31/10

100} The Mariner’s Handbook 9th (2009) 50/09

136 Ocean Passages for the World 5th (2004) 24/04

350(1)} Admiralty Distance Tables — Atlantic Ocean 1st (1976) 1/1982 1982

350(2)} Admiralty Distance Tables — Indian Ocean 3rd (2008) 15/08

350(3)} Admiralty Distance Tables — Pacific Ocean 2nd (2009) 39/09

735} Maritime Buoyage System 6th (2006) 52/06

: New Edition scheduled for publication in 2011.

} Volumes on an extended cycle of Continuous Revision of 5 or more years.

2 - 1

AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS

PART 2

INDEX OF AMENDMENTS IN FORCE ON 31 DECEMBER 2010 (Week 52/10)

NP Pilot Page1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 2 - 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 2 - 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 2 - 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 South-East Alaska Pilot 2 - 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 South America Pilot Volume 1 2 - 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 South America Pilot Volume 2 2 - 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 South America Pilot Volume 3 2 - 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7A South America Pilot Volume 4 2 - 19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot 2 - 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Antarctic Pilot 2 - 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Arctic Pilot Volume 1 2 - 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 2 - 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 2 - 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 2 - 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 2 - 32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 2 - 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 2 - 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 2 - 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 2 - 45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Bay of Bengal Pilot 2 - 48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Bay of Biscay Pilot 2 - 48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot 2 - 48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Black Sea Pilot 2 - 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 2 - 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 British Columbia Pilot Volume 2 2 - 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Channel Pilot 2 - 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Dover Strait Pilot 2 - 53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 China Sea Pilot Volume 1 2 - 63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 China Sea Pilot Volume 2 2 - 63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 2 - 64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Philippine Islands Pilot 2 - 90. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 2 - 91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Indonesia Pilot Volume 3 2 - 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Indonesia Pilot Volume 1 2 - 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot 2 - 93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 West Coast of India Pilot 2 - 99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 South Indian Ocean Pilot 2 - 102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Irish Coast Pilot 2 - 103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 2 - 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42A Japan Pilot Volume 2 2 - 111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42B Japan Pilot Volume 3 2 - 111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42C Japan Pilot Volume 4 2 - 111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot 2 - 112. . . . . .44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot 2 - 114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1 2 - 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2 2 - 125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3 2 - 130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 4 2 - 133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 5 2 - 134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot 2 - 136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 New Zealand Pilot 2 - 139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NP Pilot Page52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot 2 - 140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 North Sea (West) Pilot 2 - 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 North Sea (East) Pilot 2 - 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 2 - 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A 2 - 145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57B Norway Pilot Volume 2B 2 - 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A 2 - 156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B 2 - 158. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot 2 - 167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1 2 - 168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 2 2 - 170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 3 2 - 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Persian Gulf Pilot 2 - 174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot 2 - 178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 St Lawrence Pilot 2 - 180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot 2 - 181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot 2 - 182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 1 2 - 187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 2 2 - 190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot 2 - 194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 2 - 195. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 West Indies Pilot Volume 2 2 - 198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot 2 - 199. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 The Mariner’s Handbook 2 - 199. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 Ocean Passages for the World 2 - 200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 - 2

NP1

2 - 3

NP1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)

Islas Canarias - Isla de Gran Canaria —Directions; depth; buoy

93

Paragraph 3.57 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:

1 From a postion NE of La Isleta Light (3.56),the track leads S, passing (with positions relativeto Punta Melenara Light (27 59 46N15 22 04W)):

E of Las Bajas (11½ miles NNW) (3.59), and adepth of 13 9 m lying 6 cables N, thence:

95

After Paragraph 3.59 8 line 13 Add:

A depth of 13 9 m lies 6 cables N of Las Bajas.


9 Thence the track leads E to a position NE ofLa Isleta Light (28 10 44N 15 25 14W).

Spanish Notice 13/100/2010(SDD 2010000 049685) [17/10]

Morocco - Mohammedia - Approaches —Directions; buoyage; depth;

dangerous wrecks

145


1 From the outer pilot embarkation point(33 46 2N 7 23 0W), the track leads SE thengenerally SW, towards the oil terminal or theharbour basin, noting the entry prohibited area(5.78).

Paragraph 5.83 3 line 1 Replace by:NE of buoy (special) (2½ miles NW), thence:SW of a shoal with a depth of 12 m (2 miles

NW), thence:

Paragraph 5.83 3 lines 4-5 Replace by:Clear of three dangerous wrecks (1¾ miles

NW), thence:

French Notice 10-33-29(SDD 2010000 134747) [37/10]

Morocco - Safi — Directions; Light

156

Paragraph 5.197 1 lines 6 to 10 Replace by:

Harbour directional light. The harbour isentered in the white sector (150 ) of the light onMôle Oblique (white pylon, 9 m in height)(32 18 37N 9 14 90W).

Paragraph 5.197 2 line 1 For The alignment (150 )Read The track

French Notice 50/37/09(SDD 2009000 186455) [07/10]

Ivory Coast - San-Pédro approaches —Directions; depth

301


Clear of (according to draught) a shoal depth of17 m (5¼ miles E) lying 1¾ miles SE ofPointe Pata, thence:


West African Gas Pipeline — Buoyage

313Paragraph 10.4 1 line 8 Replace by:

...of the pipeline, which is marked at various points bylight buoys (special). The buoys are fitted with AIS.See 1.42.

324After Paragraph 10.85 3 line 2 Add:

Clear of light buoys (special) (17 and 19 milesSW), marking the West African Gas Pipeline(10.4), thence:


Clear of light buoys (special) (18 miles E),marking the West African Gas Pipeline(10.4), thence:


Clear of light buoys (special) (24½ miles ENE),marking the West African Gas Pipeline(10.4), thence:


...encloses Sémé Oil Terminal (11.105), and Sof light buoys (special), marking the WestAfrican Gas Pipeline (10.4), which lie 2 milesS of the entry prohibited area.


E of light buoys (special) (9 miles SSW),marking the West African Gas Pipeline(10.4), thence:

WAGPO(SDD 2009000 139248) [48/09]

Ghana - Jubilee Oil Field — Restricted area

315After Paragraph 10.18 Insert:

Restricted area10.18a

1 An area to which entry is restricted is centredon 4 32 1N 2 54 6W, and vessels shouldmaintain a distance of 5 miles from this point.

NP1

2 - 4

This marks a development area within theJubilee Oil Field.


Clear of an area of offshore oil and gas activity(10.17) and the restricted area within the JubileeOil Field (10.18a), thence:

Ghana Maritime Authority(SDD 2009000 158552) [02/10]

Ghana - Tema - Approaches —Dangerous wreck

325

Paragraph 10.89 3 including Section IV Notice Week48/09 Replace by:

3 SE of Nungua Point (9 miles ENE), the SWof two points of land, 7 cables apart, andfringed with rocky ledges, thence:

SE of Greenwich Rock (12¾ miles ENE), lying1½ cables offshore, 2 m high and easilyidentifiable against the white background ofthe beach, thence:

SE of a dangerous wreck, (13¾ miles ENE)(position approximate), thence:

Clear of light buoys (special) (18 miles E),marking the West African Gas Pipeline(10.4), thence:

SSE of Tema Main Breakwater Head Light(15 miles ENE) (10.123).

Tema Port Control(SDD 2010000 116724) [35/10]

Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches —Dangerous wreck

344

Paragraph 11.140 1 lines 6-10 including Section IVNotice Week 10/10 Replace by:

ESE of a dangerous wreck (2¾ miles S)(position approximate), thence:

ESEof dangerouswreck, part ofwhich is visible,(2¾ miles SSE) (position approximate).

Thence, the track continues NE to the pilotboarding position in the vicinity of Lagos FairwayLight Buoy (safe water) (2¾ miles SE).

Captain Isele Ogorye(SDD 2010000 098891) [32/10]

Nigeria - Lagos — Directions; buoyage

344


Thence the track continues NE to the pilotboarding position in the vicinity of Lagos FairwayLight Buoy (safe water) (2¾ miles SE).


A foul area on the W side of the channel ismarked by a light buoy (isolated danger), 3 cablesWSW of Wilmot Point.

Mark Dent, Port Captain(SDD 2010000 000067) [10/10]

Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches andEntrance Channel — Depths


Less water than charted has been reported(2009) in an area close E of the entrancechannel, within the prohibited anchorage area(11.127).

Marine Accident Investigation Branch(SDD 2009000 060140) [34/09]

Nigeria - Forcados River to Brass River -Offshore terminals — Pennington

Oil Terminal

367Paragraph 12.55 1 lines 5-6 Delete The terminal toSBM B.


Terminal Authority. Chevron Nigeria Ltd.E-mail: [email protected]

Paragraph 12.56 Replace by:

1 Controlling depth. The minimum depth at bothSPM A and SPM B is approximately 26 8 m.

Maximum size of vessel handled: 250 000dwt on SPM A and 160 000 dwt on SPM B.Tidal levels. The mean range in the vicinity of

the SPM berths is about 1 5 m. See information inAdmiralty Tide Tables.Local weather. Wind and swell are

predominantly from the SW. The weather isgenerally good between November and May, thedry season, but deteriorates during the wetseason, May to November. During the periods ofchange of season, severe squalls andthunderstorms occur and winds of up to 70 knotshave been recorded.


Pilotage is compulsory. Berthing andunberthing is carried out 24 hours a day, weatherpermitting. The pilot boards 2½ miles W ofSPM A.


2 Tugs. Two tugs are available and used toassist in berthing. A tug will remain secured tothe vessels stern throughout time at the berth tohelp maintain vessel at a constant distance fromthe SPM.Anchorage. The charted anchorage position

lies 2½ miles SW of SPM A. Due to the existenceof numerous submarine pipelines in the area,vessels may only anchor in the designatedanchorage position or as otherwise directed bythe Mooring Master.

mailto:[email protected]

NP1

2 - 5

After paragraph 12.57 Insert:

Harbour12.57a

1 Current. The current sets NNW forapproximately 75% of the year and SSE for theremainder. Rates vary between ½ to 2 knots, andcan change direction very quickly, which maycause a vessel to yaw.


1 Incoming tankers should make their approachfrom the W to a position not less than 2 miles Wof SPM B. The chart is then sufficient guide.

An unlit mooring buoy is positioned about1½ miles S of SPM A.

Paragraph 12.59 including heading Replace by:

Berths12.59

1 The terminal consists of 2 berths, SPM A andSPM B, with a connected pipeline system.

Chevron Nigeria Ltd(SDDs 2009000 164069; 183945) [02/10]

Nigeria - Offshore terminals —Bonny Offshore Oil Terminal

382

After Paragraph 12.222 1 line 6 Add:A third SBM (4 06 60N 7 07 60E) lies 8 miles

SW of the Bonny Offshore Oil Terminal platform.

After Paragraph 12.224 1 line 6 Add:The designated anchorage position for SBM 3

is 3½ miles SW of the SBM.

After Paragraph 12.224 1 line 8 Add:The pilot boarding position for SBM 3 is

3¼ miles SW of the SBM.

After Paragraph 12.224 2 line 6 Add:A restricted area, radius 3 miles, is centred on

SBM 3.

Shell International Trading & Shipping Co Ltd(SDD 201000 008775) [10/10]


South Atlantic Ocean - Walvis Ridge -Wüst Seamount — Shoals

67

Paragraph 2.5 1 line 10 After 3 30 W). Add:

Shoals are reported (2007) to exist in thevicinity of of Wüst Seamount as follows:

66 miles NE, bounded by positions:32 49 S 2 53 W;32 49 S 2 26 W;33 09 S 2 26 W;33 09 S 2 53 W, and

80 miles SW, in position 34 29 S 5 00 W.

USNGA Notice 19/22/2008(SDD 2008000 041381) [38/08]

Equatorial Guinea - Cogo — Light

138-139


The track continues ENE for 6 miles to ananchorage...

French Notice 10.21.47(SDD 2010000 087637) [25/10]

Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches— Directions

141Paragraph 5.6 1 line 3DeleteWof a light buoymoored

142Paragraph5.8 4 lines 7-8Delete Wof a light buoy (porthand) (13 miles SSW) moored

Paragraph 5.10 1 lines 1-2 Delete W of a light buoy(port hand) (0 25 8N 9 13 6E), moored

Paragraph 5.10 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:...18 miles to 0 18 N 9 27 E, the pilot boardingposition as shown on the chart.

143Paragraph 5.17 Replace by:5.17

1 From a position about 7½ miles SW of CapSanta Clara (0 30 4N 9 19 3E), the track leadsinitially E through Passe de la Pénélope, passing(with positions relative to Cap Santa Clara):

S of Banc de la Thémis (5½ miles SW) (5.8),thence:

N of an unmarked wreck (6¼ miles SSW) with adepth of 2 5 m over it, lying on the NWextremity of Banc de la Mouche. The seabreaks occasionally over this bank and it maybe distinguished, even in fine weather, by theripples over it. And:

2 S of Banc du Postillon (3¾ miles SSW),usually indicated by eddies.

Thence the recommended track, as indicatedon the chart, leads ESE for about 4 miles,passing:

NNE of Banc du Pongara (7½ miles S). The seabreaks over this bank and it may bedistinguished, even in fine weather, by theripples over it. Thence:

NNE of a shoal patch (7 miles S) with a depth of9 8 m over it, thence:

3 SSW of a buoy (port hand) (6½ miles S),moored on the S extremity of Banc duCaraïbe.

Paragraph 5.18 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:2 SW of the S extremity of Banc du Sud-Est

(9 miles SSE), thence:SW of two shoal patches of 9 8 m and 9 9 m(10¾ miles SSE), thence:

Paragraph 5.18 3 lines 5-6 Replace by:Thence the track continues SE to the...

Paragraph 5.20 1 lines 1-2 Replace by1 From the pilot boarding...

NP2

2 - 6

144Paragraph 5.24 1 line 4 For light buoy Read buoy

145Paragraph 5.29 2 line 4 Replace by: passing SE ofBanc du Sud-Est (5.18).

Paragraph 5.29 2 lines 5-6 Delete

Paragraph 5.30 1 line 6 Add: A mooring buoy (blackand white) lies 1½ cables W of the SSE end of thebreakwater.

146Paragraph 5.50 1 line 3 Replace by:...de la Thémis (0 26 8N 9 15 0E) (5.8). See...

147Paragraph 5.52 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:

1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gtand available 24 hours. Pilot boards in the vicinityof 0 18 N 9 27 E, as indicated on the chart.

Paragraph 5.56 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:1 From the charted pilot boarding position

(0 18 N 9 27 E), the track leads ESE for about4 miles...Paragraph 5.58 1 line 7 Add: There is a shoal patch of4 9 m 2½ miles WSW of Pointe Owendo.

148Paragraph 5.64 1 lines 1-2 Delete W of a light buoymoored

Paragraph 5.64 2 lines 1-2 For W of the light buoymentioned above Read about 7½ miles SW of CapSanta Clara

Paragraph 5.70 1 line 1DeleteWof the light buoy (porthand) moored

Paragraph 5.72 1 line 1DeleteWof the light buoy (porthand) moored

French Notice 08/02/30; French Chart 6369(SDDs 2008000 007509; 008299) [17/08]

Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches— Directions

141Paragraph 5.6 1 line 3 including existing Section IVNotice Week 17/08 Replace by:

...W of a buoy moored about 7¼ miles SW of Cap...

142Paragraph 5.8 4 lines 7-11 including existing SectionIV Notice Week 17/08 Replace by:

Thence the track leads to a position W of abuoy (port hand) (12¾ miles SSW) moored about7¼ miles SW of Cap Santa Clara (0 30 4N9 19 3E) on the SW extremity of Banc de laThémis.

Shoals with depths of 9 9 m and 16 7 m lie6½ miles and 7 miles respectively WSW from CapSanta Clara, and a stranded wreck lies on the Sextremity of Banc de la Thémis. A light buoy (Scardinal) lies 6 cables S of the wreck.

Paragraph 5.10 including existing Section IV NoticeWeek 17/08 Replace by:

1 From a position W of a buoy (port hand)(0 25 7N 9 13 6E) moored about 7¼ miles SW ofCap Santa Clara (0 30 4N 9 19 3E) the routeleads initially E then SE for 18 miles to 0 18 N9 27 E, the pilot boarding position for Owendo.Thence the route continues for about 9½ miles

to a position NE of Île à Cailloux (0 10 5N9 33 2E), at the entrance to the upper reaches ofEstuaire du Gabon where there are numeroustributaries.

143Paragraph 5.17 including existing Section IV NoticeWeek 17/08 Replace by:

5.171 From a position about 8 miles SW of Cap

Santa Clara (0 30 4N 9 19 3E), the track leadsinitially E through Passe de la Pénélope, passing(with positions relative to Cap Santa Clara):

S of buoy (port hand) (5.8), thence:S of Banc de la Thémis (5½ miles SW) (5.8).

2 Thence from a position N of a light buoy(starboard hand) (5 miles SSW), therecommended track, as indicated on the chart,leads ESE for about 4 miles, passing:

SSW of Banc du Postillon (3¾ miles SSW),usually indicated by eddies, thence:

NNE of an unmarked wreck (6¼ miles SSW)with a depth of 2 5 m over it, lying on the NWextremity of Banc de la Mouche. The seabreaks occasionally over this bank and it maybe distinguished, even in fine weather, by theripples over it, thence

NNE of Banc du Pongara (7½ miles S). The seabreaks over this bank and it may bedistinguished, even in fine weather, by theripples over it, thence:

NNE of shoal patch (7 miles S) with a depth of9 8 m over it. A buoy (starboard hand) marksthe N edge of this shoal, thence:

SSW of two buoys (port hand) (6½ miles S) theeastern one of which is a light buoy, mooredon the S extremity of Banc du Caraïbe.

Existing Section IV Notice Week 17/08 Paragraph5.18 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:

2 SW of a light buoy (port hand) (9½ miles SSE)moored on the S extremity of Banc du Sud-Est.

144Paragraph 5.24 1 line 4 including existing Section IVNotice Week 17/08 For a buoy Read two buoys (porthand), the E of which is a light buoy

145Paragraph 5.29 2 including existing Section IV NoticeWeek 17/08 Replace by:

2 From a position on the recommended track andE of Pointe Pongara (5.18), course is altered NEtowards the anchorage off Libreville, a distance ofabout 3 miles, passing SE of Banc du Sud-Est(5.18), the S extremity of which is marked by alight buoy (port hand).

NP2

2 - 7

147Paragraph 5.58 1 line 7 including existing Section IVNotice Week 17/08 Replace by:

The river current sets strongly in theselocations. There is a shoal patch of 3 9 m2¼ miles WSW of Pointe Owendo.


Gabon — Tchatamba Terminal


Either side of Tchatamba Terminal whichconsists of a platform (MOPU) (14 miles SW)surrounded by a restricted area radius3 miles. Platforms T West and T South aresituated 4 miles NW and 8¾ miles S,respectively. Lights are exhibited from thethree platforms. Thence:

157Paragraphs 5.178-5.182 Including headings Replaceby:

Spare5.178 - 5.182

Marathon Oil UK Ltd(SDD 2007000 091566) [13/08]

Congo - Pointe Indienne — Directions;wreck


SW of a stranded wreck (4 41 5S 11 45 2E).Thence:

Navarea II Warning 098/08(SDD 2008000 029105) [17/08]

Republic of Congo - Offshore terminals —Azurite Terminal

171

Paragraph 6.8 1 line 5 Add:

Clear of Azurite Oil Terminal (71½ miles W)(6.14a), thence;

172

After Paragraph 6.14 1 Insert:

Azurite Terminal

General information6.14a

1 Position and function. Azurite Oil Terminal,(5 38 10S 10 59 40E) consists of a Floating,Drilling, Production, Storage and Off-loadingfacility (FDPSO) connected to subsea drill centre.The position of the FDPSO may vary slightly as aresult of ongoing drilling activities.

Terminal Authority: Murphy West Africa Ltd.E-mail: [email protected]

Limiting conditions6.14b

1 Maximum size of vessel handled. TheFDPSO is designed to accept export tankers upto 330 000 dwt.Local weather and sea state. Normal wind

conditions are dominated by tradewinds blowingfrom the SE to SW sectors. Winds are generallymoderate and constant, but extreme windconditions can occur in squalls during the wetseason (December to April).

Arrival information6.14c

1 Notice of ETA. Initial ETA should be sent7 days before arrival; thence 72, 48, 24, 12 and4 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List ofRadio Signals Volume 6(3).Waiting area. The waiting area is 10 miles W

of the FDPSO.2 Pilotage is compulsory within 2 miles of the

FDPSO. Pilots will board 2 miles N of theFDPSO.Tugs are available.

3 Restricted area. A zone, radius 2 miles, wherenavigation and fishing is prohibited is centred onthe FDPSO.

Harbour6.14d

1 Current. Attains rates of up to 3 knots, mainlyinfluenced by the outflow from the Congo River.Changes in current strength and direction canoccur at any time.

Directions6.14e

1 The chart is sufficient guide.

Berths6.14f

1 Export tankers moor in tandem with theFDPSO.

Services6.14g

1 Medical. Paramedic on board FDPSO.Supplies. Fuel oils and provisions.

Murphy West Africa(SDD 2010000 003262) [08/10]

Angola - Cabinda - Kuito Terminal —Anchorage


Waiting anchorage. Vessels bound for KuitoTerminal, if not able to berth on arrival, are towait at the designated anchorage for MalongoTerminals (6.45).

CABOC - Malongo(SDD 2010000 059964) [18/10]


NP2

2 - 8

Congo — Moanda Terminal

179Paragraph 6.91 1 lines 1- 7 including headingsReplace by:

Muanda Terminal

Chart 658General information6.91

1 Position and function. Muanda Oil Terminal(5 58 4S 12 06 6E) is located 12 miles off thecoast with an SPM and FSO Kalamu, 274 m LOAand 141 000 dwt..

Terminal Authority. Muanda International OilCompany, Kinshasa.

E-mail: [email protected]

Paragraph 6.92 1 lines 4-5 For 16 76 m, 160 000 dwt.Read 17 m, 175 000 dwt.

Paragraph 6.93 2-3 Replace by:2 Outer anchorage may be obtained in a

designated anchorage 2 miles N of the SPM(5 58 4S 12 06 6E).

3 Submarine pipelines are laid to the terminalfrom associated platforms: GCO Oilfield 3½ milesENE.

Pilotage is compulsory and is conducted bythe Mooring Master.

Tugs are not available.Restricted area. The FSO and SPM are

enclosed within a restricted area, see 6.83.4 Regulations. The flag of the Democratic

Republic of Congo must be flown at all times.

Paragraph 6.94 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:1 The chart is sufficient guide.

Paragraph 6.95 1 Replace by:1 The SPM and FSO (5 58 4S 12 06 6E) are

moored in a depth of 27 m and are lit. Vesselsmoor in tandem with the FSO.

Muanda Terminal Mooring Master(SDD 2008000 024680) [14/08]

Angola - Offshore terminals —Kizomba C Terminal

195



1 Position and function. Kizomba C Terminal,situated 60 miles offshore, consists of two FPSOs:

Mondo (6 09 6S 11 16 2E);Saxi-Batuque (6 19 3S 11 16 8E).

Terminal Authority. Esso Exploration Angola.E-mail:

Mondo: [email protected];Saxi-Batuque: [email protected]


1 Maximum size of vessel handled. TheFPSOs are designed to accept export tankers upto 350 000 dwt under certain weather conditions.Local weather and sea state. See 7.10.

Arrival information7.24c

1 Notice of ETA. Notice is required at start ofpassage; thence 72, 48, 24 and 4 hours prior toarrival. See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(3).Waiting area. Mondo waiting area is 11 miles

NE of FPSO, and Saxi-Batuque waiting area is10½ miles NE of FPSO.

2 Pilotage is compulsory. For Mondo the pilotboarding area is 3½ miles N of the FSPO, and forSaxi-Batuque the pilot boarding area is 4 milesNW of the FSPO.Tugs are available.

3 Restricted area. A restricted area, radius2½ miles, is centred on FPSO Mondo, and arestricted area, radius 4 miles, is centred onFPSO Saxi-Batuque.

Terminal7.24d

1 Both FPSOs exhibit lights, and fog signals aresounded in poor visibility. Racons are fitted.

Directions7.24e

1 The chart is sufficient guide.

Berths7.24f

1 Export tankers moor in tandem with the FPSOswith export tankers bow to the stern of the FPSO.Loading is by means of floating hosearrangements between FPSO and export tanker.

Esso Exploration Angola(SDDs 2008000 050406; 051469; 065201) [36/08]

Angola - Offshore terminals —Girassol Terminal

195

Paragraph 7.27 1 lines 7 and 8 Delete


Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards4 miles N of the FPSO and uses a berthing aid,for which the export tanker must supply power.

TOTAL E&P Angola(SDD 2009000 013821) [12/09]




NP2

2 - 9

Angola - Offshore terminals -Girassol Terminal — Waiting area

195AfterParagraph7.27 1 line 6 including existingSectionIV Notice Week 12/09 Insert:

Waiting area. Vessels bound for GirassolTerminal, if not able to berth on arrival, are towait at the designated waiting area for Girassoland Dalia Terminals (7.34).

TOTAL E&P Angola(SDD 2010000 051291) [18/10]

Angola - Offshore terminals — Gimboa andGreater Plutonio Terminals

196After Paragraph 7.38 1 Insert:

Gimboa Terminal

Chart 604General information7.38a

1 Position and function. Gimboa Terminal,situated about 44 miles offshore, consists of aFPSO in position 7 32 5S 12 10 3E andassociated subsea wells.

Arrival information7.38b

1 Waiting area. There is a waiting area of radius2½ miles centred on 7 28 2S 12 14 8E.

Restricted area. A restricted area with aradius of 3000 m is centred on the FPSO.

Paragraph 7.40 1 lines 7 to 8 Replace by:Waiting area. There is a waiting area of radius

5 miles centred on 7 43 S 12 14 E.

BP Angola (Block 18) BV(SDD 2008000 061017) [38/08]

Angola - Porto de Luanda —Anchorage; wreck

203After Paragraph 7.114 2 line 3 Add:Awreck with a depth over it of 8 m (26 ft) is reported tolie in the large ships anchorage in position 8 46 5S13 16 1E.

Captain P Prashad, MV Du Moulin Tide(SDD 2008000 042103) [23/08]

Angola - Porto de Luanda — Directions

204Paragraph 7.124 1 lines 5-6 Delete


United Kingdom Hydrographic Office(SDD 2008000 023682) [14/08]

Namibia - Fria Cove — Racon

223After Paragraph 8.10 1 Add:

Other aid to navigation8.10a

1 Racon:Fria Cove (18 17 7S 11 57 5E).

See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

South African Notice 2/36/2008(SDD 2008000 024260) [14/08]

South Africa - Simon’s Town —Directions for entering harbour

294Paragraph 10.93 1 lines 2-5 Replace by:...Roman Rocks (34 10 8S 18 27 6E), the trackleads about 1 mileWSW to the alignment (210 ) of thefollowing lights, passing NNW of an obstructionmarked by a buoy (N cardinal) and lying 4 cables NWof Roman Rocks:

Front light (on corner of white building)(34 11 4S 18 25 6E).

Rear light (against top of red brick building)(139 m from front).

The track leads 8 cables SSW on thisalignment, thence 3 cables SE to the entrance toOuter Basin, on the alignment (142½ ) of thefollowing leading lights:

Front light (triangle on red pole on top ofbuilding, 3 m in height) (34 11 5S18 26 5E).

Rear light (on side of building) (186 m fromfront).

A mooring buoy...Paragraph 10.93 2 line 4 Add:

Naval Clock Tower (34 11 5S 18 25 7E)

South African NM 73/08(SDD 2008000 057246) [30/08]


South Africa - South coast - Storm Point —Depth

94


2 S of shoal patch (3½ miles ESE) with a leastdepth of 4 m (reported 2010), 5 cables offshore,over which the sea breaks in heavy weather.Thence:

South African Notice 77/2010(SDD 2010000 144921) [41/10]

NP3

2 - 10

Tanzania - Msasani Bay —Submarine cable; anchorage

290

Paragraph 8.92 1 Replace by:

1 General information. Msasani Bay liesbetween Ras Kankadya (6 44 N 39 17 E) andKunduchi (8.93), 5 miles NW. The bay issheltered from the swell by Byongoyo, 1¼ miles Nof Ras Kankadya, and offers good anchorageduring either monsoon.

Caution. A submarine cable has been laidfrom Msasani, in the S part of the bay, leading Nand then E through the entrance channel betweenBongoyo and Ras Kankadya.


...about 15 m.

390

Index Left column Delete:

Masasani Bay 8.92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

391

Index Centre column After Msangazi, Mto Add:

Msasani Bay 8.92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tanzania Port Authority(SDD 2010000 087338) [25/10]

Tanzania - Msasani Bay —Submarine cable; anchorage

290Existing Section IV Week 25/10 Paragraph 8.92 1

line 2 For N Read S

UKHO [51/10]

Kenya - Mombasa — Pilotage; buoyage

331


1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels unlessexempted by the port authorities, and is available24 hours. The pilot boards 4 miles SE of RasSerani (10.26), as shown on the chart.

334

Paragraph 10.37 2 lines 6 to 7 Delete

Marine Safety Information Kenya(SDD 2010000 082530) [41/10]

NP4South-EastAlaskaPilot (1993Edition)—Supplement 4-2006

Gulf of Alaska — Oceanographic buoyage

2R 3-5 Including existing Supplement amendmentDelete

5L 32 Insert:

Oceanographic buoyage

Ocean Data Acquisition System (ODAS)1.29aODAS buoys have been laid in the Gulf of

Alaska as follows:

Buoy number Position

46001 56 18 0N 148 01 3W

46076 55 30 0N 148 00 0W

46080 58 00 1N 150 00 5W

46082 59 41 1N 142 25 3W

46083 58 14 6N 138 00 3W

46084 56 35 4N 136 09 6W

46085 55 51 3N 142 33 5W

46184 53 54 9N 138 51 0W

Deep-ocean and Reporting of TsunamisSystem (DART)1.29bDART buoys have been laid in the Gulf of

Alaska as follows:

Buoy number Position

46409 55 18 7N 148 29 3W

46410 57 30 1N 144 00 9W

US Notice 16013/20/08; BA Charts 1499, 4050(HH. 612/003/05) [23/08]

Homeland Security Advisory System

9After L 27 Insert:

Homeland Security Advisory System1.65a

1 The Homeland Security Advisory System(HSAS) is used throughout the United States todisseminate information regarding the risk ofterrorism. The system is comparable to USCoastguard Maritime Security (MARSEC) threatlevels used in accordance with the ISPS Code.

2 The Commandant of the US Coastguard setsMARSEC threat levels commensurate with theHSAS. Because of the unique nature of themaritime industry, the HSAS threat conditions andMARSEC threat levels will align closely, thoughthey will not directly correlate.

NP4

2 - 11

3 The following table illustrates the relationshipbetween the MARSEC and HSAS threat levels:

MARSECLevel

HSAS Level HSAS ColourCode

1 Low Green

1 Guarded Blue

1 Elevated Yellow

2 High Orange

3 Severe Red

4 For further information, refer to The Mariner’sHandbook.

US Coast Pilot 9 25th Edition Change No 4(HH. 078/557/10) [44/07]

Felice Strait - Sealed Passage —Directions; wreck

63After L64 Insert:

NW of a wreck (1½ miles SW), thence:

US Notice 27/17434/08(SDD 2008000 056765) [32/08]

Behm Canal - Neets Bay — Shoal depth

78L 16 Replace by:...Clam Island 1¼ miles farther E. A shoal depthof 10 9 m (36 ft) has been reported (2007)approximately 3 cables SSE of Clam Island.

US Notice 6/17422/07(HH. 611/400/05) [09/07]

Prince of Wales Island - Kasaan Bay -Coal Bay and Twelvemile Arm —

Shoal depths

84L25 For 5 m (16 ft) Read 3 4 m (11 ft)

85L45 For 1 8 m (6 ft) Read 1 1 m (3 ft)

US Coast Pilot 8, Corr 37/06(HH. 078/556/07) [40/06]

Wrangell Narrows — Depths

95After R 46 Insert:Caution. The channel through the Wrangell

Narrows contains depths less than the chartedcontrolling depths. In 2007 NOAA Survey VesselRainier reported a mid-channel depth of 5 7 m(19 ft) near Bush Top Island (56 38 1N132 57 0W) and in 2006 boulders near GreenPoint (56 42 0N 132 57 3W) restricted the depthto less than 6 m (20 ft).

USCP 8 28th Edition 2006 Changes No 16 & 17(HH. 078/556/07) [36/07]

Wrangell Narrows - Scow Bay — Wreck

98R14 Replace by:

...log rafts. A wreck, with a least depth of 4 6 m(15 ft) over it, lies ½ cable WNW of the S dolphin.

US Notice 27/17375/08(SDD 2008000 056763) [32/08]

Eastern Passage - Channel Island — Depth

107

L 46 Replace by:...can be safely passed on either side,remaining clear of a 14 6 m (8 fathom) shoal,as shown on the chart, about½ mile E of theS tip of the Island. The N...

US Chart 17360(HH. 611/400/05) [30/06]

Wrangell Island - Madan Bay — Anchorage

108L 4-5 Replace by:Anchorage. Small craft...

US Coast Pilot 8 Amendment 13/07(HH. 078/556/07) [20/07]

Admiralty Island - Surprise Harbor —Directions; depth

179L5-6 Replace by:

...to follow the W shoreline with caution, keeping 2 to5 cables off, avoiding a shallow patch with a leastdepth of 7½ ft (2 3 m) over it which lies 1 mile NE ofPoint Gardner Light, and the kelp which lies in densepatches throughout the harbour.

US Notice 26/17336/08(SDD 2008000 055003) [29/08]

Chatham Strait - Baranof Island -Warm Spring Bay — Rock

212L2 After ...mid-channel. Insert:

A rock with a least depth of 2 7 m (9 ft) over it lies onthe S side of the bay, 1 cable SW of the berthingpontoon.

US Notice 17337/22/08(HH. 611/410/05) [26/08]

NP4

2 - 12

Alaska - North Cape to Biorka Island —Directions; depth

232L32 - L38 Replace by:...isolated 3 2 m (11 ft) rocky patch lying 1 mileSW of John Rock is the outer of several suchshoal patches lying SW of a line joining the tworocks. The sea breaks over the shallowest ofthese, 2 7 m (9 ft), lying 7 cables S of John Rock.Thence:

US Notice 18/17326/09(SDD 2009000 032452) [21/09]

234

Baranof Island - Necker Bay — Depth

L 44-46 Replace by:

...the entrance. A 14 6 m (48 ft) patch lies 1 cableNW of the N Guilbert island. In very heavyweather, the sea is reported to break over an18 m (60 ft) patch which lies in mid-channel,5 cables N of the island. Secluded...

US Notice 18/17328/08(HH. 611/410/05) [24/08]

261

Chichagof Island - Ford Arm — Rock

L12 Replace by:

...rock awash, lying 2 cables...

US Notice 19/17320/08(HH. 611/410/05) [24/08]

Prince William Sound -Hinchinbrook Entrance — Submerged buoy

305L 28 Add:

Clear of a submerged buoy (2¾ miles W ofCape Hinchinbrook Light) lying within theprecautionary area.

US Notice 7/16709/07(HH. 611/415/07) [16/07]

Valdez Arm — Directions

305

L 65-R 11 Existing Supplement amendmentparagraph 11.25a lines 3-4 Delete for oil tankers

R 26-27 Replace by:...reef. Reef Island, ...

R 39-40 Replace by:...Busby Island.

BA Chart 4981(HH. 078/557/10) [37/07]

Prince William Sound - Orca Bay -Port Gravina — Depth

314L31 For 5 5 m (18 ft) Read 4 2 m (14 ft)

US Notice 15/16709/08(HH. 611/415/07) [18/08]

Cook Inlet - Kenai Peninsula -Port Chatham — Mooring buoy

360L 67After ...soft ground. Insert:Amooring buoy, “CG”,lies in the anchorage, 2½ cables SE of the spit.

US Notice 16/16645/08(HH. 611/425/05) [22/08]

Cook Inlet - Point Possession — Light

377R 8-11 Replace by:

NNWof Point Possession, the SWpoint at the...

US Notice 9/16665/07(HH. 611/425/04) [15/07]

US Code of Federal Regulations —Naval Vessel Protection Zones

389Existing Supplement amendment Page 33 Paragraph§165.9 (d) Replace by:(d) Naval vessel protection zones. These zonesare issued under the authority of 14 U.S.C. 91and 633 and may be established in waterssubject to the jurisdiction of the United States asdefined in §2.38 of this chapter, including theterritorial sea to a seaward limit of 12 nauticalmiles from the baseline.

US Coast Pilot 8; CFR §165.9(HH. 078/556/07) [44/06]

NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1(2008 Edition)

Radio facilities —Automatic Identification System

4


1 On some of the fixed and floating navigationalmarks within the areas covered by this volume,AIS has been fitted. It will provide information tothe mariner on position, status, tidal and currentdata and weather conditions. For details see TheMariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 2.

UKHO(HH. 005/200/02) [12/10]

NP5

2 - 13

Regulations - Brazil —Ballast water management


Ballast water management1.42a

1 Brazil introduced legislation on 30 December2006, concerning ballast water management. Allships intending to discharge ballast water intowaters of Brazilian jurisdiction, should carry aballast water management plan approved by theirflag administration or recognised classificationsociety. For further information see The Mariner’sHandbook.

UK MCA Marine Information Notices 253(M+F);282 (M)(HH. 005/200/02) [25/08]

Brazil – Canal do Norte —Pilot boarding place

87

Paragraph3.50 2 line 8For 2¾ milesERead3½ milesNE

Brazilian Notice 24/182/09(SDD 2010000 009887) [05/10]

Brazil – Canal do Norte — Directions; shoal

88


NW of a light buoy (port hand) marking the NWextremity of a range of banks, large areas ofwhich dry, extending 7 miles N of Ilha doCará (23 miles SSW), thence:

Clear of an uncharted 11 m shoal (0 05 30N50 58 00W), reported 2010.

UKHO(SDD 2010000 151114) [40/10]

Brazil – Ilha Cotejuba — Directions; wreck

100Paragraph 3.180 2 Replace by:

2 Clear of a narrow shoal (17½ miles NE),with a depth of 2 2 m (7 ft), and:

NW of a dangerous wreck (18 miles NE),position approximate. A light (white diamondon white metal tube, concrete base, 8 m inheight) is exhibited from the SW side of IlhaCotejuba. Thence:

Brazilian Notice 8/61(T)/09(SDD 2009000 037812) [26/09]

Brazil - North coast – Ponta da Praia Grande— Directions; light

123Paragraph 4.31 1 line 7 For 1 07 S Read 1 10 S


Brazil – Pecém Terminal —Outer anchorage; submarine cable


...(3 28 9S 38 48 5W), of 6 cables radius. Asubmarine power cable, see below, is laid acrossthe W part of the anchorage.Submarine cable has been laid from a

production platform (3 05 4S 38 47 7W) to theshore, W of the terminal, as shown on the charts.

Brazilian Notice 12/92(P)/08(SDD 2008000 058310) [32/08]

Brazil – Ponta da Itapagé to Ponta deMucuripe - Pecém Terminal —

Directions; buoy

137

Paragraph 4.164 2 line 4 Delete

ENC BR500705(SDD 2009000 067139) [34/09]

Brazil – Porto de Mucuripe —Outer anchorages; wreck

138


No 1. For vessels with a draught more than 7 m,(1¼ miles W). A dangerous wreck lies6 cables WSW.


Brazil, N coast – Mucuripe —Directions; wreck


Between numbers 2 and 3 Light Buoys (lateral)(3¼ cables WSW). A dangerous wreck lies¾ cable SE of number 3 Light Buoy. Thence:


Brazil – North coast - Ponta do Mel to CaboCalcanhar — Directions; light; racon


145Paragraph 4.234 1 line 1 For Racons Read Racon


NP5

2 - 14

Paragraph 4.235 1 line 3 Delete (4.233)


3 NNE of a line of shoals extending 25 milesE of Agulha Light (platform). The shoalsinclude, from W to E,...


Brazil – Porto de Recife to Porto de Pedras— Directions; wreck


ESE of Recife Light (8 03 S 34 52 W) (5.91)and clear of a dangerous wreck 11¼ milesESE, thence:


Brazil, E coast – Ponta Itaquena —Directions; wreck


4 ENE of a rock (18 miles NNE) with a depthof 4 2 m, thence:

ENE of a dangerous wreck (16½ miles NE),position approximate. Ponta Itaquena and a9 8 m shoal lie 9 and 6¾ miles W,respectively. Thence:


Brazil - E coast – Rio Doce south-eastwards— Directions; offshore marks


FPSO ‘Capichaba’ (lit) 20 00 S 39 33 W).Platform ‘Cidade de Vitória’ (lit) 20 03 S

39 32 W).


Brazil – Rio Doce to Ponta do Tubarão —Directions; current meter

202

Paragraph 6.114 4 line 5 Replace by:

...40 14 W), passing clear of a current meter, 7 milesESE; Porto do Tubarão (6.150) lies on theW side of...

Brazilian Coastal Radio Navigational Warning12/1052/09(SDD 2009000 070537) [34/09]

Brazil – Terminal da Ponta do Ubu —Anchorages


Anchorage A (20 46 4S 40 32 5W), depths 20to 26 m,...


Anchorage B (20 46 S 40 32 W), depths 23 to26 m,...


Anchorage C (20 47 2S 40 32 7W), depths 25to 27 m,...


Anchorage D (20 48 S 40 29 W), depths 17 to25 m,...


Brazil - E coast – Ponta do Cacurucaiaeastwards — Directions; platform

212After Paragraph 6.186 2 line 10 Add:Offshore mark:

Platform PCP-3 (lit) (21 14 S 40 26 W).


Brazil - E coast – Cabo de São Toméeastwards — Directions; platform

212After Paragraph 6.186 2 line 10 Delete ExistingSection IV Notice Week 49/08


4 Offshore mark:Platform PCP-3 (lit) (22 14 S 40 26 W).


Brazil – Baía de Guanabara — Pilotage

222


...(22 58 S 43 09 W) and, for vessels with a draughtless than 12 5 m, in position 22 56 50S 43 08 40E.


Brazil – Ilha de Santo Amaro — Wreck

253Paragraph 8.20 3 line 8 Add:

A dangerous wreck lies 6 cables NNE of Ilha dasCabras.

Brazilian Notice 48/08(SDD 2008000 042964) [25/08]

NP5

2 - 15

Brazil – Porto de São Francisco do Sul —Arrival information; pilotage

264Paragraph 8.134 5 line 3 For 6 cables SW Read1 mile E


Brazil - South coast – Itajaí —Directions; buoyage


...track leads WSW and W, passing (with positionsfrom Ponta das...


Between No 1 and No 2 Light Buoys (lateral)(1½ miles NE), thence:

Between No 3 and No 4 Light Buoys (lateral)(1 mile NE), thence:


4 N of No 6 Light Buoy (port hand) (7½ cablesNNW). Pedra da Santa Tereza lies5 cables S, marked by a light buoy(isolated danger) on its NE side. Thence:

S of No 5 Light Buoy (starboard hand)(8¾ cables NNW), thence:


Uruguay - Approaches to Rio de La Plata —Directions


Clear of a dangerous wreck (60 miles ENE),thence:


NW of a dangerous wreck (39 miles ESE),thence:

Uruguayan Chart 3(HH. 652/410/05) [25/08]

Uruguay – Montevideo —Limiting conditions; local weather

298Paragraph 9.111 1 line 4For reduced to 1000 m.Readless than 500 m.

Sociedad de Prácticos del Puerto de Montevideo(SDD 2008000 063934) [33/08]

Uruguay – Montevideo —Arrival information; pilotage


1 Compulsory, except for Uruguayan vessels.Pilots board from a cutter, painted red, or from atug, as follows:

Boarding place Position Draught

JP1 In the channel,vicinity ofKm 9 35 LightBuoy (safewater)

less than7 92 m

JP2 In the channel,vicinity ofKm 13 5 LightBuoys (lateral)

equal to orgreater than7 92 m but lessthan 10 0 m

JP3 In the channel,vicinity ofKm 20 0 LightBuoys (lateral)

equal to orgreater than10 m but lessthan 14 m

JP4 In the vicinityof Km 42 4Light Buoy(safe water)

greater than14 m

Sociedad de Prácticos del Puerto de Montevideo(SDD 2008000 063934) [33/08]

Uruguay – Punta Pavón — Directions; wreck


8 SW of Banco Arazati Light Buoy (starboardhand) (34 33 S 57 04 W), distant 1 mile,which marks the edge of a bankextending 1½ miles SW of Punta Pavón,and:

NE of a dangerous wreck (34 35 4S57 07 3W),marked closeNWby a light buoy(isolated danger), thence:

SW of a detached jetty, with a disused silo on itsouter end, lying 600 m from the coast atPunta Pavón (34 31 S 57 04 W).

Uruguayan Notice 4/52/09(SDD 2009000 036884) [25/09]

Argentina – Villa Gesell — Directions; wreck


ESE of Villa Gesell (26 miles SSW); a hill,indicated on the chart as radar conspicuous,rises close inland from the town; a dangerouswreck lies 5¾ miles SE of the town. Thence:

Argentine Notice 4/35/09(SDD 2009000 034241) [25/09]

Argentina – Golfo San Matías —Directions; light

362Paragraph 11.125 1 line 1 For lights Read light

NP5

2 - 16



Useful mark:Punta Colorada Light (41 42 S 65 02 W)

(11.144).


Paragraph 11.144 2 line 4 For mark Read marks


Punta Colorada Light (building) (41 42 S65 02 W).

Argentine Naval Hydrographic Service Bulletin No 82(SDD 2009000 025839) [19/09]

Argentina – Golfo San Jorge —Restricted area

377

After Paragraph 12.52 Insert:


1 An irregular shaped restricted area, in whichnavigation and anchoring are prohibited, has beenestablished off Cabo San Jorge (45 47 27S67 21 96W). It is defined by lines joining thefollowing positions:

a) 45 44 20S 67 22 60Wb) 45 44 80S 67 21 30Wc) 45 43 40S 67 13 40Wd) 45 51 00S 67 19 50We) 45 51 00S 67 25 20Wf) 45 49 20S 67 26 00Wg) 45 48 93S 67 26 09W.

380


Restricted areas:A circular area of 2 miles radius around an SBM

(12.78) off PuntaPando (12.69), as shownonthe chart, is restricted for tanker operationsonly.

An irregular shaped area in which navigationand anchoring are prohibited, see 12.52a.


Restricted area in which navigation andanchoring are prohibited, see 12.52a.

383

Paragraph 12.95 1 line 5 Delete 1½ miles NE,


Restricted areas:Anchorage is prohibited in an area, shown on

the chart, extending 1¼ miles ESE from thehead of Muelle General Mosconi (45 51 1S67 27 3W) (12.100).

An irregular shaped area in which navigationand anchoring are prohibited, see 12.52a.

Argentine Notice 9/101/10(SDD 2010000 146767) [41/10]


Argentina - Estrecho de Magallanes —Directions; AIS; Useful marks


2 AIS:Carina Platform — as above.Aries Platform — as above.Platform AM-6 — as above.Platform AM-2 — as above.Platform AM-1 — as above.

3 Hidra Centro (52 50 S 68 11 W).Hidra Norte (52 49 S 68 13 W).Platform AM-5 — (52 34 S 68 15 W).Platform AM-3 — (52 31 S 68 17 W).

For further information see The Mariner’sHandbook and Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 2.

224Paragraph 7.39 4 lines 5 and 6 Replace by:

Hidra Centro (52 50 S 68 11 W).Hidra Norte (52 49 S 68 13 W).

Argentine Notice 7/83/09 and Admiralty List of LightsVolume G (2008/09) 1260.6, 1260.65, 1260.7 and1260.75(SDD 2009000 096256) [33/09]

Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes —Directions; Light


227Paragraph 7.68 2 lines 5-6 Delete A light To And:


Navarea XV Notice 21/09(SDD 2009000 027528) [19/09]

Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; lights


1 Line of bearing. Puerto Sara offshore oilterminal is approched from S on the line ofbearing 334 of Muelle Puerto Sara Light (post,2 m in height) (52 37 7S 70 11 7W), passing:

Chilean Lights List 2008(SDD 2009000 013499) [22/09]

NP6

2 - 17

Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; light

229Existing Section IV Notice Week 22/09 Paragraph7.87 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:

1 Line of bearing. Puerto Sara offshore oilterminal is approached from S on the line ofbearing 331 of Muelle Puerto Sara (52 37 7S70 11 7W), passing:

Chilean Notice 6/63/09(SDD 2009000 080049) [32/09]

Chile - Caleta Percy Gas Terminal —Directions; lights

236Paragraph 7.145 1 line 7 For 330 Read 327

Paragraph 7.146 1 line 1 Delete three



Chilean Lights List 2008(SDD 2009000 013499) [22/09]

Chile - Canal Gabriel — Directions; light


NE of Rocas Grez (54 11 7S 70 41 7W), fromwhich a light (green rectangle on green andwhite GRP tower, 3 m in height) is exhibited,thence:

Chilean Notice 12-121/2008(SDD 2009000 002808) [17/09]

Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes —Directions; Shoal



Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes —Directions; Racon; AIS


Other aids to navigation7.347a

1 Racon:Islote Cohorn Light (53 33 S 72 20 W).

AIS:Islote Cohorn Light (as above).




1 Racon:Islote Cohorn Light (53 33 S 72 20 W).

AIS:Islote Cohorn Light (as above).Cerro El Morrión Light (53 34 S 72 31 W).


Chilean Notice 5/53/09 and Admiralty List of LightsVol.G, 2008/09, 1456 and 1466(SDD 2009000 043923) [29/09]

Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes —Directions; shoals

261Paragraph 7.349 3 line 2 For 3 3 m Read 1 3 m



Chile - Paso Largo — Directions

267Paragraph 7.382 3 line 3 For 5 cables Read 1 mile

Paragraph 7.383 1 line 4 For 73 12 W Read 73 13 W

Chilean Chart 11200(SDD 2009000 013017) [17/09]

Chile - Patagonian Channels -Angostura Inglesa — Depth


... Islote Patagonia, may be passed on eitherside. The E route fairway lies to the W side ofthe channel, has a least depth of 10 1 m (33 ft)and is constrained by a 3 4 m (11 ft) patch inmid-channel (8.572). The W channel, though lessdirect, is ...

Chilean Chart 9510(HH. 006/200/01) [03/10]

NP6

2 - 18

Chile - Golfo Trinidad - Canal Trinidad —Route; depths


2 S of Cabo Primo (12¾ miles NW), a longlow shelving point at the S extremity ofPeninsula Corso. A light (white GRPtower, red band, 4 m in height) isexhibited from the SW extremity of CaboPrimo. And:

Clear of a depth of 10 5 m in position 49 57 21S75 29 78W and a depth of 24 m in position49 56 48S 75 32 00W (reported 2009).Thence:

Chilean Notice 11/109-2009(SDD 2009000 188730) [02/10]


Aids to navigation —Automatic Identification System

4


...conditions. For details see TheMariner’s Handbookand Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. The...

UKHO(HH. 007/200/02) [12/10]

Pacific Ocean – Outlying dangers —Breakers

71


Breakers(6 06 49N 82 06 88W)

Panamá to Papeete

72

After Paragraph 2.6 8 line 6 Insert:

Breakers (6 06 49N 82 06 88W) reported(2010).

SY Black Arrow(SDD 2010000 037291) [13/10]

South Pacific Ocean – Isla San Ambrosio —Off-lying shoal

77After Paragraph 2.49 Add:

Off-lying shoal2.49a

1 A shoal reported (2009) lies in position 26 28 S79 50 W.

US Notice 48/608/09(SDD 2009000 174333) [51/09]

Chile – Bahía de Quellón —Pilot boarding place

141


...vessels under 12 m in draught, 2¾ miles W of thelight. These pilot boarding places are...


Chile – Bahía Ancud — Pilot boarding place

186

Paragraph 6.58 1 line 2 For 1½ miles Read 2¼ miles


Chile – Punta Peña Blanca to Punta Concón— Directions; buoy

223


3 Clear of an ODAS light buoy (special)(32 59 80S 71 49 20W), thence:

WNW of Punta Angeles (33 01 S 71 38 W),high and...


Chile – Puerto Huasco —Pilotage; anchorages

250

Paragraph 7.223 Including heading Replace by:

Spare7.223Paragraph 7.225 1 Replace by:

1 Compulsory. The pilot boards about 5½ cablesNE of Península Guacolda Light. See AdmiraltyList of Radio Signals Volume 6(7).


2 Anchorage may be obtained in an irregularshaped area centred 4½ cables NW of IsloteCayo (28 27 39S 71 13 63W), in depths from 21to 77 m.


Chile – Puerto Antofagasta — Wreck

270

Paragraph 8.67 2 line 6 Add: A dangerous wreck lies½ cable S of the root of Molo Este.

ENC CL5AN015(SDD 2009000 067167) [41/09]

Chile – Mejillones del Sur — Port limit;pilotage; anchorages; terminal

275


1 E from Punta Angamos Light (23 01 58S70 31 03W) to shore (23 01 58S 70 20 80W) onopposite side of Bahía Mejillones del Sur.

Paragraph 8.120 1 line 2 For Volume 6(5) ReadVolume 6(7)

NP7

2 - 19

276


...Terminals, 2½ miles ENE for Interacid Terminal and4¾ miles NNE for the LNG Terminal....

Paragraph 8.121 1 line 5 For Volume 6(5) ReadVolume 6(7)


E. 297 distant 1 5 miles, 1¼ miles WSW ofPuerto Angamos pierhead.

GNL1. 014 distant 2 9 miles, 9½ cables N ofMuelle GNL.

GNL2. 019 distant 3 6 miles, 1½ miles NNE ofMuelle GNL.


Muelle GNL (LNG Terminal) (5¼ miles ENE)consists of jetty extending 740 m NW from theshore, from which a light is exhibited.


Peru – Isla Asia to Isla San Lorenzo —Directions; wreck

315


WSW of a dangerous wreck (48 miles NW),thence:

WSW of Isla Callao (Isla Frontón) (52½ milesNNW) (9.291), thence:

Peru 7/33/09(SDD 2009000 100991) [41/09]

Peru – Cerro Azul — Light


...promontory from which a light (black GRP tower,white band, 11 m in height) is exhibited, lies...

Light List Volume G (2008/09) No 2044(SDD 2008000 085271) [41/09]

Peru – Punta Pacasmayo toIsla Lobos de Tierra — Directions; wreck

339


SWof Production platform SM-1 (48miles NW).A dangerous wreck lies 7¼ miles NE.Thence:

ENC PE300124(SDD 2009000 052992) [41/09]

Peru – Paita to Punta Cabo Blanco —Directions; platform

346

Paragraph 10.265 1 line 4 For an obstruction Read aplatform (disused)

ENC PE300113(SDD 2009000 048914) [41/09]

Colombia – Buenaventura —Anchorages; light

385


No 3A 6½ miles NE Least charted depth6 3 m

No 5 1½ miles ENE Least charted depth8 9 m

387After Paragraph 12.85 1 line 5 Insert:

Aguacate Light Beacon (green tower, red band)(3 53 7N 77 03 8W).


Colombian Chart 760(SDD 2009000 017369) [41/09]

Colombia – Bahía de Málaga — Directions;light buoy

388Paragraph 12.100 2 line 5 For starboard handReadWcardinal

Paragraph 12.104 3 line 2 For starboard handReadWcardinal

Colombian Chart 150(SDD 2009000 017480) [41/09]

NP7A South America Pilot Volume 4(2010 Edition)

Navigation and Regulations - Charts —Foreign charts

3


Paragraph 1.14 2 line 5 For 6058 Read 7376

Instructions nautiques H5(SDD 2010000 029291) [18/10]

NP7A

2 - 20

Navigation and Regulations -Radio facilities — DGPS

4


Within the area covered by this volume DGPSdata is broadcast from:

Cayenne (Montabo) (4 56 00N 52 18 00W).

UKHO(HH. 07A/200/02) [18/10]

Guyane Française - Îles du Salut toFleuve Maroni — Directions

73

Paragraph 2.67 3 line 6 For 5 43 62N 53 57 42WRead 5 44 57N 53 57 09W

French Chart 7376(SDD 2010000 021155) [18/10]

Guyane Française - Fleuve Mana —Charts; description; directions

73

Paragraph 2.69 Chart heading Replace by:

Chart 517 (datum undetermined)




French Chart 7376; Instructions nautiques H5(SDD 2010000 021155; 029291) [18/10]

Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni —Charts; general information; depth;directions; landmarks; useful marks;

anchorage

73

Paragraph 2.70 Chart heading For French Charts5883, 6058 Read French Chart 7376

74


...entered between Pointe Française (5 44 57N53 57 09W) and Hoek Galibi (Pointe Hollandaise onFrench Chart 7376),...

Paragraph 2.70 2 line 2 For 1 5 m Read 1 2 m


Paragraph 2.70 5 line 9 For 2 m NE Read 3½ milesNNE



1 Landmark:Radio tower (5 44 74N 53 59 38W), situated

on Hoek Galibi (2.70).


Paragraph 2.72 2 lines 3-4 For 5 48 50N 53 56 30WRead 5 48 38N 53 55 98W


3 ESE of a stranded wreck (5 48 38N53 55 98W); a dangerous wreck lies8 cables WNW and Tijger Bank, whichdries, lies 9 cables farther WNW. Anotherstranded wreck (5 46 59N 53 57 92W)lies off the SE side of the bank. Thence:

WNW of a drying bank (5 45 66N 53 56 87W)extending NNE from Pointe Française,thence:

WNW of Pointe Française (5 44 57N53 57 09W).

Paragraph 2.72 4 lines 2-3 For 5 42 83N 53 58 23WRead 5 43 02N 53 57 92W


5 Useful marks:House (5 44 75N 53 56 74W) standing in LesHattes.

Pylône (5 44 82N 53 59 09W) standing onHoek Galibi (2.70).

Radio mast (5 30 33N 54 01 69W).Light (5 30 41N54 02 13W) exhibited from thewreck of the Edith Cavell, lying close NW ofSaint-Laurent du Maroni.


1 Good anchorage may be obtained in FleuveMaroni 4¾ cables N of Pointe Panato (5 43 02N53 57 92W) in 7 m.

French Chart 7376; Instructions nautiques H5(SDD 2010000 021155; 029291) [18/10]

Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni —General information; directions

74


...SL Light Buoy (5 51 80N 53 51 76W) where thepilot...


...Buoy (safe water) (5 51 80N 53 51 76W).

Existing Section IV Notice Week 18/10 Paragraph2.72 3 Replace by:

3 ESE of a stranded wreck (5 48 07N53 57 00W), position doubtful; adangerous wreck, position approximate,lies 8 cables WNW. Tijger Bank (BancHollandaise), which dries, lies 1¾ milesWNW of the stranded wreck. Anotherstranded wreck (5 46 59N 53 57 92W),lies off the SE side of the bank. Thence:

WNW of a drying bank (5 45 66N 53 56 87W),extending NNE from Pointe Française,thence:

WNW of Pointe Française (5 44 57N53 57 09W).

NP7A

2 - 21

Paragraph 2.72 4 line 3 For Arouba Read Arouaba

French Chart 7376(SDD 2010000 063631) [20/10]

Surinam - Fleuve Maroni to the approachesto Suriname Rivier — General information;

directions

75





...depth of 2 7 m. Kaaimanshoofd (Cape desCaïmans) (5 49 98N 54 01 65W), should be...

French Chart 7376(SDD 2010000 021155) [18/10]

Surinam - Nickerie Rivier —Pilotage; directions; buoyage

80


...the vicinity of V-COR/N Light Buoy (6 02 06N57 00 52W). For further details seeAdmiralty List of...

81


...position is reached close to V-COR/N Light Buoy(safe water) (6 02 06N 57 00 52W).


...by a light buoy and light beacons (port hand).To the E of the...

Paragraph 2.134 2 line 8 For close SE Read 4 cablesENE

Paragraph 2.134 3 line 3 For Buoy Read Beacon

Netherlands Notice 36/440/10(SDD 2010000 146226) [40/10]

Guyana - Corentyn River —General information; directions

83


...the vicinity of V-COR/N Light Buoy (6 02 06N57 00 52W).


...V-COR/N Light Buoy (safe water) (6 02 06N57 00 52W).


Clear of V-COR/N Light Buoy (6 02 06N57 00 52W), thence:

SE of CM 1 Light Buoy (6 00 88N 57 02 20W),thence:

SE of CM 3 Light Buoy (5 59 00N 57 03 84W),thence:


Guyana - New Amsterdam to Georgetown —Directions; wreck

86


2 NE of a dangerous wreck (6 52 95N57 49 95W), position approximate.Another dangerous wreck, postionapproximate, lies 5¼ miles W.

Maritime Administration Department, Guyana(SDD 2010000 021053) [18/10]

Trinidad - East coast — Directions; light

119


Galera Point Light (red lattice mast, whitebands, on white round tower) (10 49 93N60 54 66W).

Photograph (4.36) caption Replace by:

Klein Curaçao Light (7.35)(Original dated 2009)

MV UBC Sacramento(HH. 07A/200/02) [23/10]

Venezuela - Isla Coche — Major light

160


Isla Coche Light (10 47 30N 63 59 20W)(5.70).

162


1 Major lights:Punta Ballena Light (orange stone tower, 30 min height) (10 59 84N 63 46 66W).

Isla Coche Light (10 47 30N 63 59 20W)(5.70).

165


Major lights:Punta Ballena Light (10 59 84N 63 46 66W)

(5.53).Isla Coche Light (orange truncated conical GRPtower, white band, 12 m in height)(10 47 30N 63 59 20W).

NP7A

2 - 22

167


Major light:Isla Coche Light (10 47 30N 63 59 20W)

(5.70).

Venezuelan Notice 008/10(SDD 2010000 084237) [23/10]

Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz —Port authorities; anchorage; harbours;

hazards; directions; berths

173



A designated anchorage area for vesselsbound for Bahía Guanta and Bahía de Pertigaletehas been established 1 mile NE of Isla Redonda(10 15 41N 64 35 55W), as shown on the chart.

174


3 Bahía de Pertigalete. Situated 1¾ miles E ofBahía Bergantín, this bay contains a cementterminal on its E side.


Hazards5.149a

1 Ferry (see 5.159) passes N of the entrances toBahía Bergantín, Bahía de Guanta and Bahía dePertigalete.

Small craft may be encountered in theapproaches to the harbours, as yacht harboursare situated in Bahía de Guanta, Bahía dePozuelos and Bahía de Barcelona.


...Borracha (10 17 82N 64 44 42W) the track leadsgenerally SSE for 11 miles to the pilot station in Bahíade Pozuelos, passing:


WSW of an unnamed islet (10 16 98N64 40 14W).

3 The track then leads SE to the pilot boardingplace (5.146), 6¾ cables SW of Punta Baregán(10 15 34N 64 38 47W) (5.133).

175


BA Chart 1498(HH. 07A/200/02) [23/10]

Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz —Pilot boarding position

173


...pilot boards in Bahía de Pozuelos in position10 14 90N 64 38 97W, 9½ cables W of Isla Burro(5.155). For...

UKHO(HH. 07A/200/02) [18/10]

Venezuela - Puerto Jose —Pilot boarding position

176


...speeds of less than force 7. Pilot boards in position10 08 80N 64 51 48W, 3¼ miles E of Isla PírituAdentro Light (5.176).

178


UKHO(HH. 07A/200/02) [18/10]

Venezuela - Puerto La Guaira andCatia La Mar — Anchorages; pilotage

187


1 General anchorage. The main anchorage areaoff Puerto La Guaira is centred about 1½ milesNE of the head of the North Mole (6.30), asshown on the chart. The...


Dangerous cargoes. Vessels carryingdangerous cargoes are required to anchor in anarea, E and N of the main anchorage, centredabout 1¼ miles NNW of Punta Mulatos (6.29).

3 Quarantine anchorage lies E of the mainanchorage, centred about 2 miles NNW of PuntaMulatos (6.29).


1 Pilotage is compulsory and available from 0600to 2400 local time. The pilot boards about 1 mileNW of the head (6.30) of North Mole, W of themain anchorage.

190


1 Outer anchorage. Vessels awaiting a berthshould anchor N of the outer mooring buoys indepths from 13 to 18 m.Prohibited anchorages. Two areas have been

established (2010), centred 2 miles ENE and5 cables NW from Punta Arrecife (6.43).


NP7A

2 - 23

Venezuela - Archipielago Las Aves —Directions; light

205



Aves de Sotavento Light (12 03 49N67 40 64W).

209



Aves de Sotavento Light (12 03 49N67 40 64W).


Aves de Sotavento Light (orange and whiteGRP tower, 12 m in height) (12 03 49N67 40 64W).


Nederlandse Antillen -Klein Curaçao — Light

211

Paragraph 7.35 1 line 4 Replace by:Klein Curaçao Light (square brick building with

white concrete tower, 23 m in height)(11 59 39N 68 38 58W).

212


Galera Point Light (4.36)(Original dated 2009)

MV UBC Sacramento(HH. 07A/200/02) [23/10]

Aruba - South coast — Directions

228


2 S of the entrance (12 25 23N 69 54 08W)to the SE part of Sint Nicolaasbaai,marked by a light buoy and light beacons(7.188), thence:

S of a light buoy (special, position approximate)(12 24 06N 69 54 90W), thence:

UKHO(HH. 07A/200/02) [18/10]

Aruba - Sint Nicolaas —Pilot boarding position


Reef berths. About 1½ milesWSWof the berths(7.189).

Paragraph 7.180 2 line 2 For WSW Read W

Paragraph 7.180 2 line 3 For 1½ miles SW Read5 cables WSW

Paragraph 7.186 1 line 6 For WSW Read W


...track leads NNW to the pilot boarding position(7.180), on the following leading line:

Valero Aruba Refinery & UKHO(SDD 2010000 017758) [18/10]

Colombia - Punta de la Garita -Directions — Light

280


Paragraph 9.147 1 line 7For 9.144Read red andwhitetower

Colombian Notice 50/10(SDD 2010000 049964) [20/10]

Colombia - Bahía de Cartagena - Directions -Bocachica — Leading lights; useful mark

283

Paragraph 9.178 2 Delete


3 From the vicinity of the Fairway Light Buoy(10 18 98N 75 35 92W), the track leads Ethrough a channel, marked by light buoys...


Useful mark:No 2 Light Beacon (red and white frameworktower) (10 19 27N 75 30 53W).


Colombia - Bahía de Cartagena - Bocachica— Directions; deep-water channel

284Paragraph 9.178 5 Delete


Colombia - Golfo de Urabá —Directions; buoy


1 From a position about 10 miles NE of CaboTiburón (9.232), from which a light (9.235) isexhibited, the track leads SE, passing:

SW of a wave recorder buoy (special)(8 49 98N 77 11 04W), thence:


NP7A

2 - 24

Colombia - Golfo de Urabá —General information; depths; directions;landmark; lights; description; anchorages;

pilotage; berths

292


Spare9.245

293


1 Landmark:Tank (8 05 72N 76 43 70W).

Major lights:


ENE of Isla Los Muertos Light (8 07 97N76 49 04W) (red tower, white bands),thence:

WSW of Punta Yarumal (Yarumul) (8 06 08N76 44 61W), from which a light (9.248) isexhibited 5¾ cables NNW, thence:

ENE of the shoal water extending 2½ miles SEof Boca Coco Grande (Boco del Coco)(8 05 43N 76 49 76W).


3 The track then leads to a position 1½ miles Wof Punta Las Vacas (8 03 82N 76 44 58W), theW entrance point...

Paragraph 9.249 3 line 4 For 1½ cables NW Read1¾ cables NNE


...deepest mouth, Bocas Roto (9.249), BocaMatuntugo, Boca Coco Grande (Boco del Coco)(9.249), Boca Urabá, Boca del Leoncito (8 01 38N76 50 18W) and Boca Pichindicito (8 01 23N76 51 82W). These mouths, except the latter, arenavigable by canoes and...

Paragraph9.252 2 lines 1and3ForCocograndeReadCoco Grande

294


Paragraph 9.255 1 line 5 For 1½ Read 1

Paragraph 9.255 1 lines 7-8 For 3 miles SSE Read2 miles SW

Paragraph 9.255 2 line 1 For 1¾ milesRead 1½ miles

Paragraph 9.257 1 line 1 For 1¾ milesRead 1½ miles


...(7 56 32N 76 44 98W) exhibited from the...


1 Río León Anchorage. This anchorage off themouth of Río León (7 56 30N 76 45 08W), in theSE corner of Bahía Colombia, is used betweenMay and December for loading bananas andlumber from barges. The reported anchorage is,in a depth of 18 m, about 2½ miles WNW of theriver mouth.

2 Pichindi Anchorage, on the S side of thedelta of Río Atrato, lies between Boca delLeoncito (9.251) and Boc1a Pichindicito, 1 mile W.It is used between December and May, when theanchorage affords some shelter from theprevailing N and NE winds; vessels load bananasand lumber as off Río León.

3 Anchorage may be obtained about 1 mile SSEof a buoy (special) (8 01 14N 76 51 22W), in adepth of 22 m. By day, the light buoy is reportedto be difficult to distinguish against the land, butthe mooring buoys about 2 and 4 cables E of thelight buoy are more easily seen. The coastline inthe vicinity of the anchorage does not show upwell on radar; shoaling has also been reported offBoca Pichindi.

4 Alongside berths. There are two berths atPunta Las Vacas which are used by tankers, of800 gt or less, to discharge refined petroleumproducts loaded at Bahía Cartagena (9.151);maximum allowed draught 3 0 m. There are alsoseveral small wharfs situated in Bahía Turbo usedby local vessels.

BA Chart 2262(HH. 07A/200/02) [20/10]

NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America andUnited States Pilot (2010 Edition)

Pacific Ocean - Guardian Banknorth-westwards — Depths

83


In 2010, a vessel on passage between thesedepths and Guardian Bank reported soundingsbetween 20 5 m and 32 m between positions10 20 6N 088 19 0W and 10 18 3N 088 14 3W.

MV Apostolos 2(SDD 2010000 061387) [29/10]

Mexico - Bahía de la Paz - Bahía Pichilingueand approaches — Depth; leading lights

199

Paragraph6.96 5 line 5For 9 4 m (31 feet)Read4 9 m(16 ft)

NP8

2 - 25

200


2 The alignment (339½ ) of Bahía Pichilinqueleading lights, standing on the E shore of IslaSan Juan Nepomuceno, leads to the chartedanchorage position about 1 cable E of MuelleSCT (6.102):

Front Light (white concrete tubular tower, 7 m inheight) (24 16 1N 110 19 9W).

Rear Light (similar structure, 3 m in height)(about 40 m from front light).

Mexican Cuaderno de Faros 2009; Mexican ENCMX503232(SDDs 2009000 124251; 2010000 101785) [37/10]

United States of America - California -Entrance to San Diego Bay —

Directions; rock

261


5 W of a DG platform, 2½ cables E of BallastPoint. A submerged jetty, marked by lights (whitediamonds, orange border on piles), extends to theshore from close S of the platform.

United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 8(HA. 369/001/003/01) [29/10]

United States of America - California -San Clemente Island — Safety Zone

263


...including gunfire, rocket fire and bombing. ASafety Zone extends out to 3 miles around theisland and Security Zones...

453After §165.1131 and detail Insert:

§165.1141 Safety Zone; San Clemente3 NM Safety Zone, San Clemente Island,CA.(a) Location. The following area is a safety

zone: All waters of the Pacific Oceansurrounding San Clemente Island, fromsurface to bottom, extending from the hightide line on the island seaward 3 NM. Thezone consists of the following sections (seeFigure 1):

(1) Section ABeginning at33 02 03 0 N 118 35 51 0 W; thence to33 04 55 8 N 118 37 04 2 W; thence running

parallel to the shore at a distance ofapproximately 3 NM from the high tide lineto

33 02 49 2 N 118 30 39 0 W; thence33 01 17 4 N 118 33 52 8 W; thence along the

shoreline returning to33 02 03 0 N 118 35 51 0 W.

(2) Section BBeginning at32 57 18 0 N 118 30 52 8 W; thence to32 59 36 0 N 118 28 19 8 W; thence running


32 55 49 8 N 118 24 13 2 W; thence to32 53 31 8 N 118 26 31 2 W; thence along the


(3) Section CBeginning at32 53 31 8 N 118 26 31 2 W; thence to32 55 49 8 N 118 24 13 2 W; thence running




(4) Section DBeginning at32 49 06 0 N 118 21 03 0 W; thence to32 47 16 2 N 118 18 13 8 W; thence running




(5) Section EBeginning at32 50 42 0 N 118 29 22 2 W; thence to32 48 03 0 N 118 31 40 8 W; thence running




(6) Section FBeginning at32 56 07 8 N 118 32 57 0 W; thence to32 53 37 2 N 118 35 55 8 W; thence running




(7) Section GBeginning at33 01 04 8 N 118 36 19 8 W; thence to32 59 57 0 N 118 39 46 2 W; thence running




NP8

2 - 26

(8) Wilson CoveBeginning at33 01 16 8 N 118 33 52 8 W; thence to33 02 49 2 N 118 30 39 0 W; thence running




(b) Definitions. The following definition applies tothis section: designated representative,means any commissioned, warrant and pettyofficers of the Coast Guard on board CoastGuard, Coast Guard Auxiliary, and local,state, and Federal law enforcement vesselswho have been authorized to act on behalfof the Captain of the Port (COTP).

(c) Enforcement.(1) This regulation will be enforced at all times

in Section G and the Wilson Cove sectionof the safety zone described in paragraph(a) of this section. Mariners must obtainpermission in accordance with theprocedure described in paragraph (d)(2) ofthis section before entering either of thosesections (paragraphs (a)(7) and (8)).

(2) This regulation will be enforced inSections A through F of the safety zonedescribed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (6)of this section except when the CoastGuard notifies the public that enforcementof the zone in specified sections istemporarily suspended. At all other times,mariners must obtain permission inaccordance with the procedure describedin paragraph (d)(2) of this section beforeentering either of those sections.

(3) The COTP will provide notice of suspendedenforcement by means appropriate toaffect the widest publicity, includingbroadcast notice to mariners, publicationin local notice to mariners, and postingthe schedule of restricted access periodsby date, location and duration at:www.scisland.org

(d) Regulations.(1) The general regulations governing safety

zones found in 33CFR165.23 apply to thesafety zone described in paragraph (a) ofthis section.

(2) Mariners requesting permission to transitthrough any section of the zone mayrequest authorization to do so from FleetArea Control and Surveillance Facility(FACSFAC) San Diego by either calling619-545-4742 or establishing a VHFbridge to bridge radio connection onChannel 16. Immediately upon completingtransit, the vessel operator must promptlynotify FACSFAC of safe passage throughthe safety zone. Failure to expeditiouslynotify FACSFAC of passage through thesafety zone will result in a determinationby the Navy that the vessel is still in thesafety zone, thereby restricting the use ofthe area for naval operations. If the Navydetermines that facilitating safe transitthrough the zone negatively impacts rangeoperations, the Navy will cease thispractice and enforce the safety zones inthese two areas without exception.

(3) All persons and vessels must comply withthe instructions of the U.S. Navy, CoastGuard Captain of the Port or thedesignated representative.

(4) Upon being hailed by U.S. Navy or U.S.Coast Guard patrol personnel by siren,radio, flashing light, or other means, theoperator of the vessel must proceed asdirected.

(5) The U.S. Coast Guard may be assisted inthe patrol and enforcement of the safetyzone described in paragraph (a) of thissection by the U.S. Navy and local lawenforcement agencies.

United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edn Change 17(HA. 369/001/003-01) [39/10]

www.scisland.org

NP8

2 - 27

United States of America -San Pedro Bay and approaches —

Regulations concerning entry - tankers


1 State of California regulations have establishedescort regulations for tankers, carrying5000 tonnes or more of oil, underway in the LosAngeles/Long Beach harbours and approaches.Escort tugs should be in position in the Sboundary of the pilot boarding area prior to aninbound vessel arriving within 2 miles of thebreakwaters. Masters are to ensure anchors areready for letting go prior to entering pilot boardingareas. A pre-escort conference will:

2 1. Confirm the number and position ofescort tugs.

2. Establish radio frequencies to be used.3. Confirm destination.4. Discuss any other pertinent information.

3 Adverse weather, unusual port/traffic congestionor other conditions/circumstances may requireadditional tugs. Outbound laden tankers are notrequired to use tugs once they have cleared thebreakwaters but all tankers shifting within theharbours must comply with the escortrequirements. Full details of the regulations canbe found at: www.dfg.ca.gov/Ospr/

US Coast Pilot 7 42nd Edition 2010(HH.008/200/003) [49/10]

United States of America - California -San Francisco Bay - Alcatraz Island —

Directions; fog signal

335

Paragraph 10.53 2 lines 8 and 9 Replace by:

...vicinity of the island.

USOCS 27/18650/10(SDD 2010000 103735) [29/10]

United States of America -Port of San Francisco -

San Francisco - Oakland Bay Bridge —Directions; passage



2 Under the San Francisco-Oakland BayBridge (10.70), thence:

Captain W. Lemke - San Francisco Bar Pilots(HH.008/200/03) [50/10]

United States of America - California -San Francisco Bay - Port of Richmond —

Project depth

348

Paragraph 10.160 1 line 3 For 10 7 m (35 ft) Read11 6 m (38 ft)

United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 24(HA.369/001/003-01) [39/10]

United States of America - West coast -Columbia River — Safety and Security Zone

Regulations

410


Security and Safety Zone regulations forlarge passenger vessels may be in force inColumbia River. See Appendix V for furtherdetails.

455

After §165.1310 and detail Insert:

§165.1318 Security and Safety ZoneRegulations, Large Passenger VesselProtection, Captain of the Port Columbia RiverZone.

United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 24(HA.369/001/003-01) [39/10]

United States of America - Oregon -Grays Harbor — Directions; breakers

431


In rough weather, hazardous breakers arefound on North and South Jetties. Both should begiven a wide berth.

United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 11(HA 369/001/003/01) [29/10]

United States of America - Oregon -Columbia River - Port of Portland —

Regulated Navigation Area

458

After §165.1325 (c) (5) line 2 Insert:

§165.1326 Regulated Navigation Area:Port of Portland Terminal 4, WillametteRiver, Portland, Oregon.


www.dfg.ca.gov/Ospr/

NP8

2 - 28

United States of America - California -San Diego Bay — Naval Danger Zone

461

After §334.865 Insert:

§334.866 Pacific Ocean at Naval BaseCoronado, in the City of Coronado, SanDiego County, California; Naval DangerZone.


NP9 Antarctic Pilot (2009 Edition)

Nil

NP10 Arctic Pilot Volume 1 (1985 Edition) —Supplement 8-2005

Navigation Warnings

6

Existing Supplement amendment R4-47 Paragraph1.63 including heading Replace by:

Navigation warnings1.63

1 The area covered by this volume lies inNAVAREA XX and XXI of the World-WideNavigational Warning Service. NAVAREAwarnings and METAREAs XX and XXI areavailable via the international SafetyNET service.The service is currently on trial, and is scheduledto become fully operational on 1st June 2011.See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3 (1)and Volume 5, and the Mariner’s Handbook fordetails.

Feedback concerning the reception on broadcastsabove 76 N is encouraged and may be sent to:

Mr Sergey BrestkinTelephone. +7 812 352 1901Facsimile. +7 812 352 2688e-mail: [email protected]

United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III(SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]

NP11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)

Radio Navigational Warnings

4

Paragraph 1.18 1 line 3 After Service. Add: Theservice in NAVAREA XIX is currently on trial, and isscheduled to become fully operational on 1st June2011.


Svalbard - Spitsbergen - West coast -Hornsundbanken — Underwater rock

201


2 An underwater rock with a depth of 6 4m liesoff Dunöyane in position 77 02 69N 14 32 79E.

Norwegian Notice 15/28714/10(SDD 2010000 131056) [39/10]

Svalbard - Wedel Jarlsberg Land —Underwater rock

201After Paragraph 9.23 1 Line 6 Including existingSection IV Week 39/10 Insert:An underwater rock with a depth of 3m has

been reported off Middagsskjæra in position77 24 6N 13 47 7E.

Norwegian notice 14/28198/10(SDD 2010000 123628) [48/10]

Svalbard – Freemansundet — Rock awash

251

Paragraph 11.39 2 line 5 After Freemanbreen. Add: Arock awash lies off the S coast of Barentsøya inposition 78 15 38N 21 41 59E.


NP12 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 (2007 Edition)

Canada - Traffic Reporting Systems —NORDREG

3

Paragraph 1.14 4 Lines 9-10 ForArctic Canada TrafficSystem (NORDREG Canada) Read: NorthernCanada VTS (NORDREG) Zone

Paragraph 1.17 1-3 Replace by:

1 The Northern Canada VTS (NORDREG) Zone,is a mandatory reporting system operated by theCanadian Coast Guard.It applies to ships of 300 grt and over, ships

carrying or towing a vessel carrying pollutants ordangerous cargo, and ships and tows with acombined grt of 500 or more.

2 Its object is to assist the mariner in the safeand expeditious conduct of his vessel bypromulgating information on ice conditions, givingadvice on routes, and providing ice-breakersupport where available and considerednecessary.


NP12

2 - 29

3 The system applies in the shipping safetycontrol zones prescribed by the Shipping SafetyControl Zones Order, and the waters of UngavaBay, Hudson Bay, Kugmallit Bay that are not in ashipping safety control zone. The waters ofJames Bay; the waters of Koksoak River fromUngava Bay to Kuujjuaq; the waters of FeullesBay from Ungava Bay to Tasiujaq; the waters ofChesterfield Inlet that are not within a shippingsafety control zone and the waters of Baker Lake;and the waters of Moose River from James Bayto Moosonee.

4 The Shipping Safety Control Zones coverCanada’s coastal northern waters within the areaenclosed by the 60th parallel of north latitude, the141st meridian of west longitude and the outerlimit of the exclusive economic zone; however,where the international boundary between Canadaand Greenland is less than 200 nautical milesfrom the baselines of the territorial sea ofCanada, the international boundary shall besubstituted for that outer limit.

Canadian Notices to Mariners July 2010(SDD 2010000 121732) [33/10]

Radio Navigational Warnings

6


World-Wide Navigational Warning Service(WWNWS)1.33

1 Coastal navigational warnings andmeteorological warnings asnd forecasts for thearea covered by this volume are available via theinternational NAVTEX service from Kook Islandsand Iqaluit Coast Radio Stations. NAVAREA andMETAREA warnings for NAVAREAs andMETAREAs IV, XVII AND XVIII are also availablevia the international SafetyNET service. Theservice for NAVAREAs and METAREAs XVII andXVIII is currently on trial and is scheduled tobecome fully operational on 1st June 2011.

2 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 3(1) and 5 and The Mariner’s Handbook for details.


Spare1.34


Spare1.35


Greenland - W coast -Kangerdluarssuk tugdleq — Power cable


5 A power cable has been established acrossKangerdluarssuk tugdleq at about 66 59 50N53 36 00W. The vertical clearance is 11 m S ofthe island of Qeqertarssuaq, 24 m on thesounding line N of the island of Qeqertarssuaq,24 m in the channel N of the un-named islandthat lies NE of Qeqertarssuaq, and 6 8 m in thechannel that leads to Tarajornitsoq Fjord.

Danish Notice 43/09(SDD 2009000 159115) [48/09]

Greenland - W coast - Grønne Ejland —Marine reserve


The islands are contained within a designatedmarine reserve area, landing is prohibited.

Danish Notices 153/14/09; 153/15/09(SDD 2009000 030907) [44/09]

Greenland - West coast -Jakobshavns Isfjord —

Description; protected area


1 Jakobshavns Isfjord (69 09 N 51 00 W) isentered between Avqutdluk (Eqe) and Nûa,another point 3¾ miles NNW. The entire fjord andits approaches are a protected area, the limits ofwhich are shown on the charts. The protectedarea is divided into two parts; in Area 1, the outerapproaches, navigation is prohibited for vessels of1000 GT and greater; in Area 2, the inner part ofthe fjord, navigation is prohibited for all vessels.Anchoring is prohibited in both parts of theprotected area.The abandoned settlements of Igdlumiut and

Nordre Huse are situated on the coast close S ofAvqutdluk, and the small settlements of Igdlumiutand Pitorqeq lie on the coast close N of Nûa.

Danish Notices 133-134/13/09(SDD 2009000 027906) [18/09]

Greenland - West coast -Wolstenholme Fjord — Island; rock

208


Manson Øer (76 39 N 69 10 W), three smallislands, lie close off Kap Abernathy (76 41 N69 15 W), in an extensive area of water not yetsurveyed, which must be navigated with extremecaution. A rock, about 5 m high, exists about1 mile S of the W island, and a drying rock lies

NP12

2 - 30

about 5 cables SW of the S extremity of the Wisland of Manson Øer.

Danish Notice 36/293/10(SDD 2010000 150491) [42/10]

Canada - Hudson Strait — Grenfell Sound

219Paragraph 6.24 Replace by:

Canadian Chart 5064 (see 1.19)Grenfell Sound6.24

1 Grenfell Sound, entered close N of SwainePoint (60 15 N 64 23 W) at the SE end of CapeLabrador, forms the E entrance to McLelan Strait(6.25), which separates Killinek Island (6.32) fromthe N end of the Labrador mainland.

From its entrance, Grenfell Sound extends3½ miles NW between irregular shores, to anarrows connecting it to McLelan Strait, whichleads through two more narrows into ForbesSound (6.127) in Ungava Bay. The steep sides ofthis strait are composed of dark, bare rock.

2 Close off the N side of the entrance there is agroup of islands of which the closest and largestis Parmenter Island, 122 m high, with adome-shaped summit. Austin Island, low and flat,situated 6 cables SE, is the outermost of thegroup. A drying reef lies on the S side of theentrance, 1 mile WNW of Swaine Point andshoals with depths less than 7 0 m lie respectively1¼ miles N and 2¼ miles NW of Swaine Point.Another shoal, least depth 2 3 m, lies at thejunction of Grenfell Sound and McLelan Strait inposition 60 17 95N 64 30 03W.

3 Recent corridor surveys (2005-2007) in thisregion have enabled more accurate and completecharting in some areas. These corridors aremarked on the charts and are shown on therelevant source diagrams. Caution is advisedwhen navigating outside these corridors.


1 The chart is the best guide.

Canadian Chart 5064(SDD 2009000 191046) [05/10]

Canada - Hudson Bay - Churchill —Pilot boarding position


1 Anchorage is available to seaward of the pilotboarding position, 4 miles NE of Cape Merry, atthe outer end of the fairway to the harbourentrance.

The recommended area extends from 1 to3 miles between NE and NW from the pilot

boarding position, and has depths of 20 to 26 m(60 ft to 14 fm), sand and mud bottom.Paragraph 7.257 1 line 3 For the fairway light buoyRead 58 49 67N 94 06 28W

281Paragraph 7.262 2 lines 8-9 For fairway light buoy (redand white pillar, marked C) Read pilot boardingposition

Canadian Western Notice 11/5400/09(SDD 2009000 174388) [51/09]

Appendix III

536Left column lines 1-19 Replace by:

The following are extracts from the CanadianQuarantine Act and Quarantine Regulations:

The Quarantine Act as amended June 2007,requires that,34. (2) As soon as possible before a

conveyance arrives at its destination in Canada,the operator shall inform a quarantine officer orcause a quarantine officer to be informed of anyreasonable grounds to suspect that(a) any person, cargo or other thing on board

the conveyance could cause the spreading of acommunicable disease listed in the schedule;(b) a person on board the conveyance has

died; or(c) any prescribed circumstances exist.(4) No operator contravenes subsection (2) if it

is not reasonably possible for the operator toinform a quarantine officer or cause a quarantineofficer to be informed before the conveyance’sarrival at its destination in Canada, as long as theoperator does so on the conveyance’s arrival atthat destination.

The Quarantine Regulations, made pursuant tothe Quarantine Act, require that,

Canada Eastern Notice 08/*806/07(HH. 602/006/03) [41/07]

NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)

Queensland - Weipa — Pilotage


2 Boarding places:Vessels greater than 100 m LOA in position12 43 90S 141 36 00E.

Vessels of 100 m or less LOA in position12 40 45S 141 43 33E.

See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6 (4).Tugs. Most ship movements require the use of

two tugs and four tugs are available.

Maritime Safety Queensland(AA504208:AA460546) [50/10]

NP13

2 - 31

North coast – Approaches to Port Darwin —Directions; buoyage


1 Controlling depth. The DW route passesbetween LNG1 and LNG2 Light Buoys and has adeclared depth of 10 8 m (2009).

155


Vessels that do not have to use the DW routebetween LNG1 and LNG2 Light Buoys should,provided UKC permits (4.105), pass outside thebuoys.

156


3 Between LNG1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)and LNG2 Light Buoy (port hand)(8¼ miles NW).

Caution. The tidal stream sets directly acrossMiddle Pass at up to 4 kn at springs.

Darwin Port Corporation(AAs 436150; 436701) [49/09]

Northern Territory - Darwin —Directions; wreck

158After Paragraph 4.132 2 line 3 Add:Caution. A dangerous wreck lies in position

12 28 14S 130 50 09E, on an extension of theabove leading line.

Australian Notice 1234/23/10(SDD 2010000 195485) [51/10]

Western Australia - North-east approachesto Exmouth Gulf — Directions; depths

255-256Paragraph 6.282, including heading, Paragraph6.2831-2 and Paragraph 6.283 3 line 1 Replace by:

Charts Aus 64, Aus 744

Inner route6.282

1 From a position about 3½ miles N of AshburtonIsland (21 36 S 114 56 E) a route for vessels ofsuitable draught leads initially SW, passing (withpositions from Ashburton Island):

NW of Australind Shoal (1½ miles NNW),thence:

2 Between Glennie Patches, the N-most patch(1¼ miles SW), and Tortoise Island(4 miles W) (6.287), noting the 6 5 mpatch 5 cables S of the island, thence:

NW of Outer North West Patch (3½ milesWSW), thence:

3 Clear of a 3 6 m patch (7½ miles WSW)lying between Tongue Shoals (6 milesSW) and Santo Rock (9 miles WSW). A4 7 m patch lies 1¾ miles NE of SantoRock and a 3 5 m depth lies 1½ milesSW of Tongue Shoals.

6.2831 From a position about 1 mile SE of Santo Rock

the route then leads WSW, passing (withpositions from Observation Island (21 44 S114 32 E)):

Between Locker Island (12½ miles E) (6.288)and Table Island (12½ miles NE)which has aflat top. A 4 3 m depth lies 2¾ miles SSE ofTable Island and a 5 2 m depth lies 1½ milesfarther E. Thence:

2 NNW of Locker Reef (10½ miles ENE); thedepths around the reef are irregular anddepths of less than 5 m extend up to2 miles NNW, and 2¾ miles WNW, of it.Thence:

SSE of the S end of Serrurier Island (10 milesNE) (6.273), thence:

3 NNW of Hayman Rock (8½ miles ENE); adepth of 4 7 m lies 1 mile NW of it.Thence:

Australian Notice 02/154/09(DHDB 1046869) [14/09]

Western Australia - Shark Bay -Gascoyne Road and Carnarvon —

High speeed craft

269


High speed craft. Recreational vesselsfrequently transit Gascoyne Road in substantialnumbers, particularly at dawn and dusk. Thesecraft often travel at high speed to fishing groundsW of Carnarvon.

Government of Western Australia, Department ofTransport(AA 475637) [27/10]

Southern Australia – Adelaide approaches— Directions; approach routes

404


Alternative approach/departure routes12.137a

1 The following recommended routes, oriented090 -270 , for shallower draught vessels joining orleaving the Outer Harbour entrance channel, existon the S side of the channel as shown on thechart:

For vessels with a maximum draught of 12 2 m,a route joins the channel between Nos 3 and5 Light Beacons.

2 For vessels with a maximum draught of10 0 m, a route joins the channel betweenNos 9 and 11 Light Beacons. Charteddepths of less than 10 0 m lie close S ofthis route.

Australian Notice 10/550/10(AA 469337) [23/10]

NP14

2 - 32

NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)Nil

NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)

New South Wales - Port Macquarie —Directions; leading lights

119

Paragraph 3.175.1 lines 1-4 Replace by:

1 Directions. From a position ENE of theentrance, the approximate bearing 250 of BarCrossing Light (red triangle point up on beacon)(31 25 6S 152 54 9E) leads across the bar tothe harbour entrance; this approach may needadjusting depending on the prevailing swell andtide. The track passes, (with positions from BirdRock (31 26 S 152 56 E):

Paragraph 3.175.1 line 8 Replace by:

...½ cable N of the rock. Thence:

119-120

Paragraph 3.175.2 line 1 to paragraph 3.175.3 line 2Delete

Australian Notice 16/825/10(AA483333; AA493971) [39/10]

Queensland - Approaches to Moreton Bay —Directions


North West Bypass Channel4.23a

1 North West Bypass Channel is the direct routebetween NW4 Light Beacon (26 51 5S153 09 3E) and NW12 Light Beacon (27 02 3S153 15 5E). The channel has a least charteddepth of 9 2 m and is used by shallow-draughtvessels as an alternative to North West Channel.

Australian Notice 934/2009(AA 419711 - AA 419713) [37/09]

Queensland - Moreton Bay - North EastChannel — Directions; buoyage

143

Paragraph 4.37 1 line 5 to Paragraph 4.37 3 line 3Replace by:

Thence the track leads WSW and S to passclose NNW and W of NE2 Light Buoy (port hand)(26 57 5S 153 20 5E) marking the entrance tothe channel.

2 The track then leads generally S requiring strictattention to the tidal stream likely to set acrossthe channel (see Caution at 4.14), passing (withpositions from Comboyuro Point (27 04 S153 22 E)):

E of NE1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (4 milesNNW) marking the N end of Hixson Banks,thence:

W of NE4 Light Buoy (port hand) (1½ milesNNW) marking the SW extremity of VenusBanks, thence:

3 W of Comboyuro Point, low and sandy butsteep-to on its W side, thence:

E of NE3 Light Buoy (E cardinal) (1 mile SSW)marking the E extremity of Yule Banks.

Australian Notice 104/2010(AA449986; AA450254) [07/10]

Queensland - Cape Moreton toBreaksea Spit — Directions; wreck

168


...cases of necessity. A dangerous wreck lies 7 milesNNW. And:

ANTM 1160/2010(AA501416, AA499392) [47/10]

Queensland - Hay Point Port andMackay approaches — Directions;

depths; anchorage

218



SE of Bailey Islet distant 3½ miles.For vessels bound for Hay Point Port the

recommended track shown on the chart continuesSW to a position 11 miles SSW of Bailey IsletLight.For vessels bound for Mackay the track leads

WSW to join the alignment (288 ) of OuterHarbour Leading Light Beacons (6.200) in thevicinity of 21 08 S 149 22 E.

219


...Isles before leading between the offshoreanchorage of Hay Point Port (6.163) andCumberland Islands (7.4), thence to a position3½ miles NE of Bailey...


3 A third track from a position 4 miles SW ofCheviot Island (22 05 S 150 40 E) also leadsgenerally NW but passes inshore of Percy Isles,and between the offshore anchorage of Hay PointPort and Cumberland Islands, before leading to aposition 3½ miles NE of Bailey Islet (21 02 S149 33 E). The least depth adjacent to this trackis 16 4 m (21 25 S 149 57 E).

NP15

2 - 33

221


7 NE of the offshore anchorage (6.163),extending 33 miles ENE of Hay PointPort, thence:

SW of Snare Peak and Penrith Islands (27½and 32½ miles NNW, respectively) (6.55).

Thence the track leads WNW, passing:SSW of Derwent Island (37¼ miles NNW)(6.55), thence:

SSW of Three Rocks (41 miles NW) (6.43),thence:




1 Thence the track leads NNW, passing

222

After Paragraph 6.58 1 lines 9 Insert:

WSW of Sphinx Islet (6.56), thence:

Paragraph 6.58 2 line 1 For NE Read ENE


ENE of the offshore anchorage (6.163),extending 33 miles ENE of Hay Point Port,thence:

WSW of Snare Peak and Penrith Islands (27½and 32½ miles NNW, respectively) (6.55).

4 Thence the track leads WNW, passing:SSW of Derwent Island (37¼ miles NNW)(6.55), thence:

SSW of Three Rocks (41 miles NW) (6.43),thence:

Paragraph 6.59 1 line 7 Replace by: ...1½ miles.

231

Paragraph 6.134 1 lines 5-6Replace by: ...entrance toBroad Sound.

234


1 Designated anchor berths are situated N and Sof the approach track from ENE; the positions ofberths and depths available can be seen on thechart. Berths are allocated by VTS.

Designated anchor berths, as shown on thechart, are also situated within an offshoreanchorage area centred on position 21 10 S149 45 E and extending up to 33 miles ENE ofthe port.

2 Vessels of more than 50 m LOA transiting thearea are to remain outside the offshoreanchorage, except as directed by the RegionalHarbour Master, Mackay. Smaller vessels maytransit the anchorages, see 6.166 for furtherdetails.

235


Entry. From a position 13¼ miles ENE of HayPoint Light the recommended track leads 253towards Hay Point Port. Course may then beadjusted as required to the assigned anchorageor pilot boarding place.Departure. From a position close off the

berths, the track initially leads SSE for 1 mile,thence ENE for about 6 miles through thedredged departure channel, which is marked bylight beacons (lateral). Thence the recommendedtrack leads 063 to a position 13¼ miles ENE ofHay Point Light.

238Paragraph 6.200 2 line 1 For 10 miles E Read 7 milesENE

239


1 From a position W of Bailey Islet (21 02 S149 33 E) the track leads SW as required,passing (with positions from Flat Top IslandLighthouse (21 09 7S 149 14 8E)):

Australian Charts 249, 823(AA470558; AA447784) [22/10]

Australia - Queensland - Abbot Point —Directions; leading lights ; berths


3 Front Light (19 51 45S 148 05 10E)Rear Light (19 51 45S 148 05 06E)

The alignment (273 ) of the above lights (alsodisplayed by day) leads to Wharf No 1.

Front Light (19 51 54S 148 05 34E)Rear Light (19 51 53S 148 05 29E)

The alignment (273½ ) of the above lights(also displayed by day) leads to Wharf No 2.Paragraph 7.173 3 lines 2-7 Replace by:


The alignment (123½ ) of the above lights(also displayed by day) leads to Wharf No 2.


The alignment (124 ) of the above lights (alsodisplayed by day) leads to Wharf No 1.Paragraph 7.174 Replace by:

1 The berth is T shaped, the wharves lying at theend of a conveyor extending 1½ miles NNE fromAbbot Point. Wharf No 1 is 268 m in length withmooring dolphins at the W end; Wharf No 2 is268 m in length with mooring dolphins at the Eend. Depth in the mooring pocket is 19 1 m.

Australian Notice 23/1227/10(SDD 2010000 195485) [51/10]

NP15

2 - 34

Queensland - Port Douglas —Pilot boarding position

310

Paragraph 9.90 2 line 9 For 16 28 3S 145 27 9E,3 cables NE Read 16 28 2S 145 29 0E, 1¼ milesENE


Queensland - Cooktown —Pilot boarding position

318


...15 27 0S 145 18 0E, 2¾ miles ENEof Grassy HillLight (15 28 S 145 15 E).


Queensland - Torres Strait - Thursday Island— Pilotage

432

Paragraph 13.108.1 lines 1-12 Replace by:

1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of 50 mLOA or more throughout the pilotage area, exceptvessels exempted by law, and additionally forforeign vessels of 35 m LOA or more crossingHovell Bar (13.127). Pilotage is available 24 hoursfor vessels less than 85 m LOA, and duringdaylight hours only for vessels of 85 m LOA ormore.

2 For vessels entering from W, of 90 m LOA ormore, the Goods Island pilot boarding position(10 33 9S 142 04 4E) is to be used; for vesselsless than 90 m LOA the Normanby Sound pilotboarding position (10 34 7S 142 08 7E) is to beused.

3 The pilot launch has a white hull and orangesuperstructure. For further details see AdmiraltyList of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).

Queensland Notices 746/09; 631/10AA 438069; SDD 2010000 124116) [41/10]

NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)

Denmark - Kattegat - Directions — Routes

8


Paragraph 1.39 2 line 14 For (d) Read (c)

Paragraph 1.39 2 line 16 For (e) Read (d)

72


From E of Anholt, Route D leads SSE to aposition about 13 miles W of Kullen (56 18 N12 27 E) for onward passage to The Sound.Directions are given at 4.23.


From the close vicinity of 56 51 N 10 48 E,Route B continues SE and then S to join Route Aat Light Buoy No 4 (56 23 8N 11 06 0E).Route A continues S to join Route T at the N endof Samsø Bælt. Directions are given at 5.58 and5.73.

74

Paragraph 2.30 1 line 2 For Route B Read Route D

127




...through the E side of Kattegat leads SSE to No 6Light Buoy (56 45 N 11 53 E), and thence SSW to aposition 12 miles S of Anholt. It is marked on thecentreline by light buoys (safe water).


128


Route A. From No 6 Light Buoy (56 45 N11 53 E) at the junction with Routes T and D, theroute leads SW to a position 5 miles S of Anholt.


128-129

Paragraphs 4.20 to 4.26 Replace by:

4.201 Thence, the track continues SSE for a further

6 miles to No 6 Light Buoy (safe water), passingENE of Fyrbanken (7 miles ENE of Anholt Light(56 44 N 11 39 E)), a small bank lying close NEof Anholt Østerrev, a narrow spit of sand andlarge boulders, extending 4½ miles from the Eend of the island, marked by a light buoy (Ecardinal). The middle part of the spit is calledKobbergrund; the outer end is called Knoben. TheN side and the E end are steep-to.4.21

1 From the vicinity of No 6 Light Buoy (safewater) (56 45 N 11 53 E), the track leads SSW for18 miles in clear water, between Routes A (4.22)and D (4.23) to a position 12 miles S of Anholt.

(Directions continue at 5.12)

NP18

2 - 35

Route A(continued from 4.20)4.22

1 From the vicinity of No 6 Light Buoy (safewater) (56 45 N 11 53 E), the track leads SW,passing SE of Anholt Østerrev (5 miles W) (4.20)to a position 5 miles S of Anholt.

Route D(continued from 4.20)4.23

1 From the vicinity of No 6 Light Buoy (safewater) (56 45 N 11 53 E), the track leads SSE for28 miles, passing:

WSWof Rødebanke (56 42 N 12 06 E), a smallbank, reddish brown and yellow sand andcoral, thence:

WSW of Store Middelgrund (56 33 N 12 05 E),a bank consisting of rock, shingle, shell, andbrown sand with several rocky patches in theS part; in greater depths surrounding thebank, the bottom is mud. A mast (56 33 7N12 06 3E), 120 m in height, stands on thebank. The mast is equipped with a racon andnavigational light. An air obstruction light islocated at the top of the mast. A dangerouswreck of unknown depth (positionapproximate), lies 3 miles SSW and closer tothe track.

2 In this vicinity, the centreline of Route D ismarked by No 2 Light Buoy (safe water) (56 32 N11 59 E), whence the track continues SSE as faras No 10 Light Buoy (safe water) (14 miles fartherSSE) at the junction with the routes fromHalmstad (4.139) and Spodsbjerg (4.184). Awreck, with a depth of 23 3 m, lies 8 cables W ofNo 2 Light Buoy.

(Directions continue at 6.23and for Spodsbjerg at 4.184)

Other routes4.24

1 North-west of Anholt to south-west of LilleMiddelgrund (continued from 5.46a). From aposition 13 miles NW of Anholt, the track leads Efor about 20 miles, passing (positioned fromAnholt Light (56 44 N 11 39 E) (4.17)):

N of a dangerous wreck of unknown depth(12½ miles WNW), thence:

N of Nordvestrev (5 miles WNW), a narrow reefstretching 4½ miles NW from the NW end ofthe island, marked by a buoy (W cardinal)moored 1½ miles NW of its NW extremity,thence:

2 N of Anholt Østerrev (4 miles E) (4.20),whence it joins Route T SW of LilleMiddelgrund.

4.251 Useful marks:

Nordbjerg (56 43 N 11 31 E), highest sandhillat NW extremity of Anholt.

Anholt Havn Light (56 43 N 11 30 E) (5.23).

4.261 South of Anholt to The Sound (continued

from 5.63). From a position 12 miles S of Anholt,the track leads SE for 19 miles, passing NE ofLysegrund (56 17 N 11 46 E), a sandy and rockyshoal marked at its NW and SW extremities by Nand S cardinal buoys, respectively. LysegrundLight (black hut, red band, on concrete base, 9 min height) stands on the N part of the shoal. Thediscolouration of the water over the shoal canusually be seen at a short distance. The N and Esides of Lysegrund should not be approachedwithin a depth of 20 m, nor its S and W sideswithin a depth of 13 m.

2 The track continues as far as No 10 Light Buoy(safe water) (56 18 N 12 04 E) at the junction withRoute D (4.23) and the routes leading fromHalmstad (4.139) and Spodsbjerg (4.184).

(Directions continue at 6.23and for Spodsbjerg at 4.184)

140


2 The route SW from Halmstad to No 10 LightBuoy (56 18 N 12 04 E) in the approachto The Sound.

146


The route (4.26) fromWside of Kattegat leadingto The Sound.

165


1 Offshore routes, as shown on the chart:Route T from 12 miles S of Anholt to SamsøBælt.

Route A from 5 miles S of Anholt to Fornæs.2 Coastal routes, as shown on the chart:

Route B from Læsø Rende to Fornæs.Route A from Fornæs to Samsø Bælt.

3 Other routes:Route from Ålborg Bugt to 12 miles S of Anholt.Route from Ålborg Bugt to Fornæs.Route from Ålborg Bugt to 13 miles NW ofAnholt.

Paragraph 5.8 1 line 5 For 9 miles Read 11 miles


2 Route A. From a position about 5 miles S ofAnholt (56 42 N 11 34 E), the route leads SW for20 miles to join Route B.

166


1 From a position about 5 miles S of Anholt(56 42 N 11 34 E), the track leads SW for about20 miles, as far as No 4 Light Buoy (safe water)(56 24 N 11 06 E), at the junction with Route B(5.58).

NP18

2 - 36


1 From a position approximately 13 miles NW ofAnholt, the track over the coastal bank, leastdepth 4 3 m, leads SE for about 13 miles in thewhite sector (112 -130 ) of Anholt Havn Light (redround metal tower) (56 42 9N 11 30 5E), which...

167


1 An alternative channel, depth 3 2 m, leads NEto the harbour entrance from a positionapproximately 8 miles SW of Anholt, passing NWof Stensøre (56 41 N 11 31 E), a rock which lieson the coastal bank with irregular depthsextending from the SW side of the island, markedby a light buoy (S cardinal) at its SW extremity.


1 Route B. The W channel through Kattegatfollows Route B from Læsø Rende (3.381) toÅlborg Bugt, No 7 Light Buoy (56 51 N 10 48 E)and thence, to Fornæs, No 4 Light Buoy(56 23 8N 11 06 0E).

2 Coastal route. A coastal route leads SSWfrom Ålborg Bugt to the approaches to Mariagerand Randers Fjords (5.59) and thence SE andSSE to Fornæs No 4 Light Buoy.

3 From Fornæs, the route leads S for 20 miles tojoin Route T at the entrance to Samsø Bælt.

168

Paragraph 5.42 Title For Coastal route ReadRoute B


6 From No 6 Light Buoy, the track leads SSW for7½ miles as far as No 7 Light Buoy (safe water)at the junction with the seaward end of theapproach channel to Limfjorden (5.94).Paragraph 5.43 1 line 4 Replace by:

(Directions continue at 5.58and for Limfjorden at 5.107)


Other routes5.46a

1 Svitringen Rende to NW of Anholt. FromNo 7 Light Buoy (56 50 9N 10 48 0E), the trackleads E, in clear water, for 13 miles to a position13 miles NW of Anholt.

2 Useful marks:Anholt Light (56 44 N 11 39 E) (4.17).Anholt Havn Light (56 42 8N 11 30 5E) (5.23)



1 The principal route follows Route B (5.58). Thecoastal route leads SW to the approaches toMariager and Randers Fjords (5.59) and then SEto Fornæs. Alternative routes from SvitringenRende lead E (5.46a) and SE (5.63) acrossKattegat.

170

Paragraphs 5.58 to 5.63 including headings Replaceby:

Route B(continued from 5.43)5.58

1 From No 7 Light Buoy (safe water) (56 50 9N10 48 0E), the route leads 10 miles SE to aposition approximately 16 miles W of Anholt, andthen 20 miles SSE to Fornæs and No 4 LightBuoy (56 24 N 11 06 E), at the junction withRoute A.

2 Useful marks:Gjerrild Light (56 31 7N 10 49 8E) (5.60).Hammelev Church (56 26 7N 10 53 7E).Bavnehøj Windmill (56 25 3N 10 51 9E),

standing on high ground.Grenaa Church (56 24 7N 10 52 5E).


Svitringen Rende to Mariager and RandersFjord approaches5.59

1 From a position about 6½ miles E of SvitringenRende S Lighthouse (56 51 0N 10 36 3E) atNo 7 Light Buoy (safe water), the track leadsSSW in clear water for 11 miles, to a positionapproximately 4 miles E of the approaches toMariager Fjord (5.165) and Randers Fjord (5.203).

2 Useful marks:Als Odde Leading Lights (56 42 7N 10 20 8E)(5.181).

(Directions continue at 5.180 and 5.214)

Mariager and Randers Fjord approaches toFornæs5.60

1 From a position 4 miles E of the approaches toMariager and Randers Fjords, the track leads SEfor 13 miles, passing (positioned from GjerrildLight (white tower, 11 m in height) (56 31 7N10 49 8E), on Knudshoved):

2 NE of a 4 3 m rocky patch (8½ miles NW),lying about 1½ miles NE of the W part ofTangen, a large shoal area subject toconsiderable and sudden changes, asshoals of mixed sand and weed mayform and become almost awash. In 1985,Tangen was reported to be extending N.Thence:

3 Between a 4 m patch (5½ miles N), theN-most of the numerous small shoalsforming the E part of Tangen, themajority of which lie SW of the track, anda wreck (3¾ miles N) with a depth of5 1 m. Thence:

NP18

2 - 37

NE of a 5 m shoal (2¾ miles NNE) and anisolated patch of 5 3 m 1 mile ESE lyingcloser to the track.

Clear of a 4 m shoal (3½ miles NE), and:4 NE of Gjerrild Flak (1½ miles E), extending

about 1 mile NE from the coast at GjerrildKlint (5.53), with irregular depths up to2 miles ESE of this shoal.

5.611 From a position about 4 miles E of Gjerrild

Light, the track leads SSE for 10 miles toseaward of Gjerrild Bugt, a bay with numerouswrecks, passing ENE of Fornæs (6½ miles SE),the E extremity of Jylland, a wide projecting point,on which stands Fornæs Lighthouse (5.57), as faras No 4 Light Buoy (safe water) at the junctionwith Route B (5.58) and Route A (5.16).5.62

1 Useful marks:Mejlgård Manor House (spire) (56 30 2N10 39 5E), white, red roof.

Treå Windmill (56 31 8N 10 42 1E), withoutsails.

Glesborg Church (56 28 6N 10 43 7E), white.2 Rimsø Church (56 28 7N 10 47 7E), white.

Sostrup Manor House (tower) (56 29 9N10 49 4E), red building.

Stensmark Manor House (56 26 7N10 56 7E), red building with tower, notcharted.

Hammelev Church (56 26 7N 10 53 7E),white.

3 Bavnehøj Windmill (56 25 3N 10 51 9E),standing on high ground.

Grenaa Church (56 24 7N 10 52 5E).(Directions continue at 5.73)

Other routes5.63

1 Svitringen Rende to South of Anholt. FromNo 7 Light Buoy (56 50 9N 10 48 0E), the trackleads SE in clear water for 35 miles, to a position,on Route T, 12 miles S of Anholt.

2 Useful marks:Anholt Light (56 44 N 11 39 E) (4.17).Anholt Havn Light (56 42 8N 11 30 5E) (5.23).Sønderbjerg (56 41 5N 11 32 4E) (4.32).


186


1 From a position approximately 4 miles E of theapproaches to Mariager and Randers Fjords, thetrack leads W for about 4 miles to Mariager FjordLight Buoy (starboard hand), which marks theseaward end of the approach to the dredgedchannel.

192


2 North-east approaches. From a positionapproximately 3 miles N of Tangen (5.60), thetrack leads W for 4 miles to the Mariager FjordLight Buoy.


4 East approach. From a position approximately3 miles N of Tangen (5.60), the track leads SWfor 5 miles, passing NW of Tangen. The trackthen leads W in the green sector (254 -276 ) ofUdbyhøj Light (5.214) for about 2 miles, passing Sof Boels Plade, and then WNW for Randers FjordLight Buoy (safe water).

198



199


Danish Notices 29/742/10; 35/866/10(SDD 2010000 122790; 146026) [40/10]

Denmark - Storebælt— Directions; lights

254


2 Røsnæs Lighthouse (disused) (white squaretower, 15 m in height) (55 44 62N10 52 15E).


255


257


...2½ miles E of Røsnæs Lighthouse (disused) (7.12),consists of an...


259


260


286


...SSW of Røsnæs Puller Light (55 44 99N10 50 60E) (7.17) and...

288



1 From a position about 3 miles SW of RøsnæsPuller Light (55 44 99N 10 50 60E) (7.17), thetrack leads S for about 2½ miles, passing(positioned from Røsnæs Puller Light):

Danish Notice 35/864/10(SDDs 2010000 146026; 166075) [43/10]

NP18

2 - 38

Denmark - Århus Bugt - Hov Havn — Lights

271


...protected by moles to the S and NE.

272


SSW for 4 miles,

Danish Notice 30/762/10(SDD 2010000 125848) [34/10]

Denmark - Storebælt Link - West section —Vertical and horizontal clearances

287

Paragraph 8.19 1 line 4 For 18 m Read 16 9 m

Paragraph 8.19 1 line 8 For 104 m Read 70 m

Danish ENC DK4STOBS(SDD 2009000 160145) [06/10]

Denmark - Storebælt Link; —Vertical clearance

287Existing Section IV Notice Week 06/10 Paragraph8.19 1 line 4 For 16 9 m Read 18 m

Danish Chart 141(SDD 2010000 052332) [22/10]

Germany - Flensburg - Outer Approaches —Directions; anchorage

424


NNW of the Geltinger Bucht container shiplay-up anchorage (1¾ miles SW) (12.252),and:

427


Geltinger Bucht anchorage has beendesignated (2009) as a container ship lay-upanchorage until further notice and is marked bybuoys (special).

German Notice 47(16)26(T)/09(SDDs 2009000 172794; 177707) [02/10]

Germany - Travemünde — Directions; route;leading lights

442

Paragraph 13.67 2 line 4 For (13.69) Read (13.96a)


...Wismarbucht (13.27), the track leads SW for15 miles following the Lübeck-Gedser Route toTravemünde Light Buoy (safe water), passing SEof...


Spare13.69

445

Paragraph 13.85 1 line 5 For 10 56 3E Read10 56 8E


1 From a position in the vicinity of TravemündeLight Buoy (safe water), moored 3 miles NE ofthe breakwater, the track leads SW for 1½ milesto the dredged channel. The track passes SE ofa rock, least...

After Paragraph 13.96 1 Add:

13.96a1 Priwall Leading Lights:

Front light (white triangle, red border, point upon white mast, 13 m in height) (53 57 5N10 53 0E).

Rear light (white triangle, red border, pointdown, on white framework tower, 21 m inheight) (380 m farther SW).

2 The alignment (216 ) of these synchronisedlights leads SW for 1 mile through the dredgedchannel (100 m in width), marked by two pairs oflight buoys (lateral).

German Notice 47/(16)37/09(SDD 2009000 172798) [02/10]


Sweden - Ålands Hav —Traffic separation scheme

3


...Gotland (57 30 N 18 30 E) and thence N andNW through the S Åland Sea TSS into ÅlandsHav, E of Svenska Björn (59 33 N 20 01 E).

14


3 Approaches to Ålands Hav:S Åland Sea (59 44 5N 19 48 5E).

NP19

2 - 39

85


1 Traffic separation schemes, shown on thechart, have been established in the approachesto, and in, Bornholmsgat (55 20 N 14 25 E).Schemes are also established S of Öland(56 04 N 16 41 E), SE of Hoburg (56 47 N18 22 E), off Kõpu Peninsula (59 08 N 21 43 E)and in S Åland Sea (59 44 5N 19 48 5E). Theschemes are IMO-adopted and Rule 10 ofInternational Regulations for Preventing Collisionsat Sea (1972) applies.

88


1 From a position in the NE-bound lane of theTSS, SE of Ölands Södra Grund (56 04 2N16 40 9E) (2.15), the track leads initially NNE forabout 175 miles to a position ESE of Landsort(58 44 N 17 52 E), thence about 72 miles NE to aposition SE of Svenska Björn (59 32 9N20 01 4E) and the start of the S Åland Sea TSSwith its embedded Deep Water Route (swept to17 9 m). The route, directions for which are givenat 7.255 leads about 20 miles N and NW toÅlands Hav (Baltic Pilot Volume III). The route isdivided as follows:


1 From a position ESE of Landsort the trackleads NE for about 85 miles, passing NW ofKopparstenarna (7.28) and SE of Almagrundet(7.24), to a position SE of Svenska Björn at thecommencement of the N-bound lane and DeepWater Route of the S Åland Sea TSS, whichleads to Ålands Hav and Gulf of Bothnia.


1 Directions for the S Åland Sea TSS...


Traffic separation scheme7.245a

1 A TSS has been established in the Sapproaches to Ålands Hav in the vicinity ofSvenska Björn (59 33 N 20 01 E). The schemeprincipally consists of a N/S TSS leading (fromthe N Baltic) and an E/W TSS (from the Gulf ofFinland) that merge into a small PrecautionaryArea before leading NW, via a short TSS SW ofFlötjan, into a larger Precautionary Area withinÅlands Hav. The main N/S TSS has a DeepWater Route embedded within it. An additionalW-bound lane, from the Gulf of Finland, mergesinto the NW-bound sector of the main N/S TSS.The scheme is IMO-adopted and Rule 10 ofInternational Regulations for Preventing Collisionsat Sea (1972) applies.


1 From a position E of Almagrundet Light(59 09 N 19 08 E) the track leads NE for about33 miles through open water to a position SE ofSvenska Björn (59 33 N 20 01 E) and the start ofthe N-bound lane of the S Åland Sea TSS,passing (with positions from Svenska HögarnaLight (59 26 7N 19 30 3E)):

296


2 From a position SE of Svenska Björn the trackleads N and then NW for about 25 miles, via theN-bound lane of the S Åland Sea TSS, to Flötjan(59 49 N 19 47 E), thence 18 miles WNW, throughthe Precautionary Area, to a position NNW ofSimpnäsklubb in the approaches to ArholmaEntrance, passing (with positions from SöderarmTower (59 45 2N 19 24 4E) (7.250), unlessstated):

IMO COLREG.2/Circ.60(SDD 2009000 003669) [52/09]

Denmark — Pilotage

10Paragraph 1.53 1-3 Replace by:

1 Pilotage is compulsory for the following vesselsentering Danish internal and external waters anddestined for a Danish port, reloading to or fromanother vessel in Danish territorial waters (STS),or requiring to anchor in Danish territorial waters:

(a) Vessels carrying oil or having uncleanedcargo tanks that have not been inerted.

(b) Vessels carrying chemicals.(c) Vessels carrying gases.(d) Vessels with more than 5000 tonnes of

bunker oil on board.(e) Vessels carrying highly radioactive material.

2 (f) Vessels being towed exceeding 150 gt or28 m LOA in dredged channels ormarked navigational channels whenentering or leaving harbour.

(g) Where the towed vessel is not manned orcannot be propelled by its engines the tugsshall use pilots. Vessels being towed withinthe same harbour area are exempt pilotage.

Within the limits of this volume compulsorypilotage does not apply to the waters surroundingBornholm and Ertholmene (Christiansø), wherethe vessels distance from the baseline is greaterthan 3 miles.

3 The requirements for compulsory pilotage mayvary at individual ports as stated in the text.The Danish Pilotage Authority specifies more

detailed rules on the exemption of certain shipsfrom the obligation to use a pilot and on theexemption from the obligation to use a pilot incertain waters.

NP19

2 - 40

91Paragraph 2.50 2 lines 3-4 Delete ...Pilotage iscompulsory for tankers over 1500 dwt.

Danish Pilotage Act No 567 of June 2006 andExecutive Order No 378 of May 2008(SDD 2008000 088874) [49/08]

Germany — Internal Waters(Entering Requirements) Ordinance


See also 1.101a.


Internal Waters (Entering Requirements)Ordinance1.101a

1 The following is an extract from the Ordinance(Anlaufbedingungsverordnung (AnlBV)) concerningthe reduction of sulphur emissions:

The Ordinance does not apply to the following:a) vessels employed for government purposes

and serving non-commercial purposes,including service and scientific researchvessels, as well as vessels engaged in pilottransfer services.

b) warships of other States and other Stateships operated for non-commercialpurposes.

c) vessels with a hull length not exceeding45 metres.

2 In connection with the reduction of sulphuremissions, ships using different marine fuels areonly allowed to call at a German port if thefollowing entries regarding fuel change-overoperations have been made correctly in the ship’slogbook:

(i) quantity of low-sulphurmarine fuel (<1 5%bymass) in each tank;

(ii)date, time and position of each fuelchange-over operation.

3 The Master shall carry out the change-overoperation early enough to ensure that uponentering the SOx control area “North Sea” or“Baltic Sea”, the fuel oil system has been fullyflushed of any residues of marine fuel which donot have a low sulphur content.

4 The Master shall inform the port authority ofthe port of call concerned of the logbook entrynot later than 24 hours prior to arrival, or, if thevoyage is less than 24 hours, not later than thanthe time of departure from the previous port. Incircumstances where the port of destination is notknown until less than 24 hours prior to arrival, thereport is to be made as soon as the informationbecomes available.

5 If the change-over of fuel is made at a latertime than required above, the Master shall makethe logbook entry immediately afterwards andreport the entry subsequently without any delay.

Failure to comply with the foregoing will lead toprosecution by Waterways and ShippingDirectorates North and Northwest.For full details reference should be made to

the above Ordinance.

German Notice 01/Notifications/08(SDD 2008000 001304) [50/08]

The following notice is to be implemented at0000 UTC on 1st January 2011

Central Baltic - Gotland —Traffic separation schemes


Midsjöbankarna (55 56 0N 17 37 0E)South Hoburgs Bank (56 20 0N 18 47 0E)North Hoburgs Bank (56 48 0N 18 24 0E)West Klintehamn (57 27 0N 17 44 0E)

85Paragraph 2.6 1 including existing Section IV NoticeWeek 52/09 Replace by:

1 Traffic separation schemes, shown on thechart, have been established in the approachesto, and in, Bornholmsgat (55 20 N 14 25 E).Schemes are also established S of Öland(56 04 N 16 41 E); SE of Norra Midsjöbanken(55 56 N 17 37 E); SE of Hoburgs Bank (56 20 N18 47 E); NW of Hoburgs Bank (56 48 N18 24 E); W of Gotland (57 27 N 17 44 E); offKõpu Peninsula (59 08 N 21 43 E); and in SÅland Sea (59 44 N 19 48 E). The schemes areIMO-adopted and Rule 10 of InternationalRegulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea(1972) applies.Paragraph 2.6 2 Replace by:

2 Inshore traffic zones, shown on the chart,have been established between the Swedishcoastline and NW boundary of Bornholmsgat TSS;between the Bornholm coastline and SE boundaryof Bornholmsgat TSS; between the Ölandcoastline and the Off Öland TSS; between theGotland coastline and the North Hoburgs BankTSS; and between the Gotland coastline and theWest Klintehamn TSS. The zones areIMO-adopted and Rule 10 of InternationalRegulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea(1972) applies.

86Paragraph 2.11 2 lines 3-4 Replace by:...ENE for about 105 miles to a position about 35 milesESE of Ölands Södra Grund (56 04 2N 16 40 9E).Paragraph 2.17 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:...105 miles to a position about 30 miles ESE ofÖlands Södra Grund Lighthouse (56 04 2N16 40 9E) (2.13) at the W end of the MidsjöbankarnaTSS,...

87Paragraph 2.18 1 line 4 Replace by:...NW of Hoburgs Bank (2.8), and NW of Ristna...Paragraph 2.18 2 line 1 For 45 Read 35Paragraph 2.19 1 line 1 For Off Gotland TSS ReadNorth Hoburgs Bank TSS

NP19

2 - 41

Paragraph 2.22 1 line 3 Replace by:...the TSS, the track leads NE for 70 miles to theNE-bound lane of the TSS close SE of...Paragraph 2.26 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:

1 From a position about 13 miles SSE of NorraMidsjöbanken (56 11 N 17 20 E) (2.8) (an area tobe avoided (2.6)), at the E end of MidsjöbankarnaTSS, the DW route leads ENE for 39 miles to theNE-bound lane of the South Hoburgs Bank TSS,passing (with positions from Hoburg Light(56 55 31N 18 09 06E) (2.13)):


2 From a position about 44 miles SSE of HoburgLight the DW route leads 10 miles through theNE-bound lane of South Hoburgs Bank TSS andthen NNE for about 215 miles, passing (withpositions from Fårö (57 57 N 19 10 E) (2.230)):Paragraph 2.27 1 lines 1-11 including existing SectionIV Notice Week 52/09 Replace by:

1 From a position in the NE-bound lane of theTSS, SE of Ölands Södra Grund (56 04 18N16 40 84E) (2.15), the track leads NNE for about175 miles, through the West Klintehamn TSS, to aposition ESE of Landsort (58 44 N 17 52 E),thence about 72 miles NE to a position SE ofSvenska Björn (59 32 9N 20 01 4E) and the startof the S Åland Sea TSS with its embedded DeepWater Route (swept to 17 9 m). The route,directions for which are given at 7.255 leadsabout 20 miles N and NW to Ålands Hav (BalticPilot Volume 3). The route is divided as follows:Paragraph 2.30 1 line 5 Replace by:

Through the NE-bound lane of the WestKlintehamnTSS (see 2.135a). The track thenleads:


Traffic regulations2.135a

1 A TSS is established 15 miles ENE ofKlintehamn (2.149). The area between thelandward boundary of the NE-bound lane and thecoast of Gotland is designated as an InshoreTraffic Zone. The scheme is IMO-adopted andRule 10 of International Regulations forPreventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.Paragraph 2.140 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:

1 From the vicinity of 56 50 N 18 00 E, the trackleads generally N for about 48 miles toNyrevsudden, passing (with positions from StoraKarlsö (57 17 N 17 58 E)):Paragraph 2.140 3-6 Replace by:

3 W of Lillbriten, Söderpall and Norderpall (9,8 and 7½ miles SSE) respectively, allshoal patches, with depths of 8 m to 9 m,lying within the red sector of NäsrevetLight. Thence:

W of Nygrund (3½ miles SSE), a 12 m shoalpatch, thence:

4 W of Stora Karlsö, from where a light isdisplayed. The island has precipitouslight-coloured sides. It is a nature reserveand permission must be obtained to landor to navigate close inshore. Thence:

NNW to the short NE-bound lane of WestKlintehamn TSS (2.135a).

5 Once clear of the TSS, the track then leads9 miles NE, passing:

NW of Gnisvärdsgrund (12½ miles NNE), ashoal with a least depth of 5 4 m.

Thence, to a position NW of Nyrevsudden(57 32 N 18 07 E), a light-coloured headland.


1 From a position NW of Nyrevsudden (57 32 N18 07 E) (2.140), the route leads NE and thenENE through the Salvorev recommended two-wayroute to the approaches to Fårösund.Paragraph 2.157 Replace by:

1 From a position NW of Nyrevsudden the routeleads NE for about 25 miles, then ENE for about20 miles to a position N of Svingrund Lighthouse,passing (with positions from StenkyrkehukLighthouse (57 49 2N 18 27 8E)):

NW of the entrance to Visby (12½ miles SW),thence:

NW of Stenkyrkehuk Light (white round metaltower, 15 m in height), exhibited from a pointof land, to the Salvorev recommendedtwo-way route. The scheme has beenadopted by the IMO.

2 The track then leads ENE within the two-wayroute, passing:

N of Hallshuk Light (white building) (11 milesNE).

N of the approaches to Kappelshamnsviken(12½ miles NE), thence:


2 W of Salvorev (22 miles SSE) (2.239) andacross the Salvorev recommendedtwo-way route, thence:

IMO COLREG.2/Circ 61; IMO SN.1/Circ 286Swedish Notice 309/6449/10(SDD 2010000 101217) [51/10]

The following notice is to be implemented at0000 UTC on 1st December 2010

Southern Baltic - awica SÞupska &Adlergrund — Directions;traffic separation schemes

15

Paragraph 1.87 3 lines 3-4 Including existing SectionIV Notice Week 52/09 Replace by:

4 S Baltic:Adlergrund (54 37 0N 14 22 0E).Slupska Bank ( awica SÞupska) (54 51 0N

17 01 0E).Approaches to the Polish ports in the Gulf ofGdamsk (54 32 0N 18 48 0E).

NP19

2 - 42

313

After Paragraph 8.11 Add:

Traffic separation schemes8.11a

1 Traffic separation schemes have beenestablished between Adlergrund (8.13) and OderBank (8.176) and S of awica SÞupska (8.296).The schemes are IMO-adopted and Rule 10 ofInternational Regulations for Preventing Collisionsat Sea (1972) applies.

314


2 Through the TSS S of Adlergrund (54 47 N14 24 E), an extensive rocky shoal lyingon the SW end of Rønnebanke, anextensive shoal bank extending 30 milesSW from Bornholm, thence:


S of awica SÞupska (54 55 N 16 39 E) (8.296)via the TSS, and thence:

IMO COLREG.2/Circ 61; Polish Notice 30/591/10;German Notice 33/10(SDDs 2010000 122653; 134619) [43/10]

Sweden - Gotland — Faludden Light


Faludden Tower (56 59 8N 18 23 7E) (2.179).


Paragraph 2.25 1 line 5 Replace by:Faludden Tower (56 59 8N 18 23 7E) (2.179).



Faludden Tower (formerly a lighthouse) (whitemetal tower, 17 m in height) (56 59 8N18 23 7E), stands on a point of that name.

109Paragraph 2.179 3 line 3 Delete

Swedish Notice 252/5521/09(SDD 2009000 030193) [19/09]

Sweden - Gotland - Fårösund —Directions; Depth



Sweden - Karlskrona — Directions;Authorised draught




Sweden - Kalmarsund — Anchorage


Paragraph 4.100 2 line 1 For (b) Read (a)

Paragraph 4.100 2 line 5 For (c) Read (b)

Swedish ENC SE4EI35T(SDD 2009000 111942) [37/09]

Sweden - Stora Vika — Arrival information

234After Paragraph 6.33 Insert:6.33a

1 Arrival information. The followingrecommendations apply to vessels proceeding tothe port:

At night. Vessels not to exceed: length 125 m,beam 18 m and draught 5 5 m.

By day. Vessels not exceeding 115 m mayincrease their draught to 6 4 m.


Sweden - Nynäshamn - Danziger Gatt —Directions; buoyage

263


267


1 North entrance. From a position 9 miles E ofLandsort Light (58 44 N 17 52 E), the main...

268


1 From a position 9 miles E of Landsort Light(58 44 N 17 52 E), in the vicinity of the VLCCpilot boarding area, the...


3 Clear of a 9 8 m shoal patch (1¼ miles E),marked by a light buoy (W cardinal), thence:


NP19

2 - 43

Finland - Sandhamn to Simpnäsklubb —Directions; Armbågen Light



...W of Svenska Björn and SW of the remnantsof Armbågen Lighthouse...


4 NE of the remnants of ArmbågenLighthouse (59 37 8N 19 57 6E),standing on a shoal on the SW side ofthe fairway. The remnants of thelighthouse extend approximately 1 5 mabove sea level. Thence:

Finnish Notice 7-8/118/09(SDD 2009000 021868) [15/09]

Finland - Svenska Björn — Directions;light beacon


SWof TröskelnÖstra Light Beacon (orange andwhite metal post, white radar reflector on top)(59 39 7N 19 55 4E), standing on a shoalon the NE side of the fairway, thence:

Finnish Notice 15/253/2008(SDD 2008000 047403) [29/08]

Poland - Kuznica — Directions; wreck


...(safe water) (54 43 0N 18 35 5E), keepingclear of the dangerous wreck 1 mile SSE of thebuoy.

Polish ENC PL4P3030(SDD 2009000 118252) [39/09]

Lithuania - KlaipÌda — Arrival information;anchorages


1 There are two designated anchorages:No 1 anchorage area is centred 8 miles WNWof the harbour entrance, N of therecommended approach. Depths are from34to 38 m.

No 2 anchorage area is centred 7¾ miles W ofthe harbour entrance, S of the recommendedapproach. Depths are from 40 to 42 m.

Lithuanian Navigational Warning 040/08(SDD 2008000 089188) [48/08]

Lithuania - BøtingÍ Oil Terminal —Anchorage; wreck


...SPM.Anchorage. An anchorage, shown on the

chart, is established 8 miles SW of the SPM. Awreck lies in the N of the anchorage area inposition 55 58 9N 20 46 0E and a foul patch liesclose to the W of the anchorage area.

HMS Roebuck H102-ROE-02/08(SDD 2008000 041653) [27/08]

Latvia - Irbe Strait — Directions; buoyage

394

Paragraph 11.9 including existing Section IV NoticesWeeks 08/09 and 13/09 Replace by:

1 Irbe Strait (Irbenskiy Strait) (57 43 N 22 00 E),the main entrance to Gulf of RØga, is partiallyobstructed by numerous shoal patches, throughwhich three fairways lead, as shown on thecharts. Mariners should follow the recommendedtracks when navigating in the strait.

2 Main fairway. From a position approximately6½ miles NNW of Irbe Lighthouse (11.15), therecommended route leads generally SE, passingthrough a two-way route, for 15 miles to aposition N of Mifeq Lighthouse (11.15). The routethen leads ENE for about 24 miles to a position Nof Kolka Lighthouse (57 48 1N 22 38 0E).

3 Approach from west. From the vicinity ofNo 5 Light Buoy (57 39 8N 21 32 9E), therecommended route leads E for 13½ miles to aposition N of Mifeq Lighthouse, whence it mergeswith the main fairway to enter Gulf of RØga.

4 Vessels with a draught of 10 m or more,approaching from S, are advised to keep W ofBezimjannaja sÏklis (57 42 N 21 00 E) (11.11),thence adjust course ENE to a position 6½ milesNNW of Irbe Lighthouse (11.15).

5 Caution. In clear weather navigation throughIrbe Strait via the marked fairways presents fewdifficulties, however, in low visibility, continualsounding is recommended in view of the currentwhich is variable according to conditions, see11.8.

395

Paragraph 11.17 1 including existingSection IVNoticeWeek 08/09 Replace by:

1 From a position W of OvØðu rags (57 34 N21 43 E) (11.10) the track leads NNE for about18 miles to a position approximately 6½ milesNNW of Irbe Lighthouse (11.15), passing (withpositions from OvØðu Lighthouse (57 34 1N21 43 0E)):

NP19

2 - 44


1 From a position approximately 6½ miles NNWof Irbe Lighthouse (11.15) the recommended trackleads 3½ miles SSE to a two-way route, markedby light buoys (lateral). The S-bound section ofthe two-way route, leads initially SSE then SE for5¾ miles. The track then continues SE for 2½miles and then ESE for 3¾ miles to a position Nof Mifeq Lighthouse (11.15), passing (withpositions from Irbe Lighthouse (57 45 1N21 43 4E)):

413

Paragraph 12.7 1 including existing Section IV NoticeWeek 08/09 Replace by:

1 From a position approximately 6½ miles NNWof Irbe Lighthouse (11.15), at the NW end of theIrbe Strait TSS, the track leads NNW for about30 miles until clear of the shoals off Vilsandi,thence NNE for about 45 miles to a position NWof Põhja Ristnanina (58 56 5N 22 03 0E), at theextremity of Kõpu poolsaar.

414

Paragraph 12.14 1 lines 1-6 including existing SectionIV Notice Week 08/09 Replace by:

1 From a position approximately 6½ miles NNWof Irbe Lighthouse (11.15), at the NW end of theIrbe Strait TSS, the track leads NNW for about30 miles until clear of the shoals off Elda poolsaar(58 18 N 21 50 E), thence NNE for about 45 milesto a position NW of Kõpu poolsaar (58 55 N22 15 E), passing (with positions from VilsandiLight (58 23 0N 21 48 8E)):

Latvian Notice 7/64/10(SDD 2010000 116384) [35/10]

Latvia - Irbe Strait — Routes

394Paragraph 11.9 2 lines 2-4 Replace by:...(57 51 0N 21 39 2E) the recommended trackleads generally SE, passing through a two-way route,for 15 miles to a position N of Mi e Lighthouse(11.15). The track then leads ENE for about 24 milesto a position N of Kolka...

Paragraph 11.9 3 lines 1-4 Replace by:3 Approach from west. From the vicinity of No 5

Light Buoy (57 39 8N 21 32 9E) therecommended track leads E for 13½ miles to aposition N of Mi e Lighthouse, whence it mergeswith the main fairway to enter Gulf of RØga.

Paragraph 11.9 4 line 4 For 21 37 2ERead 21 39 2E

395Paragraph 11.17 1 line 3 For 21 37 2E Read21 39 2E

Paragraph 11.18 1 lines 1-6 Replace by:1 From the vicinity of No 1 Light Buoy (57 51 0N

21 39 2E) (11.17) the recommended track leads3½ miles SSE to a two-way route marked by lightbuoys (lateral). The S-bound section of thetwo-way route leads initially SSE then SE for 5¾miles. The track then continues SE for 2½ milesand then ESE for 3¾ miles to a position N ofMi e Lighthouse (11.15), passing (with positionsfrom Irbe Lighthouse (57 45 1N 21 43 4E)):

Paragraph 11.18 3 lines 5-6 Replace by:Thence, from a position 4¼ miles N of Mi e

Lighthouse (11.15) the recommended track leadsENE for about 24 miles to No 8 Light Buoy (safewater), moored 2¾ miles...Paragraph 11.18 4 lines 1-2 Delete

Paragraph 11.18 6 line 1 Replace by:6 Clear of, depending on draught, two wrecks

with depths of 16 m and 13 8 m,

Paragraph 11.18 6 line 4 Replace by:Clear of, depending on draught, a wreck with adepth of 16 9 m over it.

Paragraph 11.19 1 lines 5-7 Replace by:...leads E for about 13 miles to a position 4¼ miles Nof Mi e Lighthouse (11.15) passing (with positionsfrom Irbe Lighthouse (57 45 1N 21 43 4E)):

413Paragraph 12.7 1 line 2 For 21 37 2ERead 21 39 2E

414


Latvian Notice 7/34(P)-37(P)/08 and Latvian Chart1014 (INT 1275) 3rd Edition 2009(SDD 2008000 060757; 060758; 060759;060760) [08/09]

Latvia - Irbe Strait — Routes

394Paragraph 11.9 3 Including existing Section IV NoticeWeek 08/09 Replace by:

3 Approach from west. From the vicinity of No5 Light Buoy (57 39 8N 21 32 9E), therecommended track leads E for 13½ miles to aposition N of Mi e Lighthouse, whence it mergeswith the main fairway to enter Gulf of RØga.


(Directions continue for the approaches toRØga at 11.29, for the W approach to Pärnulaht at 11.97 and for the SW approaches to

Väinameri at 11.130)


Spare11.20

Latvian Chart 1013 (INT 1274) 3rd Edition 2009(SDD 2009000 016248) [13/09]

NP19

2 - 45

Latvia - Irbe Strait — Directions; racon


Latvian Notice 18/44/09(SDD 2009000 036372) [23/09]


The following notice is to be implemented at0000 UTC on 1st December 2010

Gulf of Finland - Porkkala to Kalbådagrund— Directions; traffic separation schemes

90

Paragraph 2.39 1 line 1 After route Insert (via thePrecautionary Area)

Paragraph 2.41 1 lines 6-7 Replace by:NNW of Keri saar Lighthouse (59 42 0N

25 01 3E) (3.92) and through the E sectionof the Off Porkkala Lighthouse TSS, thence:

Paragraph 2.41 2 line 4 For the E endRead theW end

Paragraph 2.42 1 line 2 For the E endRead theW end

IMO COLREG.2/Circ 61; Finnish Notice 17/263/2010(SDD 2010000 101433) [43/10]

Finland - Koppnäs — Directions; Lights

142Paragraph 4.30 1 lines 5-7 Replace by:...by buoys (cardinal), and leads ESE in the whitesector (099 3 -101 2 ) of Koppnäs Light(59 51 0N 22 58 0E) ahead, to the harbour.


Finland - Helsinki — Directions;authorised draught

167




Finland - Helsinki — Directions;authorised draught

169



Finland - Hamina to Vyborg —Directions; leading lights

210


1 From a position close SE of Mustamaa(60 26 0N 27 32 7E), the track, marked by buoys(cardinal), leads 2½ miles NE in the white sector(031 5 -035 5 ) of Siikasaari Light (whiterectangle) (60 28 1N 27 37 0E) and passes NWof Länsikivi Beacon (60 27 0N 27 36 3E).


2 The track leads to the following alignment:

Finnish Notices 9-10/118/2010(SDD 2010000 058600) [24/10]

Finland - Förby — Directions; Lights

233Paragraph 6.57 8 lines 3-6 Replace by:This alignment leads 1 mile NE, and thence

1¾ miles NNE in the white sector (216 5 -218 5 )of Västergrundet Light (60 04 6N 22 49 0E)astern, through a fairway marked by buoys, toKaraholm at Förby (6.62).


Finland - Naantali — Directions;lights; depths

235


238




239Paragraph 6.99 4 line 6 For 13 m Read 15 3 m

240


After Paragraph 6.104 2 line 4 Heading Replace by:

Directions for the 15 3 m route

244




After Paragraph 6.123 3 line 4 Heading Replace by:

Directions for the 15 3 m route

245





NP20

2 - 46

246




248



253


254



255




256


260


261



264


265



1 With positions from Tupavuori Front Light(60 26 5N 22 04 4E):

From the N extremity of the Viheriäinen leadingline (2½ cables ESE) the 15 3 m fairway leads7 cables NNW to a position 1½ cables S of theOil Harbour.

From this position, the fairway, now authorisedfor a draught of 9 0 m, leads to a position S ofthe grain berth, thence 8 0 m to the head of theharbour.

2 A second fairway, authorised for a draught of7 7 m and marked by light buoys and buoys,leads 7 cables W to a shipyard.




1 Anchorage may be obtained off Tupavuori OilHarbour in an area centred about 6 cables WSWof Viheriäinen Front Light (60 27 0N 22 04 9E)(6.257).

Finnish Notices 6-7/76/2010; 6-7/77/2010;9-10/120/2010(SDDs 2010000 040998; 040999; 058600) [24/10]

Finland - Rauma and approaches —Directions: leading beacons

290


1 From a position 6 cables W of Saukko(61 08 4N 21 26 0E), a short branch channel,authorised...

291


1 From a position 6 cables W of Saukko FrontBeacon (61 08 4N 21 25 9E), a short branchchannel, authorised for a draught of 5 5 m, leadsWSW from the Valkeakari 7 5 m channel (7.87)for about 1 mile, marked in turn by the followingleading marks:

2 Kuuskajaskari Leading Beacons (whitetriangles, yellow stripe) (61 08 3N21 22 2E) in line bearing 265½ .

3 Rounakari Leading Beacons (red rectangles,white stripe), in line bearing 241 ; thefront beacon is on the N extremity ofRounakari islet whilst the rear is on arock 3 cables SW.

4 These leading marks lead to a position closeSSE of an L-shaped jetty on the S point ofKuuskajaskari.A landing jetty on the E side of Kuuskajaskari

is approached from the SE via a 1 8 m channelmarked by leading lights (white triangles, redstripe), in line bearing 307½ , with the frontbeacon common to Kuuskajaskari LeadingBeacons.

Finnish Notices 9-10/122/2010; 12/171/2010Finnish ENC FI59S41A(SDDs 2010000 058600; 070288) [24/10]

Finland - Raahe — Approach; limitingconditions; turning basin; directions

336



Paragraph 8.75 1 lines 4-5 Delete ...Between the twoareas is a turning basin, 300 m in diameter.


2 The berths are protected by a large area ofreclaimed land close W of the quays.

NP20

2 - 47


Heikinkari Rear Leading Light (red rectangle,yellow stripe) (64 39 2N 24 24 0E) standingon Iso Elkko, an area of reclaimed land.

337


Main channel8.79

1 From a position about 3½ miles N ofNahkiainen Lighthouse (64 36 7N 23 53 8E)(8.52) the approach leads ESE to a position1½ miles WSW of Raahe Lighthouse (64 39 1N24 13 4E) (8.77), passing NNE of the detachedshoal patches (8.54), marked by buoys (cardinal),to the NW and NE of Nahkiainen Lighthouse.

Thence the recommended track leads througha channel marked by light buoys, beacons, and inturn by the following leading lights:

2 Heikinkari Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle with yellow stripe on

white tower) (64 39 2N 24 20 9E).Rear light (1½ miles E of front light) (8.77).

The alignment (085½ ) of these lights leads2¾ miles E through a buoyed channel, to theVirpiperä leading line.

3 Virpiperä Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe, onmetal

framework tower) (64 40 0N 24 24 6E),standing on the foreshore close N of HelmiPier (8.80).

Rear light (red rectangle, yellow stripe)(4 cables ENE of front light).

Thence the alignment (062¼ ) of these lightsleads 1 mile ENE through a buoyed channel, to aposition 5 cables W of the entrance to thecommercial harbour.

4 The track then leads 7 cables E, in the narrowwhite sector (085 -086 ) of Odotuslaituri Light(grey tower, 25 m high) (64 39 6N 24 24 3E)through a buoyed channel to the turning area.The track then leads SSE to the main berthingarea.

8 m channel8.79a

1 From a position on the 10 m track 5 cables Wof the commercial harbour entrance, an alternativetrack, authorised for a maximum draught of 8 0 m,leads a further 5 cables ENE on the alignment(062¼ ) of Virpiperä Leading Lights to a position5 cables SW of the front leading light. The track,marked by buoys (cardinal), then trends E andSE to the Rojuniemi Leading Line.

2 Rojuniemi Leading Lights:Front light (yellow mast) (64 39 4N 24 25 0E).Rear light (red rectangle, yellow stripe)

(1½ cables SE of front light).Thence the alignment (126¼ ) of these lights

leads SE to the berths at the Oil and ExportQuays.


Sweden - Skutskär-Harnäs —Directions; depths


Paragraph 9.183 3 line 2 Replace by:...with a least depth of 7 7 m, continues on the

alignment of...

Paragraph 9.183 4 including existingSection IVNoticeWeek 26/10 Replace by:

4 To reach the berths at Harnäshamnen, thetrack leads SW through an area with a leastdepth of 5 8 m, marked by buoys and light buoys,passing NW of Sjukantsgrundet.

Paragraph 9.184 2 Replace by:2 Massakajen (Pulp Quay), is a concrete pier

on the S side of Harnäshamnen with aleast depth of 5 7 m. The W side is245 m long and the E side is 90 m long.The maximum authorised draught forMassakajen is 5 2 m.


...of 7 6 m. The maximum authorised draughtfor these berths is 7 1 m.


Sweden - Efesgrundet to Väktaren —Directions; light

442



Sweden - Hörnefors — Authorised draught

442



Sweden - Skelleftehamn —Authorised draught

463


3 The approach from SE, for vessels drawing notmore than 5 0 m, passes between the...


Sweden - Kågehamn — Authorised draught

468



NP20

2 - 48

Sweden - Törehamn — Authorised draught

489


2 The channel, which is well marked andbuoyed, is authorised for a draught of 8 0 m tothe anchorage (11.246) in Storöfjärden; 5 6 mfrom Storöfjärden to Lägenön (11.240); and 3 0 mfrom Lägenön to Törehamn.


Sweden - Törehamn — Directions; lights

489

Paragraph 11.240 8 line 2 For Light Read Beacon


490





Paragraph 11.241 2 line 3 For light-structure Readbeacon



Paragraph 11.241 3 line 6 For lights Read beacons

Paragraph 11.241 4 line 1 For Lights Read Beacons

Paragraph 11.241 4 line 2 For light Read beacon




Paragraph 11.241 5 line 1 For Lights Read Beacons














Paragraph 11.241 9 line 3 For lights in line Readbeacons



NP21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (2010 Edition)Nil

NP22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2010 Edition)Nil

NP23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2009Edition)

Maritime safety information

7-8Paragraph 1.38 Replace by:

World-Wide Navigational Warning Service1.38

1 West side of Bering Strait and W part ofBering Sea are within NAVAREAS XIII and XXIof the World-Wide Navigational Warning Service.Coastal navigational warnings and meteorologicalwarnings and forecasts are available via theinternational NAVTEX service fromPetropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy Coast Radio Station.

2 East side of Bering Strait and E part ofBering Sea are within NAVAREAs XII and XVII ofthe World-Wide Navigational Warning Service.Local navigational warnings for the coasts andharbours of Alaska are broadcast by NAVTEXand the appropriate US Coast Guard radiostation.

3 NAVAREA and METAREA warnings forNAVAREAs and METAREAs XII, XIII, XVII andXXI are also available via the internationalSafetyNET service. The service is currently ontrial in NAVAREAs XVII and XXI, and isscheduled to become fully operational on 1stJune 2011.See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3

(parts 1 and 2) and Volume 5, and The Mariner’sHandbook for details.

Paragraphs 1.39-1.43 Replace by:

Spare1.39 - 1.43


NP23

2 - 49

United States of America - Unalaska Island -Dutch Harbor — Anchorage

207


In severe weather, restrictions apply toanchoring in Iliuliuk Bay and vessels arerecommended to contact the Port Authority andconsult the United States Coast Guard SevereWeather Guidelines which may be found at:www.homeport.uscg.mil/anchorage

US Coast Pilot No 9 2009 Edition Change 5(HH. 078/557/12) [18/10]

United States of America - Attu Island —Loran tower


US Notice 45/16431/10(SDD 2010000 183675) [49/10]

United States of America - Alaska -Port Clarence — Loran tower

312

Paragraph 9.78 1 line 9 to 2 line 10 Replace by:

2 Useful mark:Point Spencer Light (framework tower, red and

white chequered diamond daymark)(65 16 6N 166 50 9W), seasonal. On thespit S of the light is a USCoast Guard airstrip.Some green fuel tanks on the spit are onlyvisible from E.

United States Coast Guard(HH. 023/200/01) [20/10]

United States of America - Alaska -Red Dog — Directions; racon

321Paragraph 9.125 1 lines 1 to 4 Replace by:

1 Approach. The loading anchorage should beapproached...

US Notice 27/16005/09(SDD 2009000 055196) [33/09]

Russia - Pacific coast -Port Beringovskiy — Anchorage


Russian Notice 52/7187/09(SDD 2009000 194589) [35/10]

NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot(2010 Edition)

Turkey - Kizkalesi to ÇamlÝ Burnu - Pazar —Marine farm

144


Caution. A marine farm is located in the centreof the anchorage area.

Turkish Notice 27.163.10(SDD 2010000 111084) [30/10]

NP25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1(2010 Edition)Nil

NP26 British Columbia Pilot Volume 2(2005 Edition)

Inner Passage Route —Cousins Inlet; Ocean Falls

66-67Chart reference above Paragraph 2.115 Replace by:Canadian Chart 3939 (see 1.34)

Paragraph 2.115 2 Replace by:2 High precipitous mountains rise from both sides

of the inlet.Depths in the fairway gradually decrease from

134 m in the entrance to about 30 m 2 cablesfrom Ocean Falls.A shoal, with a least depth of 7 7 m over it,

lies on the W side of the fairway 4 cables SSWof Wearing Point (2.118).

Paragraphs 2.119-2.128 Including headings Replaceby:

Useful mark2.119

1 Cousins Inlet Light (square framework tower)(52 20 N 127 45 W).

Ocean Falls2.120

1 General information. Ocean Falls (52 21 N127 41 W), which is situated at the head ofCousins Inlet on the N side of the Link River, liesat the foot of high, steep mountains. A large damand multi-storey buildings, which are empty and indisrepair, dominate the head of the inlet.

2 Berth. Ferry berth (52 21 2N 127 41 7W). Thedocks S of the Link River are in disrepair.Submarine pipeline. An outfall, marked by

buoys, extends 4 cables WNW from the shore1½ cables S of the Link River.Facilities: doctor (once a month).Supplies: fresh water; provisions nearby.

3 Communications: weekly ferry service in thesummer months; year round flights to Port Hardy.

www.homeport.uscg.mil/anchorage

NP26

2 - 50

Spare

2.121 - 2.128

Canadian Sailing Directions PAC 205; CanadianChart 3939(HH. 078/048/01) [29/05]

Verney Passage — Beacon

99

Paragraph 3.125 3 line 2 Replace by:...(starboard hand) stands on Moody Point,...

Canadian PAC 205 Corr 08/06(HH. 078/047/01) [44/06]

Gardner Canal - Kemano Bay —Buoy removed

100

Paragraph 3.134 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:...2 cables S from the point.

Canadian Western Notice 6/3745/06(HH. 600/460/03) [29/06]

Grenville Channel to Chatham Sound —Directions

109

Paragraph 3.220 6 lines 2-3 Replace by:...marked by kelp. A light stands on the shoal.

Thence:

Paragraph 3.220 8 lines 1-3 Replace by:8 SW of Lawyer Islands S Light (white round

tower, red band) (4 miles NW), exhibited from asmall islet at the S end of the Lawyer Islands,thence:

Paragraph 3.221 1 line 3 Add:Lawyer Islands N Light (white round tower, red

band) (54 07 0N 130 20 8W).


Skeena River and approaches — Directions

111

Paragraph 3.237 6 lines 2-3 Replace by:Longnose Point; a beacon (starboard hand)

stands on the point.


Duncan Bay — Light; buoyage

120

Paragraph 4.44 3 Replace by:3 Ryan Point Reef Light (white round tower)

(54 21 5N 130 30 2W), stands on a drying rockabout 5 cables WSW of Ryan Point.


Hecate Strait - Inshore route — Directions

168Paragraph 6.30 5 line 1 For WNW Read ENEParagraph 6.30 5 line 5 For ESE Read WSWParagraph 6.30 6 line 1 For ESE Read WSWParagraph 6.30 6 line 3 For WNW Read ENEParagraph 6.30 6 line 6 For ESE Read WSWParagraph 6.30 6 line 7 For WNW Read ENEParagraph 6.30 7 line 1 For ESE Read WSWParagraph 6.30 7 line 3 For ESE Read WSW

Canadian Chart 3726(HH. 026/200/01) [50/08]

Borrowman Bay — Caution; depths

169After Paragraph 6.38 2 line 8 Insert:Caution. Recent surveys have determined that

shoaler depths than charted exist in BorrowmanBay and approaches.

Canada West Notice 4/3723/08(HH. 600/455/04) [21/08]

Gillen Harbour — Caution; depths

172Paragraph 6.57 2 lines 4-7 Replace by:Caution. Pemberton Bay is sparsely sounded

and recent surveys have determined that shoalerdepths than charted exist in Gillen Harbour andapproaches. They should be navigated withcaution.

Canada West Notice 4/3723/08(HH. 600/460/03) [21/08]

Surf Inlet — Beacon

174

Paragraph 6.73 2 lines 3-4 Replace by:...Chapple Inlet (6.78). A beacon (port hand) stands onthe S extremity of the islands.


Hecate Strait - Beaver Passage — Depth

184Paragraph 6.147 1 line 4 For 7 6 m (25 ft) Read 6 4 m(21 ft)


NP26

2 - 51

Skidegate Inlet —Lawn Point Leading Lights; buoys

213


Spare7.129Paragraph 7.130 1 lines 2-3 Replace by:

Lawn Point Direction Light (53 25 5N131 54 9W).

214

Paragraph 7.132 1-2 Replace by:1 Lawn Point Direction Light (53 25 5N

131 54 9W):2 From a position about 5 miles NE of this

light the white sector (235-241 ) leads3½ miles across the bar, in a leastcharted depth of 8 2 m, to the entrance ofthe deep water channel close SE of C14Light-buoy (starboard hand).


Paragraph 7.133 1 line 7 For 9 cables Read 1 mile


Maude Channel to Skidegate Channel —Buoy

215

Paragraph 7.137 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:2 A drying rock, marked by C22 Buoy (starboard

hand), lies at the NW end of the passage NE ofLeonide...


Graham Island - E side — Directions


E of a platform (53 59 N 131 33 W), from whicha light is exhibited, thence:

Canadian Notice 11/3002/07(HH. 600/470/04) [01/08]

Skidegate Channel - East Narrows —Leading beacons

233



Canada Western Notice 9/3891/05(HH. 600/470/03) [42/05]

Henslung and Beal Coves — Anchorage

243

After Paragraph 8.180 2 line 3 Insert:Caution. It has been reported that vessels

should not anchor on the E side of HenslungCove due to the existence of submerged mooringbuoys, chains and anchors.


Graham Island - Virago Sound andAlexandra Narrows — Depths

245

After Paragraph 8.193 6 Insert:7 Caution Charted depths over The Bar (8.191),

Haswell Reef (8.192) and Richard III Bank aresubject to change as a result of silting andscouring.

Canada Western Notice 2/3895/06(HH. 600/470/03) [11/06]

Appendix III —Canadian Quarantine Reporting

Requirement





the conveyance could cause the spreading of acommunicable disease listed in the schedule;(b) a person aboard the conveyance has died;

or(c) any prescribed circumstances exist.(4) No operator contravenes subsection (2) if it



Canadian Eastern Notice 08/*806/07(HH. 602/006/03) [39/07]

NP27

2 - 52

NP27 Channel Pilot (2009 Edition)

England - South coast - Isles of Scilly —Pilotage

80


Vessels under 32 m in length.


3 Boarding places. Pilots board at the followingpositions:

Saint Mary’s Sound: 49 53 0N 6 17 0W.Crow Sound: 49 55 5N 6 14 0W.North West Passage: 49 56 0N 6 26 0W.

Harbour Master, Saint Mary’s, Isles of Scilly(SDD 2010000 120553) [33/10]

England - South coast - Penzance Harbour— Limiting conditions

92


1 Controlling depth. The entrance to the outerharbour dries. The Harbour Master should beconsulted for the latest information.

Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 4 8 m;mean neap range about 2 4 m. For furtherinformation see Admiralty Tide Tables.

2 Maximum size of vessel handled. Theharbour can accommodate vessels of up to 92 min length with a maximum draught of 4 5 m atMHWS, and of 3 5 m at MHWN.

Penzance Harbour Master(SDD 2010000 104179) [31/10]

England - South coast - Chichester Harbour— Limiting conditions; directions

226

Paragraph 7.108 1 lines 5-6 Delete Shoaling to LightBeacon.

228


4 E of Eastoke Light Buoy (port hand)(1 cable ENE); thence:

W of W Winner Light Beacon (starboard hand)(3 cables NE); thence:

Chichester Harbour Master(SDD 20100000 036564) [15/10]

England - South coast - Port ofSouthampton — Traffic regulations

259


3 Tanker Safety - Escort towage requirements.Tankers of 60 000 dwt or more, arriving ordeparting from Southampton Water oil terminals ina loaded or part-loaded condition, and tankers of50 000 dwt in a loaded condition, bound for theHamble Oil Terminal, are to be accompanied byan escort tug between a position S of Nab Towerand the berth. Under normal conditions a tow wirewill be attached to the stern of the tanker.

ABP Southampton(SDD 2010000 009276) [13/10]

France - Approaches to Brest — Buoyage

283

Paragraph 8.66 4 line 5 For 4 42 2W Read 4 41 9W)

287


Close SSE of Charles Martel Light Buoy (porthand) (3½ miles NW) whichmarks the S sideof Roche du Charles Martel and BasseBeuzec.

289


... respectively, of Pointe de Créac’h Meur. A13 1 m wreck lies in the centre of the entranceabout 2 miles E of the same point.


France - L’Iroise with Brest and Baie deDouarnenez — Pilotage

284


Vessels with LOA of 50 m or more when E of aline connecting theCharlesMartel Light Buoy(48 18 9N 4 41 9W) and Point duToulinguet (48 17 N 4 38 W).

Vessels with LOAof 40 mormore in L’Elorn andL’Aulne rivers up to Landerneau andChâteaulin.

298


Pilotage is provided by the Brest station and iscompulsory for vessels with LOA of 50 m ormore. The pilot boards 1 mile N of Île Tristan orat the anchorage.

French Weekly Notice 20/2010(SDD 2010000 084184) [26/10]

NP27

2 - 53

France - Cherbourg and approaches —Arrival information

432


Spare12.29



Waiting areas12.35

1 Waiting areas, the limits of which are shown onthe charts, have been established as follows:

NorthWaiting Area, centred 3miles N of Fort del’Ouest, is reserved for vessels with a draughtof 10 m or more, or vessels with a grosstonnage of 3000 or more and for vessels thatare not bound to or from the port ofCherbourg.

2 South Waiting Area, centred 1¾ miles NNEof Fort de l’Ouest, is reserved for vesselswith a draught of less than 10 m or agross tonnage of less than 3000 (600 foroil tankers), bound to or from the port ofCherbourg.


Spare12.36


Spare12.37

433


2 Channels. Passe de l’Ouest (12.49) betweenthe head of Digue de Querqueville and Fort del’Ouest is the deepest and most frequently usedentrance. Its swept depth within the limits of theleading lines is the controlling depth for the port(12.28).

Passe de l’Est (12.50), between Fort de l’Estand Fort de l’Île Pelée, is not recommended atnight.


434

Paragraph 12.47 Heading Replace by:

Waiting area approach


French Notices 1/28/10; 2/8/10(SDDs 2010000 005360; 010248; 014173) [12/10]

NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)

England - South coast - Littlehampton —Limiting conditions; arrival information

70

Paragraph 3.18 2 lines 10-11 For draught 4 6 m (HWSprings), 3 8 m (HW Neaps); Read minimum UKC0 5 m;

70–71


Pilotage is compulsory for all merchantvessels. Pilots board about one mile S of theharbour entrance as shown on the chart.Vessels should not approach closer than one

mile from the entrance until the pilot is onboard.

Littlehampton Harbour Board(SDD 2010000 062433) [20/10]

England - South coast - Folkestone —Pilotage; directions; leading lights

92-93


3 Pilotage. There are no pilotage services atFolkestone.

93


1 Approach to harbour mole:From a position 7 cables ESE from Folkestone

Breakwater Light the track leads WNW, passing(with positions from the breakwater light):

2 SSW of Copt Rocks (5½ cables NE), adrying ledge composed of sandstonerocks extending 3 cables E from CoptPoint. An unmarked wreck with a depthof 6 6 m lies 4 cables ESE of Copt Point.Thence:

3 SSW of a light buoy (port hand) (2¾ cablesNE) marking the end of a submarineoutfall. Mole Head Rocks, which fringemuch of the bight between Copt Pointand the harbour mole, lie about 1 cableinshore of the buoy.

4 SSW of a light buoy (port hand) (2¾ cablesNE) marking the end of a submarineoutfall. Mole Head Rocks, which fringemuch of the bight between Copt Pointand the harbour mole, lie about 1 cableinshore of the buoy.

Folkestone Harbour Notices 4/2010 and 5/2010(SDDs 2010000 139305, 139307) [39/10]

NP28

2 - 54

France - North-west coast -Boulogne-sur-Mer — Pilotage

126


1 Pilotage is compulsory for all inbound andoutbound vessels of 60 m in length or over. The....

Pilotage Boulogne-Calais(SDD 2010 000058526) [38/10]

France - North-west coast - Calais —Pilotage

135


1 Pilotage is compulsory for all inbound andoutbound vessels of 60 m in length or over withinthe pilotage area which extends 3½ miles fromthe harbour entrance.

Pilotage Boulogne-Calais(SDD 2010 000058526) [38/10]

Belgium - Nieuwpoort — Traffic signals

152Paragraph 6.169 1 lines 6-10 DeleteParagraph 6.169 2 lines 1-4 Delete

Belgian Notice 22/271/10(SDD 2010000 181109) [48/10]

Belgium - Outer banks in the Approaches toWesterschelde — Wind farm


2 A wind farm comprising 55 turbines is underconstruction (2009) on Bligh Bank. The limits ofthe wind farm are defined by the followingco-ordinates:

51 42 7N 2 48 0E.51 40 3N 2 52 0E.51 37 2N 2 48 1E.51 38 2N 2 47 5E.51 39 0N 2 45 8E.


Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde -Zeebrugge and Brugge — Traffic regulations

for LNG tankers


Pilots for large LNG tankers (vessel lengthexceeding 200 m) bound for Zeebrugge board1 mile E of AZ Light Buoy (starboard hand)(51 21 2N 2 36 9E). Pilots for small LNG tankers(vessel length less than 200 m) board at theWandelaar Pilot Station. During the boardingoperation, VTS will request...


1 LNG tankers bound for Zeebrugge. For thepurpose of the following regulations a large LNGtanker is considered to be a vessel with a lengthexceeding 200 m and a small LNG tanker isconsidered to be a vessel with a length less than200 m.

2 The pilot assigned to a large LNG tanker willprepare a Sailing Plan one hour prior to herarrival at the AZ Light Buoy (51 21 2N 2 36 9E).At the same time, VTS-SM will broadcast detailsof the plan to all vessels. This broadcast will beupdated once the LNG tanker has arrived at AZLight Buoy. The pilot boarding position is 1 mile Eof the AZ Light Buoy.

3 The pilot assigned to a small LNG tanker willprepare a Sailing Plan one hour prior to herarrival at the KB Light Buoy (51 21 0N 2 42 8E).At the same time, VTS-SM will broadcast detailsof the plan to all vessels. This broadcast will beupdated once the LNG tanker has arrived at KBLight Buoy. The pilot boarding position is at theWandelaar pilot station.

4 During the pilot boarding operation othervessels in the vicinity will be requested byWandelaar traffic centre to keep a minimumdistance of 5 cables clear of the LNG vessel.During her passage to Zeebrugge, VTS-SM willcontinue to report her position to other vessels inthe vicinity.The LNG tanker can request radar guidance

from VTS-SM between AZ Light Buoy and S5Light Buoy (51 23 7N 3 05 9E). Thereaftercontinuous positional information is provided tothe LNG tanker.

5 Waiting anchorage, if required, will be assignedby VTS-SM. and the following anchorages arerecommended:

To N of AN Light Buoy.To S of AZ Light Buoy.To N of Akkaert NE Light Buoy (E cardinal)(51 27 3N 2 59 3E).

6 LNG tankers will follow Route Vaargeul 1 (7.42)thence N of Ribzand leading to Pas van het Zand(7.85). If the Vaargeul 1 Route cannot be followedfor navigational reasons, then a deviation fromthis route is permitted. For details of thisalternative route see 7.43.

NP28

2 - 55

7 For the passage of a LNG tanker tocommence, the wind strength must be less than14 m/s, the visibility greater than 5 cables and thetidal stream less than 1½ kn at the harbourentrance.

An underkeel clearance of at least 20% of thedraught is required in the approaches to theharbour and 15% of the draught in the harbouritself.

Maritime police will undertake regular patrols inorder to monitor the inward and outward passageof a LNG tanker.

8 For a large LNG tanker four tugs will secure tothe vessel prior to SZ (Scheur-Zand) Light Buoy(E cardinal) (51 23 7N 3 07 6E) and a fifth tugwill assist once the vessel is inside the harbourentrance.

For a small LNG tanker a minimum of one tugwill assist the vessel before passing the Z (Zand)Light Buoy (starboard hand) (51 22 5N 3 10 0E).The Master of the LNG vessel may order furthertugs at any time.

9 For both large and small LNG tankers thefollowing apply during their port stay:

LNG tankers berth port side to on the LNG jetty.LNG tankers may have an underkeel clearance

of less than 15% of their draught.10 For reporting and other details see Admiralty

List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1).


Belgium - Westerschelde and approaches —Shore-based pilotage


1 If, on account of bad weather or other cause,pilotage is suspended at Wandelaar andSteenbank Pilot Stations, the Master of a vesselsubject to compulsory pilotage will be notified ofthe options available before entering the area inorder to choose from the following possiblecourses of action:

Pilot transfer by helicopter.Pilotage with an alternative pilot vessel, a

SWATH vessel.Shore-based pilotage.Waiting or anchoring offshore.

2 Shore-based pilotage is a radar-controlledpilotage service and is conducted in English orDutch on VHF radio for vessels bound for Dutchor Belgian ports.

When pilotage is suspended at Wandelaar PilotStation, shore-based pilotage is available from aposition between AN and AZ Light Buoys(51 22 N 2 37 E) or from the Akkaert NE LightBuoy (51 27 3N 2 59 3E), using the Scheur andWielingen fairways to Rede van Vlissingen (7.45).

3 The service is limited to vessels with a LOAnot exceeding 175 m and a draught notexceeding 8 0 m but excluding vessels which arecarrying dangerous or polluting cargoes or whichare empty and not gas-free. However, certain

tankers with a LOA not exceeding 125 m and adraught not exceeding 6 0 m carryingnon-dangerous cargoes may be eligible.There is no shore-based pilotage for

Zeebrugge.4 When pilotage is suspended at Steenbank Pilot

Station, shore-based pilotage is available from theSchouwenbank Light Buoy (7.107) to the entranceof Oostgat off Westkapelle (51 31 8N 3 26 8E).The pilot vessel will be in the immediate vicinityof the vessel to be piloted before the vessel to bepiloted passes the OG9 Light Buoy (51 31 1N3 25 5E).

5 The service is limited to vessels with a LOAnot exceeding 115 m in length and a draught notexceeding 6 4 m but excluding vessels carryingdangerous or polluting cargoes or which areempty and not gas-free. However, certain tankerswith a LOA not exceeding 85 m in length and adraught not exceeding 4 5 m carryingnon-dangerous cargoes may be eligible.

6 Vessels which exceed the parameters forSteenbank Pilot Station but comply with thecriteria for Wandelaar shore-based pilotage canobtain shore-based pilotage from the Akkaert NELight Buoy using the Scheur and Wielingenfairways to Rede van Vlissingen.Shore-based pilotage is available for outbound

vessels using the Scheur and Wielingen fairwaysin the event of a suspended roads service or ifthe pilot cannot be changed and the pilot is notqualified for the sea passage to Wandelaar. Inthis case shore-based pilotage will commencefrom a position between W6 and W7 Light Buoys(51 24 9N 3 27 2E). No shore-based pilotage isavailable outbound via Oostgat.

7 The Master must acknowledge the receipt ofeach message and repeat the courses andspeeds given and, on request, repeat any othermessages sent. If the Master deviates from anyadvice given by the pilot, he must immediatelyinform the pilot this is the case and of the actionhe is taking.For further details see Admiralty List of Radio

Signals Volume 6(1).


The Netherlands - Westerschelde —Regulations

159


Regulation for vessels with a marginal draught orwhose length exceeds 300 m, proceeding to orfrom Antwerp and Kallosluis7.20

1 The Dutch and Belgian authorities haveestablished procedures for vessels with amarginal draught or vessels exceeding 300 mLOA proceeding to and from Antwerp andKallosluis. Three categories of vessel have beendefined:

NP28

2 - 56

2 Category I. Vessels with marginal draught.I.1. Vessels proceeding upstream and headingtowards the locks on the right bank, theSchelde terminals and the Deurganckdokwith a draught of 12 0 m up to a draughtconsistent with a minimum tidal window of60 minutes.

I.2. Vessels proceeding downstream with adraught of 12 0 m up to a draught consistentwith a minimum tidal window of 60 minutes.

3 Category II. Vessels proceeding to or fromKallosluis.

4 Category III. Vessels with marginaldimensions in terms of length and/or width.

III.1. Vessels with a length of 300 to 340 mproceeding upstream or downstream.

III.2.Container vessels with a length of 340 m to355 m.

III.3.Container vessels with a length of 355 morgreater and/or a beam of 51 m or greater.


7.211 The following general observations apply:

Access to the Schelde area by theaforementioned vessels shall be subject tothe ‘Admission for upstream or downstreamtravel’ issued by the GemeenschappelijkeNautische Autoriteit (GNA). As far as theKallosluis is concerned, this obligation shallapply to vessels with a draught of 9 0 m orgreater.

2 All draughts refer to the deepest/maximumdraught and shall apply in fresh water.

All vessels lengths shall relate to length overallexpressed in metres.

The predicted maximum draughts for vesselsproceeding upstream on one or two tides arecalculated in relation to the predicted HW atProsperpolder.

3 For vessels proceeding downstream the tidalwindows are calculated in relation to thewater levels at Vlissingen and Zeebrugge,amongst other factors.

With the exception of vessels proceeding to anddeparting from the Kallosluis, the use of ahelmsman who is familiar with localconditions on that section of the river isrecommended.

4 The following general regulations apply to thethree categories above:

Prior to arrival at the pilot station or departurefrom the berth, written premission must berequested from GNA. Requests must besubmitted at least 6 hours prior to the arrivalof the vessel atWandelaar or Steenbank pilotstation or 6 hours prior to departure from theberth.

5 When issuing permission for a passageupstream or downstream, a manoeuvringspeed of 12 kn is assumed. If thiscondition cannot be met then additionalconditions may be imposed.

6 A downstream passage to be completed intwo tides is not permitted.

The minimum tidal window is 60 minutes.7 If visibility is less than 2000 m, the GNA,

after consultation with the pilot, willdecide whether a vessel may commenceher passage.

Every vessel must be equipped with twoproperly functioning radars and at least twoindependent VHF transceivers that are easilyaccessible to the pilot.


7.221 Category I Vessels:

I.1 The maximum draught for the locks on theright bank is limited to 15 56 m.

A vessel proceeding upstream shouldcommence her passage at the start of thetidal window. This means that the the vesselmust have left the pilot station at least onehour before the end of the tidal window.

2 A vessel which, according to her schedule,proceeds upstream in two tides, willanchor in the Wielingen-Zuid anchoragearea (7.48). Vessels with a draughtexceeding 13 0 m or a gross tonnage inexcess of 60 000 must have a pilot onboard for the entire period the vessel isat anchor and must be secured to atleast one tug.

3 I.2 Before the tidal window begins a vesselmust be underway, with course set, onthe river.

The maximum draught is 14 0 m. In the case ofcontainer vessels up to 340 m in length,deeper draughts are permitted on conditionthat:

The vessel has a tidal window of at least 60minutes.

The draught of 14 8 m is not exceeded.4 A vessel permitted to make the passage

must submit a declaration of its actualguaranteed manoeuvring speed for theriver and seaward stretches.

After submitting their application, vessels with adraught of between 12 0 m and 13 5 m willreceive an indicative sailing window from theGNA as soon as possible.

5 The GNA will not take a decision in relationto the tidal window for a vesselproceeding downstream with a draught of13 5 m or more until 12 hours prior todeparture of the vessel from the berthand no later than 6 hours before thedeparture of the vessel from the berth.The GNA will however, approve anindicative tidal window if requested by thevessel.

6 A vessel with a draught of 13 5 m or moremust commence her outward passage atthe start of her tidal window. This meansthat the vessel must have departed herberth and be underway, with course set,on the river at least one hour before hertidal window closes.

NP28

2 - 57


7.231 Category II Vessels. The maximum

dimensions for vessels using Kallosluis are LOA275 m and beam 37 65 m.


7.241 Category III Vessels:

III.1. The conditions that apply to vessels withmarginal draught (Category vessels I1) applyin full.

A second river pilot is obligatory for vesselsproceeding to or departing from the locks.

2 A reduction of 2 5 cm per metre of excesslength shall be applied to therecommended permitted draught in thecase of bulk carriers, tankers and vesselsof similar manoeuvrability with a vesselLOA of 300 m or more.

3 III.2. The conditions that apply under III.1above apply in full.

The GNA will only provide permission toproceed upstream or downstream if it hasbeen ascertained in good time that there areno hinderances in the fairway, that pilots andtugs are available, and that the berth will beclear and available.

4 Permission will not be granted for passageupstream or downstream, if visibility inpart of the passage still to be undertakenis less than 2000 m and/or if the windstrength at the Noordzeeterminal, theEuropaterminal, the locks in Antwerp orthe Deurganckdok is Force 7 on theBeaufort scale or greater.

5 Vessels proceeding upstream ordownstream are required to have twopilots on board on the river section, oneof whom at least must be of the highestcategory.

6 Instructions which apply for meeting vessels:On the seaward section; no restrictions apply in

relation to approaching or crossing whenproceeding upstream or downstream.

7 On the river section; due to the dimensionsof the vessel in relation to the dimensionsof the shipping channel, vesselsproceeding upstream or downstream mustavoid any encounter with the followingtype of vessel in the Pas van Borsseleand the stretch of shipping channelbetween the NvB/MA buoy and buoy 81:

8 Large gas vessels.Vessels carrying special cargoes.Large vessels.


7.251 III.3. Article 1. The conditions that apply to

vessels with marginal draught (Category Ivessels) and the conditions that apply to vesselsreferred to in III.1 and III.2 shall apply in full.

In the event that that permission to proceedupstream or downstream is not granted, thevessel must anchor at sea or remain at herberth until such time permission is granted.

Three hours before the ship actually departsfrom her berth, notification is provided to theGNA.

2 Article 2. The container vessels referred to inthese regulations, for which test runs have beencarried out, have the following dimensions:

A vessel with LOA 366 07 m and a beam of51 20 m.

A vessel with LOA 363 57 m and a beam of45 60 m.

3 Article 2.1. The following additional limitingconditions shall apply in relation to these types ofvessels when proceeding upstream ordownstream:

Minimum visibility at least 2000 metres.Maximum wind strength: Force 5 on theBeaufort scale at Berendrechtsluis, forvessels proceeding either upstream ordownstream.

Maximum draught: Vessels proceedingupstream or downstream 14 0 m.

4 A minimum distance of 3 miles should bemaintained between vessels longer than300 m and any vessel of the typesreferred to in these rules (when sailing inthe same direction).

5 Article 2.2. The services of tugs are requiredfor the following:

For vessels proceeding upstream: Four tugsmust be available initially and in the finalstage, in accordance with the bindingrecommendation of the pilot.

6 For vessels proceeding downstream: Aminimum of two tugs, depending upon theweather, wind and current.

7 Article 2.3a. Pilotage services:For vessels proceeding upstream ordownstream, vessels of the class referred toabove are required to have two pilots of thehighest category on board for the riversection of the passage.

8 Caution. These extracts are for referencepurposes only and are not to be regarded as astatement of the applicable regulations. The fulltext of the regulations (Belgium Notice to Mariners02/43/2010) is the sole authoritative statementand it is recommended that it is consulted. Fulldetails of the regulations above, may be found atthe following website:

www.vlaamsehydrografie.be

Belgian Notice 02/43/10(SDD 2010000 017284; 026134) [10/10]

Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde— Buoyage

160

Paragraph 7.29 1 lines 2-3 For (51 23 7N 3 07 6E)Read (51 23 3N 3 08 6E)

www.vlaamsehydrografie.be

NP28

2 - 58

161

Existing Section IV Notice Week 32/09 Paragraph7.32 4 line 10 For (51 23 7N 3 05 9E) Read(51 23 7N 3 06 3E)

Existing Section IV Notice Week 32/09 Paragraph7.32 8 line 3 For (51 23 7N 3 07 6E) Read(51 23 3N 3 08 6E)

Belgian Notices 05/95/10; 05/96/10(SDDs 2010000 041897; 041898) [13/10]

The Netherlands - Westerschelde —Directions; buoyage

177


178


Vaarwater langs Hoofdplaat, Vaarwaterlangs de Paulinapolder and Thomaesgeul7.191

1 Vaarwater langs Hoofdplaat (51 23 N 3 38 E),Vaarwater langs de Paulinapolder (51 22 N3 42 E) and Thomaesgeul (51 22 N 3 43 E) leadfrom Breskens (51 24 N 3 34 E) (7.56) in agenerally ESE direction for 7½ miles to Pas vanTerneuzen (7.188). The route runs between thecoast of the estuary to the S and Plaat vanBreskens and Hooge Platen, drying banks, to theN. The channel is marked by buoys (lateral) andis used by inland waterway craft and recreationalcraft. Least depth is about 5 m.

189

Paragraph 7.282 1-2 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 13/09 Replace by:

1 From its junction with Everingen (7.192) about2 cables SE of Hoek van Baarland (51 23 7N3 54 0E) Middelgat leads initially NNE then E andSE for a distance of 6 miles to a position offHansweert. The channel is marked by light buoysand buoys (lateral: numbers prefixed by MG) andhas a least depth of about 4 m. It passes (withpositions from Baarland Church (51 24 5N3 53 1E)):

2 WNW of Rug van Baarland, a drying bank,(2¼ miles ESE), and:

ESE of a radar tower (8 cables SE) whichstands on the embankment, thence:

BASS Vlissingen Notices 026/09 and 027/09(SDDs 2009000 028490; 028492) [19/09]

The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Honte —Directions; lights

177 - 178Paragraph 7.187 2-4 Replace by:

2 The initial course is NE with Schone WaardinLight (51 26 5N 3 37 9E) ahead until NW ofH-SS Light Buoy (N cardinal) whence inboundand outbound traffic converge in a single fairwayat the seaward end of Honte. Thence the routeleads E and SE passing (with positions from thechimney (51 26 0N 3 43 0E)):

SSE of Schone Waardin Light (3¼ miles W)(red mast, white bands; 5 m in height),thence:

N of Spijkerplaat (2½ miles W), a shoal. StellaBuoy (W cardinal) marks the location of awreck at its W end. Thence:

3 SSW of the entrance to Vlissingen Oost(2 miles WNW) (7.150) and across the Eboundary of the precautionary area(7.31). Kaloot, the area SE of theentrance to Vlissingen Oost, is relativelyhigher ground with a number of windturbines, which are situated along the lineof the coast. Thence:

4 NE of Spijkerplaat (1¼ miles SW), the shoalwhich lies in the centre of the river andwhich dries, thence:

SW of Noordnol Buoy (W cardinal) marking agroyne which extends 2½ cables offshore,thence:

To a position WSW of Hoek van Borssele(1¼ miles SSE). A tanker jetty (7.176) lies closeSE of Hoek van Borssele.


...(1½ miles NE). The passage is marked byPvT-E Light Buoy...


The channel commences off Hoek vanBorssele (51 24 9N 3 43 6E) and PvT-ELight-buoy (W cardinal) (7.188), 8 cables SW,...


Belgium - Terneuzen to Antwerp —Directions

187Paragraph 7.276 1 lines 8-10 Replace by:...inbound and outbound shallow–draught vessels.The track passes (with positions from Oude hoofdWalsoorden Light (51 23 6N 4 01 9E)):

187-188


2 SW of Ferry harbour Kruiningen (7.295)(2¼ miles N). An embankment betweenthe E mole of Hansweert and the W moleof Kruiningen is marked by buoys(special). And:

NE of the E section of Platen van Ossenisse(2 miles NW), a drying bank on which thereare two islets.

NP28

2 - 59

3 Having entered the white sector (173½ -270 )of Oude Hoofd Walsoorden Light, course isadjusted S, passing:

Wof the entrance toSchaar vanWaarde (7.284)(2 miles N) marked by No 42A Light Buoy (Wcardinal), thence:

E of the entrance to Schaar van Ossenisse(7.283) (7 cables NNW), thence:

4 E of Haven Perkpolder (7.295) (6 cablesNW), thence:

E of OudeHoofdWalsoorden, amole projectinginto the river and off which there are eddies.Oude Hoofd Walsoorden Light (green andwhite beacon on tetrapod; 12 m in height)stands at the head of the mole. Thence:

5 W of an obstruction, position approximate,depth less than 5 m (3 cables SE) closeN of 48A Light Buoy (port hand), thence:

E of Walsoorden (7.296) (7 cables S), wherespeed should be reduced to avoid suctionand wash, and:

6 W of Plaat van Walsoorden (1½ miles ESE),a drying bank in the middle of the river.

Thence in Bocht van Walsoorden the course isadjusted gradually ESE. The channel herebecomes narrower and is reported to be difficultfor long deep-draught vessels.


The Netherlands - Terneuzen to Antwerp -Schaar van Waarde — Directions; buoyage

187

Paragraph 7.276 3 line 5 For ZG-SvW Read No 42A

189


...N end of Zuidergat (7.276). Shallows Sper I andShallows Sper II Buoys (special) lie across the S endof the channel. The channel is only used by...

190

Paragraph 7.287 1 line 8 For ZG-SvW Read No 42A

Netherland Notice 23/308/10(SDD 2010000 095737) [27/10]

The Netherlands - Westerschelde -Middelgat — controlling depth


...than 5 m on the bars at its N and S ends and it isreported (2009) that the least depth in mid-channel atthe S end is 2 3 m. The channel is...


The Netherlands - Maas CentrePrecautionary Area — Buoyage

217Paragraph 9.4 2 line 3-4 Replace by:

...helicopter. The pilot cutter, which is stationed2 miles SSW of Maas Centre Light Buoy (52 00 9N3 48 8E), ...


by tender from the pilot cutter stationed 2 milesSSW of Maas Centre Light Buoy, or bylarge....


...52 01 7N 3 53 1E is a circular ATBA with a radiusof 6 cables. MG Light Buoy...

221Paragraph 9.30 3 line 7 Including existing Section IVWeek 15/09 Replace by:

Maas Centre Light Buoy (52 00 9N 3 48 8E).SB Light Buoy (51 59 8N 3 54 6E).

Paragraph 9.32 2 line 5 For Maas Centre Light BuoyRead MG Light Buoy.

Paragraph 9.33 3 lines 1-2 For Maas Centre LightBuoy Read MG Light Buoy.


...2 miles SSW of Maas Centre Light Buoy (52 00 9N3 48 8E). The track passes:


...for 7½ miles to the pilot boarding position 2 milesSSW of Maas Centre Light Buoy (52 00 9N3 48 8E).


....boarding position 2 miles SSW of Maas CentreLight Buoy (52 00 9N 3 48 8E). The track passes:


WNW of Maas Centre Light Buoy (safe water).

Netherlands Notice 13/162(P)/09(SDD 2009000 024415) [24/09]

The Netherlands - Approaches toHoek van Holland — Directions; buoyage


SB Light Buoy (51 59 8N 3 54 6E).


SB Light Buoy (special) (51 59 8N 3 54 6E)has been laid in order to assist in separatinginbound vessels from dredgers engaged in theMaasvlakte 2 project.

Netherlands Notice 09/144/09(SDDs 2009000 022104; 023188) [15/09]

NP28

2 - 60

The Netherlands - Approaches toHoek van Holland — Directions; buoyage

221Paragraph 9.30 3 lines 6–8 Including existingSection IV Notices Weeks 15/09 and 24/09 Replaceby:

MNW3–MW6 Light Buoy (52 04 8N 3 41 0E).Maas Centre Light Buoy (52 00 9N 3 48 8E).SB-M Light Buoy (52 00 1N 3 53 2E).Goeree Light—see above.

Existing Section IV Notice Week 15/09 Paragraph9.33 3 line 6 For SB Light Buoy (special) (51 59 8N3 54 6E)Read SB-M Light Buoy (special) (52 00 1N3 53 2E)


The Netherlands - Approaches toHoek van Holland — Outer anchorages


4 6 (52 11 N 4 04 E). Anchorage lies on the Eside of Maas North TSS, the W boundaryof the anchorage being adjacent to theN traffic lane of the TSS. The anchoragehas a least depth of 18 6 m. A foul lies inthe E part of the anchorage. Therecommended dimensions for vesselsusing No 6 anchorage, together with therecommended under-keel clearance to beused during NW gales when the worstswell conditions are experienced, are asfollows:

5 Bulk carriers: length 190 m, beam 23 m,draught 10 m; UKC 4 7 m.

Container vessels: length 180 m, beam 25 m,draught 10 m; UKC 5 9 m.

Container vessels: length 350 m, beam 43 m,draught 14 5 m; UKC 4 4 m.

Tankers: length 250 m, beam 43 m, draught14 5 m; UKC 3 6 m.


England - Thames Estuary — Pilot boardingpositions; anchorages; buoyage; wind farm;

emergency procedures


1 Vessels subject to compulsory pilotage in theouter area (11.9) may embark the pilot at eitherthe Sunk Pilot Station (11.30) or the North EastSpit Pilot Station.

There are two pilot boarding areas at the NorthEast Spit Pilot Station, as follows:

Inner Boarding Area - 51 25 0N 1 30 0E;DW Boarding Area - 51 28 0N 1 32 4E.

Vessels may request, or be directed by thepilot, to use either area, the decision dependingon a vessel’s draught, the height of tide andweather conditions.Vessels embarking a pilot at the North East

Spit Pilot Station may take passage through thePrinces Channel (11.94) or Fisherman’s Gat(11.98). Additionally, the station may also be usedby deep-draught vessels wishing to access BlackDeep (11.61) via the Long Sand Head Two-wayRoute (11.28) or via Sunk Outer and InnerPrecautionary Areas (11.25 and 11.26).


2 It should be noted that any vessel with adraught of less than 7 5 m which embarks a pilotat the Sunk Pilot Station rather than the NorthEast Spit Pilot Station may be liable to asurcharge.


1 Major incident procedure. With the exceptionof SAR (11.19), the Port of London Authority isresponsible for all incidents and port emergencieson the river and its estuary. The phrase PLAMAJOR INCIDENT PROCEDURE will bebroadcast by London VTS to alert all shipping tosuch an event. Upon receiving this message, allvessels should maintain communications, minimiseall radio traffic and be prepared for trafficregulation instructions.

2 See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(1) for further details.


3 Thanet Offshore Wind Farm, a projectcomprising 100 turbines, is under construction inan area centred on 51 26 N 1 38 E. Theboundary of the construction area is as follows:

Thanet N Light Buoy (N cardinal) 51 28 3N1 38 1E,

Thanet NE Light Buoy (N cardinal) 51 26 9N1 40 4E,

Thanet E Light Buoy (E cardinal) 51 24 8N1 41 9E,

Thanet S Light Buoy (S cardinal) 51 23 8N1 40 8E,

Thanet W Light Buoy (W cardinal) 51 24 3N1 37 1E.

NW corner (unmarked) 51 26 6N 1 34 2E.4 A submarine power cable will run from the

wind farm to the shore in Pegwell Bay (51 19 N1 22 E).


2 Knob DW Anchorage, comprising berths K1(51 31 N 1 03 E), K2 (51 31 N 1 05 E) and K3(51 30 N 1 04 E), the last being reserved for LNGtankers only.

NP28

2 - 61


Racon: NE Spit Light Buoy (51 27 9N1 29 9E).


Racon: NE Spit Light Buoy (51 27 9N1 29 9E).



1 Tongue Anchorages. Tongue DW and TongueHazardous Anchorages are located in arectangular area which is 3 miles N/S and 2½miles E/W centred on position 51 31 5N 1 30 0E,the hazardous anchorage being located in the Nhalf of the box. Depths within the two anchoragesare mostly in excess of 15 m.

2 Margate Road. Anchorage for small vesselsmay be found in Margate Road (51 25 N 1 25 E).Vessels should anchor about 1 mile offshore andas far W as draught will permit.

Port of London Authority, Trinity House, ThanetOffshore Wind Ltd.(SDDs 2009000 000274; 003234; 004033; 007864;009192; 011506; 016351) [13/09]

England - Thames Estuary — Pilotage

246

Existing Section IV Notice Week 13/09 Paragraph11.11 1 line 8 Replace by:

DW Boarding Area - 51 29 0N 1 34 0E.

UKHO(SDD 2010000 020725) [09/10]

England - Approaches toThe Thames Estuary — Sunk VTS


Sunk Vessel Traffic Service11.29

1 Sunk VTS is appointed by the United KingdomMaritime and Coastguard Agency (MCA) and isbased at Dover MRCC. The VTS covers the twoSunk Precautionary Areas and the TSSs andother routes which lead into them. Within the VTSarea, all vessels of 300 gt and over are requiredto comply with the VTS rules. All vessels withinthe area are to comply with The InternationalRegulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea(1972).

2 Within the VTS the following rules apply:All vessels equipped with VHF radio, when

within the area, shall monitor the designatedVHF channel.

Vessels of 300 gt and over shall report onentering and leaving the VTS area. The initialentry report shall comprise vessel’s nameand call sign, reporting point, draught,destination, intended route and ETA at thepilot station if applicable.

3 Vessels of 300 gt and over shall reportwhen anchoring in a designatedanchorage or elsewhere within the VTSarea. A report shall also be made whendeparting from an anchorage. The VTSworking channel is to be monitoredcontinuously when at anchor.

Any incident that effects the safety of navigationof a vessel is to be reported to the VTS.

Vessels which are not proceeding to ordeparting from ports within the ThamesEstuary or Harwich Haven shall avoid SunkInner Precautionary Area.

4 Vessels navigating within Sunk InnerPrecautionary Area shall avoid impedingthe passage of a vessel constrained bydraught and following a DW route.

Fishing vessels engaged in fishing shall reporttheir intentions on entering or leaving SunkInner Precautionary Area.

Dredging vessels working within the VTS areashall submit passage plans for approval bythe VTS authority.

5 Vessels proceeding towards the Dover StraitTSS will be requested to provide CALDOVREPinformation (2.26) when reporting to Sunk VTS.This information will be passed to the ChannelNavigation Information Service (2.27).For details of reporting points and further

information see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(1).

UK Maritime and Coastguard Agency(SDDs 2009000 041500; 041934) [25/09]

England - South-east approaches toThames Estuary — Pilotage; prohibited

anchorage area; Thanet Offshore Wind Farm

250Existing Section IV Notice Week 13/09 Paragraph11.34 3 line 15 Replace by:

Thanet NW Light Buoy (W cardinal) 51 26 8N1 33 8E.


It should be noted that deep-draught vesselswishing to use Black Deep (11.61) via the LongSand Head Two-way Route (11.28) or via SunkOuter and Inner Precautionary Areas (11.25 and11.26) may embark a pilot at the NE Spit DWBoarding Area (51 28 0N 1 32 4E) See 11.11.


1 Prohibited anchorage area. In order toenhance maritime safety, the North East Spit pilotboarding stations (11.11) are enclosed within anarea in which anchoring is prohibited. Limits ofthe area are shown on the chart.

NP28

2 - 62

Deep-draught channels and shallow-draughtchannels. To reduce the risk to deep-draughtvessels resulting from traffic congestion, passagethrough the Black Deep and Knock John Channelis normally restricted to vessels with a draught ofover 6 m. Vessels wishing to enter Black Deepvia Fisherman’s Gat should seek clearance to doso from London VTS.

Port of London Authority; Thanet Offshore Wind Ltd;Trinity House(SDDs 2009000 041687; 041729; 042523) [26/09]

England - East coast - Approaches to theThames Estuary — Directions; buoyage

251


W of Sunk S 2 Light Buoy (safe water)(51 42 4N 1 46 7E)moored at the inner endof Sunk TSS South (11.27), noting a group offive light buoys (special) lying 2¾ milesfarther E. Thence:

Emu Ltd(SDDs 2010000 139333; 148257) [40/10]

England - Thames Estuary — Wind farm

253


1 Gunfleet Sands Wind Farm, located onGunfleet Sand (11.69), comprises 48 windturbines centred on position 51 44 N 1 13 E. Asubmarine cable leads N from the wind farm tothe vicinity of Holland-on-Sea (51 48 N 1 11 E).On the perimeter, designated wind turbines exhibitred obstruction lights and flashing yellow lights.

255


256


2 Between GFS-WF5 Light Buoy (starboardhand) (5½ miles NNE), marking the SWcorner of the Gunfleet Sands Wind Farm(11.52) and N Middle Buoy (N cardinal)(5 miles NNE), thence:

SE of Whitaker Light-buoy (E cardinal)(4½ miles NNE), thence:

294


5 SE of Tripod (6 miles WNW) a shingle patchon the edge of the coastal bank, and:

NW of Gunfleet Sands Wind Farm (5 milesWSW) (11.52), thence:

295


Dong Energy(SDDs 2010000 085011; 112607; 126755) [34/10]

England - Thames Estuary -Knob Channel — Buoyage

258Paragraph 11.102 1 lines 4-5 For in the vicinity ofShingles Patch Light Buoy (N cardinal) (51 33 0N1 15 4E) Read N of Shingles PatchParagraph 11.103 1 line 4 Replace by:...to the SW of Shingles Patch. The...

258-259Paragraph 11.104 1-2 Replace by:

1 From a position off the SW extremity (51 34 N1 16 E) of Long Sand, Knob Channel, unmarked,leads 8 miles WSW to Oaze Deep (11.64),passing (with positions from Knock John Tower(51 33 8N 1 09 7E) (11.56)):

NNW of Shingles Patch (4 miles ESE), thence:2 SSE of Tizard Bank (2 miles ESE), thence

NNW of Shingles (3¼ miles SSE), a shoal,thence:

SSE of Knob Shoal (1¼ miles S), thence:

Trinity House Notice to Mariners 34/10 C17(SDD 2010000 171738, 190653) [48/10]

England - Harwich Haven — Pilotage; VTS

278Paragraph 13.61 2 lines 3-7 Replace by:The boarding position for vessels at the Sunk

Pilot Station (11.30) is in position 51 51 4N1 40 5E. Vessels of less than 180 m LOA orunder 8 m draught may alternatively embark thepilot at the Haven Pilot Station, 2 miles ENE ofHA Light Buoy (51 56 8N 1 30 7 E).

Paragraph 13.63 1 line 4 Replace by:...mandatory for all vessels over 50gt and any vessellicensed to carry 12 or more passengers. Thesevessels should...

Harwich Haven Authority(SDD 2009000 006056) [13/09]

England - River Thames — Emergencyprocedures; traffic regulations; depths


1 Major incident procedures. With the exceptionof SAR (15.11), the Port of London Authority isresponsible for all incidents and port emergencieson the river and its estuary. The phrase PLAMAJOR INCIDENT PROCEDURE will be brodcastby London VTS to alert all shipping to such anevent. Upon receiving this message, all vesselsshould maintain communications, minimise allradio traffic and be prepared for traffic regulationinstructions.

2 See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(1) for further details.

NP28

2 - 63

306Paragraph 15.18 1 line 7 For (special) Read (porthand).

310Paragraph 15.44 1 line 4 For 7 2 m Read 6 8 m.

Port of London Authority(SDDs 2008000 098767; 2009000 008268; 016351)

[13/09]

England - River Medway —LNG regulations; berths

328


1 The following regulations, relating to thenavigation of vessels resulting from the operationof the Grain LNG Terminals (16.46), areapplicable when:

A vessel carrying LNG in bulk (LNG Vessel) isunderway inbound or outbound between theMedway Buoy and the Grain LNG Terminalssituated at Jetties No 8 and 10 (the LNGTerminals).

No LNG Vessel is berthed alongside the LNGTerminals.

An LNG Vessel is berthed alongside the LNGTerminals.


1 Berth Exclusion Zone. When an LNG Vesselis not berthed at the LNG Terminals a vesselshall not navigate within an arc of radius 150 m inany direction from the cargo transfer arms of theLNG Terminals. The cargo transfer arms arelocated as follows:

Jetty No 10 — 51 25 94N 0 42 54E.Jetty No 8 — 51 25 93N 0 42 18E.

2 When an LNG Vessel is berthed at the LNGTerminals no vessel over 50 m LOA, other thanservice craft authorised by the Harbour Master orthe operator of the LNG Terminals, shall enterany part of the River Medway within an arc ofradius 250 m in any direction from the cargotransfer arms of the LNG Terminals.

In all cases, vessels passing the BerthExclusion Zone must not exceed a speed of7 5 kn through the water.

3 Vessels of less than 50 m LOA may, ifconsidered necessary by the Master or Pilot forsafe navigation, pass within the Berth ExclusionZone provided that a distance of at least 100 m ismaintained from any LNG Vessel berthed at theLNG Terminals. When within the Berth ExclusionZone such vessels must not exceed a speed of7 5 kn through the water.

329


4 (e) When an inbound LNG Vessel ismanoeuvring in Saltpan Reach to the Wof the Kent Buoys (51 26 1N 0 43 5E),no inbound vessel of more than 50 mLOA shall pass the Kent Buoys, and nooutbound vessel of more than 50 m LOAshall pass No 12 Channel Light Buoy(51 25 7N 0 40 3E), until Medway VTSadvises that it is safe to do so.

333


1 Grain LNG Terminals. Jetty No 10 has amaintained depth of 12 5 m and can acceptvessels up to 318 m LOA and 216 000 m3. It isconnected to Jetty No 9 for emergency access.Jetty No 8 is capable of accepting vessels up

to 345 m LOA and 58 5 m beam.

Peel Ports, Medway Notice 26/2010(SDDs 2010000 166779; 169848) [44/10]

NP30 China Sea Pilot Volume 1(2010 Edition)Nil

NP31ChinaSeaPilot Volume2 (2010Edition)

South China Sea - Dangerous Ground -Fiery Cross Reef — Major Light

71


2 Major light:Fiery Cross Reef Light (white octagonalconcrete tower, 32 m in height) (9 33 30N112 54 15E).

Chinese Notice 23/1110/10(SDD 2010000 096120) [34/10]

Philippine Islands - Luzon - West coast -Manila harbour — Dredged area

196Paragraph 8.141 1 lines 6-7 Replace by:International Port Basin approach channel

has been dredged to 12 m (2010). For depths atberths see 8.170.

Philippine Notice 5/100/10(SDD 2010000 103052) [38/10]

NP32

2 - 64

NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3(2009 Edition)

China - East coast - Chang Jiang - Taizhou— Port information; anchorages

18


Taizhou (32 17 00N119 52 00E) (7.138)

Commercial port

301

Paragraph 7.138 heading For Gaogang ReadTaizhou (Gaogang)

302


The track then leads to a position in Kou’anzhiShuidao off Taizhou (32 17 N 119 52 E), formerlyknown as Gaogang, a port on the N bank of theriver. Anchorage may be obtained 1 mile S of theport, depths up to 12 7 m, but shallow on theinshore side, the limits marked by light buoys(special) (shown as light beacons on chart), andreportedly in Luochengzhou Anchorage offNo 2 Light Buoy (32 18 17N 119 49 21E), in10 m of water. Holding in both anchorages isreportedly good in sand and mud.

Paragraph 7.138 5 line 9 For Gaogang Read Taizhou

Paragraph 7.139 heading For Gaogang ReadTaizhou (Gaogang)

Paragraph 7.139 1 line 1 For Gaogang Read Taizhou

UKHO; Chinese ENC C1513131(HH. 032/200/01) [12/10]

China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan -Weifang Gang — New port


Weifang Gang(37 14 90N 119 11 60E)(10.59)

Small commercialport


Weifang Gang

Chart 1256, Chinese Chart 11840 (see 1.18)10.59a

1 General information. Weifang Gang(37 14 90N 119 11 60E) lies on SW side ofLaizhou Wan, and was opened to foreign trade in2009. The port consists of a jetty extending5½ miles N from the coast, which provides sevenberths on its W side and handles general cargo,maximum size 3000 dwt, length 130 m, depth 7 m.Breakwaters, marked by lights, are under

construction, to NW and SE of the buoyedentrance channel.

2 Anchorages: Two anchorages lie N of theapproach channel, with depths of about 7 m.No 3 Anchorage with the following limits:

37 23 96N 119 16 54E;37 22 95N 119 18 37E;37 21 49N 119 17 11E;37 22 48N 119 15 30E.

No 2 Anchorage, a small anchorage area, iscentred at 37 24 30N 119 15 00E.

3 Approach and entry. The port is approachedfrom the NE through a channel marked by lightbuoys (lateral).The channel is entered in the vicinity of

No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (37 19 26N119 16 65E) and leads 238½ /058½ for1¾ miles, thence 227½ /047½ for 3½ miles tothe vicinity of No 13 Light Buoy (starboard hand),6½ cables N of the breakwater head (37 15 18N119 11 40E), and marked by a light (red andwhite metal framework tower, 6 m in height).

The channel then leads 194¾ /014¾ to pass W ofthe breakwater head from where the berths canbe approached.The fairway width in the two outer sections is

150 m, and depth 4 0 m, and in the inner sectionthe width and depth are 100 m and 5 mrespectively.A shoal patch, depth 3 8 m, marked by a light

buoy (isolated danger) lies 7 cables SE ofmid-part of the channel.

5 Useful marks:WBreakwater No 1 Light (white metal post, redbands, 6 m in height) (37 18 00N119 13 77E),

W Breakwater No 2 Light (similar construction)(37 16 82N 119 12 18E),

E Breakwater No 1 Light (similar construction)(37 17 09N 119 14 83E),

E Breakwater No 1 Light (similar construction)(37 15 92N 119 13 24E).

Chinese Notices 34/09/1270 & Part 1, 51/09/1880(SDDs 2009000 121721; 121775; 194867) [05/10]

Taiwan - West coast - T’aipei Kang — Vesseltraffic service; racon; pilotage

98


1 T’aipei VTS operates within 20 miles of T’aipeiand vessels should make contact when enteringits area, see 2.212.Chi-lung VTS. Its use is mandatory for most

vessels operating within 20 miles of Chi-lung, see2.237.

99

Paragraph 2.208 1 line 1 Replace by:Racons:

T’aipei Kang LT7 Light Buoy (starboard hand)(25 08 83N 121 19 40E).

NP32

2 - 65

100


1 Vessel traffic service. T’aipei VTS providesinformation for safe navigation of vessels within20 miles of the port and vessels should makecontact when entering the area; for details seeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).

Notice of ETA is required 7, 5, 3 and 2 days,also 24...


3 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels over500 gt, and Taiwanese vessels over 1000 gt.Pilots board 1½ miles WNW of N OuterBreakwater Head Light.

For details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(6).

Paragraph 2.215 1 line 1 Replace by:Racons:

T’aipei Kang LT7 Light Buoy (starboard hand)(25 08 83N 121 19 40E).

T’aipei Port VTS Procedures(SDD 2010000 056144) [21/10]

Taiwan - North coast - T’aipei Kang —Directions; traffic separation scheme

100


4 Traffic separation scheme is in operation forentry and departure from T’aipei Kang. Theentrance channel, 5 cables wide, leads 140through position 25 15 00N 121 15 00E. Thescheme is not IMO-adopted, but the PortAuthorities advise that the principles for the useof the routeing system defined in Rule 10 ofInternational Regulations for Preventing Collisionsat Sea (1972) apply.


1 T’aipei Kang. From a position NW of N OuterBreakwater Head Light (25 09 31N 121 21 51E),the track leads SE, through the TSS (2.212),passing (with positions from N Outer BreakwaterHead Light):

Across an explosives dumping ground(4½ miles NW), thence:

SW of prohibited anchorage area (2.204)enclosing an outfall pipe (3 miles N).

2 The track continues SE to the vicinity of thepilot boarding position (1½ miles WNW) (2.212);the edge of the outer anchorage (2.212) lies3 cables E.

The track then continues SE for about8½ cables to a position WSW of N OuterBreakwater Head Light (green round concretetower, 16 m in height).

3 The track leads E into the harbour through achannel marked by light buoys (lateral), passingbetween N Outer Breakwater Head Light and abreakwater under construction (2008) extendingNNW from the S shore.

Taiwanese Notice 132/10(SDD 2010000 112530) [39/10]

Taiwan - East coast - Ho-p’ing Kang —Lights; directions

132Paragraph 3.120 3 and 4 lines 1-6 Replace by:

3 Major lights:Ho-p’ing Kang Main Channel Directional FrontLight (red and white beacon, 14 m in height)(24 18 4N 121 45 7E).

Rear Light (red and white metal tower) (1420 mfrom front).

4 Leading lights:The alignment (010 ) of the above lights leads inthe middle (green) sector (009½ /010½ ) ofthe front directional light and into the mainfairway through the harbour entrance.

Caution. A 4 6 m shoal lies close off SouthBreakwater Head and very close W of the mainfairway. Otherwise the approach is clear ofdangers.Lights are exhibited from the heads of the

outer breakwaters and from each side of the innerentrance.

Taiwanese Notice 138/09(SDD 2009000 129025) [04/10]

China - South-east coast - Approaches toShantou — Pilotage

141

Paragraph 4.43 1 line 1 Replace by

1 The pilot boarding positions are E of theentrance to the fairway at 23 15 27N116 50 92E, in No 1...

142

Paragraph 4.51 2 lines 7-8 Replace byThe track then leads NW to a position between

Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (1¼ miles NNE); theouter pilot boarding position (4.43) lies 1¾ milesfarther E.

Chinese Chart 15111(SDD 2010000 024836) [25/10]

China - Taiwan Strait - Dongshan Wan —Pilotage

148


3 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels.Pilots board inside the entrance of the bay at23 43 83N 117 34 37E.


NP32

2 - 66

China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang —Pilotage; depths; wreck

152


2 Zhangzhou Gang is a separate port to Xiamenand handles containers and general cargo. Theapproaches and anchorages details are asXiamen; for pilotage see 4.113, and for berths4.141.

153


In Zhangzhougang Jingang Hangdao(24 24 50N 118 05 00E) the least charted depthover a bank is 7 4 m, but a least depth of 8 9 mcan be found on S side of fairway; depths greaterthan 10 m lie to N of the fairway.

Paragraph 4.112 2 line 1 After area Add (4.113)


1 Xiamen. Pilotage is compulsory for foreignvessels, and for Chinese vessels of 230 m LOAand greater.

The pilot boarding positions are in the vicinityof No 17 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (24 23 10N118 07 41E), No 19 Light Buoy (starboard hand),1½ miles NW, and No 4 quarantine anchorage(4.112) to NE; hereafter these are referred to asthe pilot boarding area.

Zhangzhou. Pilotage is compulsory and pilotsboard in the vicinity of No 103 Light Buoy(preferred channel to starboard) (24 17 68N118 10 28E).

For further details see Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(6).

154


...ESE). A dangerous wreck, existencedoubtful, lies 1½ miles NNE.

155


...No 19 Light Buoy (starboard hand) 5½ cablesfarther NNW and the pilot boarding area (4.113).

156


7 Vessels requiring a pilot may head NE toNo 19 Light Buoy (port hand) (24 24 22N118 06 26E) and the pilot boarding area (4.113);for other...

Paragraph 4.130 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:1 From the vicinity of No 19 Light Buoy

(starboard hand) (24 24 22N 118 06 26E) andthe pilot boarding area (4.113), there are numbersof routes to the different areas of the port.

156-157


1 From the vicinity of No 19 Light Buoy(starboard hand) (24 24 22N 118 06 26E) andthe pilot boarding area (4.113), the channel,marked by light...

157



159




...depth 7 4 m on N side of fairway and 8 9 mto S, leads over this bank. Depths greaterthan 10 m lie N of No 402 Light Buoy.Thence:

163


NNW of a dangerous wreck (10 miles SSW),existence doubtful, thence:


China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang —Wreck; directions

157-158


3 SSW of a dangerous wreck (7 cables SSE)marked by a buoy (special); No 25 LightBuoy (starboard hand) lies 1¼ cablesfarther SSE, thence:

NNE of Xiaoqing Jiao (1½ miles SSW), a shoal,depth 2 m, and marked by a light (isolateddanger, 18 m in height); Zhaoyin Matou No 1Light (white metal pole, red bands, 5 m inheight) is exhibited from the W end of a jetty,3 cables farther SSW, thence:

SSW of Qizi Wei Light (white metal column,green bands, 5 m in height), standing on adrying bank on S coast of Gulang Yu; a fortstands on point close NNW, and:

4 SSW of Riguang Yan (2½ cables NNE), theprominent...


China - East coast - Taiwan Strait - XiamenGang — Directions; leading lights

159

Paragraph 4.136 5 lines 8-11 Delete Luyong tochannel

NP32

2 - 67


Chinese ENC 1514291(SDD 2010000 120582) [35/10]

China - East coast - Xinghua Wan —Pilotage

176

Paragraph 4.237 6 lines 12-13 Replace by:Pilotage is compulsory and pilots board in

Xinghua Shuidao Outer Anchorages (above), andat the Reserve Pilot Boarding Position at25 18 79N 119 32 19E.


China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan andWenzhou Gang and approaches —

Directions; buoyage; vertical clearances;depths; tidal streams; berths



Clear of Z1 Light Buoy (safe water) (6¼ milesNNW), and:


Between Z3 Light Buoy (preferred channel toport) (6¼ cables WNW) and Z4 Light Buoy(port hand), thence:

Paragraph 5.76 1 lines 8-11 Replace by:Vertical clearances. A cable, vertical clearance

39 m, and a bridge, vertical clearance not knownand marked by light beacons (isolated danger),span Sanpan Men (27 52 N 121 09 E).

Paragraph 5.77 1 lines 5-8 Replace by:Vertical clearances. A bridge, vertical

clearance not known, and cables with a leastvertical clearance of 31 m, span the channel.


1 The least charted depth in the buoyed channelthrough Oujiang Beikou is 4 1 m across a bar7½ cables NE of Longwan Tou (27 58 3N120 48 2E). In the river above Longwan Touthere are a number of bars with charted depthsbetween 3 and 4 m in the fairways.


In Oujiang Beikou near Huanghua (27 59 5N120 55 8E) the in-going stream has a maximumrate of about 3½ kn and the out-going stream5½ kn; between Longwan Tou (27 58 3N120 48 2E) and Wenzhou Gang the tidal streamrates are up to 3¾ kn as noted on the chart.


Caution. A number of training walls,breakwaters, submerged dykes and causewayshave been constructed on both sides of the riverand its estuary, and may be expected to have asignificant effect on the strength of the tidalstreams and river current.


1 Caution. The navigable channel, both in theestuary of Ou Jiang above the waiting anchorage,and within the river itself, is subject to frequent,and at times very rapid, change. Light buoys(lateral) and light beacons (special) mark thenavigable channel and may be moved withoutwarning to mark these changes, see note onchart.

Entry. From the vicinity of the the pilot andquarantine anchorage (5.105) N of Qingshan Dao(27 55 0N 121 06 7E) (5.75), the track initiallyleads W through the fairway, marked by lightbuoys (lateral), passing:

S of Damen Dao (27 58 0N 121 05 0E) (5.91),and:

Between Damen Dao and the drying banks thatextend W for 4½ miles from Qingshan Dao,thence:

3 S of Qingling Yu (27 56 6N 121 04 8E), anislet off the S side of Damen Dao with apointed summit, from where a light (whitemetal pole, 8 m in height) is exhibited.

The track then leads W to a position S ofXiawuxian Zuitou, a point 4 cables SE of the SWextremity of Damen Dao, and from where a light(white concrete tower, 12 m in height) isexhibited.

4 The track then continues W for 2 miles,through a section, ½ cable in width between the5 m depth contours, and entered close S ofNo 11 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (27 56 5N121 02 4E). An area of wrecks lies S of thefairway, see note on chart.From a position close N of No 14 Light Buoy

(port hand) (27 56 4N 121 00 3E), the channelcontinues WNW, passing:

NNE of Wenzhou Qiantan (27 56 0N120 57 0E), an extensive drying bank, with acauseway on NE side, which extends SEfrom Lingkun Dao, and:

SSW of Sanjiao Sha, 1½ miles NNE, the dryingbank lying between the NW part of DamenDao and Wenzhou Jiao, 4¼ miles WNW. Abreakwater, marked by four lights (yellow xon yellow beacons, 10 m in height), extends2 miles WNW across the S side of the bank.


1 From the above position SW of Wenzhou JiaoLight, the track leads generally W, passing:

S of Huanghua Wharf (57 59 3N 120 55 7E),with the town of Huanghua, close N; thisshore along this section of the river is low,andmarkedby several light beacons on theNbank; see 5.118. Thence:

NP32

2 - 68

S of Qili Container Terminal (5.120), 2½ milesWNW, comprising a jetty connected to theshore by four piers, thence:

BA Chart 1763 Edition No 3 26/11/2009(SDD 2010000 013059) [18/10]

China - East coast - Yushan Liedaosouth-eastwards — Wrecks

221


Clear of a dangerous wreck (7¾ miles SE),position approximate (reported 2010);another dangerous wreck, positionapproximate, lies 9¾ miles farther SE,thence:


China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao eastand southeastwards — Wrecks

231


Clear of a dangerous wreck (25 miles SE)(Chart 2412), and another dangerous wreck12½ miles farther E, thence:


Eof a dangerouswreck (30 40 2N122 54 2E),thence:

264


SSW of a dangerous wreck (30 40 2N122 54 2E), thence:


China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao -Ningbo, Zhoushan and Cezi Shuidao —

Vessel traffic services; pilotage; directions;vertical clearances

232


1 Maji Shan VTS Service Area is in operation,and other routes in this sub section cross theVTS area, see 6.41.

235


Vessel traffic service. Maji Shan VTS ServiceArea is part of Zhoushan VTS (6.145) and is inoperation; for details see Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(6).

244


Vessel traffic services6.88

1 Yangshan VTS controls traffic in its area, andits use is mandatory for all vessels.

Cezi VTS Service Area, part of Zhoushan VTS(6.145), operates in the approaches to Zhoushanthrough Cezi Shuidao.

2 Ningbo VTS area covers the N approach toNingbo, see 6.58.For details see Admiralty List of Radio


Cezi Shuidao Pilotage6.88a

1 Pilotage through Cezi Shuidao is compulsoryfor all foreign vessels and is available 24 hours,and is part of Zhoushan pilotage service.Southbound vessels are boarded in vicinity of

30 12 84N 121 51 00ENotice of ETA should be sent 72, 48 and

24 hours before arrival.

245


...Light (6.98) stands 2¼ cables ENE.The track then continues to the vicinity of

No 101 Light Buoy (safe water) (2 miles NNW).The track then leads S through a channel

marked by light buoys (lateral), passing:

246


5 Through the main channel beneath JintangGreat Bridge (3 miles WSW) (6.110), underconstruction (2008); the latest navigationalinformation should be obtained before transitingthis section. The W channel, leading SSE/NNW,and marked by light buoys (lateral), lies 5¼ milesWSW, and the E channel lies close inshore (notshown on the chart). The navigation spans areeach marked by lights (two green arrows on awhite square). The depths in the main channelare not less than 10 m, in W channel about 4 macross a bank, and in E Channel less than 2 m.


Vessel traffic service: see 6.88.Pilotage: see 6.88aVertical clearances: see 6.110.

247


The Pilot Boarding Position for Cezu Shuidao(6.88a) (5¾ miles NNW), thence:

248


...the second longest in the world, verticalclearance 47 m. For the vertical clearances underthe bridges in Guci Hangmen see 6.96.

NP32

2 - 69


5 Bridges under construction:Jintang Great Bridge is under construction

(2008) across the N approaches to the portbetween the W coast of Jintang Dao at30 03 55N 12 50 63E) and the mainland10 miles WSW. Over the main channel thevertical clearance is 51 m, and over theW and E channels the vertical clearancesare 17 and 24 m respectively.

6 A bridge is under construction (2010) acrossChuanshangang Xikou (6.193) betweenDaxie Dao in the vicinity of 29 54 70N121 55 70E and the mainland to WSW.Another bridge and power cables spanthe channel farther E, least verticalclearance 21 m.

249


1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours.Vessels from SE are boarded at Xiazhi MenNorthern Anchorage (29 45 5N 122 21 7E)(6.56). Pilots also board in Mazi Inspection andPilotage Anchorage (6.147) (29 51 58N122 12 95E).

For vessels from N and for berthing, pilotsboard in Qili Zhi anchorage area (6.117). TheNon-Dangerous Goods Anchorage is thedesignated pilot boarding anchorage, and vesselstoo deep for this anchorage should contact thepilots for information.

2 Jintang Great Bridge passage: foreign vessels,and all vessels over 1000 dwt, must use a pilotfor their first transit, thereafter vessels less than10 000 dwt need not use a pilot for the bridgetransit.

253


1 Zhoushan VTS has two widely separatedservice areas, namely:

Maji Shan VTS Service Area (6.41),Cezi VTS Service Area (6.88).

For details see Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(6).

254


Inspection andPilotageAnchorage

1¼ milesSW.

Depths 25 to61 m, mud andsand. Pilots forZhoushan(6.149) andNingbo (6.119).

Chinese Chart 13381; Chinese Notices 7/430T/10,15/781/10; Zhoushan VTS Guide; BA Chart 1124(SDDs 2010000 010991; 028252; 070379) [23/10]

China, East Coast - Zhoushan Qundao -Ningbo and Zhoushan — Directions;

traffic separation scheme

238


1 Main route through Xiazhi Men. From aposition about 3 miles SE of Xiazhi Men LANBY(red, super buoy) (29 40 98N 122 32 46E) theroute leads generally WNW for about 13 miles toXiazhi Men Northern Anchorage (29 45 50N122 21 50E) (6.56) and the pilot boardingposition, the track passing either through or N ofXiazhimen Kou deep-water channel marked bylight buoys (lateral).

2 The route then follows the TSS (6.59) throughXiazhi Men and Zhitou Yang (29 52 00N122 11 00E) to a position NNE of YanyxiaomaoDao (29 53 91N 122 09 07E). The routecontinues W, within the TSS, to a position S ofDamao Dao (29 57 00N 122 02 00E), thence NWto a roundabout (counter clockwise) (29 58 32N121 58 40E). The roundabout forms a junctionbetween a TSS leading NNW through CeziShuiado (6.96) and a WSW route through JintangShuidao (6.123).

3 Alternative route through Tiaozhou Men.From a position ESE of Wai Jiao (29 41 32N122 17 41E), the track leads WNW to a positionin Xiazhi Men Southern Anchorage (29 42 30N122 21 20E) (6.56) S of the pilot boardingposition (6.57). The track then leads generallyWNW through Tiaozhou Men to a position WNWof Daqianmen Dao (29 48 39N 122 09 13E). Thetrack then leads ENE through Zhitou Yang to aposition N of Shangliuwangchong Dao Light(29 50 07N 122 13 15E), where vessels may jointhe TSS (6.59), in the vicinity of No 1precautionary area.

4 Inshore route. From a position SW ofWenzhou Zhi (29 42 70N 122 00 34E) the routeleads NNE for about 3 miles, thence generally NEthrough Qinglong Men, Fodu Shuidao and ZhitouYang to a position N of Shangliuwangchong DaoLight (29 50 07N 122 13 15E), where vesselsmay join the TSS (6.59), in the vicinity of No 1precautionary area.


2 From SE through Xiazhi Men: The TSS hasa least depth of 20 8 m.


Xiazhi Men Northern Anchorage (29 45 50N122 21 50E), 16 to 25 m, mud; the pilotboarding position is in the anchorage. Anobstruction (29 45 50N 122 20 01E),position approximate, lies W of thisanchorage.

NP32

2 - 70


1 Ningbo and Zhoushan VTS centres controltraffic in this area. The use of VTS is compulsoryfor vessels using the deep-water channel andTSS; for details, including the limits, see AdmiraltyList of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).


4 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS has beenestablished for the deep-water route to Ningboand Zhoushan ports. The scheme is not IMOadopted, but the Chinese authorities advise thatthe principles for the use of the routeing systemdefined in Rule 10 of International Regulations forPreventing Collisions at Sea (1972) apply. Seealso Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).

239


Diandeng Shan (29 52 55N 122 13 84E).


3 Automatic Identification System:Xiazhi Men LANBY (29 40 98N 122 32 46E).Dongtiao Zui Light (29 44 75N 122 18 23E).

For information see the Mariner’s Handbookand Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

240


1 Xiazhi Men. The track follows the TSS throughXiazhi Men, a strait leading NW for 7 milesbetween Taohua Dao to NE, and a chain ofislands from Xiazhi Dao to ShangliuwangchongDao to SW.

2 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position(29 45 50N 122 21 50E) in Xiazhi Men NorthernAnchorage the track enters the TSS from No 0precautionary area and leads generally NW,passing (with positions from Xiaoshuang ShanLight (29 47 80N 122 14 45E)):

Clear of an obstruction (5½miles ESE), positionapproximate, thence:


The track then follows the TSS NNW to No 1precautionary area, passing (with positions fromYanyxiaomao Dao Light (29 53 91N122 09 07E)):


9 The track then continues NNW to No 2precautionary area NW of Yanyxiaomao Dao(6.61), from where a light is exhibited.The Mazhi anchorages and nearby anchorages

(29 55 00N 122 14 00E) (6.147) may beapproached from No 1 precautionary area headinggenerally N and passing close W of the MaziInspection and Pilotage Anchorage (29 51 58N122 12 95E) and keeping E of two dangerouswrecks (6.69). Pilotage details are at 6.149.

(Directions for route to Ningbo continues at6.67, and for Aoshan Oil Pier

are given at 6.156)

241


2 SW of Damao Dao (29 57 00N122 02 00E) and through No 3precautionary area. A light (white sixsided concrete structure, 8 m in height)(29 55 96N 122 02 06E) is exhibitedfrom Luotou Jiao, the S point of DamaoDao. Thence:


4 The TSS then leads to a position NE ofTunimen Dao (29 57 42N 121 57 90E), a dryingbank extending 2 cables NNE from the N point ofDaxie Dao, from the edge of which a light (whiteconcrete cone, 8 m in height) is exhibited. TheTSS then enters a roundabout (counter clockwise)(29 58 32N 121 58 40E) with a NNW routethrough Cezi Shuiado (6.96) (in reverse) and aWSW route through Jintang Shuidao (6.123).

242


9 The track then leads ENE to a position N ofShangliuwangchong Dao Light (29 50 07N122 13 15E), where vessels may join the TSS(6.59), in the vicinity of No 1 precautionary area.The track then follows the TSS NNW (6.66)

passing E of Yanyxiaomao Dao (6.61).For the approaches to Mazhi anchorages

(6.147) see 6.66.


6 The track then continues ENE through FoduShuidao, passing:

SSE of two dangerous wrecks (29 47 99N122 03 56E and 29 48 04N 122 04 13E),thence:

NNW of the NE coast of Liuheng Dao(29 44 00N 122 07 00E) (6.50) and clear ofa dangerous wreck (29 47 17N122 05 05E), position approximate, thence:

7 NNW of Daqianmen Dao (29 48 39N122 09 13E), thence:

SE of two dangerous wrecks (29 52 17N122 07 46E and 29 52 07N 122 07 60E),positions approximate, thence:

NP32

2 - 71

The track then continues ENE to a position N ofShangliuwangchong Dao Light (29 50 07N122 13 15E), where vessels may join theTSS (6.59), in the vicinity of No 1precautionary area.

8 The track then follows the TSS NNW (6.66)passing E of Yanyxiaomao Dao (6.61). Thepassage inshore of the island is deep but hasheavy overfalls and strong eddies and should notbe attempted by vessels unable to maintain aspeed of 10 kn when there is a strong tidalstream against them, see 6.52.

For the approaches to Mazhi anchorages(6.147) see 6.66.

Caution. Vessels may be encounteredadjusting compasses in Fodu Shuidao SE ofQinglong Shan making use of nearby leadingmark beacons.

(Directions continue for Ningbo at 6.67)

245


4 Automatic Identification System:Xihou Men Bridge (30 03 85N 121 55 12E).Yandun No 1 Buoy (30 11 60N 121 52 92E).No 2 Buoy (30 09 96N 121 54 71E).Jintangdaqiaobeikou Buoy (30 07 10N

121 48 15E).For information see the Mariner’s Handbook

and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

245-246

Paragraph 6.93 Including existing Section IV NoticeWeek 23/10 Replace by:

1 From the position W of Dawu Zhi (30 13 01N121 53 30E) the track leads S, passing:

W of Gualian Shan (30 11 70N 121 56 25E),from where lights are exhibited (6.168),thence:

W of Yandun No 1 Buoy (30 11 60N121 52 92E), thence:

W of No 2 buoy (30 09 96N 121 54 71E),thence:

Wof theNWpoint of ZhoushanDao (6.98), fromwhere Guci Light (6.98) is exhibited, thence:

2 W of a dangerous wreck (30 08 95N121 49 25E), position approximate, and asecond dangerous wreck (30 08 20N121 49 63E), thence:

Clear of Jintangdaqiaobeikou Buoy (safe water)(30 07 10N 121 48 15E), thence:

3 W of Daccaihua Shan (Dacaihuashan)(30 07 01N 121 51 86E), the N of agroup of small islands lying N of JintangDao, and from where a light (6.89) isexhibited, thence:

W of Datiaoguo Shan (30 06 00N121 50 00E).

The track then follows the TSS, marked bylight buoys (lateral) (AIS fitted), passing:

4 W of Dapeng Shan Light (6.89), exhibitedfrom NW point of a Dapeng Shan, a hillyisland, lying close off the NW side ofJintang Dao. The island is mainly

surrounded by a drying bank. An islet,lies 4 cables NNW with a bank, depthless than 5 m, extending 3½ cables N. Aspit, with depths of less than 2 m,extends 1 mile S of Dapeng Shan and onits extremity lies an islet marked at itsS end by Daochu Light (red and whitemetal column, 7 m in height). Thence:

5 Beneath Jintang Great Bridge (6.110), underconstruction (2008). The navigation spansare each marked by lights (two greenarrows on a white square). The depths inthe TSS are not less than 10 m.

6 The TSS passes between Jintang and Qili ZhiDangerous Goods Anchorages (6.117). Vesselsproceeding to Yong Jiang should clear the TSS toW to the pilot boarding position (30 01 50N121 46 40E) (6.119) in the Qili Zhi anchorage.The TSS continues S to a position N of

Dahuangmang Dao (29 58 53N 121 48 54E),from where a light is exhibited (6.126).

(Directions for Jintang Shuidao are given at6.123 (in reverse) and forYong Jiang at 6.128)

246


1 Cezi Shuidao (30 02 00N 121 56 5E) is thestrait, least width 2 miles, between Zhoushan Daoon the E side and Jintang Dao (6.50) on the W.A TSS operates through Xihou Men and CeziShuidao passing W of Cezi Dao (30 06 70N121 56 00E). A secondary channel, GuciHangmen, passes E of Cezi Dao and is furtherdivided by Fuchi Dao (38 05 80N 121 58 30E).

247


4 WSW of Cezi Dao Light Beacon (greentriangle on green beacon, 9 m in height)(30 05 42N 121 54 40E), thence:

ENE of a light buoy (isolated danger)(30 04 81N121 53 64E),moored closeE ofWanzhan Jiao, a dangerous shoal, whichshould be given a wide berth owing to thestrength of the tidal streams and eddies.


1 The track then follows the TSS SE, passing(with positions from Diao Jiao Light (30 02 86EN121 57 82E)):

250


1 From a position NE of Tunimen Dao(29 57 42N 121 57 90E) the track leaves theTSS roundabout (29 58 32N 121 58 40E) leadingWSW then generally WNW through JintangShuidao, passing (with positions from HuangniuJiao Light (29 57 91N 121 54 03E)):

Chinese chart 13519(SDD 2010000 142180) [43/10]

NP32

2 - 72

China - East coast - Ao Shan — Anchorage


SW of Ao Shan East No 1 Anchorage (6.147),2¼ miles NNE, thence:


5 Ao Shan East No 1 Anchorage (29 56 19N122 10 10E), radius 600 m.

Yeyashan Inspection Anchorage (30 00 5N...


China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao -Ningbo Gang approaches — Wrecks; depths

242


Clear of a number of wrecks, depths 23 to 32 m,the existence of some of which are doubtful,and an area in which anchoring and fishingare prohibited, all lying between 1 and2¾ miles S and SSE of Yanyxiaomao DaoLight, and:

ESE of Zhitou Jiao (6.81) (1¼ miles SW),thence:

247


ENE of a dangerous rock, 3½ miles SSW,reported 2007, lying 2 cables ESE of DaxiaoHuanggan Light (white concrete column,12 m in height) standing on a drying reefclose off the SE point of Jintang Dao, and arock, depth 2 1 m, 1¾ cables farther SSW.

250


SSE of a rock, depth 2 1 m (2½ miles NE), lying3 cables SSE of Daxiao Huanggan Light(6.99), close off the SE point of Jintang Dao(6.50); other dangerous rocks lie between,thence:

251

Paragraph 6.127 3 lines 4-7 Replace by:The track then leads WNW towards Yongjiang

Kou, passing N of two jetties lying 3½ cablesWSW and 7 cables W of Zhongmenzhu Dao;wrecks, depths 18 9 m and 19.9 m lie 2½ cablesto N of the W jetty, see 6.128.


5 NNW of a wreck, depth 19 9 m (9 cablesENE), thence:

NNW of a wreck, depth 18 9 m, 2¼ cablesWNW, thence:

NNW of an isolated rock, depth 2 4 m(4½ cables ENE), lying 1¾ cables N ofWaizhi Shan, thence:

NNW of a wreck (2½ cables NE) (see note onthe chart), thence:

Chinese Notices 15/783/10; 15/784/10; 15/785/10;15/792/10; 15/793/10; UKHO(SDDs 2010000 070382; 070383; 070384; 070393;070394) [23/10]

China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao —Wrecks

245


8 The track then continues to a position WNW ofYuxingnao Dao; a dangerous wreck lies 3¼ milesW, and a wreck, swept depth 8 8 m, 2 milesfarther NW.


Clear of a wreck, swept depth 7 7 m, (4½ milesSSW), thence:

246


4 The track continues SSW, passing:WNW of a wreck, depth 7 5 m (3½ miles NW),

thence:WNW of a wreck, swept depth 6 6 m (3½ milesWNW); another wreck, swept depth 6 4 m,lies 6 cables farther SSE, thence:

WNW of Tangnao Shan (6.265), from where alight (6.262) is exhibited, thence:

5 Across Caojing Donghangdao (4 miles W)(6.265), a channel marked by light buoys(lateral), thence:

ESE of a dangerous wreck (8 miles WSW),position approximate, thence:

ESE of Duikou Shan (13¾ milesWSW) (6.265),from where a light (6.94) is exhibited, thence:

6 WNW of a light buoy (isolated danger),marking a wreck, swept depth 6 4 m,(6 miles SSW), and:

Across Jinshan Hangdao (6.266), thence:Clear of a wreck, swept depth 7 6 m (10¾ milesSW); a dangerous wreck (mast), lies3½ miles farther ESE, position approximate,thence:

Clear of a fish trap area (12½ miles SW) and adangerous wreck, position approximate,close SW, thence:

7 Clear of an obstruction, depth 11 m,(14½ miles SSW), thence:

Clear of a wreck, swept depth 8 8 m, (17 milesSW), thence:

WNW of Huang Jiao (14 miles S) (6.186); adangerous wreck, position approximate(reported 2008), lies 5 cables W.

8 The track then continues to a position WNW ofYuxingnao Dao (16 miles SSW) (6.91); adangerous wreck lies 3¼ miles W, and a wreck,swept depth 8 8 m, 2 miles farther NW.

NP32

2 - 73

261

Paragraph 6.186 12 line 3 Replace by:...(6.89) is exhibited; a dangerous wreck lies

3¼ miles W, and a wreck, swept depth 8 8 m,2 miles farther NW.

270


1 Jinshan Hangdao (6.266) has a least charteddepth of 7 4 m in the channel, excepting a wreck,depth 6 4 m, on S side of channel.

Caojing Donghangdao (6.256) has a leastcharted depth of 7 3 m in the channel.

271



Between Nos K5 and K6 Light Buoys (lateral)(3 miles W); a wreck, swept depth 6 4 m, lies4 cables NNW of No K5 Light Buoy, withfurther wrecks within 1¼ miles to N (see6.95), thence:


NNW of a light buoy (isolated danger) (11 milesESE), marking a wreck, swept depth 6 4 m,which lies in the E-going traffic lane, thence:

SSE of a dangerous wreck (6 miles E), positionapproximate, and:

NNW of a wreck, swept depth 7 6 m (9 milesSE), thence:


2 Clear of a wreck (4½ miles SSW), sweptdepth 7 7 m, thence:


SW of a dangerous wreck (3¼ miles W),thence:

SW of a wreck, swept depth 8 8 m (5¼ milesWNW), thence:

272

After 6.270 5 line 7 Add:

NE of a dangerous wreck (8 miles SE), thence:

Chinese Chart 13339;Chinese Notices 38/1471;1472; 1473; 1476; 1477/09(SDDs 2009000 119234; 136351; 136353; 136355;136358) [04/10]

China - East coast -Yangshan east-southeastwards —

Pilotage; anchorage

263

Paragraph 6.205 1 line 4 For W Read ESE


S of No 2 Pilot Boarding Position (1¾ miles NE)for Yangshan (6.243), thence:

268

Paragraph 6.242 2 line 2 For 12 m Read 10 m


No 2 Pilot Boarding Position (30 33 00N122 22 00E), ENE of Nos Y1 and Y2 LightBuoys (lateral).


China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan -Donghai Bridge — Regulations

267


Regulations: vessels carrying dangerouscargoes may not pass under the bridge at night;all towing vessels are required to use the mainchannel and those with tows greater than 120 min length or 22 m in breadth are prohibited fromusing any channel.No vessels, except bridge maintenance

vessels, may enter the prohibited area.

UKHO; Chinese Notice 46/Sect1/06(SDD 2006000 399274) [13/10]

China - East coast - Hangkou Wan -Jinshan - Cao Jing — Directions; wharf

273


1 From a position about 5 cables SSW of K23Light Buoy (starboard hand) (30 43 04N121 35 42E), and at the intersection of routes,the berths at Cao Jing are approached through achannel marked by light buoys (lateral), leadingWNW for about 5 miles to a position N ofK28 Light Buoy (30 44 09N 121 29 26E).

2 For SCA Hua Sheng and Vokpor ChemicalTerminals the routes then continues NW for2 miles towards the jetties.Shanghai Caojing Power Plant Wharf is

approached through a channel, width 500 m,leading W for 2½ miles and entered passing N ofa light buoy (preferred channel to starboard)(30 44 47N 121 26 78E). A light buoy (special)lies 2½ cables S of the head of the wharf.

NP32

2 - 74


Shanghai Caojing Power Plant Wharf,2½ miles WSW of SCA Hua Sheng and VokporChemical Terminals, is an F-shaped jettyextending 1 mile SSE from the shore, and at itshead the Coal Wharf, length 270 m, depth 12 m,maximum size 35 000 dwt, although designed for50 000 dwt; the Multi-purpose Wharf lies furtherinshore, maximum size 2000 dwt, depth 7 4 m.

Chinese Notices 41/Sect1/09; 14/739/10(SDDs 2009000 148528; 2010000 064810) [20/10]

China - East coast - Changjiang Kou -Nancao Shuidao and approaches —

Directions; depths; wrecks;precautionary area

281


...leads generally NW for about 12 miles to jointhe channel through Nancao Hangdao for afurther 20 miles.

282

Paragraphs 7.21 2 and 3 including existing Section IVNotice Week 12/10 Replace by:

2 Nancao Shuidao through NancaoHangdao (7.42), Auxiliary Channel has aleast charted depth in the buoyed channelof 5 0 m, although lesser depths, someswept, exist near the channel edges.Above Jiuduansha Precautionary Area(7.42) a number of wrecks andobstructions, least swept depth 7 6 m, liein mid-channel, with lesser depths, someswept, near the channel edges.

3 Nancao Shuidao through Nanzhi Hangdao(7.44). There is a least depth of 3 9 m inthe in-going buoyed channel, and 3 6 min the out-going channel, however thechannel is obstructed by a number ofwrecks, least swept depth 4 3 m,dangerous wrecks and an obstruction. Itis reported (2007) that the channel is nolonger maintained and only available forvessels less than 200 dwt.


A wreck, depth 8 3 m, liesclose S of No 2Anchorage.

285

Paragraph 7 37 5 line 3 Replace by:

...areas.

Paragraph 7 38 1 lines 8-9 Replace by:

...Light Vessel on Tongsha Shazui (7.44), and awreck, depth 8 3 m, 10 miles ESE.

286

Paragraphs 7.42 2 lines 5-9 Replace by:

Between No 3 Pilot Boarding Positions(11¾ miles WNW) (7.27).

Paragraphs 7.42 4 and 5 including existing Section IVNotice Week 12/10 Replace by:

4 The track then continues generally WNWthrough Downstream Section of Nancao Channelpassing (with positions from Hengsha Dao Light(31 18 0N 121 50 8E)):

NNE of Jiuduan Light Float (14½ miles SSE)(7.34), and close SSW of A25A Light Buoy(starboard hand), 7¼ cables NNE.

5 The track then continues to a position inJiuduansha Precautionary Area (11½ miles SSE),the limits of which are marked by light buoys(lateral), and where the channel is joined byNanzhi Hangdao (7.44). A wreck, swept depth4 3 m, lies in W part of the precautionary area.

6 Caution. A25A Light Buoy (starboard hand)lies in middle of the in-going lane of the TSS, andthe separation area lies close SSW of the lightbuoy. If the light buoy is passed to NNE, thissection of the in-going lane crosses the tail of abank, depth 4 8 m (13½ miles SSE); this bankdries to NW. Mariners, both in-bound andout-bound, should exercise particular caution inthis area.

Paragraph 7 43 1 line 3 For 16 miles Read 20 miles.


2 From a position in Jiuduansha PrecautionaryArea (31 05 90N 121 59 00E) (7.42), the trackleads generally NW through...

Paragraph 7 43 4 lines 3-6 Delete

After Paragraph 7 43 5 line 4 Insert:

Caution. A number of charted anchorage areas(see 7.47) lie adjacent to both the in-going andout-going lanes of the TSS.

Paragraphs 7.44 4 line 4 to 5 line 4 including existingSection IV Notice Week 12/10 Replace by:

Close SSW of a wreck, swept depth 4 3 m(3¾ miles ESE) lying on N side of thechannel.

5 The track then continues to a position inJiuduansha Precautionary Area (4 miles ESE)(7.42) where the channel is joined by NancaoHangdao (7.42).

287


...Buoys (starboard hand), depths 7 to 12 m.

Chinese Chart 13170; Chinese Notices 7/353/10;12/619/10(SDDs 2009000 043952; 2010000 028234; 058048)

[19/10]

NP32

2 - 75

China - East coast - Changjiang Kou -Nancao Shuidao — Depths; light float;

buoyage; directions

282


3 Nancao Shuidao through NancaoHangdao (7.42), Auxiliary Channel has aleast charted depth in the buoyed channelof 4 8 m in the in-going lane, and 5 0 min the out-going lane, although lesserdepths, some swept, exist near thechannel edges. Above JiuduanshaPrecautionary Area (7.42) a number ofwrecks and obstructions, least sweptdepth 7 6 m, lie in mid-channel, withlesser depths, some swept, near thechannel edges.

284


... name on both sides) (31 05 47N121 59 68E).


Jiuduan Light Float (31 05 47N 121 59 68E).

286


...Section is marked by centreline light buoys(safe water) to S16 Light Buoy (31 05 00N122 02 17E), and then by light buoys (lateral).


NNE of Jiuduan Light Float (7.34) (14½ milesSSE), and close SSW of A25A Light Buoy(starboard hand), 7¼ cables NNE, thence:

Across the tail of a bank, depth 4 8 m(13½ miles SSE), lying in the inbound lane;the bank dries to NW. A31A Light Buoy(starboard hand) lies 8 cables WNW with a3 9 m depth on the bank close NE; theseparation area of the TSS lies close SSW ofthe light buoy and mariners, both in-boundand out-bound, should exercise particularcaution in this area.


Close SSW of Jiuduan Light Float (4¾ milesESE) (7.34) thence:

Close SSW of a wreck, swept depth 4 3 m(3¾ miles ESE) lying on N side of thechannel.

Chinese Notices 2/67/10; 2/68/10; 2/69/10; 2/70/10(SDDs 2010000 009684; 009685; 009686; 009687)

[12/10]

China - East coast - Chang Jiang - Wuhu —Vessel traffic service


1 Mandatory VTSs are in operation, coveringChangjiang Kou, Chang Jiang to ShanghaiHarbour upper limits, Huangpu Jiang, and inChang Jiang up to Wuhu (7.166), and atYangshan (6.235); except above ShanghaiHarbour upper limits at Baoshan, reportingpositions are shown on the chart, For full detailssee Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).


1 Mandatory VTSs are in operation in ChangJiang up to Wuhu (7.166). For details, includingreporting positions, see Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(6).


Vessel traffic service. Wuhu VTS is inoperation and its use is mandatory for all foreignvessels and many Chinese vessels; for detailssee Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).

Wuhu VTS Guide for User(SDD 2009000 135292) [04/10]

China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang —Approaches; anchorages; pilotage;

regulations; directions

322


1 There are seven outer anchorages which areexposed and dragging may occur in winds overforce 7. None of them are suitable in a typhoonand more sheltered anchorage should be soughtin Qingdao Gang 90 miles NNE. Anchorage maybe obtained as follows in designated anchorages,the limits of which are shown on the chart andcentred on the following positions:

Name Position Remarks

Tankers 34 59 00N119 51 50E

Depths 19 to 20 m;Dashan Dao (8.47)is at N corner, andCheniushan Dao(8.20) at NW cornerwith area of rocksextending SW intothe anchorage.

No 5 34 53 70N119 57 80E

Depth 22 m.

No 4 34 54 70N119 50 00E

Depths about 19 m.

No 3 34 53 40N119 46 80E

Depths about 17 m.

No 2 34 51 50N119 42 50E

Depths about 15 m;a dangerous wreck,reported 2006, lieson NW corner.

NP32

2 - 76


No 1 34 49 50N119 38 00E

Depths 9 to13 m,a dangerous wreck,reported 2006, lieson N corner andobstructions,positionsapproximate, lie toS and SW.

DangerousGoods

34 49 20N119 47 00E

Depth about 16 m,mud and sand.

2 The NW and SE boundaries of the anchorageareas complex, with the exception of the twoanchorages to the E, are marked by light buoys(special).


1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels.Pilots board in the following positions:

34 48 45N 119 37 55E in No 1 Anchoragearea (8.36),

34 46 45N 119 38 80E.For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals

Volume 6(6).Tugs are available.


1 Vessel size. The main fairway channel isdesignated for vessels up to 150 000 dwt, up tothe turning area off the coal wharf (24 45 05N119 25 15E).

Two-way traffic is permitted in the mainfairway for oil, gas and chemical tankers andRoRo vessels up to 150 m LOA, and for othervessels up to 200 m LOA, however for vesselspassing in the channel there is a restriction ofcombined beams of 47 m or 57 m respectively.For larger vessels one-way traffic operation is inforce.

Vessels should avoid meeeting in the fairwayin conditions of less than 2 miles visibility or windforce 6 or higher.

Full details of traffic regulations should beobtained from the local authorities.

Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing areprohibited...

323


1 From a position 10 miles ESE of CheniushanDao (34 59 8N 119 49 2E), the TankersAnchorage and Nos 4 and 5 Anchorages (8.36)can be approached directly, otherwise the trackleads WSW, passing (with positions fromCheniushan Dao):

2 NNW of No 5 Anchorage (9¼ miles SE),thence:

SSE of Dashan Dao (Danianshan) (3½ milesENE), an islet higher towards its extremities,and from where a light (8.17) is exhibited. Asmall rocky islet lies close SE. Thence:

3 SSE of the Tankers Anchorage (2 milesESE), thence:

SSE of Cheniushan Dao (8.20), from where alight (8.17) is exhibited, thence:

Close SE of No 4 Anchorage (5½ miles S).4 The track then continues WSW to the vicinity

of No 1 Light Buoy (superbuoy) (8 miles S);anchorages (8.36) may be approached directly, orfrom the buoyed entrance channel (below).The track then continues onto the alignment

(243 ) of leading lights (8.48) and entersZhuhangdao Jiaduan, the entrance channelmarked by light buoys (lateral), 3 miles WSW.


SSE of an obstruction (9¾ miles ENE), positionapproximate, lying 1 cable NNW of thechannel.

Chinese Notices 51/09/1884; 5/Sect 1 Notice/10;6/10/252(SDDs 2009000 194871; 2010000 024505; 028132)

[11/10]

China - Yellow Sea -Lianyun Gang approaches —

Anchorage; obstruction

322


No 4 34 54 70N119 50 00E

Depths about 19 m; anobstruction, positionapproximate, lieswithin S corner.


China - Yellow Sea coast - Qingdao Gang -Wai Gang — Anchorages

330

Paragraph 8.98 1-3 Replace by:The designated outer anchorage areas are as

follows; the limits as shown on the chart:No 1, centred on 36 02 80N 120 19 80E,depths 7 to 13 m. An ammunition dumpingground lies on the W boundary.

No 2, centred on 36 02 70N 120 18 60E,depths 15 to 18 m.

2 No 1 Qianhai, centred on 36 00 40N120 21 35E, quarantine anchorage,depths 31 to 36 m, mud; a hazardoussubstance area (8.113) lies 1½ cablesESE.

No 2 Qianhai, centred on 35 58 40N120 22 40E, depths 13 to 20 m, mud andsand; an area in which anchoring and fishingare prohibited borders SE side, and Nan Sha(8.113), a bank, lies 3½ cables N.

Prohibited anchorages. See 8.100.


NP32

2 - 77

China - Yellow Sea -Bohai Haixia approaches — Wreck


SSW of a dangerous wreck (25 miles NNW),thence:


China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia -Penglai Donggang — Directions


1 Penglai Donggang. From a position 2 miles Nof Penglai Donggang Breakwater Head Light(black and white metal tube, 6 m in height)(37 49 4N 120 50 2E), the track leads SSW forabout 1¾ miles through Penglai DonggangWaihangdao, an unmarked channel, 5 cableswide, to a position between Nos 1 and 2 LightBuoys (lateral), 1¼ miles NW of the light, andkeeping clear of the adjacent anchorage (9.134)to the W.

2 The track then continues SSE for about1¼ miles through a channel marked by lightbuoys (lateral), thence E to enter the harbourpassing S of the breakwater.


China - Yellow Sea - Dalian - Dayao Wan —Directions; light


...detached breakwater through the N entrance.


Between DayaoWan N Entrance S Light (whiteconcrete column, 20 m in height) (4½ milesNW), andN EntranceN Light (white concretecolumn, black bands, 20 m in height),2¼ cables farther NNE.


China - Bo Hai - Bohai Wan - Caofeidian —Vessel traffic services; traffic separationschemes; directions; depths; anchorages;

pilotage; port information

386


1 VTSs are in operation in Changshan Shuidao(9.143), Laotieshan Shuidao (9.157), HuanghuaGang (10.83), Tianjin Gang (10.104), Jingtang(10.123a) and Caofeidian (10.123a).


1 Traffic separation schemes are in operationin Changshan Shuidao (9.144), LaotieshanShuidao (9.158) and Caofeidian approaches(10.123b).

388


...about 20 miles, passing:

Paragraph 10.27 3 including continuity legendReplace by:

3 The track then continues NNW to a position inthe precautionary area 5½ miles S of CaofeidianLight (square on black metal framework structure,23 m in height) (38 55 1N 118 30 4E). Theprecautionary area is part of the TSS (10.123b)which runs E/W and lies S of Caofeidiananchorage areas (10.139a). A wreck, depth23 2 m, position approximate, lies in the centre ofthe area, and two further wrecks, depths 23 6 mand 24 5 m, lie close S of the precautionary area.(Directions for entering Caofeidian continue at10.139, for passage W towards Tianjin Gangat 10.125 (in reverse), and for passage E

towards Jingtang at 10.128)

400

Paragraph 10.123 including heading and legendReplace by:

Charts 1250, 1249, 1256, 2657Route10.123

1 From a position ESE of Dagu Light (38 56 3N117 58 8E), the route leads generally ESE forabout 20 miles through the Caofeidian TSSpassing S of Caofeidian (38 55 N 118 30 E),thence generally ENE for about 40 miles to aposition E of Jingtang Light (39 12 8N119 00 8E), and thence generally NE for about48 miles to a position 20 miles SE of NanshanTou Main Light (39 54 7N 119 37 0E).

Vessel Traffic Service10.123a

1 VTSs are in operation for Caofeidian (10.139)and Jingtang (10.130) and participation iscompulsory for most vessels. For Caofeidian thelimits are shown on the chart, noting that virtuallythe entire area of chart 2657 is included. ForJingtang the area extends 18½ miles fromJingtang Light (39 12 8N 119 00 8E) and vesselsshould report 2 miles before entering the area.For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals

Volume 6(6).

Traffic regulations10.123b

1 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS has beenestablished S of Caofeidian with a branch from amidway precautionary area leading towards theport.

NP32

2 - 78

The scheme is not IMO adopted, but theChinese authorities advise that the principles forthe use of the routeing system defined in Rule 10of International Regulations for PreventingCollisions at Sea (1972) apply.

See also Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(6).

401

After Paragraph 10.124 heading and continuitylegend Replace by:

Directions(continued from 10.26, and from 10.27

(in reverse))


1 Caution. The W-going lane of the TSS is only6 cables SSW of the anchorage areas offCaofeidian.

From a position about 15 miles ESE of DaguLight (38 56 3N 117 58 8E), and NE of a lightbuoy (isolated danger) (38 46 6N 118 12 7E) thetrack leads generally ESE through CaofeidianVTS area (10.23a), the use of which iscompulsory for most vessels navigating within itsarea, passing (with positions from CaofeidianLight (38 55 1N 118 30 4E)):

2 Through the E-going lane of a TSS(10.123b) (9 miles SW), and:

SSW of Caofeidan Synthetics Products andLarge Oil Tankers anchorage areas (5 milesWSW) (10.139a). An obstruction and threeoil platforms (lit) lie 2 to 4 miles N.

3 The track then continues ESE to a position inthe Precautionary Area 5½ miles S of CaofeidianLight (10.27). A wreck, depth 23 2 m, positionapproximate, lies in the centre of the area.Caofeidian port (10.139) lies N of the light.


1 (continued from 10.27) Caution. The W-goinglane of the TSS is only 6¾ cables SSW of theanchorage area, and the E-going lane 1½ cablesNNE of the safety zone surrounding Bohai WanOilfield and SPM.

The track passes through both Caofeidian VTSarea (10.139) and Jingtang VTS area (10.132),the use of both of which are compulsory for mostvessels navigating within their areas.

From a position in the Precautionary Area5½ miles S of Caofeidian Light (38 55 1N118 30 4E) (10.127), the track leads E, passing(with positions from Caofeidian Light):

2 Through the E-going lane of the TSS(10.123b) (6½ miles SSE), thence:

S of Caofeidian Large Oil Tankers and GeneralCargo anchorage area (6 miles ESE)(10.139a), and:

S of Caofeidian Tan (7 miles NNE), theextensive area of drying banks with severalsmall islets lies NE of the port area andshould be approached with caution as it isfringed with irregular steep-to shoal patchesand numerous fishing nets.

3 The track then continues E to the end of theTSS to a position 2¼ miles ENE of Bohai WanSPM platform (lit) (12¾ miles SE), the NE of fourplatforms (lit) in Bohai Wan Oilfield and threefurther platforms (lit) lying 7 to 10 miles ESE andall within a safety zone; the platforms areconnected by restricted area corridors in whichanchoring and fishing are prohibited.

402


1 Vessel traffic service. Participation in JingtangVTS is compulsory within its area, see 10.123a.

403-404


1 General information. Caofeidian (38 55 N118 30 E), part of port of Jingtang (10.130), lieson a reclaimed island and is under continuingdevelopment (2009). It is projected to provideover 20 deep-water berths for ore and coalcarriers, oil and LNG tankers between 10 000 and300 000 dwt. In 2009 three berths are inoperation. The port is connected to the mainlandN by a bridge about 9 miles long.

2 A mineral wharf lies in deep water to S of theport, with an oil wharf 8 cables E.An inner port area and basin is under

development (2009) on the W side of the port,with further land being reclaimed (2007) to W ofthe basin; the entrance is protected by anL-shaped breakwater extending 8 cables SW andWNW from the shore, and a breakwaterextending 6 cables ESE from the reclaimed landto the W. A general cargo quay lies on the E sideinside the basin entrance,

3 Approach and entry. The port is approachedfrom E or W through a TSS, or from SSE, to aprecautionary area S of the port, and then enteredvia a NNW-going branch of the TSS throughCaofeidian Gangqu. The deeper approach is fromE passing N of the oil field and through theW-going lane of the TSS.

4 The mineral and oil wharves may beapproached directly from the precautionary area,passing E of the TSS branch.The anchorage areas (10.139a) may be

approached directly from the precautionary area.Traffic. In 2008, 39 vessels totall ing

6 108 952 dwt used the port.5 Port Authority. SDIC Caofeidian Port Co. Ltd,

26 Ken Fang Road, Tang Hai District, TangshanCity, Hebei Province, 063200, China.E-mail: [email protected]: www.scfdport.com

6 Depths. In the outer approaches from the Ethe least depth is 24 m but less than 20 m fromS, and 27 m through the TSS branch. In the Sapproaches to the mineral and oil wharves fromthe precautionary area the least depth is 24 m,but a track with a least depth of 29 m isachievable.


www.scfdport.com

NP32

2 - 79

In the entrance to the basin the least depth is11 5 m.

7 Vessel traffic service is in operation, and itsuse is compulsory for most vessels in its area,see 10.123a.

Fishing nets exist off approaches to theharbour entrance, see note on chart.10.139a

1 Other aids to navigationRacons:Caofeidian Light (38 55 1N 118 30 4E).Bohai Wan Platform SPM (38 46 3N118 42 2E).

2 Directions (continued from 10.27, 10.127 and10.128 (in reverse)). From a position in the TSSPrecautionary Area 5½ miles S of CaofeidianLight (38 55 1N 118 30 4E) (10.127) the trackleads NNW for about 7 miles towards the innerport entrance passing through the NNW-goinglane of the TSS (10.123a), passing (with positionsfrom Caofeidian Light (38 55 1N 118 30 4E)):

3 WSW of a light buoy (special) (4¼ milesSSE), marking SW corner of Large OilTankers and General Cargo Anchorage(below) thence:

WSW of Mineral Wharf (4½ miles SW), markedat ends by lights (below).

The track continues NNW to the entrance ofthe inner port.

4 The inner port is entered between theE Breakwater Head Light (green round GRPtower, 12 m in height) (38 55 90N 118 28 26E)and the W Breakwater Head Light (red roundGRP tower, 12 m in height), 3 cables NW, andwhich marks the end of a bank extending SEfrom an area under reclamation.

Anchorages. Pilot and quarantine anchorages, thelimits of which are shown on the chart, are (withpositions from Caofeidian Light (38 55 1N118 30 4E)):

Name Position Designation Remarks

Large oiltankers andgeneralcargo

6 milesESE

Vesselswith draughtof 15 m andover.

Depths22 to31 m

SyntheticProducts

5½ milesWSW

Vesselswith draughtless than15 m.

Depths12 to24 m

Large oiltankers

4½ milesSW

Depths24 to28 m

6 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels andavailable during daylight hours. Pilot boards in theanchorages above as shown on the chart.

Tugs are available.10.139b

1 Berths:Mineral Wharf, L-shaped, marked at E end by alight (yellow GRP column, black bands, 10 min height), and at W by a light (yellow GRPcolumn, green bands, 10 m in height),providing two berths for iron ore, maximumsize LOA 370 m, depth 25 0 m, 250 000 dwt.

2 Oil Wharf, T-shaped, about 520 m in length,marked at E end by a light (white GRPtower, blue bands, 18 m in height), and atW end by a light (red GRP tower, greenbands, 18 m in height), for crude oiltankers.

General cargo quay, about 530 m in length,depths about 13 m, to be further extended toabout 1000 m.

3 Developments. Works are in progress (2009)to provide a major coal terminal with 16 berthshandling up to 200 million tonnes annually, fourmineral berths, crude oil berths to 300 000 dwt,and an LNG terminal of 100 000 dwt and toextend the general cargo quay area.

UKHO; Chinese Notice 50/1845/05(SDDs 2009000 194283; 2010000 032492) [14/10]

China - Bo Hai - Bohai Haixia eastwards -Bo Hai Oilfield — Obstruction; platforms

387


3 Clear of an obstruction (38 03 30N120 03 00E), position approximate(reported 2010), thence:

SSW of WHP-C Platform (lit) (38 22 10N120 06 95E) in Bo Hai Oilfield;CPC Platform and other platforms (lit), andconnected by submarine pipelines, standwithin 2¼ miles between W and N, and3¼ miles SSE. Safety zones enclose theplatforms; an obstruction, depth 21 2 m,position approximate, lies 2½ miles ENE.Other structures and storage vessels may bepresent in this area, thence:

Chinese Notices 09/516/10; 09/517/10; 09/518/10(SDDs 2010000 037958; 037959; 037960) [13/10]

China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan -Longkou — Depths; berths; anchorage;

pilotage; fairways; directions;buoyage; lights

389


1 Controlling depths. On the alignment ofleading lights, the least depths in the fairwaysare:

From the W - 12 2 m,From the NW - 12 8 m, although 12 2 m close tothe alignment,

Outer and Inner Fairways fromwhere the abovechannels converge - 14 2 m,

Shengli Matou Fairway - 6 4 m.Deepest berth. Berth No 1, and No 21 for

tankers (10.53).Longest berth. Berth No 11, and No 21 for

tankers.

NP32

2 - 80

390


No 1 Anchorage (37 39 50N 120 12 00E),depths 7 to 13 m; reportedly used by vesselsup to 50 000 dwt, and for lightening. Achannel marked by light buoys (lateral)(10.50) leads NW/SE across the E of theanchorage area;


1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours;pilots board in the following locations:

No 1 pilot boarding position (37 38 22N120 10 45E) in the vicinity of No 1 LightBuoy (starboard hand), inside the entrancechannel from W.

No 2 pilot boarding position (37 40 53N120 11 59E) in the N approaches,

2 For details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(6).

Tugs are available.


The alignment (086½ ) of these lights leadsthrough Outer Fairway for about 6 miles andenters the inner harbour between piers. A shoal,least depth 2 8 m, lies close S of the channel,1 cable E of No 111 Light Buoy (starboard hand)(37 38 37N 120 15 55E).


2 The channel is entered close SW ofNo 100 Light Buoy (port hand), 6¾ cables WSWof Qimu Jiao, and passes through E part of No 1Anchorage (10.43) continuing to a positionbetween Nos 107 and 108 Light Buoys (lateral),1¾ miles NNW of front light. A shoal patch, depth4 9 m, lies 1 cable SSE of No 108 Light Buoy onthe edge of the channel.

The track then curves to the SE to a positionclose S of No 112 Light Buoy (port hand),1¼ miles NNW of the front light, and then joinsOuter Fairway (10.49) leading towards the innerharbour.


From a position 1½ cables SSW of No 110Light Buoy (port hand) (37 38 55N 120 14 97E),in the area where the channels from the W andNW converge (10.50), the alignment (030¼ ) ofthese lights leads towards Shengli Matou (notnamed on the chart), passing (with positions fromthe front light):

Between Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral)(1½ miles SSW), and:

391


1 Haixing Basin (37 39 20E 120 19 00E). Froma position in the inner harbour entrancebetween piers to W and S of the harbour, InnerFairway, marked by light buoys (lateral andW cardinal) curves to NE to join the alignment(037½ ) of leading lights towards the berths.Leading lights.

Front light (black diamond, on black metalframework tower) (37 39 36N 120 19 13E),

Rear light (similar structure) (1¾ cables fromfront).

2 Coal Basin. From a position within InnerFairway approaching Haixing Basin the alignment(327½ ) of leading lights leads through CoalFairway passing No 125 Light Buoy (preferredchannel to port) and a retaining wall ¾ cable NE,and into the basin.Leading lights.Front light (black diamond on black structure)

(37 39 88N 120 18 22E).Rear light (similar structure) (9½ cables from

front).

UKHO(SDD 2010000 009170) [24/10]

China - Bo Hai - Tianjin - Outer anchorages— Wrecks

397


DagukouSouthAnchorage

4 milesESE

Vesselswithdangerouscargo,draughtover 8 m;othervesselsover 10 mdraught.

Depths 11 to16 m.Dangerouswrecks, eachmarked to N bya light buoy(isolateddanger), lie inmiddle and onSW edge of thearea.


China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Gang -Dagusha Hangdao — Directions

399-400


1 From a position about 1 mile N of a light buoy(isolated danger) (38 46 42N 118 12 84E),marking a dangerous wreck (positionapproximate), the track leads W for 5 miles,passing:

S of the anchorage and pilot boarding positionfor vessels of over 100 000 dwt (10.106).

The track continues W to a position S of aplatform (lit) (38 48 85N 118 05 53E), with asimilar platform 8 cables NE; a restricted areasurrounds the platforms.

NP32

2 - 81

2 The track then leads NW, passing:NE of No 6 Anchorage (10 106), thence:Close to Dagusha Hangdao Light Buoy (safe

water) (38 49 80N 48 02 16E).Dagusha Hangdao, marked by light buoys

(lateral), continues initially NW for 7 miles, passingclear of the following dangers:

3 9 9 m shoal (38 51 48N 117 59 35E).9 4 m shoal (38 51 69N 117 59 51E), thence:

NW to a position between Nos 229 and230 Light Buoys (lateral), and in the vicinity of thepilot embarkation and disembarkation position(10.107). A shoal patch, depth 4 6 m (38 54 98N117 53 02E), lies close SW of the channel.

4 Dangerous wrecks, marked by light buoys(isolated danger), lie to NNE and SSW of thechannel.

The channel continues WNW passing extensivereclamation work (2009) on the SSW side of thechannel. Numerous charted shoal patches lie oneither side of the channel limits.

5 The channel continues WNW to the berths atTianjin Lingang Industrial Zone, noting the twoSALM buoys within the channel. The followingdangers lie off the berths:

5 0 m shoal (38 57 17N 117 44 85E).4 6 m shoal (38 57 20N 117 44 77E).Obstruction (38 57 70N 117 43 71E).

Chinese Charts 11773; 11775(SDDs 2010000 054892; 058240) [32/10]

China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan -Qinhuangdao southwards — Directions

401Paragraph 10.129 heading Replace by:

Jingtang to Qinhuangdao


Chinese Notices 45/1681/09; 47/1768/09(SDDs 2009000 173101; 179809) [04/10]

China - Bo Hai - Jingtang — Depths;anchorages; lights; directions

402


1 Controlling depth. A least charted depth of15 1 m on the entrance channel centreline to No 4Basin, and thence to the approaches to Nos 2and 3 Basins, with lesser depths in some of thebasins.


Outer anchorages. Three anchorages, thelimits of which are shown on the chart, centred asfollows:

General Bulk Cargo Anchorage (39 09 00N119 09 00E), a large anchorage, depths 15to 19 m, mud and sand;

Quarantine Anchorage (39 10 00N119 07 00E);


Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels andfor Chinese vessels as required. Pilots board inthe following positions:

No 1 — 39 07 85N 119 05 90E.No 2 — 39 10 14N 119 03 87E.No 3 — 39 09 35N 119 02 90E.In the General Bulk Cargo Anchorage —39 8 64N 119 08 92E.

For details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(6).Tugs are available.

402-403


1 The entrance channel is marked by five sets oflights in line (315 ), namely:Jingtang Gang Centreline Leading Lights:

Front Light (diamond on red and white metallattice beacon, 36 m in height) (29 12 85N118 59 45E),

Rear Light (similar construction, 54 m in height)(6½ cables from front).

The following pairs of lights in line mark theedges of the dredged channel:Jingtang Gang E Limits Lights:

Front light (triangle on white metal frameworktower, 33 m in height) (½ cable NNE ofMiddle Front Light),

2 Rear light (similar construction, 50 m inheight) (6½ cables from front).

Jingtang Gang W Limit Lights:Front light (inverted triangle on white metalframework tower, 33 m in height) (½ cableWSW of Middle Front Light),

Rear light (similar construction, 50 m in height)(6½ cables from front).

Middle Lights. Between the Centreline Lightsand the E Limit Lights there is a further set oflights in line, and similarly between the CentrelineLights and the W Limit Lights:

Front lights, each (black triangle, red stripe onwhite metal framework tower, 29 m inheight),

3 Rear lights, each (similar construction, 47 min height, 6¼ cables from front).

Note: The middle lights are not shown on thechart.From a position SE of the port in the vicinity of

No 1 boarding position (39 07 85N 119 05 90E)(10.133), the alignment (315 ) of the centrelinelights leads into a channel marked by light buoysand light beacons (lateral), entering betweenNos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (39 08 53N119 04 95E), and into the harbour, passing (withpositions from Jingtang Light (39 12 78N119 00 80E)):

UKHO(SDD 2010000 034023) [24/10]

NP32

2 - 82

China - Qinhuangdo - Shiwandunji Hangdao— Dangerous wreck

408


Caution. A dangerous wreck (39 54 42N119 40 70E) (2010), position approximate, lies inthe centre of the buoyed channel NW of No 420buoy (starboard hand).


China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan -Jinzhou approaches -

Taiping Jiao north westwards —Obstruction; platform

416


W of an obstruction (40 09 2N 121 35 0E),light buoys (starboard hand and isolateddanger) and various dangers lying farther E(see 10.263), thence:

Clear of a well, depth 19 6 m (40 11 N121 22 E), marked on its N side by a buoy(port hand), thence:


E of a platform (lit) (40 22 6N 121 23 8E); awell, depth 13 9 m, lies about 1½ miles N,thence:

Chinese Notices 33/1222/09; 9/513/10(SDDs 2009000 114911; 2010000 037955) [15/10]

China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan -Taiping Jiao north westwards —

Directions; obstructions

419


Clear of an obstruction (25¼ miles WSW);another obstruction lies 6 miles ENE, thence:

420


Clear of an obstruction (25¼ miles WSW),thence:


China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Yingkou -Bayuquan and Xianren — Port; depths;pilotage; aids to navigation; lights;

directions; channels

420


General information10.267

1 Bayuquan (40 18 N 122 06 E), part of the portof Yingkou (10.236), and also referred to asYingkou Gang, now handles the majority offoreign trade for the combined port. The port hasfive numbered basins and Basin A to the N.Angang Bayuquan (10.278) is a new portdevelopment for steel works to the ENE, and tothe S is Xianren Dao (10.280), another newdevelopment for large tankers.Port limits are shown on the chart.

2 Approach and entry. Bayuquan is approachedfrom W and entered through a fairway marked bylight buoys (lateral) and leading lights. There arebranches from the fairway to Basin A and No 1Basin.

3 Angang Bayuquan is approached from NWthrough a channel marked by leading lights andlight buoys (lateral).Xianren Dao is approached from WSW through

a channel, marked by light buoys (lateral) leadingNE thence E.Traffic: see 10.241.Port Authority: see 10.242.


1 Controlling depths. The least depth in thefairway, and on the alignment of leading lightswhere appropriate, is 16 6 m to a position closeNNE of No 23 Light Buoy (starboard hand)(40 17 28N 122 03 95E) and thereafter 13 5 m toa position between the heads of North and WestBreakwaters at the entrance of the S part of theharbour. On the alignment of leading lightsapproaching Basin A there is an avoidable depthof 15 9 m at the beginning of the alignment, andthereafter a least depth of 16 2 m, but less depthson approaching some berths. On the alignment ofleading lights entering No 1 Basin the least depthis 16 0 m.

2 In Angang Hangdo (10.277) the least depth inthe channel on the alignment of leading lights is8 1 m, but depths of 5 m lie close to thisalignment.


2 Large Vessels Anchorage, marked at itscentre by a light buoy (special)(40 21 7N 121 52 9E), with depths from12 to 15 m, mud and sand. Anobstruction, depth 14 1 m, lies in the NWpart. Dangerous wrecks lie close N, and4 cables W of NW corner, positionapproximate. Two obstructions, leastdepths 11 6 and 11 7 m, lie close S and6½ cables S of the anchoragerespectively.

NP32

2 - 83


3 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boardingpositions are:

40 15 30N 121 48 55E in outer approaches.40 18 42N 121 54 05E.40 17 82N 121 58 05E, both positions

adjacent to Bayuquan Gangqu Fairway.40 21 12N 122 00 09E, within the smallvessels and quarantine anchorage.


Vessels bound for Angang Bayuquan (10.278)or Xianren Dao (10.280) should contact YingkouVTS (10.251) for pilot boarding location.

Tugs are available.



1 Racons:Xianren Dao S Breakwater Head Light

(40 12 8N 121 56 9E).Bayuquan No 4 Light Buoy (40 23 40N

122 01 90E).Bayuquan N Breakwater W Head Light

(40 20 30N 122 07 64E).Yingkou Light Float (40 31 1N 121 59 0E).

Paragraph 10.273 1 line 5 to 2 line 10, includingexisting Section IV Notice Week 13/10 Replace by:

SE of a well, depth 19 6 m, (34 miles WSW); abuoy (port hand) lies close N, thence;

Clear of an obstruction (25¼ miles WSW),thence:

2 NW of a light buoy (isolated danger)(23 miles WSW), moored close W of adangerous wreck, thence:

NW of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)(22½ miles WSW), marking the entrancechannel marked by light buoys (lateral) toXianren Dao, see 10.280, keeping to NW ofthe channel, thence:

NW of two light buoys (W cardinal) (20 milesand 16½ miles WSW) marking the 10 mdepth contour of the coastal bank whichextends to 10 miles offshore, thence:

NW of an obstruction (19½ miles WSW),thence:

Clear of 9 4 m shoal (16½ miles W), soundingdoubtful.


For entry to Angang Bayuquan see 10.277.

421

Paragraph 10.275 Replace by:Leading lights:

Basin A Front Light (red and white square onmetal structure, 29 m in height) (40 18 51N122 04 83E),

Rear Light (similar structure, 35 m in height)(250 m from front).

2 From a position on the above 097½ alignment3½ cables WSW of No 20 Light Buoy (W cardinal)(2 miles W) and N of a rock, depth 8 1 m, thechannel, marked by light buoys (W cardinal andlateral), leads on the alignment (067½ ) for2 miles into Basin A, in which works are inprogress (2008) in N part.

Paragraph 10.276 1 and 2 Replace by:Leading lights:

No 1Basin Front Light (red square, white stripeson black metal framework tower, 28 m inheight) (40 17 75N 122 05 48E);

Rear Light (red and white vertical rectangle onblack metal framework tower, 34 m in height)(1 cable from front).

2 From the above position N of No 23 Light Buoy(starboard hand) the alignment (072½ ) of leadinglights leads into the basin, passing NNW of No 25Light Buoy (W cardinal). The N side of thechannel is marked by light buoys (preferredchannel to starboard).


1 From a position W of the entrance to the mainfairway (40 17 N 121 50 E) to Bayuquan andclear of a dangerous wreck (40 16 7N121 48 6E) marked by a light buoy (isolateddanger), the track leads N for a 7 miles then Efor 9 miles passing to seaward of the anchorageareas (10.269) and clear of the following dangers:

Dangerous wreck (40 19 83N 121 49 15E),position approximate;

2 Spoil Ground, diameter 1 8 miles, centred ona light buoy (special) (40 20 00N121 47 20E);

Dangerous wreck (40 22 89N 121 50 15E),position approximate;

Dangerous wreck (40 22 98N 121 53 90E);Spoil Ground A (40 22 64N 121 59 30E)

(10.269).3 From a position close NE of No 1 Light Buoy

(starboard hand) (40 23 6N 122 00 9E) the mainchannel, marked by light buoys (lateral), leads forabout 7 miles towards Angang Bayuquan (10.278)(40 20 00N 122 08 00E) on the alignment (126 )of leading lights and passing SW of No 4 LightBuoy (racon) (40 23 40N 122 01 90E), (neitherbuoy is shown on the chart).

4 Leading Lights:Middle Front Light (white diamond with redstripe, on black metal framework tower, 34 min height) (40 19 85N 122 08 24E),

Middle Rear Light (similar construction, 15 m inheight) (8 cables from front).

Two further pairs of lights mark the sides of thechannel:

5 East Front Light (white inverted triangle withred stripe, on red and white metalframework tower, 34 m in height)(40 19 85N 122 08 29E),

East Rear Light (similar construction, 15 m inheight) (8 cables from front);

West Front Light (white triangle with red stripe,on green and white metal framework tower,34 m in height) (40 19 83N 122 08 21E),

NP32

2 - 84

6 West Rear Light (similar construction, 15 min height) (8 cables from front).

The basin is entered between N BreakwaterW Head Light (red and white concrete column,8 m in height) (40 20 30N 122 07 64E), andW Breakwater E Head Light (green and whiteconcrete column, 8 m in height), 2¼ cables WSW.W Breakwater is a detached breakwater, markedat SW end by W Head Light (white concretecolumn, 8 m in height).

Paragraph 10.280 Replace by:Xianren Dao (40 12 60N 121 57 10E), not named on

the chart, lies 3½ miles NW of Xianrendao Jiaoand 8 miles SW of Bayuquan, and is similarly partof Yingkou Gang. South Breakwater, extends4¼ miles WNW and NW from the shore, its headmarked by a light (white concrete column, greenbands, 14 m in height). The crude oil pier lies onE side of head of the breakwater and is markedat N and S ends by lights (white concretecolumns, blue stripes, 14 m in height), andreportedly (2009) can accommodate tankers up to300 000 dwt and draught of 25 m.

2 Directions. The approach channel, marked bylight buoys (lateral) is entered passing close NWof No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (40 09 32N121 38 98E) and leading 051¼ /231¼ for8¼ miles to a position between No 14 Light Buoy(port hand) (40 12 44N 121 43 57E) andNo 17 Light Buoy (starboard hand), 2 miles ENE.

3 The channel then leads 089¼ /269¼ for14 miles to the turning basin E of the SouthBreakwater head.

The least charted depth in the channel is15 2 m, and in the turning basin is 11 8 m; it isreported that channel width is 300 m.

No other details are available and furtherinformation, including details of pilotage, shouldbe obtained from Yingkou VTS (10.251) or thelocal authorities.

Chinese Charts11519; 11521; Chinese Notices50/1585; 1838/09(SDDs 2009000 144277; 148510; 194276;2010000 021567) [23/10]

Korea - West coast - Yellow Sea —Gageocho Ocean Research Station

423


Gageocho Ocean Research Station(33 56 52N 124 35 57E), standing on IlhyangCh’o (11.15) and from where a light (yellow roundtower, 7 m in height) is exhibited.

2 Racons:Ieodo Ocean Research Station (above).Gageocho Ocean Research Station (above).


Clear of Ilhyang Ch’o (33 56 N 124 35 E)(Chart 3480), a pinnacle rock with a depth of7 m, on which stands Gageocho OceanResearch Station (11.3), marked by a light.There are depths over 20 m at a distance of70 m all round the rock. Thence:

Korean Notice 48/722/09(SDD 2009000 178629) [04/10]

Korea - West coast — Lights; directions

424


Samt’ae Do Light, Hat’aedo (white roundconcrete tower, 4 m in height) (34 23 7N125 18 0E).

425


2 W of Hat’aedo (34 23 N 125 18 E) (11.25),from where Samt’ae Do Light (11.13) isexhibited on the extremity...

426


4 Major Lights:Hojangdo Light (34 43 N 125 24 E) (11.13).Taeh÷ksando Light, Yängsando (34 39 2N125 28 7E) (11.33).


2 Major Light. Samt’ae Do Light (34 23 7N125 18 0E) (11.13).

427


Samt’ae Do Light, Hat’aedo (34 23 7N125 18 0E) (11.13).

Taeh÷ksando Light, Yängsando (white roundconcrete tower, 11 m in height) (34 39 2N125 28 7E).

428


E of Hat’aedo (34 23 N 125 18 E) (11.25), fromwhere Samt’ae Do Light (11.13) is exhibited,thence:

437



448



Taeh÷ksando Light, Yängsando (34 39 2N125 28 7E) (11.33).

NP32

2 - 85


449


...larger island. Taeh÷ksando Light (11.33) isexhibited from the island. Thence:


S of Shibidongp’ado, from where a light (whiteround concrete tower, 8 m in height) is...

450



Taeh÷ksando Light, Yängsando (34 39 2N125 28 7E) (11.33).

451


Päpsängp’o Light (white concrete column, 5 min height) (35 22 6N 126 24 7E).


452


...Yä. Thence:WNW of Päpsängp’o Light (35 22 6N126 24 7E) (11.160) in the entrance toPäpsängp’o Hang (11.177).

454


Major Light:Päpsängp’o Light (35 22 6N 126 24 7E)(11.160).

456


459


Paragraph 12.9 1 line 4 For (12.7) Read (11.146)

461


462



Ongdo Light (white round concrete tower, 25 min height) (36 39 N 126 00 E).

Korean Notices 35/542/09; 46/701/09; 53/818/09;53/819/09, 53/821/09(SDDs 2009000 127978; 166551. 2010000 001864,001865; 001867) [06/10]

Korea - West coast - Taiwan Strait -Approaches to Mokp’o - Myängnyang Sudo

— Directions; wreck

435


...concrete tower, 6 m in height) is exhibited,thence:

Clear of a wreck, 9 7 m (34 36 89N126 14 06E), lying in the centre of thechannel and on the E edge of the SW routethrough Chongdung Hae (11.97).

440


A wreck, 9 7 m (34 36 89N 126 14 06E), lieson the E edge of the channel, in the centre of theTSS joining from Myongyang Sudo (11.75).


Korea - West coast - Kunsan Hang — Lights;wrecks; depths; anchorages;

directions; berths

448

Paragraph 11.141 including existing Section IVNoticeWeek 6/10 Replace by:

1 Landmarks:Wido (35 36 N 126 18 E) (11.160).Tus÷ngsan (35 36 N 126 48 E), a ruggedsummit.

Major lights:Samt’ae Do Light, Hat’aedo (34 23 7N125 18 0E) (11.13).

Maemulto Light (34 31 N 125 41 E) (11.33).Taeh÷ksando Light, Yängsando (34 39 2N125 28 7E) (11.33).

2 Ch’ilbalto Light (34 47 N 125 47 E) (11.58).Amnado Light (white concrete column, 5 m inheight) (35 20 N 125 59 E).

Sangwangd÷ngdo Light (white round concretetower, 6 m in height) (35 40 N 126 07 E).

Malto Light (white eight-sided concrete tower,18 m in height) (35 51 N 126 19 E).

Gunjang Sinhang Man (Kunsan Hang) SBreakwater Head Light (red round concretetower, 19 m in height) (35 58 48N126 30 78E)

NP32

2 - 86

449


3 The track then leads to the vicinity of KunsanHang No 1 pilotage boarding position (11¼ milesESE) (11.193), W of Pi÷ng Do (35 57 N126 32 E), a prominent brown-coloured islet. Alight (white six-sided concrete tower, 13 m inheight) is exhibited from the island, and SBreakwater Head Light (11.141) lies 1½ milesNNW. Anchorage areas (11.192) extend N and Sof the pilot boarding position.

451

Paragraph 11.160 5 including existing Section IVNotice Week 6/10 Replace by:

5 Major lights:Taenorok To (35 06 N 125 59 E) (11.91).Amnado Light (35 20 N 125 59 E) (11.141).Päpsängp’o Light (white concrete column, 5 m

in height) (35 22 6N 126 24 7E).Sangwangd÷ngdo Light (35 40 N 126 07 E)

(11.141).Malto Light (35 51 N 126 19 E) (11.141).Gunjang Sinhang Man (Kunsan Hang) S

Breakwater Head Light (35 58 48N126 30 78E) (11.141).

454

Paragraph 11.186 1 line 1 Replace by:1 In the outer harbour fairway to Kunsan Hang

(Outer Port) the least mid-channel depth is 5 2 m,with lesser depths near the fairway edges. In theentrance to Kunsan Hang the least depth is4 8 m.Ships with a draught of 5 5 to 8 2 m can enter

the inner...

455


1 Anchorage may be obtained in the followingareas, the limits of which are shown on the chart,centred on:

A1 (35 59 4N126 26 8E), depths 10 to 11 m, a6 3 m shoal lies close NNW of the area.

Quarantine anchorage (35 57 4N 126 26 8E),depths 9 to 10 m.

2 A2 (35 56 7N 126 26 8E), depths 8 to 10 mwith an obstruction, depth 8 4 m, in Spart; No 1 pilotage position lies on Wedge;

A3 (35 55 5N 126 26 8E), depths 8 to 10 m.A-4 (35 59 0N 126 33 0E)), depths 5 to 8 m,

and a rock, depth 3 4 m close N of E part.The maximum draught for vessels anchoring is

about 9 1 m.

456

Paragraph 11.199 2 lines 7-9 including existingSection IV Notice Week 6/10 Replace by:

Major lights:Malto Light (35 51 N 126 19 E) (11.141).Gunjang Sinhang Man (Kunsan Hang) SBreakwater Head Light (35 58 48N126 30 78E) (11.141).


1 From the vicinity of Kunsan Hang No 1 pilotageposition (35 57 N 126 26 E), the track leadsgenerally ENE passing:

Through or N of quarantine anchorage(35 57 4N 126 26 8E) (11.192) thence:

2 SE of the SW extremity of N DetachedBreakwater (35 58 72N 126 29 48E),from where a light (white round concretetower, 20 m in height), is exhibited andenter the fairway, marked by light buoys(lateral); an obstruction, depth 7 8 m, lies5 cables SW of the light. A light (yellowround concrete tower, 20 m in height, isexhibited from NE end of the breakwater).

The fairway then continues ENE to a positionbetween S Breakwater Head Light (11.141)(35 58 48N 126 30 78E), marking the end of abreakwater, extending 4 cables W and WNW fromthe extensive reclaimed area (11.197) on S sideof the fairway, and No 1 Light Buoy, 6¼ cablesNNW.

3 The track then leads E through the fairway, tothe S of which lie marginal wharves, includingareas of works in progess (2007 and 2009)marked by light buoys (special), and piers, and tothe N generally shallow water and drying bankslying to the N of the line of light buoys (porthand), and passing:

4 S of light beacon (isolated danger, 25 m inheight), 7¾ cables N of S BreakwaterHead Light, and marking an isolatedpatch, depth 0 7 m, thence:

S ofMyäng-amLight (port hand, 18 m in height),9¾ cables NNE of S Breakwater Head Light,marking a drying reef extending 2½ cablesWNW from the head of Kunsan Hang Nbreakwater, thence:

S of Anchorage A-4 (11.192) lying N ofNo 5 Light Buoy (port hand) (35 59 0N126 33 0E), thence:

N of No 6 Wharf (35 58 50N 126 33 50E),marked at each end by a light (yellow column,6 m in height), thence:

Korean Notices 31/771/09; 6/103/10; Korean Charts336, 505(SDDs 2009000 053158; 191721; 2010000 027102)

[11/10]

Korea - West Coast - Songido to Wido —Directions; ODAS light beacon

452After Paragraph 11.164 2 line 5 Including existingSection IV Notice Week 06/10 Insert:

Clear of an ODAS light beacon (35 27 92N126 07 77E), thence:


NP32

2 - 87

Korea - West coast - Approaches to Taesanand T’aean Hang — Directions; depths;

fairways; anchorages; buoyage

464


...Hang (37 01 N 126 20 E), the latter 10 milesthrough Sindo Fairway, a two-way channelmarked by light buoys (lateral); the fairway is notshown on Chart 1270.


1 The least depth in Sindo Fairway (12.44) is22 m.

For depths in Taesan Hang Fairways I - III(12.80); see 12.67.

In the fairway to T’aean Hang (12.55) there isa least depth of 19 1 m, however depths greaterthan 20 m may be achieved in N part of thetwo-way channel.

465


1 Between Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral)(36 52 83N 126 09 15E) and enteringSindo Fairway (12.44), thence:


5 The fairway then continues NE to a positionNW of No 8 Light Buoy (starboard hand)(36 59 51N 126 17 31E) marking the entrance toFairway I; Suinyeo Light Beacon (starboard hand,16 m in height), not named on the chart andmarking a drying reef and dangers which extend1½ cables NW, lies 8 cables SE of the light buoy.


1 Taesan is approached from SW via SindoFairway (12.44), or from NW, depending uponwhich pilot station is used, see 12.73.

Paragraph 12.67 1 Replace by:Controlling depths:

Fairway I to anchorages, and to No 14 LightBuoy (starboard hand) (37 01 95N126 22 18E), has 21 5 m inmid channel, buta track with aminimum depth of 25 mmay beachieved on N side of the fairway;

Fairway I to E of No 14 Light Buoy there is aleast depth of 12 8 monS side of the fairway;

Fairway II has a least depth of 12 2 m, howevera least depth of 17 5 mcanbeachievedusinga N approach and then the SSE branch.

Fairway III is approached over a bank withdepths of about 10 m.

466 - 467

Paragraph 12.71 Replace by:Anchorage may be obtained as follows, in designated

anchorages, the limits of which, or the position,are shown on the chart, (positions from Kain SäLight (37 00 17N 126 18 95E)):


A12Anchorage

3¼ milesWSW

Depths about30 m; vesselsover65 000 dwt;outside harbourlimits

A11Anchorage

2½ milesWSW

Depths about28 to 35 m;vessels over65 000 dwt;outside harbourlimits

A10Anchorage

1¾milesWNW

Depths about31 m; vesselsunder65 000 dwt

Quarantineand A9Anchorage

1½ milesWNW

Depths 24 to35 m; vesselsunder65 000 dwt

A8Anchorage

1¼ miles NW Depth about31 m; vesselsunder20 000 dwt

A7Anchorage

1¼ milesNNW

Depth about33 m; vesselsunder 6000 dwt

A6Anchorage

1½ miles N Depth about35m; vesselsunder 6000 dwt

Positions from H÷gã Do Light (37 01 60N126 23 23E):


A5Anchorage

1½ miles NW Depth about29 m; vesselsunder20 000 dwt

A4Anchorage

1½ milesNNW


A3Anchorage

1¼ milesNNE

Depth about19 m; vesselsunder12 000 dwt

A2Anchorage

1¾ milesNNE


A1Anchorage

1¼ miles NE Depth about7 m; vesselsunder 6000 dwt

NP32

2 - 88

3 A continuation of Chang-ant’oe (12.51), withextensive areas of shallow water, extends ENEclose N of the anchorage areas, and marked onS and E edges by light buoys (S and E cardinalrespectively).

Caution: see 12.77 for tidal streams.

467

Paragraph 12.80 Heading For South-westapproach Read South-west approachthrough Fairway I

Paragraph 12.80 2 lines 1-2ForNo 8 Light BuoyReadNo 14 Light Buoy

Paragraph 12.81, including title, Replace by:

North-west approach through Fairway II12.81

1 From the vicinity of Chang-an—Taesan pilotboarding position (37 03 52N 126 18 68E), thetrack leads SE for about 1¾ miles, then ESE orSSE through Fairway II, passing (with positionsfrom Kain Sä Light (37 00 17N 126 18 95E)):

2 NE of No 2 Light Buoy (E cardinal)(2¼ miles N), marking the E edge of aNE/SW aligned shallow bank with a leastdepth of 0 9 m.

The track continues SE to a posiiton SW of ‘E’Light Buoy (W cardinal) marking the W of bank,least depth 2 m, extending 1 mile ENE.

3 Fairway II then divides, leading either ESE for1¼ miles, or SSE for 8 cables, and passing NNEor WSW, respectively, of the restricted areaaround the SBM (2¼ miles NE) (12.83). The ESEbranch passes SW of No 3 Light Buoy (porthand) (2½ miles NNE).

The two fairway branches then enter Fairway I,from where the directions continue, see 12.80.

North-west approach through Fairway III12.81a

1 Fairway III, marked by light buoys (lateral), isentered between Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys(37 03 17N 126 22 91E) and leads SSE for6 cables to a position N of No 6 Light Buoy(starboard hand), 8¼ cables S of No 1 Light Buoyto enter Fairway I, see 12.82.

Paragraph 12.82 1 to 2 line 5 Replace by:1 Positions are given from H÷gã Do Light

(37 01 60N 126 23 23E), exhibited from the Nend of the island.

From a position N of No 14 Light Buoy(starboard hand) (9 cables WNW), Fairway Idivides into two branches passing N or S of ashoal area (6¼ cables N), least depth 6 4 m.

Anchorages A1 to A5 (12.71) (1¼ miles N)may be approached directly via the N branch.

2 From the position N of No 14 Light Buoy(starboard hand), the track leads E through theS branch of Fairway I, passing N of No 16 LightBuoy (starboard hand) (5½ cables NW), markingthe NE of a bank, depths less than 10 m,extending NE from the shore, thence:

UKHO; ENCs KR5F2011 and KR5F2010(SDD 2010000 082627) [25/10]

Korea - West coast - P’yängt’aek Hang andapproaches — Depths; vertical clearances;

anchorages; restricted area

472



Vertical clearances. Sohae Bridge (36 57 10N126 50 45E) with a vertical clearance of 62 mspans the SE end of the fairway, and with 45 mclearance farther W over the S end of Asan Man.

Paragraph 12.113 2 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 4/10 Replace by:

2 Temporary Anchorage (2¼ miles SE),depths from less than 5 m on W edge to12 m, and with a rocky 9 2 m patch, onthe N edge;

Dorido Waiting Anchorage (5¾ miles ESE),formerly No 3 Anchorage, depths 13 to 17 m.

Bangdo Anchorage (37 00 00N 126 45 00E),mud and sand, depths 11 to 14 m.

Dorito and Bangdo Anchorages abut thefairway, and the corners are marked by lightbuoys, (port hand) on the fairway side, and(special) on the inshore side.

After 12.115 Insert:


1 Entry is not permitted into the restricted area(36 59 90N 126 46 80E) except for vesselsberthing at the oil and gas tanker terminals onthe N side of the harbour entrance.

UKHO(SDD 2010000 082629) [25/10]

Korea - West coast -P’yängt’aek Hang approaches — Anchorage


2 Temporary Anchorage (2¼ miles SE),depths from less than 5 m on W edge to12 m, and with a rocky patch on theN edge;


Korea - West Coast - P’almi — Pilot Station

472Paragraph 12.123 1 lines 9-11 Replace by:...vicinity of P’almido at P’almi pilot station(37 20 37N 126 28 30E), or P’almi (bad weather)station, 4 miles farther NE.


NP32

2 - 89

Korea - West coast - Inch’än Hang -Southwest approaches — Fairway;

directions; vertical clearances; bridges;anchorages; regulations; developments;

aids to navigation

474

Paragraph 12.134 Replace by:1 The port of Inch’än is approached from SW

and entered through a fairway marked by lightbuoys (lateral and special). A fairway from SW forcoastal passenger ships joins the main fairwayjust below Inch’än Grand Bridge (12.156).

475

After Paragraph 12.137 line 11 Insert:

Vertical clearances12.137a

1 Inch’än Grand Bridge: centre span (37 24 8N126 34 0E) 66 m; E and W spans 59 m.

Yängjongdo Bridge (37 32 7N 126 34 9E):35 m.

Several bridges span the river N ofYängjongdo Bridge, the vertical clearances ofwhich are not known; see 12.164.

An overhead power cable, safe verticalclearance 70 m, spans the N tidal basin at37 29 75N 126 37 75E.



1 For approaches see 12.125.Speed limits: From 1 mile S of Inch’on Grand

Bridge to Yängjongdo Bridge (12.137a), 8 milesNNE, the general speed limit is 12 kn, withfollowing exceptions:

In the approaches to Inch’on Grand Bridge, lessthan 10 kn for vessels less than 50 000 gt,and less than 7 kn for vessels over100 000 gt,

Less than 8 kn off some berth areas andapproaches to docks.


476


Inch’onGrandBridge, S columnbetween centreand E spans (37 24 68N 126 34 18E).

Inch’on Grand Bridge N column between centreand W spans (37 24 97N 126 33 78E).

Yängjongdo Bridge Centre Light (37 32 67N126 34 86E).


The track then enters a two-way fairway,passing between anchorage areas (12.145) andmud banks marked by light buoys (lateral), toIn’chon Grand Bridge (37 24 8N 126 34 0E).Coastal Passenger Ship Fairway, 6 miles long,leads from SW, from a position 5 cables SE of

Haerido Light (12.173) (37 22 N 126 26 E), andjoins the main fairway just below the bridge.Anchorages W4 and W5 (12.160) lie partly withinthe NE end of the fairway.

2 Three navigation channels for two-way traffic,each marked by light buoys (special or lateral),pass under the bridge which is marked by lights;for vertical clearances see 12.137a. The mainchannel has a width of 3¼ cables, and the sidechannels to NW and SE a width of about 1 cableeach.

3 The track then leads NNE through Fairway I,which is marked by light buoys (special), notshown on chart and liable to change; to the...

477


1 The outer harbour has 18 numberedanchorages, the limits of some of which areshown on the chart, lying to E and W of the mainapproach fairway and E of Fairway I as follows:

2 Anchorages W3 to W5 to the W of the mainfairway below In’chon Grand Bridge andW9 to W15 above the bridge, with depthsfrom 7 to 18 m, capable ofaccommodating vessels up to50 000 tonnes. A wreck, depth 13 3 m liesin W of Anchorage W14, and anexplosives anchorage lies NNE ofAnchorage W15.

3 Anchorages E1 to E6 to the E of the mainfairway below the bridge, with depthsfrom 4 to 16 m, capable ofaccommodating vessels up to50 000 tonnes. Anchorage E5 and E8 isonly for transit vessels to provision orbunker.

4 Anchorages A1 to A8 to E of anchorages E,with depths from 4 to 6 m, capable ofaccommodating vessels up to5000 tonnes.

Anchorages W19 and E6 are designated asEmergency Reserved Anchorages.Anchorage W5 has reportedly been removed.

479


Vertical clearances.Yängjongdo Bridge(37 32 7N 126 34 9E), vertical clearance 35 m,spans Yäm Ha; another bridge (37 37 96N126 32 43E), spans Yäm Ha from Kanghwa Doand several bridges span Han Gang at Seoul;see also 12.137a.

Korean Notices 44/680/09; 44/681/09; 49/736/09;49/738/09; 49/739/09; 49/740/09; 49/741/09;51/774/09; 51/775/09; 51/776/09; 51/Part3/125/09;Korean ENC KR5F2K41(SDDs 2009000 157604; 157605; 183896; 183897;183898; 183900; 183901; 191728; 191729; 191730;191742) [08/10]

NP32

2 - 90

Korea - West coast - Inch’än Hang -Chagyakto — Light

476


Chagyakto Light (white eight sided concretetower, 20 m in height) (37 29 84N126 35 40E).

477


...the vicinity. A light (12.154) is exhibited fromthe island.


NP33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2008 Edition)

Malaysia - Sabah - Teluk Sibuko —Heel Reef Light

151Paragraph 5.163 4 lines 3-5DeleteHeel Reef To reef.

Malaysian Notice 5/110/2009(SDD 2009000 068349) [35/09]

Philippine Islands - Verde Island Passage —Vessel traffic management system


Vessel traffic management system8.56a

1 A VTMS is in operation in the Verde IslandPassage TSS and the ports of Batangas (8.71),Puerto Galera (8.104) and Calapan (8.108). Thelimits of the VTMS are 3 miles to W and E of theTSS and its use is compulsory. For details seeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).







Philippine Ports Authority(SDD 2008000 096475) [04/09]

Philippine Islands - Bantangas Bay —Traffic separation scheme



1 The Batangas Bay TSS is not IMO adopted.The Philippine Authorities advise that the

principles for the use of the routeing systemdefined in Rule 10 of International Regulations forPreventing Collision at Sea (1972) apply.See also 8.56a.

242

Paragraph 8.87 1 line 5 For Batangas Bay ReadBantagas Bay TSS (8.82a)

Paragraph 8.87 3 line 9-10 Replace by:

On exiting the Bantangas Bay TSS the trackthen leads NNE towards the pilot boardingpositions, or the anchorages, off Batangas.

Philippine Notice 5/69/09(SDD 2009000 046273) [23/10]

Philippine Islands - Marinduquesouthwestwards - Tres Reyes Islands —

Shoal depths


...channel between Gaspar and Marinduque thereare shoals of 7 3 m and 8 7 m lying 1 mile NWand 1 mile N of Gaspar Island respectively.

US Notice 51/91340/2009(SDD 2009000 190314) [03/10]

Philippine Islands - Pacijan Island — Light


...channel 1½ cables wide. Pacijan Light andTulang Light are exhibited from the SE part of theisland, 1 mile N and 2¾ miles ENE of PagtudianPoint (10 35 43N 124 16 49E) respectively.

Philippines Notice 12/238/09(SDD 2010000 012822) [06/10]

NP34

2 - 91

NP34 IndonesiaPilotVolume 2 (2009Edition)

Indonesia - South coast of Jawa -Tanjung Intan — Limiting conditions

61


2 Less water than charted has been reported(2010) to E and N of No 1 Light Buoy (starboardhand) (7 45 2S 109 03 3E).

Fleet Management Ltd, Hong Kong(SDD 2010000 102609) [34/10]

Indonesia - North coast of Jawa -Pulau Bawean — Directions; major light


3 Major lights. Tanjung Mantegi Light (whitebeacon) (5 43 1S 112 41 1E).

Sangkapura Light (white metal frameworktower, 20 m in height) (5 51 3S 112 39 2E).

Paragraph 4.16 2 line 5 For (white metal frameworktower, 20 m in height) Read (4.14)

Dishidros(SDD 2010000 018377) [17/10]

Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa -Selat Surabaya - Gresik - Poleng Oilfield —

Submarine gas pipeline


2 A submarine gas pipeline links Gresik (4.103)with Poleng Oilfield (4.156). The pipeline crossesto E side of the N entrance channel at Gresikand then follows close W to the recommendedtrack between No 6 and No 7 Light Buoys (lateral)then passing S and E of N entrance outeranchorage (4.84).

Rubicon Maverick(SDD 2009000 137629) [47/09]

Indonesia - North coast of Jawa -Selat Surabaya and approaches —

Directions; vertical clearance; buoyage

81


Vertical clearance4.87a

4 A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of34 m, spans the SE entrance betweenSekarbungu, 1 mile E of Kesek (4.87), andTambakwedi 2¾ miles S.

84


4 From No 8 Buoy (port hand) (7 12 S 112 48 E)the track leads W to Tanjungperak, through abuoyed channel, under the bridge (4.87a). Adangerous wreck (7 11 3S 112 46 0E), lies1 cable S of a buoy (starboard hand).Caution. The direction of buoyage changes

5 cables W of the bridge.

Indonesian ENCs ID400096; ID500084(SDDs 2010000 013826; 030044) [16/10]

Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa -Selat Surabaya - Gresik — Berths


4 Siam Maspion Terminal, (7 06 69S112 39 15E), with platform and dolphins,lies 2 miles N of Petrochemical Wharf. Acauseway and trestle extend 1 9 milesfrom the shore. Vessels of up to100 000 dwt, maximum length of 240 mand maximum draught alongside of10 5 m can be accommodated. Lights areexhibited from beacons (special) at thehead of the terminal.

PT Siam Maspion Terminal(SDD 2009000 146783) [47/09]

Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa -Selat Surabaya - Port of Tanjungperak —

Wreck


2 A stranded wreck, marked by a light buoy(starboard hand), lies 1½ cables ENE of theContainer Terminal elbow.

Indonesian Notices 34/297/09; 34/298/09(SDD 2009000 122716) [47/09]

Indonesia - North coast of Madura —Directions; major light

88Paragraph 4 151 3 lines 7-8 Replace by:

4 Major lights:Pulau Karangjamuang Light (6 56 S 112 44 E)

(4.92).Batuputih Light (white metal framework tower,40 m in height) (6 52 2S 113 56 3E).

89Paragraph 4 154 1 lines 4-5 Delete

Dishidros(SDD 2010000 018377) [17/10]

NP34

2 - 92

Indonesia - Nusa Tenggara - Lombok -Teluk Ayang Southwards — Rock


Indonesian Chart 291(SDD 2009000 019005) [47/09]

Indonesia - Pulau Sumba - South-east coast— Directions; major light

167Paragraph 7 46 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:

2 Major lights:Tanjung Ngaru Mangigit Light (white beacon)

(10 14 9S 120 39 6E).Tanjung Undu Light (10 05 3S 120 50 7E)

(7 13).

Dishidros(SDD 2010000 018377) [17/10]

Indonesia - Selat Flores — Directions; lights

192


PulauSerbete lighthouse (8 09 0S123 01 1E)(White metal framework tower, 15 m inheight).

193

Paragraph 8.34 1 line 5 For (8 19 1S 123 01 1E)(8.37) Read (8 19 2S 123 00 7E) (white metalframework structure, 30 m in height).


...light (8.29) is exhibited from the islet. Thechannel...


Tanjung Serbete Light (8.34).

United Kingdom Hydrographic Office(HH. 034/200/01) [04/10]

Indonesia - Sulawesi - Selat Bangka -Pulau Talisei - Tanjung Arus — Racon

423Paragraph 16.180 including heading Replace by:

Spare16.180


NP35 Indonesia Pilot Volume3 (2008Edition)

Pulau Halmahera - Selat Patientie —Directions; dangerous rock


ENE of a dangerous rock (0 47 7S127 57 3E), thence:

169

Paragraph 5.112 3 line 4 For NW Read NE

United Kingdom Hydrographic Office(SDD 2008000 044791) [33/08]

NP36 Indonesia Pilot Volume1 (2009Edition)

Java Sea - Gosong Mampango —Light; racon

85

Paragraph 4.45 2 lines 3-4 Delete from to displayed

86

Paragraph 4.54 1 line 8 Delete from to displayed

159


Paragraph 8.21 1 lines 6-7 Delete from to exhibited,

Hydro-Oceanographic Office, Indonesian Navy(SDD 2010000 029434) [12/10]

Sumatera - East coast - Tanjung Selokan —Dangerous wreck


Clear of a dangerous wreck (2 17 8S105 27 6E), whose masts are visible,thence:

MT Budi Jasa(SDD 2009000 044908) [31/09]

Selat Gelasa - Selat Baur — Directions

143Paragraph 7.23 2 lines 3-4 Delete A light To reef.


Tanjung Pandan — Major lights; directions


Major lights:Tanjung Puting Light (white metal frameworktower, 30 m in height) (3 30 6S 111 46 4E).

Tanjung Pandan Light (white tower) (2 56 5S111 40 7E).

NP36

2 - 93


...beacon. Thence:WNWof a light buoy (starboard hand) (2 57 4S111 41 0E) (1 mile S).

E of Tanjung Pandan Light (8.58)

Indonesian Notice 12/096/2009(SDD 2009000 051677) [32/09]

NP37 West Coasts of England and WalesPilot (2008 Edition)

England – South–west coast —Offshore routes; directions



Paragraph 2.10 2 line 1For 6 milesWRead14¼ milesNNW


Bann Shoal Light Buoy (50 20 0N 5 51 1W)(2.26)



Paragraph 2.17 2 lines 4-8 Delete passing To 16 6 m





Bann Shoal Light Buoy (50 20 0N 5 51 1W)(2.26)




NW of Bann Shoal Light Buoy (starboard hand)(50 20 0N 5 51 1W) which marks the NElimit of the N-going traffic lane, thence:


NW of Renewable Energy Development Area(50 22 N 5 37 W), thence:


Caution. The sea breaks in strong gales,particularly from NW, over Bann Shoal (50 19 N5 46 W), which should be avoided at such timesby small vessels.

60Paragraph 2.27 2 lines 4 Replace by:

NW of Bann Shoal Light Buoy (50 20 0N5 51 1W) (2.26), thence:

Paragraph 2.31 1 line 1 For TSS, about 7 miles WRead ITZ, about 3¼ miles NW




1 Racon:Bann Shoal Light Buoy (50 20 0N 5 51 1W)

(2.26)

Paragraph 2.36 1 line 1 For TSS, about 7 miles WRead ITZ, about 3¼ miles NW



Paragraph 2.36 2 line 10 For thence Read and


NW of Renewable Energy Development Area(12¼ miles N), thence:


Caution. The sea breaks in strong gales,particularly from NW, over Cape Cornwall Bank(50 13 N 5 49 W) and Bann Shoal (50 19 N5 46 W), which should be avoided at such timesby small vessels.

International Maritime Organisation(SSDs 2008000 098453; 2009000 030583) [23/09]

England – South-west coast - Cape Cornwallto Saint Agnes Head — Directions; buoyage


SE of a group of four wave recorder buoys(8¾ miles N), thence:

University of Exeter(SDD 2009000 144241) [49/09]

England – South-west coast – Saint Ives Bay— Directions; buoyage

61


4 Outfall. An outfall, terminated by diffusers,extends...

62

Paragraph 2.46 3 lines 3-4 For a light buoy (port hand)Read light buoys (lateral)

Saint Ives and Hayle Harbour Masters(SDDs 2010000 129833; 135394) [39/10]

NP37

2 - 94

Bristol Channel — Directions; wind farm

74


SE of six light buoys (special) marking the limitsof the site of the proposed Atlantic Array windfarm (51 21 4N 4 33 0W).

85


...detached, thence:N of six light buoys (special)marking the limits of

the site of the proposed Atlantic Array windfarm (51 21 4N 4 33 0W).

RWE Npower Renewables Limited(SDDs 2010000 041600; 068348) [24/10]

England – Bristol Channel -Barnstaple Bay — Buoy

75Paragraph 3.18 1 line 9 For Baggy Leap Buoy ReadBaggy Leap Light Buoy

Trinity House(SDD 2009000 044213) [28/09]

England – Bristol Channel – Bull Point toHurlstone Point — Light buoys

75Paragraph 3.18 2 line 2 For Morte Stone Buoy ReadMorte Stone Light Buoy

81Paragraph 3.48 3 line 1 For Copperas Rock BuoyRead Copperas Rock Light Buoy

Trinity House(SDDs 2009000 050153; 050096) [31/09]

Bristol Channel - Bull Point toHurlstone Point — Directions;

isolated danger

82

Paragraph 3.48 4 line 7-9 Delete An To Ledge.

Marine Current Turbines Ltd(SDD 2010000 096127; 105925) [30/10]

Wales – South coast – Bristol Channel— Vessel traffic service

84Paragraph 3.61 Including heading Replace by:

Spare3.61


Spare3.95


Spare3.121


Spare3.151


Spare3.175


Spare3.194

ABP South Wales(SDD 2009000 165135) [52/09]

Bristol Channel — Vessel traffic service

105

Paragraph 4.5 1 line 3 For Bristol Channel Read Portof Bristol Area

107


Spare4.18

109

Paragraph 4.38 1 line 2-3 Delete

Paragraph 4.40 3 line 8 Delete to Severn VTS

111


Spare4.55

119


Spare4.125

121

Paragraph 4.139 2 lines 5–6 Delete Mariners wishingto pass the transporter Bridge should inform SevernVTS by radio.

NP37

2 - 95

122Paragraph 4.140 1 line 1 Delete VTS,


Bristol Channel - Nash Point to Barry —Directions; racon; wreck; buoyage

107


N Cardinal light buoy (51 19 7N 3 29 9W).


Either side of a wreck (51 19 6N 3 29 9W)witha least depth of 10 4 m, marked by four lightbuoys (cardinal), thence:

123


N Cardinal light buoy (51 19 7N 3 29 9W).

Trinity House Notice 16/10 F6(SDD 2010000 099666) [28/10]

Wales – South coast – Barry —Directions; light

109



Bristol Channel – Nash Point to King Road— Directions; light




130Paragraph 4.190 2 lines 5-6 Delete ...on which standsa light (4.188),...

Trinity House Notice 28/10(SDD 2010000 139300) [39/10]

Wales – South coast – Newport —Vertical clearance

119Paragraph 4.119 1 line 3 For 64 m Read 56 m

Newport Harbour Master(SDD 2009000 045091) [31/09]

England – West coast - River Severn —Landmarks; tower


Bristol Port Company(SDD 20080000 100330) [06/09]

Bristol Channel - Routes south of the Smalls— Directions; buoyage

152

Paragraph 5.26 1 line 8 For (5.45). Read (5.45),thence:


NNE of a light buoy (special) (51 20 4N5 07 2W), thence:

RWE npower renewables(SDD 2010000 106470) [30/10]

Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven —Controlling depth; depths at berths

155Paragraph 5.57 1 line 1 For 16 2 m (2006) Read15 9 m (2008)

166Paragraph 5.100 1 lines 3-5 Replace by:No 1 Quay for vessels up to 165 m in length,

is 180 m long with a controlling depth of 6 1 m. Alight is exhibited from the W corner of the quay.


Milford Haven Port Authority(SDDs 2008000 077011; 072429; 092995) [51/08]

Wales – South–west coast – Milford Haven— Limiting conditions

155

Paragraph 5.57 1 lines 1-2 Including existing SectionIV Notice Week 51/08 Replace by:

1 Depth within both the West Channel and theMain Channel is 15 9 m (2008).

158

Paragraph 5.78 1 line 1 For 16 2 m (2006) Read15 9 m (2008)

Milford Haven Port Authority(SDDs 2009000 010625; 2008000 092995) [09/09]

Wales – South-west coast – Milford Haven —Controlling depth; depths at berths

155

Paragraph 5.57 1 lines 1-2 Including existing SectionIV Notices Weeks 51/08 and 09/09 Replace by:

1 Depth in the West Channel is 15 6 m (2009)and in the Main Channel it is 15 4 m(2009).

NP37

2 - 96

157

Paragraph 5.73 2 line 5 For 9 8 m Read 9 5 m (2009)

158

Paragraph 5.78 1 line 1 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 09/09 For 15 9 m (2006) Read 15 6 m(2009)

162

Paragraph 5.85 2 line 1 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 07/09 For 12 8 m Read 12 7 m

164

Paragraph 5.95 1 lines 7-8 For 15 3 m (2006) and11 4 m (2006)Read 15 7 m (2009) and 11 2 m (2009)

Paragraph 5.95 2 line 2 For 7 5 m (2006) Read 6 8 m(2009)


...depth of 18 4 m (2009) and can accommodatevessels up to 275 000 dwt. Nos 7 and 8 Berthshave depths of 14 0 m and 14 8 m alongside.Fenders allow limited use of No 8 Berth.

165


3 The deepest berth at this jetty, No 1 Berth, hasa dredged depth of 18 1 m (2009), and canaccommodate vessels up to 275 000 dwt. Thereare depths of 13 8 m alongside No 2 Berth and11 0 m alongside No 3 Berth.Nos 4 and 5 Berths situated on the S side of

the T-head, abreast No 3 Berth, have depthsalongside of 5 6 m and 5 7 m, and canaccommodate smaller vessels of up to 2 500 and6 000 dwt respectively.

Paragraph 5.96 4 line 2 For 6 0 m (2006) Read 5 5 m(2009)


1 Semlogistics and Dragon Gas LNGTerminals consists of three T-headed jettiesextending from the N shore, close W of WearPoint (51 42 N 4 59 W). The controlling depth inthe approach to the berths is 12 7 m. The berthsare:

Dragon LNG (No 1).Semlogistics No 2; length of face 121 m; depth

16 3 m; maximum size of vessel165 000 dwt, LOA 283 m.

Semlogistics No 3; length of face 63 m; depth9 4 m; maximum size of vessel 20 000 dwt,LOA 153 m.

166

Paragraph 5.99 1 line 6 For 6 85 m (2008)Read 6 0 m(2009)

Paragraph 5.100 1 line 4 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 51/08 For 6 1 m Read 5 4 m


Paragraph 5.103 1 line 9 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 51/08 For 8 3 m and 4 2 m Read 8 0 mand 4 6 m

Milford Haven Port Authority Notice 23/2010(SDDs 2010000 014191; 094678) [30/10]

Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven —Regulations concerning entry


Controlled and Exclusion Zones forspecified vessels. Controlled and ExclusionZones will be allocated to certain specifiedvessels whilst they are navigating within the port.Controlled Zones extend 1 mile ahead and

astern of the specified vessel and within theconfines of the main channel. No commercialvessel of 20 m or more may navigate within thecontrolled zone except astern of the specifiedvessel where such navigation is away from thatspecified vessel and provided that priorpermission has been sought from and granted byPort Control.Exclusion Zones extend ahead to the limit of

the line of sight from the bridge of the specifiedvessel within the confines of the channel. Suchlimit will be determined by a patrol vesselstationed ahead of the specified vessel. The zoneastern will extend to the stern of an escort tug,where one is provided, or 100 m astern of thespecified vessel should a tug not be provided. Novessel is permitted to navigate within theExclusion Zone at any time.

Milford Haven Port Authority(SDD 2008000 089937) [07/09]

Wales – South-west coast –Milford Haven — Buoyage

160



Wales – South–west coast – Milford Haven -Approach to Semlogistics and Dragon Gas

LNG Terminals — Depth


BA Chart 3275(HH. 037/209/01) [07/09]

NP37

2 - 97

Wales – South-west coast – Milford Haven -River Cleddau above Pembroke Dock —

Vertical clearance



Wales - Fishguard — Directions; useful mark

179


Castell Farm (52 00 1N 4 56 7W).

HMS Echo(SDD 2010000 109544) [30/10]

Wales – North coast – Conwy —Directions; buoyage

222


N of Llys Elisap Clynnog (2¾ miles WSW), arocky patch. Close NE of this patch is a lightbuoy (special) marking the outer end of anoutfall which extends NW from the shore,thence:

BetweenC1 andC2 Light Buoys (starboard andport hand) (2¼ miles W), which mark theouter end of the channel, thence:


S of C2A Light Buoy (port hand) (1½ milesWSW), thence:

Conwy Harbour and Maritime Officer(SDD 2010000 109753) [33/10]

Wales – North–west coast – Bangor —Light buoy

222Paragraph 7.153 2 line 3 For Bangor Buoy ReadBangor Light Buoy

Isle of Anglesey County Council(SDD 2009000 013847) [12/09]

England - West coast - Liverpool Bay —Bar Light Buoy

233-235, 244-246, 260Paragraphs 8.2, 8.10, heading below 8.11, 8.12, 8.17,8.18, 8.21, 8.71, 8.80, 8.82, 8.83, 8.85, 8.87, 8.93 and8.147 For Bar Light Buoy Read Bar Light Float

Trinity House(SDD2008000 083557) [51/08]

England - West coast - Liverpool Bay —Traffic separation scheme



1 The In Liverpool Bay TSS (53 32 N 3 37 W),which includes an Area To Be Avoided aroundthe Douglas Oil Field Platform, is IMO-adoptedand Rule 10 of The International Regulations forPreventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.

235


1 From a position N of Great Ormes Head(53 21 N 3 52 W) to the vicinity of Bar Light Float(53 32 N 3 21 W), through In Liverpool Bay TSS(8.11a) the route leads about 19 miles E, passing:

N of Constable Bank marked by W ConstableLight Buoy (W cardinal) (53 23 N 3 49 W);the bank extends W from Rhyl Flats (8.37)and lies parallel with the coast 3½ milesoffshore with depths of less than 5 m.Thence:

2 Through the E–bound lane of In LiverpoolBay TSS (8.11a), and:

N of Rhyl Flats Offshore Wind Farm (53 23 N3 39 W), marked by light buoys. A light buoy(special, wave recorder) is moored 3½ milesN of the wind farm. Thence:

S of theAreaToBeAvoided, protectingDouglasOil Field Platform, and:

N of a light buoy (special, wave recorder)moored 3½ miles S of the platform, thence:

3 N of Gwynt Y Mor meteorological mast(53 28 8N 3 30 5W), thence:

S of Hamilton Gas Field Platform (53 33 9N3 27 2W), and:

N of North Hole Wind Farm (8.39) to the pilotboarding position close E of Bar Light Float(53 32 N 3 21 W). Light buoys (special) aremoored 5 cales W and 2½ cables NW of BarLight Float.

(Directions continue for entry to the riverMersey at 8.92 and for the river Dee at 8.35)

International Maritime Organisation(SDD 2008000 098451) [23/09]

England – West coast – Hilbre Swash —Buoyage

240

Paragraph 8.41 2 line 1 For (E cardinal) (2 milesRead(starboard hand) (1¾ miles

Paragraph 8.41 2 line 4 For (1¾ milesRead (1½ miles


NP37

2 - 98

England – West coast – River Dee estuary -Hilbre Swash — Buoyage


3 W of Hilbre Island Light (white metalframework...

Dee Conservancy Notice 10-2010(SDD 2010000 096409) [31/10]

England – West coast – Liverpool Bay —Buoyage

247Paragraph 8.93 2 lines 8-9 Delete and To hand)

271Paragraph 9.22 2 lines 8-9 Delete and To cardinal)

Mersey Docks and Harbour Company(SDD 2009000 119693) [42/09]

England – West coast – Liverpool Bay —Bar Light Buoy

270Paragraph 9.13 1 line 1 For Buoy Read FloatParagraph 9.13 1 line 6 For Buoy Read Float

271Paragraph 9.21 1 line 2 For Buoy Read FloatParagraph 9.22 heading ForBar Light BuoyReadBarLight FloatParagraph 9.22 1 line 1 For Buoy Read Float

317Paragraph 10.146 1 line 5 For Buoy Read Float

318Paragraph 10.153 1 line 2 For Buoy Read FloatParagraph 10.154 heading For Bar Light Buoy ReadBar Light FloatParagraph 10.154 1 line 4 For Buoy Read FloatParagraph 10.154 3 line 4 For Buoy Read Float


England – West coast – Morecambe Bay —Racon


UKHO(SDD 2009000 120160) [44/09]

England – West coast – River Ribble estuary— Directions

271


272


2 The N training wall is marked near its outerend by 13 mile Light Perch (red solid steel mast,12 m in height, supported by a tripod).Gut Light Buoy (safe water) (53 41 7N

3 09 0W) is moored WSW of the Gut Channel.


3 South Gut, an unmarked channel, wasdeveloped (1989) through a gap in the S trainingwall at 12 mile Perch, however, owing to siltation(2010) the channel is no longer navigable. Thewreck of the Zealandia (53 39 9N 3 05 6W),which dries, lies at the seaward end of South Gutand is marked on its W side by a light buoy (Wcardinal).


1 Local knowledge is needed to navigate GutChannel and the river Ribble.


Preston City Council(SDDs 2010000 098209; 099683; 110485) [31/10]

England – West coast – Barrow-in-Furness -Piel Channel — Directions; dangerous wreck


NNEof a dangerous wreck with a depth of 1 5 m(1½ cables N), thence:

UKHO(SDD 2009000 174475) [03/10]

England – West coast – Morecambe Bay toSaint Bees Head — Directions; depth

289-290



BA Chart 2010(HH 037/200/01) [51/09]

England – West coast – Morecambe Bay toSaint Bees Head — Directions; wind farms

289


3 ENE of North Morecambe Gas Field(53 58 N 3 40 W) (9.4), and:

Close WSW of Walney Wind Farm (54 02 N3 30 W), under construction (2010), markedon each corner by light buoys (cardinal),thence:

ENE of Millom Gas Field (54 02 N 3 52 W)(9.4), thence:

WSWof Selker Point (54 17 N 3 25 W) (9.119).

NP37

2 - 99

Paragraph 9.111 1 line 4 For 40 miles NNW. Read13 miles N to the E corner of Ormonde Wind Farm,under construction (2010), marked by a light buoy (Ecardinal) and thence NNW for a farther 29 miles.

290

Paragraph 9.119 1 line 1-9 Including existing SectionIV Notice Week 51/09 Replace by:

1 From a position W of Morecambe Light Buoy(53 52 N 3 24 W) to a position W of Saint BeesHead (54 31 N 3 38 W), the route leadsapproximately 13 miles N to the E corner ofOrmonde Wind Farm, marked by a light buoy (Ecardinal) and thence NNW for a further 29 miles,passing:

Clear of a well head (53 52 5N 3 28 1W), witha depth of 10 3 m andmarked by a light buoy(special), thence:

Between a waverider buoy and guard buoy(both special) (54 00 0 N 3 24 0W) andBarrow Wind Farm, thence:

290-291

Paragraph 9.119 2 line 1-9 Including existing SectionIV Notice Week 51/09 Replace by:

2 ESE of Walney Wind Farm (54 02 N3 30 W) and Ormonde Wind Farm(54 05 N 3 26 W), both under construction(2010), and marked on each corner bylight buoys (cardinal), and:

WNW of an 8 6 m patch (54 03 6N 3 20 2W)on the coastal shelf.

When E of the E cardinal buoy markingOrmonde Wind Farm the route leads NNW,passing:

Between the E Ormonde Wind Farm light buoy(E cardinal) and a dangerous wreck, positionapproximate, lying 1¾ miles W of Cockspec(54 05 9N 3 18 1W), rocky ground withdetached seaweed-covered drying patchesclose SW and 1 mile SE extending 1¼ milesfrom the coast abreast Vickerstown (54 06 N3 15 W), the highest part of the Isle ofWalney. Thence:

Trinity House(SDDs 2010000 017802; 026010) [10/10]

England – West coast – Morecambe Bay toSaint Bees Head — Directions; buoyage

290


WSW of a waverider buoy and a guard buoy(both special), (54 00 0N 3 26 0W), thence:

Paragraph 9 119 2 line 4 For 1¾ cables Read1¾ miles

Scottish Power Renewables; BA Chart 1320(SDD 2009000 118410) [51/09]

Solway Firth – Directions; buoyage

305


...to seaward of Two Feet Bank and Robin RiggOffshore Wind Farm.

Northern Lighthouse Board(SDD 2010000 118339) [32/10]

NP38West Coast of India Pilot (2010 Edition)

Sri Lanka - West coast - Colombo harbour —Limiting conditions; arrival information;

directions; berths

161


1 South Asia Gateway Terminal (4.102).

162

Paragraph 4.86 3 lines 5-8 Delete.

163

Paragraph 4.98 3 lines 10-11 Delete.

164


1 South Asia Gateway Terminal (SAGT)occupies 940 m of the SW jetty in the HarbourBasin. It has three berths with depths of 15 malongside and is used by container vessels. TheS part of the jetty, about 200 m in length, is usedby passenger and general cargo vessels.

Harbour Master, Sri Lanka Ports Authority(SDD 2010000 079813) [25/10]

India - West coast - Quilon -Port authority; pilotage

185


Port Authority. Port Officer, Neendkara,Asramam, Kollam, Kerala-02.Email: [email protected]


Pilotage5.38a

1 Pilotage is compulsory and is provided by PortOfficer, Neendkara. Pilot boards 5 cables SE ofthe main breakwater head.

Indian Notice 7/10(SDD 2010000 056540) [25/10]

India - West coast - Quilon to Kochi —Directions; obstruction


2 WSW of an obstruction in a depth of 14 5 m(14½ miles S), lying in the approaches toNØndakara (5.52). Thence:



NP38

2 - 100

India - West coast - Kochi Harbour —Spoil ground

191


Spoil ground5.87a

1 Two spoil grounds, circular in area, each with aradius of 1500 m, have been established in theapproaches to Kochi as follows:

North Spoil Ground centred on 10 00 0N76 05 0E;

South Spoil Ground centred on 9 55 0N76 06 0E.


India - West coast - Kºrwºr toMormugao Head - Directions —

Dangerous wreck

223


A dangerous wreck lies about 11½ miles W ofMormugao Head.


India - West coast - Mandºvi River —Pilotage

228


Pilotage is compulsory in the river; a local pilotmay be engaged by contacting the Captain of thePort, Panaji. See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6 (4) for further details.

Deputy Captain of the Port, Panaji(SDD 2010000 067680) [25/10]

India - Approaches to Mumbai andJawaharlal Nehru Port — Anchorages

252

Paragraph 7.186HeadingReplace by:Anchorages


Bravo (West) anchorage, centred on 18 45 N72 29 E, lies between the safety fairways andNeelam Heera and Ratna Oilfield. Large vesselsmay anchor in depths commensurate with draughtkeeping clear of the charted disused cables andfoul ground.

Bravo (East) anchorage, for use by smallervessels, centred on 18 46 N 72 37 E, lies12 miles WSW of Prongs Reef Light; its limits areshown on the chart.

Indian Notice 15/202/10(SDD 2010000 124269) [38/10]

India - West coast - Dahej — Port authority;pilotage; tidal stream; berths

281


Petronet LNG Jetty;Internet: www.petronetlng.com

Paragraph 8.137 3 line 6 Replace by:...pilot for GCPTCL jetty boards 1 mile W of thejetty. Pilotage for Petronet LNG Jetty iscompulsory; vessel’s speed to be less than 5 ktswhen embarking pilot. Berthing during daylightslack water. See...


Direction of the stream in the vicinity ofPetronet LNG Jetty is 160 -340 .


The jetty can accept vessels up to 220 000 m3

(Q-Flex) with a maximum draught of 12 7 m.


India - West coast - Verºval to Porbandar —Directions; wreck

289

Paragraph 8.200 2 line 4 For 33½ miles Read32½ miles


India - West coast - Porbandar toKachchigadh — Directions;safety fairways; wrecks

290


Safety Fairways8.213a

1 Three safety fairways converge at a point11 miles W of Kachchigarh Light (8.217), asshown on the chart. They are mandatory forIndian registered vessels and recommended forall other vessels. One fairway leads NNW for42 miles from a position 34 miles W of PorbandarLight (8.197). The other two fairways lead ENEand ESE from seaward.

2 To minimise risk of head-on encounters,mariners are advised to keep their vessels asnear to the outer limit of the fairway which lies ontheir starboard side as is safe and practicable,while approaching or leaving the area, consistentwith International Regulations for PreventingCollisions at Sea (1972).

www.petronetlng.com

NP38

2 - 101


Clear of two dangerous wrecks (19 miles WNWand 21 miles NW), thence:

Indian Notice 09/10(SDDs 2010000 065010; 075927) [25/10]

India - West coast - Karod Nadi toNavØnºl Point — Directions; buoyage


...on its S side, and SSW of Sonar Light Buoy(port hand) moored about 1½ miles S of thisdanger. Thence:


India - Mundra — Port information

305


...consists of two container terminals and amulti-purpose jetty on NavØnº l Island, themulti-purpose T-headed jetty extending 7 cablesSSW from the coast and a SPM.

Paragraph 9.85 1 line 9 For 6 miles W Read10 miles W


Port Authority. Mundra Port and SpecialEconomic Zone Ltd, Post Bag No 1, Mundra,Kachchh, Gujarat 370 421.


Pilot for the SPM boards 1¾ miles S of theSPM.

Paragraph 9.89 1 line 1 Replace By:

3 Major light:Mundra Marine Control Tower Light (22 43 8N

69 42 4E) (9.75).Other aid to navigation - racons:

Mundra Marine Control Tower Light (22 43 8N69 42 4E).

Mundra SPM (22 40 7N 69 39 3E).For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals

Volume 2.Approaches. The anchorage or pilot station

(9.87) may...


Entry to basin SW of Multi -purposeTerminal 2.

Leading Lights:Front light (height 12 0 m) (22 44 4N69 42 9E),

Rear light (height 15 5 m) (50 m from front light).The alignment of the above lights leads to the

SW berths of Multi-purpose Terminal 2.


4 Container Terminals 1 and 2 lie, along asingle wharf 1264 m in length, close N of NavØnºlPoint (22 44 2N 62 42 7E). Both terminals areallocated two berths, each 316 m in length.Multi - purpose Terminal 2, consists of a

575 m long jetty extension of the containerterminals. The SW face of the jetty lies alongsidea basin with a maintained depth of 14 5 m. Theterminal has 4 berths, two on each side of thejetty, with facilities to accept vessels upto 300 min length and draught ranging from 10 5 to15 5 m.

Mundra Port(SDDs 2010000 134005; 134665) [38/10]

India - West coast -VºdØnºr Offshore Oil Terminal —

Function; maximum size

308


Function. Consisting of SBMs I and II ownedby Indian Oil Corporation and SBM III owned byESSAR, the terminal imports crude oil for refiningat their respective facilities ashore.

Paragraph 9.106 1 Replace by:1 The SBMs can accommodate crude oil tankers

from 87 000 to 325 000 dwt.


India - West coast - Essar VºdØnºr Terminal— Port authority; limiting conditions; berths

309


2 Terminal authority:Head MarineVadinar Oil Terminal LtdEssar Refinery Site, VadinarJamnagar, Gujarat-361010

Website: www.essar.com

Limiting conditions9.113a

1 Density of water: 1 025 g/cm3.Maximum size of vessel handled. LOA

245 m, draught 13 5 m (reported December 2009),100 000 dwt.


1 There are two berths each of length 309 5 mwith a depth of 20 m alongside. Each berth haseight mooring dolphins with quick release hooksand capstan.


www.essar.com

NP38

2 - 102

India - West coast - Kandla - Harbour andapproaches — Pilotage; spoil grounds;

berths

314


...1 mile WSW of Outer Tuna Buoy and...


1 Two spoil grounds, radius 1000 m, have beenestablished centred on 22 54 0N 70 09 0E and22 51 0N 70 10 0E. An alternative spoil ground,marked by a light buoy (special), is established invicinity of 20 56 7N 70 15 0E.


1 Cargo Jetty, 2533 m in length, is located about2 miles within the creek on the W side, and hastwelve berths. Two berths are reserved forcontainer...

Paragraph 9.176 2 Replace by:2 Passenger Jetties No 1 and No 2 are

T-shaped and lie close N of Cargo Jetty. FlotillaJetty, 130 m in length and aligned 356 /176 hasbeen constructed N of Passenger Jetty No 1.

Tanker berths. There are six oil jetties on theW bank, which can accommodate vesselsbetween 40 000 to 56 000 dwt. Oil Jetty No 1,also known as Nehru Jetty, lies 12 cables N fromN end of Cargo Jetty, and the remaining jettiesare within about 11 cables N from it.


Spare9.177

Indian Notices 07/10 and 09/10(SDDs 2010000 056540; 065010; 075927) [25/10]

NP39South IndianOceanPilot (2008Edition)

Seychelles Group - Mahé - Victoria —Anchorages; disused cables

236Paragraph 10.170 1 including heading Replace by:

Anchorages10.170

1 There are eighteen numbered anchor berthsmarked on the charts, with maximum permissibledraughts reported (2008) as follows:

Anchoragenumber

Maximumdraught

Location

1 - 8 No restriction * Outer harbour

9 - 11 To be decidedby HarbourMaster

Outer harbour

12 8.00 m Outer harbour

Anchoragenumber

Maximumdraught

Location

13 4 50 m E of Victoria Light

14 5 00 m E of Victoria Light

15 - 16 8 00 m E of Île deRomainville

17 - 18 8.00 m Cerf Passage

*Harbour Master allocates berth on receipt ofvessel arrival/departure information.During the South-east Trade Wind (10.8),

which seldom blows hard, vessels may lie to asingle anchor with a short scope of cable,although some swell may be experienced. See10.166 for conditions during NW monsoon.Heavy swell may be experienced at the outer

berths, but the holding ground is reported to begood.

Paragraph 10.170 2 line 4 Add:

...outside the Marine Park demarcation zone,


4 Disused cables remain on the sea bed leadingNE from Long Pier and leading generally SE fromNew Port and through Cerf Passage, as charted.One disused cable traverses the S part ofAnchorage Berth No 17, however, the HarbourAuthority report (2008) that many ships haveanchored at that berth without fouling theiranchors by strict observance of instructions andcharted positions.


1 Outer harbour. See 10.170.

Seychelles Maritime Safety Administration(SDDs 2008000 092622; 097767) [05/09]

La Réunion - Port Réunion —Outer anchorages

246Paragraph 11.42 1 lines 2-4 Replace by:...entry to Port Ouest is in the regulated area offCap la Houssaye, in depths over 20 m, see11.17.

247





Île Saint-Paul and Île Amsterdam —Seamount


French Notice 26/53/08(HH. 510/430/02) [32/08]

NP40

2 - 103

NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)

Celtic Sea - Fastnet RockSouth-south-westwards — Depth


Caution. A depth of 18 m has been reported(2006) in approximate position 50 38 N 10 05 W,about 49 miles SSW of Fastnet Rock.

MV Faouet(SDD 2006000 406109) [11/07]

Ireland – East coast — Buoyage;clearing mark



Tuskar Rock Lighthouse (4.126).SE Blackwater Light Buoy (5.87).South Arklow Light Buoy (5.89).Codling Lanby (5.89).Kish Bank Light (5.86).Hellyhunter Light Buoy (6.93).



Tuskar Rock Lighthouse (52 12 N 6 12 W)(4.126).

SEBlackwater Light Buoy (52 25 6N6 08 4W)(5.87).

South Arklow Light Buoy (52 40 2N 5 58 9W)(5.89).

Codling Lanby (53 03 N 5 41 W) (5.89).Kish Bank Light (53 19 N 5 55 W) (5.86).


ESE of South Arklow Light Buoy (S cardinal)(52 40 2N 5 58 9W), moored 2 miles S ofArklow Bank, thence:


1 The channel S of Arklow Bank leads Wpassing S of South Arklow Light Buoy (52 40 2N5 58 9W).


WNW of South Arklow Light Buoy (52 40 2N5 58 9W),




South Arklow Light Buoy (52 40 2N 5 58 9W)(5.89).

Commissioners of Irish Lights(SDDs 2009000 036926; 114324) [39/09]

East coast – Saint George’s Channel —Codling Lanby

53-54

Paragraph 2.37 2 line 7 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 39/09 Delete

Paragraph 2.38 1 line 5 Including existing Section IVNotice Weeks 28/09 and 39/09 Delete

Paragraph 2.39 1 line 2 For Lanby Read Light Buoy(E cardinal)

Paragraph 2.40 headingForLanbyRead Light Buoy








150-151





Paragraph 5.87 1 line 7 Including existing Section IVNotice Weeks 28/09 and 39/09 For Lanby Read LightBuoy (E cardinal)






156


NP40

2 - 104


1 Racons:South Arklow Light Buoy (52 40 2N 5 58 9W)

(5.89).Codling Light Buoy (E cardinal) (53 03 N

5 41 W).

159




Ireland – East coast – Blackwater Bank —Buoyage; racon


SE Blackwater Light Buoy (5.87).


SE Blackwater Light Buoy (52 25 6N6 08 4W).

151Paragraph 5.89 1 line 8 For four Read three


ESE of South-east Blackwater Light Buoy (Ecardinal) (52 25 6N 6 08 4W) which marksthe E side of the bank, thence:

Commissioners of Irish Lights; MRCC Dublin(SDDs 2008000 092098; 2009000 044822) [28/09]

Ireland – East coast – South Rock —Buoyage

54Paragraph 2.43 1 line 7-8 Replace by:...(31 miles WNW), to pass E of South Rock LightBuoy (54 24 N 5 22 W) at the S end of the North...

Paragraphs 2.43 2 line 1 For South Rock Light-floatRead South Rock Light Buoy



South Rock Light Buoy (54 24 N 5 22 W).


ENE of South Rock Light Buoy (22 miles SW),thence:

Paragraphs 2.81 1 lines 2–3 For South RockLight-float Read South Rock Light Buoy


Paragraph 6.14 1 line 4 For South Rock Light-floatRead South Rock Light Buoy


208Paragraph7.9 1 line 3ForSouthRock Light-floatReadSouth Rock Light Buoy

Paragraph 7.12 1 lines 2–3 For South Rock Light-floatRead South Rock Light Buoy


Paragraph 7.14 1 line 1 Replace by:Racon: South Rock Light Buoy (54 24 5N

5 22 0W).

Paragraph 7.15 heading For South Rock Light-floatRead South Rock Light Buoy

Paragraph 7.17 heading For South Rock Light-floatRead South Rock Light Buoy

Paragraph 7.17 1 line 1 For South Rock Light-floatRead South Rock Light Buoy


Either side of South Rock Light Buoy(3¾ miles ENE).



South Rock Light Buoy (54 24 5N 5 22 0W).

Commissioners of Irish Lights(SDD2009000 014366) [12/09]

South–west coast – Bantry Bay —Firing practice area


Firing practice area3.33a

1 The Bear Island Firing Practice Area, shown onChart 1840, extends 1 mile E from the RifleRange 1½ cables N of Leahern’s Point (51 38 N9 48 W). The extremities of the area are markedby three conical light buoys (special).

NP40

2 - 105

69After Paragraph 3.63 2 line 2 Add:Bear Island Firing Practice Area (3.33a) covers theapproach to Lonehort Harbour.

72After Paragraph 3.86 2 line 4 Add:Caution. The line of bearing 050 crosses Bear IslandFiring Practice Area (3.33a).

Irish Ministry of Transport(SDD 2009000 006470) [11/09]

Bantry Bay - Castletownbere — Perch Rock

70Paragraph 3.81 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:...also intended to dredge the approach.


1 The principal entrance channel leads W ofDinish Island. There is...

Paragraph 3.94, including Photograph ofCastletownbere from S, Replace by:3.94

1 Leading lights for the fairway of the Wchannel are situated on the N shore of theharbour:

Front light (white concrete column red stripe,3 m in height) (51 39 1N 9 54 4W).

Rear light (white rectangle, red stripe, 4 m inheight) stands 110 m from the front light.

2 The alignment (010 ) of these lights leads fromthe fairway of West Entrance (about 1¾ cablesENE of Drom Point) through the W channel intoCastletownbere harbour, passing (with positionsgiven relative to Cametringane Light-beacon(51 38 9N 9 54 4W)):

W of the light-buoy (S cardinal) marking WalterScott Rock (4¼ cables SSE), thence:

E of Doctor’s Rock (3½ cables SSW), thence:3 Between Frenchman’s Point (2½ cables

SSW) and Carrigaglos (1½ cables E ofFrenchman’s Point), 0 6 m high, whichlies on a reef extending from the SW sideof Dinish Island, thence:

E of Cametringane Light-beacon (red concretecolumn), thence:

As required for the berth.

MRCC Dublin(SDD 2006000 381146) [01/07]

South–west coast – Bearhaven andCastletownbere - West entrance —

Light beacon

71Paragraph 3.85 3 line 2 For beaconRead light beacon


South coast – Black Horse Rock —Light beacon

81Paragraph 3.148 2 line 5 For beacon Read lightbeacon

Paragraph 3.148 3 line 1 For beacon Read lightbeacon

Paragraph 3.148 3 line 4 For beacon Read lightbeacon

Commissioners of Irish Lights Notice 8/2009(SDD 2009000 036905) [31/09]

South coast - River Barrow — Buoyage

135Paragraph 4.111 1 line 5 Replace by:...W side of the river; it is steep-to, well flood-lit, andmarked by No 28 Light-buoy (port hand).

Paragraph 4.111 1 lines 8-9 Replace by:...31 Light-buoys (starboard hand).

New Ross Harbour Commissioners(SDD 2006000 377653) [01/07]

South-east coast - Saltee Islands —Buoyage

136Paragraph 4.122 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:...direction, to pass S of Coningbeg Light Buoy (Scardinal) (52 03 2N 6 38 6W) and thence E, for afurther 18 miles, to...

Paragraph 4.122 2 line 1, and throughout Chapter 4,For light-float Read light buoy


Paragraph 4.127 1 line 3 Replace by:Coningbeg Light Buoy (52 03 2N 6 38 6W).

Paragraph 4.128 1 line 4 Replace by:S of Coningbeg Light Buoy (S cardinal).

Paragraph 4.128 2 line 8 Replace by:...between it and Coningbeg Rock (9 cables N) whichis...

Paragraph 4.130 1 line 5 Replace by:...marked by a light buoy (E cardinal)7½ cables SE, thence:


A light buoy (W cardinal) is moored 1½ miles Wof the bank.

MRCC Dublin RNW 072/07(SDD 2007000 014962) [12/07]

NP40

2 - 106

South-east coast - Hook Head —Dangerous wreck


Clear of the dangerous wreck (positionapproximate) lying about 2½ miles SSE ofHook Head, thence:

Lloyd’s List(SDD 2007000 005453) [13/07]

South-east coast - Little Saltee — Beacon



Paragraph 4.140 2 line 7 Replace by:...the SE point of Little Saltee).

Paragraph 4.140 2 lines 9-11 Replace by:Jackeen Rock (1 mile NW): the SE extremity of

Little Saltee well open of the SW point of theisland on a bearing of 104 will lead clear S ofthe rock.

Paragraph 4.140 6 line 9 Replace by:...the SE point of Little Saltee):

140Paragraph 4.142 1 lines 8-9 Replace by:...from 14 to 15 m, 5½ cables NE of the SE point ofLittle Saltee.


Commissioners of Irish Lights(SDD 2007000 042873) [27/07]

South coast - Saint Patrick’s Bridge;Kilmore Quay — Light Buoy


2 Kilmore Quay Safe Water Mark Light Buoy(safe water) is moored on a seasonal basis (Aprilto September) in position 52 09 2N 6 35 3W.

140Paragraph 4.143 2 line 6 Add:Kilmore Quay Safe Water Mark Light Buoy

(safe water) is moored 9¾ cables S ofCrossfarnoge Point on a seasonal basis (April toSeptember).

Wexford County Council(SDD 2007000 028839) [19/07]

South-east coast – Black Rock — Buoyage



East coast – Dundalk — Directions

185Paragraph 6.79 4 lines 9-11 Replace by:The channel is marked by No 2 Light Beacon

(port hand) and thereafter by light beacons andlight buoys.

Paragraph 6.79 5 lines 5-11 Replace by:When 5 cables from Pile Light, and on the

alignment of the leading marks, the track altersNW, passing:

Close NE of No 2 Light Beacon (port hand)(2 cables S of Pile Light), thence:

SW of Pile Light.Thence, following the line of the channel, the

track leads between the light beacons and lightbuoys on either side.


East coast - Port Oriel — Light

185Paragraph 6.82 1 lines 4-6 Delete Entry To entrance.


Entrance to Carlingford Lough —Directions; Haulbowline turning light


....of Haulbowline Rocks. The....

Paragraph 6.95 1 lines 8-9 Replace by:On passing NE of Haulbowline Light (6.92), the

track turns WNW and leads into....


Northern Ireland – East coast –Carlingford Lough — Directions; buoy

186Paragraph 6.95 2 line 1-2 Delete


East coast – Kilkeel — Approach and entry;limiting conditions

191

Paragraph 6.137 1 line 6 For South Pier and abreakwater. Read South Pier and a breakwater. See6.138.

NP40

2 - 107

192


Local weather and sea state. With winds offorce 5 and above from E through S to SWhazardous conditions can be encountered whilstentering or leaving the harbour. Extreme cautionshould be exercised as these conditions couldresult in a vessel broaching.

Paragraph 6.141 1 line 6 For accordingly. Readaccordingly. See 6.138.

Northern Ireland Fishery Harbour Authority(SDD 2010000 017815) [08/10]

East coast - Strangford Narrows —Underwater turbine


Underwater turbine6.179a

1 An underwater turbine (pile, black with redband, isolated danger top mark and light), standsin position 54 22 1N 5 32 7W, 3 cables NW ofRue Point. For further details on OffshoreRenewable Energy Installations (OREIs) seeAnnual Notice to Mariners Number 11.


WSW of an underwater turbine, marked as anisolated danger (6.179a) (3 cables NW), and:

Marine Current Turbines Limited(SDD 2008000 041107) [23/08]

Port of Belfast —Traffic Organisation Service


1 A 24 hour Traffic Organisation Service is inoperation in the harbour area S of No 12Light-beacon and in the Victoria Channel out tothe Fairway Light-buoy. All vessels arriving,departing or moving in the harbour, and vesselscrossing the Victoria Channel, are required toobtain clearance from Belfast Port Control (callingBelfast Harbour Radio). Clearances are valid for15 minutes and are timed when issued. Forfurther details and requirements for arrival anddeparture reports see Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(1).

Paragraph 7.100 1 Replace by:1 Vessels should call Belfast Harbour Radio at

least 2 hours prior to arrival at the FairwayLight-buoy. Further reports are required asfollows:

15 minutes prior to arrival at the FairwayLight-buoy.

On passing the Fairway Light-buoy, both onarrival and departure.

On passing No 12 Light-beacon, both on arrivaland departure.

See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(1).

Paragraph 7.102 3 line 2 Replace by:...as possible and not less than 2 hours prior to arrivalat the Fairway Light-buoy.

Belfast Harbour Commissioners(SDD 2006000 403450) [01/07]

Northern Ireland – East coast – Larne —Pilotage

224


...Ballylumford, board in position 54 52 1N 5 47 7W.

Port of Larne(SDD 2009000 003818) [10/09]

West coast – River Shannon —Directions; buoyage

281


4 ENE of Cock Rock Light Buoy (starboardhand) (9 cables S), marking Cock Rockwhich is a mass of rock on a gravel bed,lying on the outside of thecommencement of the bend roundingCoonagh Point.


5 SW of Tervoe Light Buoy (port hand)(1½ cables NNW) marking the Wextremity of the Saltings, thence:

NNE of Braemar Point Light Beacon, thence:S of Coonagh Point (2 cables ENE), thence:SSE of Courtbrack Light Buoy (3 cables E),thence:

NNW of a light beacon (starboard hand)(6¾ cables ENE), thence:

Shannon Foynes Port Company(SDD 2010000 025638) [10/10]

West coast – River Shannon — Directions;buoyage


NE of Cock Rock Light Buoy (starboard hand)(1 cable NW), thence:

NP40

2 - 108



River Shannon – South Channel — Buoyage


N of Hall’s Rock which is marked close NW by abuoy (starboard hand), thence:


Galway Bay - Galway Docks and Harbour —Directions; Light buoy

307


2 SSE of Mutton Island (10.147).

MRCC Dublin(SDD 2008000 073987) [39/08]

West coast – Annagh Head — Buoyage

312


Clear of a meteorological light buoy (special),(54 17 N 10 17 W), thence:

330

Paragraph 11.155 3 lines 1–7 Including existingSection IV Notice Week 49/09 Replace by:

1 WNW of Inishglora (1¼ miles WNW) and ofan 8 5 m rocky patch lying 4 cables N ofit, thence:

WNW of a wave test light buoy (special)(2¾ miles NW), thence:

ESE of a meteorological light buoy (special),(8¼ miles NW), and:

WNW of Edye Rock (2½ miles NW), thence:WNW of Annagh Head (2¾ miles N).

At night the white sector (276 –212 ) of BlackRock Light, bearing less than 212 , leads outsideall the islands and dangers off this coast.

Oceanographic Services(SDD 2010000 022215) [10/10]

West coast – Killary Harbour — Buoyage

321


Between Donee Islet and Blackrock Light Buoy(port hand) (2½ cablesN), which lies on theSside of Black Rocks, thence:


West coast – Annagh Head — Buoyage


WNW of a wave test light buoy (special),(2¾ miles NW), thence:


West coast - Blacksod Bay — Leadinglights; light-beacon


2 E of Carrigeenmore, which extends 4 cablesE from Doobeg Point (2¼ miles S).Carrigeenmore Perch, a light-beacon (Ecardinal), stands on the SE edge ofCarrigeenmore.

Paragraph 11.174 1 line 6 Replace by:...from Blacksod village (6½ cables NNW of thequay). A light is exhibited from the pier.

2 Leading lights. The alignment (180 ) ofBlacksod Pier Leading Lights leads to the pier:

Front light (orange truncated triangle on whitepole).

Rear light (orange truncated triangle on whitepole) (1 cable from front light).

Mayo County Council; Commissioners of Irish Lights(SDD 2006000 384923) [01/07]

West coast – Broad Haven Bay —Submarine pipeline


Submarine pipeline11.205a

1 A charted gas submarine pipeline lies acrossBroad Haven Bay from 1¼ miles SE of RinroePoint (54 17 8N 9 50 8W) to Corrib Field(54 20 N 11 04 W). See 1.5.

Shell E&P Ireland Limited(SDD 2009000 143818) [49/09]

NP40

2 - 109

Sound of Aran - Burtonport —Dredged channel; rocks


2 Dredged channel. The port is entered througha channel leading ENE, dredged to 3 8 m (2003)and indicated by leading lights.

Caution. There is a danger, with a depth of0 1 m over it, about ½ cable SW of the jetty headand underwater rocks, marked by red buoys, liecloser to the jetty. Vessels should proceed withcaution.

MRCC Dublin; BA Chart 2792; UK HydrographicOffice(SDD 2007000 063172) [38/07]

North coast – Mulroy Bay —Vertical clearance; directions


Vertical clearance12.352a

1 The Second Narrows (55 11 37N 7 45 88W) isspanned by Mulroy Bridge with a verticalclearance of 19 m.

381Paragraph 12.365 2 line 6 including existingSection IVNotice Week 49/07 Replace by:

Point) and Paddy’s Point on the N shore opposite,passing S of Rawros Light Buoy (port hand)(1¼ cables W of Mulroy Bridge).

Paragraph 12.366 1 line 3 For a little S of the centre ofthe channelReadbetween the bridge central supports

Commissioners of Irish Lights(SDDs 2009000 040153; 153732; 159806) [49/09]

North coast - Mulroy Bay —Water quality monitoring buoys

381Paragraph 12.365 2 Add:Four light buoys (special, water quality

monitoring) are moored between DrumnacraigPoint (55 11 9N 7 46 6W) and the E end ofSecond Narrows.

Donegal County Council(SDDs 2007000 084990; 077886) [49/07]

Northern Ireland – North coast –Londonderry — Landmarks


Coolkeeragh Power Station chimney(55 02 63N 7 14 87W).

Coolkeeragh ESB(SDD 2009000 113565) [42/09]

NP41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)

Honshu - Northwest coast - Hagi Ko -Ai Shima — Light



Ai Shima Light (white round concrete tower,11 m in height) (34 31 00N 131 16 57E).

Japanese Hydrographic Office(SDD 2009000 182126) [04/10]

Honshu - Northwest Coast - Misumi Ko —Towers

88Paragraph 3.61 4 Delete lines 3 and 4

Japan Notice 25/1003/10(SDD 2010000 097171) [27/10]

Honshu - Northwest coast - Tako Hana —Wreck

89


NNW of Tako Hana (35 36 02N 133 05 19E).A rock with a depth of 9 2 m lies 8 cables N ofthe point, and a dangerous wreck lies 1 cableN of the rock.

Japanese Notice 6/220/10(SDD 2010000 020414) [08/10]

Honshu - Northwest coast — Light


After Paragraph 6.10 1 line 4 Add:Benten Shima Light (black tower, white band,

25 m in height) (41 33 28N 140 54 69E).


After Paragraph 6.77 6 line 4 Add:Useful mark:

Benten Shima Light (41 33 28N 140 54 69E)(6.10).



Useful mark:Benten Shima Light (41 33 28N 140 54 69E)

(6.10).


NP41

2 - 110

Russia - Pacific Coast - Zaliv Aniva —Prigorodnoye

275


General information8.211

1 The port of Prigorodnoye (46 37 72N142 53 69E) has been built specifically to handlethe export of LNG and oil from the fields off theNE coast of Sakhalin. To this end the port isconnected directly by a pipeline which runs thelength of the island to the new purpose built SPMstorage and export terminal in position 46 34 70N142 55 59E.


1 LNG Berth:Maximum departure draught is 12 m, maximum

displacement 105 000 dwt.Crude Oil SPM:

Maximum departure draught is approximately17 5 m, maximum displacement150 000 dwt.

2 Ice operations: Ice conditions sufficient torequire icebreaker assistance may occur betweenJanuary and April. In such circumstances,icebreaker assistance will be provided by SakhalinEnergy, and ice pilots will be available to assistMasters as required. Ice conditions will bemonitored by Sakhalin Energy, and advice will begiven on optimum routes for vessels approachingthe terminal.


1 Vessel traffic service. A VTS is in operationfor the control of shipping. For more detail, seeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).Notice of ETA required: 72, 48 and 24 hours

before arrival. See ALRS Volume 6(6) for furtherdetails.

Outer Anchorages:Oil tanker anchorage (Area 170A) lies in an

area bounded by the following:Latitudes 46 31 50N to 46 32 50N.Longitudes 142 55 67N to 142 58 50N.

Designated anchorages 3 and 4 are also sitedas follows:

Anchorage No 3: 46 32 00N 142 56 40EAnchorage No 4: 46 32 00N 142 57 77E

2 LNG tanker anchorage (Area 170) lies inan area bounded by the following:

Latitudes 46 32 50N to 46 34 50N.Longitudes 142 50 50N to 142 52 00N.


Anchorage No 1: 46 34 02N 142 51 25EAnchorage No 2: 46 33 03N 142 51 25E

Pilotage and Tugs: Pilotage is compulsory;tugs are available. See ALRS Volume 6(6) forfurther details.

Restricted area No 24A lies about 13 miles Sof Prigorodnoye; see Appendix I page 359.

3 Offshore Security Zone has been establishedaround Prigorodnoye terminal, bounded by theline joining the following positions:

46 37 20N 142 56 00E46 35 20N 142 58 00E46 33 30N 142 58 00E46 33 30N 142 52 80E46 36 60N 142 52 80E46 37 60N 142 53 50E.

357After Zaliv Aniva - S of Mys Tomari-Aniva 1

line 9 Insert:

Chart 4511, Russian Chart 63102

Zaliv Aniva - S of Prigorodnoye1 Area No 24A. An area of radius 1½ miles

centred on position 46 24 50N 142 51 10E.

360After Zaliv Aniva - Port Korsakov 1 line 8 Insert:

Zaliv Aniva - Prigorodnoye1 Oil tanker Anchorage (Area 170A) lies in

an area bounded by the following:Latitudes 46 31 50N to 46 32 50N.Longitudes 142 55 67N to 142 58 50N.


Anchorage No 3: 46 32 00N 142 56 40E.Anchorage No 4: 46 32 00N 142 57 77E.

Zaliv Aniva - Prigorodnoye1 LNG tanker Anchorage (Area 170) lies in

an area bounded by the following:Latitudes 46 32 50N to 46 34 50N.Longitudes 142 50 50N to 142 52 00N.


Anchorage No 1: 46 34 02N 142 51 25E.Anchorage No 2: 46 33 03N 142 51 25E.

Russian Notices to Mariners Week 48/10(SDD 2009000 125393/2009000 123347/2010000 190294) [49/10]

Hokkaido - South coast - Tomakomai Ko —Prohibited anchorage

284


2 Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity ofTomakomai Ko port entrance in an area enclosedby lines joining the following positions:

42 37 0N 141 36 9E42 36 9N 141 37 4E42 35 6N 141 36 6E42 35 8N 141 36 2E.


Prohibited anchorage. See 9.90.


NP42A

2 - 111

NP42A Japan Pilot Volume 2 (2009 Edition)

Honshu - South coast — Directions;ramarks; buoyage


Spare4.52


159Paragraph 7.29 1 lines 3 to 5 Delete


Spare7.54

Japanese Notices 24/1037/09; 28/1219/09;28/1222/09; 31/1351/09(SDDs 2009000 044012; 069737; 069740; 101099)

[37/09]

Honshu - South coast - Nakayama Suido —Directions

134Paragraph 5.227 4 line 1 For SSE Read NNW

Chart JP1052; UKHO(SDD 2010000 146685) [50/10]

NP42B Japan Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)

Kanmon Kaikyo — Directions; light

56



Useful mark:Mutsure Shima Light (white round stone tower,

11 m in height) (33 58 68N 130 52 07E)exhibited from the E extremity of MutsureShima (3.68).

57



Useful mark:Mutsure Shima Light (33 58 68N 130 52 07E)

(3.15).

69


72



Seto Naikai - Iyo Nada - Ao Shima —Directions: wreck

156

Paragraph 6 109 2 line 5 Replace by:

...4 cables WNW of the light. A dangerous wrecklies in position 33 46 2N 132 27 1E. Thence:


NP42C Japan Pilot Volume 4 (2008 Edition)

Nansei Shoto - Sakishima Gunto -Yaeyama Retto - Ishigaki Shima — Light

60



Ogan Saki Light (24 27 2N 124 04 7E) (2.37).

62


After Paragraph 2 31 1 line 2 Add:






Paragraph 2.36 1 line 9 For (2.35) Read (2.37)

63


Ogan Saki Light (white round concrete tower,17 m in height) (24 27 2N 124 04 7E)standing on Ogan Saki (2.36) about 1 mileNW of Yarabu Take (2.35).

64







NP42C

2 - 112

66



3 Useful mark:Ogan Saki Light (24 27 2N 124 04 7E) (2.37).

Japanese Hydrographic Office(SDD 2010000 018736) [10/10]

Tsushima — Directions; light

385


386


Ko Saki Light (white 8-sided concrete tower,11 m in height) (34 05 1N 129 12 8E).

388



Useful mark:

Ko Saki Light (34 05 1N 129 12 8E) (14.12).


NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, EastCoast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot(2008 Edition)

Korea - Cheju Do - Cheju Hang —Anchorages

81


2 Outer anchorages, which are exposed to allwinds except from the S and where the holdingground is bad, may be obtained (with positionsfrom Sanji Light (33 31 3N 126 32 7E)) asfollows:

Anchor berth A-1 (Quarantine) (1¾ miles NW)in 40 m.

Anchor berth A-2 (1¼ miles NW) in 40 m.Anchor berth A-3 (Quarantine) (1½ miles

WNW) in 30 m.Anchor berth A-4 (1¼ miles WNW) in 20 m.Anchor berth A-5 (1 mile NW) in 20 m, gravel

and sand.

Korean Chart 244(SDD 2008000 057780) [08/10]

Korea - Cheju Do - Seogwipo Hang —Directions; light

86


Seowipo Hang Oehang Breakwater Light (redround concrete tower, 15 m in height)(33 14 0N 126 34 0E).

87


Seogwipo Hang Oehang Breakwater Light(33 14 0N 126 34 0E) (2.60).


Korea - East coast - Yeosu Haeman —Racons


Yeosu Haeman Entrance (A) Light Buoy(34 35 7N 127 56 7E).

Paek Sã (34 38’N 128 00 E).Yeosu Haeman Entrance (B) Light Buoy(34 41 7N 127 56 7E).

Yeosu Haeman Entrance (C) Light Buoy(34 43 3N 127 50 2E).


Korea - South coast - Samch’ãnp’o Sudo —Directions; light

131


2 Major Light:Yulpomal Light (white round concrete tower,5 m in height) (34 53 4N 128 08 0E).

132


...precipitous point from where a light (3.121) isexhibited. Ponghwasan, 170 m high...


Korea - South coast - Masan Hang — Light

155


Principal marks3.291

1 Landmark:Muhak San (35 12 7N 128 32 2E), amountain762 m high, backing the city of Masan to theNW.

Major Light:Makkae Do Light (white round concrete tower,10 m in height) (35 08 3N 128 36 0E).

NP43

2 - 113

156

Paragraph 3.292 4 lines 4-5 For (white round concretetower, 10 m in height) Read (3.291)

Republic of Korea Notice 8/126/2010(SDD 2010000 033485) [11/10]

Korea - South coast — Chinhae Man —Directions; light

157Paragraph 3.306 Heading and 3.306 1 line 1 Replaceby:

Principal Marks3.306

1 Major Light:Hwangdeok Do Light (white round concrete

tower, 7 m in height) (35 00 7N 128 37 3E).Aids to Navigation:

Racons:


...Hwangdeok Do (5 miles WSW); a light (3.306)is exhibited from the N...


Korea - East Coast - Pusan —Vertical clearance

165Paragraph 3.350 1 lines 5-7 Replace byA bridge with a vertical clearance of 30 m

spans the S approach to the harbour, 3 cables Sof the harbour entrance.

Korean Notice 30/443/08(HH. 557/461/09) [35/08]

Korea - East Coast - Pusan —Outer Anchorages

165Paragraph 3.357 1 line 12 Replace by

...anchoragesU1 toU6, andW1andW2 (seechart 1065).

Korean Notice 27/390/08(HH. 557/461/09) [35/08]

Korea, East Coast - Ulsan Hang Approaches- Nasa — Major light


Nasa Light (white round tower, 12 m in height)(35 21 1N 129 20 7E), exhibited from thehead of a breakwater 9 cables SW of KanjãlGap Light.


1 Spare.


Korea, East Coast - Ulsan Man — Major light


Ulsan Man S Breakwater Head Light (whiteround concrete tower, 10 m in height)(35 26 7N 129 22 7E).


...light (4.51) is...


Korea - East coast — P’ohang Hang —New fairway


2 A new fairway has been established leading toand from Yãng-Il Man New Harbour. The limits ofthe fairway, and the directions for inbound andoutbound traffic, are shown on the relevant chart.

Korean Notices 25/395/09; 25/396/09; 28/433/09(SDDs 2009000 050850; 084915) [36/09]

Korea, East Coast - Chinmimal — Major light


Chinmimal Light (36 54 N 129 25 E) (whiteround concrete tower, 12 m in height).


...where a light (4.125) is exhibited. The smallfishing harbour...


Korea - East coast - Chumunjin Hang —Directions; racon

200

Paragraph 4.195 and heading Replace by:

Spare4.195


201



NP43

2 - 114

Russia - Pacific coast - Kozmino —Directions; fairways; oil loading terminal

266


Fairway No 2A7.73a

1 Fairway No 2A leads to the port of Kozmino(7.74a). The following light beacons mark theboundary lines of this fairway.

Bukhta Koz’mina (Fairway 2A) Lights in line:West pair: Front light (green roundmetal tower,

white rectangular panels, 15 m in height)(42 42 75N 133 00 66E).

Rear light (similar structure, 7 m in height)(278 m from front light).

The alignment (133½ ) of the above lightsmarks the S boundary of Fairway No 2A.

2 East pair: Front light (red round metaltower, white rectangular panels, 15 m inheight) (42 42 77N 133 01 27E).


The alignment (133½ ) of the above lightsmarks the N boundary of Fairway No 2A.

Fairway No 2B7.73b

1 Fairway No 2B leads out of the port ofKozmino.

Bukhta Koz’mina (Fairway 2B) LeadingLights:

Front light (black round metal tower, whiterectangular panels, 5 m in height)(42 43 32N 133 00 98E).


The alignment (095½ ), astern, of the abovelights leads through Fairway No 2B.


Kozmino


1 Position and function. Kozmino (42 43 07N133 00 50E) is situated on the S side of BukhtaKoz’mina. It is an oil loading terminal.

Topography. The bay has high shores. Sometrees stand on the S shore; the N shore isovergrown with bushes.

Russian Regulated Area No 367 (Appendix IIpage 400), where navigation is prohibited, lies tothe N of Mys Koz’mina.

2 Approach and entry. Fairways 2A and 2B(7.73a and 7.73b) lead, respectively, into andaway from an oil pier which is situated on theSW side of the entrance to Bukhta Koz’mina inposition 42 43 07N 133 00 50E. A trafficroundabout area 300 m radius, centred onposition 42 43 39N 133 00 08E, lies at thejunction of the two fairways.

Koz’mino Light Beacon (white round metaltower on dolphin, 5 m in height) lies close NW ofthe oil pier in position 42 43 18N 133 00 38E.

BA Chart 3041(SDD 2010000 038846) [18/10]

Russia - Pacific coast - Zaliv Nakhodka -Vostochnyy Port — Leading lights


2 Fairway No 2Mys Krasnyy Leading Lights:

Front light (white rectangle on red round metaltower, 10 m in height) (42 46 7N133 01 8E).


The alignment (050 ) of the lights leads NEthrough Fairway No 2.Fairway No 3

Russian Notice 7/756/2010(SDD 2010000 026060) [11/10]

NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast ofSumatera Pilot (2008 Edition)

Indonesia - Sumatera - Nanggroe AcehProvince - North-west, north and north-east

coasts — Restricted area



1 A restricted area, in which fishing and otheractivities not connected with innocent passage areforbidden, is established around the NW, N andNE coasts of Sumatera, within a line through thefollowing positions:

Pulau Babi (2 05 55N 96 38 01E)1 55 00N 96 29 00E2 51 00N 95 13 91E2 57 00N 95 11 00E4 48 00N 95 10 00E5 43 17N 94 46 50E

2 5 51 00N 94 46 67E6 13 50N 94 59 50E6 16 00N 95 10 08E5 40 42N 96 00 50E5 29 00N 96 49 42E5 29 17N 97 33 50E5 01 00N 98 03 25EUjung Tamiang (4 33 83N 98 25 92E)

3 These restrictions do not apply to vesselssupporting various offshore facilities and otherterminals; for further information, mariners shouldconsult local authorities.

Indonesian Notice 24/175/03(HH. 524/055/01) [25/10]

NP44

2 - 115

Malacca Strait - North-western part -Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom Bank) —

Directions; light

69


Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom Bank) NorthLight (White round tower on piles, 30 m inheight) (3 00 91N 100 51 89E).


Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom Bank) NorthLight (3 00 91N 100 51 89E) (2.58).


SSWofPermatangSedepa (OneFathomBank)North Light (3 00 91N 100 51 89E) (2.58),thence:

71





Paragraph 2.78 6 lines 5-6 Formarked by a light buoy(S cardinal) Read from the N end of which PermatangSedepa (One Fathom Bank) North Light (2.58) isexhibited

Malaysian Notice 192/2009(SDD 2010000 003840) [07/10]

Malacca Strait - Pasir Selatan -Gosong Pasir Selatan —Directions; light buoy

70


3 NNE of Gosong Selatan Light Buoy (Ncardinal) (2 40 37N 101 06 53E).


Malacca Strait - Tanjung Laboh — Light

76


SW of Tanjung Laboh (24 miles NW), fromwhich Kuala Sungai Ayam Light (red square onwhite column, pile platform, 12 m in height)(1 44 76N 102 55 67E) is exhibited, and wherethe routes either side of Permatang Alur Mudahcombine into one.


Malacca Strait — Directions; buoyage

76Paragraph 2.125 5 lines 4-5 Delete marked To(isolated danger),

Peninsular Malaysian Notice 09/2010(SDD 2010000 035122) [11/10]

Indonesia - Sumatera - North coast -Pulau Bunta — Light

87



...positions from Pulau Bunta Light (white pole,10 m in height) (5 33 3N 95 09 0E):


...Pulau Bunta.


NW of Pulau Bunta, thence:

Indonesian Notice 38/10(SDD 2010000 131662) [37/10]

Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast -Teluk Aru - Kambuna Gas Field —

Prohibited and restricted areas; directions

107



1 Prohibited area. A prohibited area isestablished with a radius of 500 m around theproduction platform of the Kambuna Gas Field,centred on 4 15 9N 98 40 5E.

Restricted areas. A restricted area isestablished with a radius of 1750 m around theproduction platform of the Kambuna Gas Field,centred on 4 15 9N 98 40 5E. A further restrictedarea exists 1259 m either side of the gas pipelinewhich has been laid from the production platformin a WSW direction to shore in position 4 04 5N98 21 0E.

108


Clear of gas production platform WHS-A(21½ miles N), at the centre of the KambunaGas Field. The field consists of the platform,2 wellheads and a pipeline laid WSW toshore. Prohibited and restricted areas havebeen established around the facility (see4.99a). Thence:

Indonesian Navwarn 02/10(SDD 2010000 003517) [04/10]

Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast -Sungai Asahan — Directions; light

115

Paragraph 4.180 2 line 5 For 8½ cables Read4½ cables

NP44

2 - 116


The track then leads SSW, passing:

Paragraph 4.181 3 line 3 For , 1 cable SSE. Read(3 01 49N 99 51 63E).


The track then leads S passing W of the RearLight (3 00 90N 99 51 61E) (4.180) into SungaiAsahan.

Indonesian Notice 16/10(SDD 2010000 072249) [21/10]

Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast -Selat Rupat - Dumai — Oil Terminal

124

Paragraph 4.278 1 line 1 For Caltex Read Chevron

125



126


Chevron Oil Terminal (four berths):



Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast -Selat Rupat — Directions; jetties

126


...3½ cables S. Two jetties are reported(2010) to have been constructed, projectingup to 650 m N and NW from the S shore,2 miles SE of Tanjung Tegoh. Thence:

MV Castor Voyager(SDD 2010 017684) [08/10]

Thailand - Ao Krabi - Khlong Si Bo Ya —Directions; buoyed channel;leading lights; marine farms

149



Chart 3941, Thai Charts 308, 340 (see 1.18)Khlong Si Bo Ya5.115

1 Description. Khlong Si Bo Ya passes betweenLaem Hin (7 55 8N 98 55 3E) and Ko Si Bo Ya(4 cables S), continues E and SE passing N ofKo Si Bo Ya, and NE and E Ko Nok Khuam(7 54 8N 99 00 3E). Thence it continues SW,passing between Ko Nok Khuam and Ko Hang(1 mile S), and S, passing between the S part ofKo Si Bo Ya and Ko Hang, thence between KoTo Lang (7 49 7N 98 59 8E) and Ko Klang(1½ miles ESE), and returns to the open sea S ofKo Pu (7 47 3N 98 59 0E).

2 Directions. Khlong Si Bo Ya is bestapproached from W from seaward through achannel with a least depth of 2 3 m, marked bylateral buoys, the outer end of which is markedby a buoy (safe water), 5 miles WSW of LaemHin.

3 The alignment (075½ ) of leading lights on KoTo Lam leads through the buoyed channel:

Front light (white beacon) (7 56 02N98 59 62E).

Rear light (white beacon) (6½ cables from frontlight).

4 At the inward end of the buoyed channel, S ofLaem Hin, the S limit of the channel is marked bybuoys (N cardinal). Thence it continues E,passing S of Ko To Lam and off the leading linebetween two pairs of buoys (special).The channel continues SE, passing NE of Ko

Nok Khuam, where the deepest water lies inmid-channel, and then S, remaining clear of arock awash which lies 1¾ cables NE of the SWshore, and a 2 m patch 2 cables off the E shore.

5 S of Ko Nok Khuam, the channel, which isunmarked, continues SW and S, with a leastdepth of 2 8 m. It is considerably constrained bydrying banks on both sides, passing between theS part of Ko Si Bo Ya and Ko Hang, between KoTo Lang, Ko Cham (7 47 9N 99 00 0E) andother islands E of Ko Pu to W and Ko Klang toE, and thence to the open sea S of Ko Pu,passing, with positions relative to Ko Lola(7 46 6N 98 58 9E):

6 Clear of a 1 2 m patch (1¼ miles E), thence:Clear of Hin Lola (1¼ miles SW), a rock awash,thence:

Clear of Hin Ba Seng (2½ miles SE) (5.109).Note. Mariners are advised that marine farms

exist in the vicinity of the S exit to Khlong Si BoYa the exact positions of which are not chartedand whose positions may change frequently. Theymay or may not be marked.

BA Chart 3941; Thai Charts 308; 340; Thai Notice23/2553(SDD 2010000 025887) [09/10]

NP44

2 - 117

Thailand - Ko Muk and Ko Talibong —Submarine cables


...beach on its SE side. A submarine power cableis laid across the channel from SE coast of KoMuk ESE to the mainland. It is buoyed at eachend. Hin Khai Muk, a rocky shoal, lies 1½ milesS of the island.


A submarine power cable is laid from the N pointof Ko Talibong NE to the mainland shore. It isbuoyed at each end.

Thai Notice 25/2533(SDD 2010000 029150) [10/10]

Malaysia - Pulau Langkawi - North coast -Teluk Ewa — Depth

157Paragraph 5.189 1 lines 5-6 Delete A 2 5 m patch tothe main jetty.


Peninsular Malaysia - West coast -Alur Utara — Directions; wreck

183


ENE of a stranded wreck (1 mile ENE), thence:


Peninsular Malaysia - West coast -Alur Barat Laut — Directions;

buoyage; obstruction

183

Paragraph 6.71 2 lines 1-8 Replace by:2 SW of an obstruction (2½ cables NNE). A

light buoy (port hand) is laid close ESE,marking the port side of the channel.Thence:

NE of Batu Mindi, a reef-fringed rock, fromwhere a light (framework tower, 7 m inheight) is exhibited; a dangerous rock lies1 cable farther ESE. Thence:

SW of an obstruction with a depth of 3 3 m(7¾ cables ESE); A light buoy (port hand)lies close W. Thence:

Malaysian Charts 5419; 5425; Malaysian Notice60/03/2010(SDD 2010000 086205) [25/10]

Peninsular Malaysia - West coast -Selat Manjung and Sungai Manjung —

Directions; buoyage

184


...and leads into Sungai Manjung, passingbetween Selat 2G Light Buoy (preferred channelto port) (4 15 02N 100 34 75E) and Selat LightBuoy. Selat 2R Light Buoy has been laid 1 cableNNW of Selat 2G Light Buoy.

Peninsular Malaysia Marine Department Notices 15and 16/2010; Malaysian Notices 57 and 58/03/2010(SDDs 2010000 056078; 056083; 086205) [25/10]

Malaysia - Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang -Permatang Angsa — Major light

189Paragraph 6.106 1 line 6 For Buoy Read Beacon

193Paragraph 6.144 1 line 3 For Buoy Read Beacon


Angsa Bank Light Beacon (3 20 0N101 00 0E).


1 From a position S of Kepulauan Sembilan(4 02 N 100 32 E), the coastal route leads SEoutside the 20 m depth contour to a position NEof Angsa Bank Light Beacon (6.149) at the Nextremity of Permatang Angsa. An obstruction lies1 mile W of the light beacon.


Angsa Bank Light Beacon (3 20 0N101 00 0E).


...Light Beacon (3 20 N 101 00 E) (6.149)between the W side...


From a position NW of Ansa Bank LightBeacon (3 20 N 101 00 E) (6.149), the routecontinues generally...


Peninsular Malaysia - Selangor -Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang -

Selat Klang Selatan — Tanjung MahangLeading Lights

200


...base, 18 m in height) (2 54 91N101 16 02E).


...white framework tower, concrete base, 25 min height) (200 m NNE...

NP44

2 - 118

Photograph after Paragraph 6.205 1 line 11 Delete

Marine Department Peninsular Malaysia Notice19/2010(SDD 2010000 056086) [19/10]

Peninsular Malaysia - West coast -Pelabuhan Klang - Selat Klang Selatan —

Directions; buoyage; light beacon

200


1 The track continues NE, passing (with positionsfrom SW end of Star Cruise Terminal jetty(2 59 1N 101 20 0E)):

SE of No 25 Light Buoy (port hand) (1½ milesWSW). No 25 Light Beacon (red squaretopmark on single pile) lies 2 cables NW ofthe buoy and the ruined remains of the formerNo 25 beacon (red disc on white column) lies1½ cables W of the buoy. Thence:

Paragraph 6.207 2 line 5For 7 cablesRead8½ cables

BA Chart 2152; Marine Department PeninsularMalaysian Notice 70/2010(SDD 2010000 145452) [40/10]

Peninsular Malaysia - West coast -Pelabuhan Klang - Selat Klang Selatan —

Directions; light beacon

200


1 The track continues NE, passing (with positionsfrom SW end of Star Cruise Terminal jetty(2 59 1N 101 20 0E)):

SE of No 25 Light Beacon (red square topmarkon single pile (1 6 miles WSW), thence:

Marine Department Peninsular Malaysian Notice76/10 and Royal Malaysian Navy(SDD 2010000 166567) [50/10]

Peninsular Malaysia - West coast -Kuala Langat — Directions;

buoyage; light beacon

203


Conspicuous tree (2 46 36N 101 25 80E).

204


1 Directions. The recommended time of entry is1 hour before HW. From a position SW of theriver estuary, the track leads ENE, passing clearof a light buoy (special) (2 47 55N 101 20 00E)and thence NNW of Kuala Langat Light Buoy(starboard hand) (2 48 04N 101 21 02E). A lightbuoy (isolated danger) (2 47 15N 101 21 82E)marks the position of a dangerous wreck in theestuary approach. When SE of the E bank of theentrance to Bukit Ayer Hitam (6.232), the headingshould be altered gradually to E and then ESE tofollow the deepest water.

2 The heading should then be adjusted graduallyback to E, passing N of Kuala Langat LightBeacon (green square on a single pile) (2 48 09N101 24 08E) and Tanjung Tonkah Light (close E),across the bar, and into the entrance to SungaiLangat.Sungai Langat then leads N for 2 miles to Bukit

Jugra (6.232).3 If approaching Kuala Langat from SE, the

coastal bank off the prominent village of KampungMorib (2 45 1N 101 26 8E), which extends2 miles offshore and is difficult to see, should begiven a wide berth.Anchorage may be obtained in Sangai Langat,

off Bukit Jugra, but the river bed may be foul.

BA Charts 2139, 3946; Marine DepartmentPeninsular Malaysian Notice 70/2010(SDD 2010000 145452) [40/10]

Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - SelatKlang Selatan to Port Dickson - BetingSepang (Bambek Shoal) — Light beacon

204

Paragraph 6.230 3 line 4 For Beting Sepang ReadBeting Sepang (Bambek Shoal)


SW of Beting Sepang (6.257), marked at its SEend by Bambek Light Beacon (2 32 60N101 40 70E) (white platform on single pile),thence:

Marine Department Peninsular Malaysian Notice70/2010(SDD 2010000 145452) [40/10]

Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - KualaLangat — Directions; buoyage; light beacon

204


2 The heading should then be adjusted graduallyback to E, passing N of Kuala Langat LightBeacon (green square on a single pile) (2 48 07N101 24 10E) and Tanjung Tonkah (close E),across the bar and into the entrance to SungaiLangat.

Marine Department Peninsular Malaysian Notice70/10(SDD 2010000163644) [50/10]

NP44

2 - 119

Peninsular Malaysia - West coast -Approaches to Port Dickson — Directions;

wreck

207


2 SSE of a wreck, depth unknown (reported2010) (1 6 miles WSW), thence:

SSE of a 4 6 m (15 ft) shoal (1 5 miles WSW),thence:

SSE of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand)(1 2 miles WSW), thence:


Singapore Strait and Approaches —Submarine cables


Submarine cables7.5a

1 It has been noticed (2009) that there has beenan upsurge in indiscriminate anchoring by vesselsin non-designated anchorage areas andsubsequent damage to cables in Singapore Strait.The Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore(MPA) have stated that they will closely monitorthe identities and positions of vessels anchoringin the vicinity of submarine cables in SingaporeStrait and, in the event of cable damage, shareinformation with cable owners and other interestedparties who may wish to recover compensationfrom the owners and masters of vesselsresponsible for damage.

Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore(SDD 2009000 040997) [27/09]

Singapore Strait and Port of Singapore —Directions; light

235



Amber Light (1 18 N 103 54 E) (7.115)

238



Amber Light (round yellow concrete tower)(1 18 N 103 54 E).

274

Paragraph 8.207 2 line4 Delete


Useful mark8.210a

1 Amber Light (1 18 N 103 54 E) (7.115).

282Paragraph 8.271 3 line 1 For Major lights: ReadMajor light:



Useful mark8.273a

1 Amber Light (1 18 N 103 54 E) (7.115).


285


Useful mark:Amber Light (1 18 N 103 54 E) (7.115).



2 Useful mark:Amber Light (1 18 N 103 54 E) (7.115).


Singapore Strait - Karang Selatin —Directions; dangerous wreck

240


NW of Karang Selatin (South Ledge) (1 18 N104 24 E); a dangerous wreck lies at the Nend of the ledge. Thence:

244


Clear of Karang Selatin (7.132). A dangerouswreck lies at the N end of the ledge. Thence:


Singapore - West Jurong Channel —Directions; container berth

265


NW of a container berth under construction(7¼ cables ESE). The seaward limit of theconstruction is marked by two light buoys(special). Thence:

Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore Port MarineNotice 79/2010(SDD 2010000 112092) [30/10]

NP44

2 - 120

Singapore — West Coast Ferry Terminal

272



Spare8.182

292



Singapore - Pasir Panjang Fairway —General information; harbour for lighters

280Paragraph 8.252.1 Replace by:

1 Pasir Panjang Fairway (1 16 N 103 47 E) is thewaterway leading NNE thence SE from the SEend of East Jurong Channel, and provides accessto Pasir Panjang Terminal Berths P23-P26 andPasir Panjang Wharves Berths PW8-PW3.


Spare8.254

Paragraph 8.258.1 Replace by:

1 Approach and entry. From a position near theW end of West Keppel Fairway the approachtrack to Pasir Panjang Fairway leads N, keepingW of the reclamation works (8.253), to join PasirPanjang Fairway SE of Pasir Panjang TerminalBerth P23.

2 The track to the upper berths leads NNE for6 cables to a position off PW7 berth. The SE legof the fairway leads towards berths PW3-PW6,but manoeuvrability is limited by reclamation work.

Paragraph 8.259 including headings Replace by:

Spare8.259


Singapore - Tanjong Pagar Terminal —Marina Wharves

283


...yards, and a short open basin on the SW side.It is a major container handling...



Singapore — Marina Reservoir;Marina South

285Paragraph 8.289 including headings Replace by:

Spare8.289After Paragraph 8.290.1 Insert:

S Marina Light Beacon (special) (1 16 7N103 52 4E) and South Kallang Light Beacon(special), 2½ cables ENE, flank the approach toMarina Barrage which contains Marina Reservoir.


Singapore - Tanjong Pagar Terminal —Marina Wharves


Spare8.308


Singapore - Tuas Power Station — Jetty

288


...able to handle the largest product tankers.Feedstock Jetty lies close E of the E end of thefuel oil unloading jetty, with a depth alongside of10 3 m (2010). TS-01 Light Buoy (special) lies1¾ cables SE, marking a 10 3 m shoal depthclose N.

Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore Notice DB15/2010(SDD 2010000 121472) [33/10]

Singapore - East Jurong Channel -Vopak (Tanjong Penjuru) Terminal — Berths

289


Longest and deepest berth. No 1 at 183 mwith an alongside depth of 14 5 m (1999).

Singapore Notices to Mariners 6/10; Singapore PortInformation 2010/11(SDD 2010000 089788) [25/10]

Johor Strait - Western part -Pulau Merambong — Light

298


...circular tower, 12 m in height) is exhibited, the...

Peninsular Malaysian Notice 33/2010; BA Chart 4038(SDD 2010000 090301) [26/10]

NP44

2 - 121

Johor Strait - Western part - West Reach —Directions; buoyage

298


NW of PL1 Light Buoy (special), thence:SE of Puteri Harbour Light Buoy (port hand),

thence:NW of Gedong Light Buoy (starboard hand),

thence:


Malaysia - Johor Strait - South-eastern part -Tanjung Pengelih southward - Malang

Berendam — Light beacon

314


...a small drying reef, marked by a lightbeacon (white column on platform)(1 21 48N 104 05 35E).

Peninsular Malaysian Notice 12/2010(SDD 2010000 036488) [12/10]

Malaysia - Sungai Johor — Buoyage

317


S of Neville Rock (1¼ miles SSE), with a leastdepth of 2 8 m, marked by a light buoy (porthand) , andwhere the best water lies, thence:

Singapore Notice DB 16/41/2010(SDD 2010000 134503) [37/10]

Indonesia - Pulau Nias North Channel —Directions; major light


1 Major lightPulau Gosobaohi (Goso Baohi) Light (white

metal framework tower, 12 m in height)(1 26 1N 97 10 1E).

2 Landmarks



W of Gosobaohi Light (11.27), exhibited fromthe N extremity of Pulau...

Indonesian Navwarn 01/10(SDD 2010000 003517) [04/10]

Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast -Pulau Nias — Major lights

355

Paragraph 11.27 including Section IV NoticeWeek 04/10 Replace by:

1 Landmarks:Maziaya (1 23 N 97 24 E) at the S end of the

range of hills (11.25), is the most prominentpeak in the N part of Pulau Nias; it resemblesa coffin.

Simalay, 202 m high, only visible fromN, stands2½ miles NW of Maziaya.

2 Major lights:Pulau Goso Baohi (Gosobaohi) Light (whitebeacon, 30 m in height) (1 26 13N97 10 10E).

Tanjung Mbaa Light (white metal frameworktower, 21 m in height) (1 18 67N97 35 80E).

Paragraph 11.29 including Section IV Notice Week04/10 Delete

Paragraph 11.32 1 lines 5-6 including Section IVNotice Week 04/10 Replace by:

W of Pulau Goso Baohi Light (1 26 13N97 10 10E) (11.27), exhibited from the Nextremity of Pulau...

360


Tanjung Mbaa Light (1 18 67N 97 35 80E)(11.27).


Tanjung Mbaa Light (1 18 67N 97 35 80E)(11.27).

361Paragraph 11.81 1 line 6 For (11.79) Read (11.27)


Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast -Karang Sipakal — Buoy


...reef, marked on its NW side by a buoy(isolated danger), thence...


Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast -Gosong Bintanggor — Buoy


...Bintanggor) on which the sea breaks, andwhich is marked on its E side by a buoy(isolated danger). Gonsong Laut...


NP45

2 - 122

NP45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1(2008 Edition)

Western Mediterranean Sea -Baie de Camerata, Algeria to Almeria,

Spain — Gas pipeline


5 Submarine pipelines. Mariners are advisednot to anchor or trawl in the vicinity of pipelines.Gas from a damaged oil or gas pipeline couldcause an explosion, loss of buoyancy, or otherserious hazard. Pipelines are not always buriedand may effectively reduce the charted depth byas much as 2 m. They may also span seabedundulations and cause fishing gear to becomeirrecoverably snagged, putting a vessel in severedanger. See Annual Notice to Mariners No 24and The Mariners Handbook.



1 A gas pipeline is laid in a NNW direction fromBaie de Camerata, Algeria (35 21 4N 1 17 1W)to Perdigal, S Spain (6 miles E of Almeria(2.103)).

The pipeline crosses the 100 m depth contour4 miles SSE of Cabo de Gata (2.73) and followsthe coast to Perdigal as shown on the chart.

For further information on gas pipelines see1.12.



1 A gas pipeline is laid in a NNW direction fromBaie de Camerata, Algeria (35 21 4N 1 17 1W)to Perdigal, S Spain (6 miles E of Almeria(2.103)).

For further information on gas pipelines see1.12.

Algerian Notice 4/13/2009; Spanish Notice 132/2009(SDD 2009000 113399) [37/09]

Gibraltar — Off-port operations

78


Off-port operations2.16a

1 Off-port operations occur within the followingareas in the vicinity of Gibraltar:

Area 1: Centred on 36 07 0N 5 15 5W with aradius of 1 mile.

Area 2: Centred on 36 02 0N 5 15 0W with aradius of 2½ miles.

2 Within the above areas vessels may be takingon stores whilst transiting at low speed.For further details contact Gibraltar Port

Authority.

Gibraltar Port Authority(SDD 2010000 077241) [27/10]

Spain - Tarragona — Anchorage

145


1 Anchorage can be obtained from ¾ to4¼ miles E of the head of Dique Rompeolas(41 04 7N 1 12 8E), and from 1¾ miles ENE to3¼ miles SE. Caution. A wreck with a depth of30 5 m over it is located 2 miles ENE of the mole.

Spanish Notice 18 109/2009(SDD 2009000 035177) [22/09]

Spain - Tarragona — Pilotage

145


....and a white letter P on both sides. Pilots boardeither in position 41 04 2N 1 14 2E for vesselsarriving from the N, or 41 03 7N 1 12 5E forvessels arriving from the S. See also 1.22.

Spanish Notice SD 6.2009(SDD 2009000 012191) [12/09]

Isla de Mallorca - Puerto de Cala Ratjada —Anchorage

208Paragraph 4.204 2 lines 1–4 DeleteParagraph 4.204 3 lines 1–4 Delete


Algeria - Baie d’Alger — wreck

260

Paragraph 6.146 1 lines 3-4 Replace by:Cautions. Two dangerous wrecks lie in

Anchorage Area No 2; 36 45 7N 3 07 3E(position approximate) and 36 46 1N 3 07 0E.

Navarea III 170/09(SDD 2009000 030366) [21/09]

Tunisia - Gulf of Gabès —Directions; dangerous wreck

318Paragraph 7.229 5 Line 5 Replace by:...coastal bank extending SE from Bancs des

Sur-Kenis, and noting a dangerous wreck(29 miles S).Paragraph 7.230 1 Line 5 Insert:NNE of a dangerous wreck (position

approximate) (18 miles SE), thence:SSW of O Light Buoy (11 miles SE), thence:

NP45

2 - 123

319Paragraph 7.231 1 Lines 1-5 Replace by:

1 From a position SE of O Light Buoy (34 08 N10 26 E) the track leads 18 miles SW throughopen water, passing with positions fron BordjDjilidj Light (33 53 N 10 45 E) (7.259):

NW of a stranded wreck lying on the 20 mdepth contour line, (7¾ miles NW), thence:NW of a dangerous wreck (position

approximate) (15 miles NW).

Navarea III 423/08(SDD 2008000 083545) [50/08]

Malta - Marsaxlokk — Pilotage, directions


Caution. An oil rig is laid up close SE ofStation 3. See 8.148.

353Paragraph 8.148 10 line 6 Replace by:...Oil rigs are laid up 2 miles ESE, and 2 miles SSEfrom this area; a prohibited area of radius 500 m iscentred on the lay up positions. Thence:

Maltese Notice No 104.2010(SDD2010000 185896) [47/10]

Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — VTS; regulations;Safety zones; speed limit; fishing


1 Vessel Traffic Service. A VTS, which operates24 hours, regulates the movement of vesselswithin its zone of operation. Participation in theservice is mandatory. See Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(3).

Notice of ETA required: 24 hours. Masters ofvessels bound for the anchorage areas, seebelow, must contact the Maritime Authority onVHF for allocation of an anchor berth. SeeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3).


8 Two circular Safety Zones, A and B, withradius 5 and 2 cables respectively, are centred onMolo della Colombaia outer breakwater head. Allvessels entering or departing, including fishingvessels and pleasure craft, must proceed at aspeed not exceeding 12 kn in Safety Zone A.Fishing is prohibited in both Safety Zones.

Italian Notices 5.21.08 and 25.21.08(SDD 2008000 092207; 092238) [51/08]

Italy - Sicilia - Trapani —Arrival information; anchorage

367


2 A1 (4¾ miles NE).A2 (4¼ miles NE).A3 (1¾ miles SSE) - vessels carrying

dangerous goods.


3 A1 lies close W of the site of an historicwreck. An outfall extends W from the shore for1¾ miles E of A3; its outer end is marked by alight buoy (special).

Italian Notices 2.5.2010; 2.30.2010(SDD 2010000 024325) [09/10]

Sicilia - Gela — Wrecks

377


Caution. A dangerous wreck lies near the SEcorner of Area C; further wrecks lie in the SWcorner of Area B and close N of the centralsection of Area D, as shown on the chart.

Italian Notice 8.9/2009(SDD 2009000 033697) [22/09]

Italy - Stretto di Messina — TrafficSeparation Scheme; Vessel Traffic Service

421


...Gioia (11.29) to a position ENE of CapoPeloro (10.120).Paragraph 11.28 3 lines 1-5 Replace by:

1 From Porto di Gioia Tauro the inshore routecontinues SW for 13 miles to a position ENE ofCapo Peloro (10.120), to the precautionary areaat the N entrance to the Stretto di Messina TSS(12.14).

423

Paragraph11.37 1 lines 4-6 and 2 lines 1-5Replaceby:

NE of Cabo Peloro (10.120).To the vicinity of 38 17 5N 15 40 6E where it

joins the precautionary area of the Stretto diMessina TSS (12.14).

(Directions continue for Stretto di Messinaat 12.17)


1 From Porto di Gioia Tauro the inshore routecontinues SW for 13 miles to the precautionaryarea of the Stretto di Messina TSS, passing (withpositions from Capo...

424


NP45

2 - 124

428Delete Chapter 12 Index Diagram

Replace by: new diagram at Annex A(see page 2 - 202).

431


1 A VTS reporting system is in operation andparticipation is mandatory for the followingvessels:

All passenger vessels.All merchant vessels over 300 gt.All fishing and recreational vessels over 45 m

LOA.1 The following vessels are exempt:

Naval and naval auxiliary vessels.Other state vessels operating a

non-commercial public service.For further information see Admiralty List of

Radio Signals Volume 6(3).

432


1 From the vicinity of 38 17 0N 15 40 7E, thetrack leads SSW for 1 mile then WSW for 4 miles,passing (with positions relative to Capo Peloro(38 16 1N 15 39 2E)):

Paragraph 12.19 8 line 12 For 38 14 0N Read38 14 3N

IMO 12th June 2009 and Stretto di Messina VTSManual(SDDs 2009000 052728; 130157) [45/09]

Italy - Sicilia - Catania —Traffic Separation Scheme

448


1 Traffic Separation Scheme. A TSS has beenestablished in the approaches to the port. Itcomprises inward and outward traffic lanes and asemi-circular precautionary area, radius 1 mile,centred on 37 28 7N 15 05 7E.

All vessels over 300 gt and fishing vessels of24 m or more, are advised to approach the porton a W heading and at a speed of no more than15 kn.

2 Vessels must keep at least 8 cables from thevessel ahead.

Maximum speed in the precautionary area is9 kn.

The scheme is not IMO-adopted. The Italianauthorities advise that the principles for the use ofthe scheme, as defined in Rule 10 of theInternational Regulations for Preventing Collisionsat Sea (1972), apply.

3 Notice of ETA required: 72 hours. SeeAdmiralty List ...


...Levante, clear of the TSS precautionary area.

Paragraph 13.19 2 line 1 Replace by:4 Submarine cables come ashore about

1½ miles SSW of ...

Paragraph 13.19 3 lines 1-5 Replace by:5 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more

than 500 gt. The pilot boards 1¼ miles SE of thehead of Molo di Levante, at the junction of theprecautionary area and the separation zone. See1.22 and Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(3).

449


3 The port is approached via the inbound lane ofthe TSS, and thence to the pilot boarding area(13.19).

Italian Notices 24.10/09; 24.19/09(SDD 2010000 014567) [06/10]

Italy - Sicilia - Porto di Giardini-Naxos —Pilotage

450


1 Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory for vesselsover 500 gt; this requirement is periodicallyreviewed. Military, fishing and local vessels areexempt.See Admiralty List of Radio Signals

Volume 6(3).

Giardini-Naxos Pilot(SDD 2010000 076564) [22/10]

Italy - Sicily - Porto di Augusta —Restricted area

456

After Paragraph 13.62 1 Line 5 Add:

2 An area approximately 1 mile square, used byseaplanes engaged in fire-fighting operations, iscentred approximately 8 cables SE of DigaCentrale (13.68).

Italian Notice 10/15.20(SDD 2010000 132412 ) [37/10]

Italy - Golfo di Taranto -Gallipoli — Directions

508Paragraph 14.202 2 lines 1 to 3 Delete

Italian Notice 7.11.09(SDD 2009000 029933) [19/09]

NP46

2 - 125


France - Gulf of Lions - Canet-Plage —Restricted area


2 A restricted area containing a wreck, markedby light buoys (special), lies in the approaches toCanet-Plage, centred 4¼ miles SE of the harbour.The area lies partly within an existing prohibitedarea marked on the chart and extends about1 mile NE from its E limit.

French Notice 09 01-T-01(SDD 2009000 000340) [07/09]

France - Palavas-les-Flots —Dangerous wreck

71

After paragraph 2.107 1 Line 3 Add:

Caution. A wreck with an estimated leastdepth of 6 m lies approximately 1 2 miles SSE ofthe seaward end of the outfall.


France - Port de Fos and approaches -Entrance channel — Leading lights

76


3 For entry into Darse 2 and Darse 3, thealignment (275 ) of the leading lights situated onthe SE corner of Môle Graveleau leads throughthe dredged channel marked by light buoys(lateral) to the entrance of each basin.

Front leading light (two horizontal orangesquares on white pylon) (43 24 1N4 51 5E).

Rear leading light (orange square on blue andwhite pylon) (340 m from front light).


France - Approaches to Marseille -Rade d’Endoume —

Submerged artificial reefs


5 Works are in progress (2007) to establishsubmerged artificial reefs in NE part of Raded’Endoume, W and S of Endoume Anchorage andSE of Île d’If. See 2.283.


Caution. Works are in progress (2007) toestablish submerged artificial reefs in the NE partof Rade d’Endoume, W and S of EndoumeAnchorage and SE of Île d’If. A light buoy(special) is moored in the SE corner of the area.Mariners should navigate with extreme caution,giving the area a wide berth.

French Notice 44/3(T)/07(SDD 2007000 084142) [50/07]

France - Golfe de Marseille - Cap Croisette -Île Tiboulen — Wreck


...4 m in height). A dangerous wreck, theposition of which is approximate, lies 1½ cablesENE of the light, thence:


Italy - Gulf of Genoa —Vessel traffic service; radio reporting

133After paragraph 4.6 Insert:

Vessel traffic service4.6a

1 A mandatory vessel traffic service is inoperation for the control of shipping within twoareas of Gulf of Genoa, based upon Savona(including Vado Ligure) and La Spezia, as shownon the chart. For details, list of reporting pointsand procedures to be followed, see Admiralty Listof Radio Signals Volume 6(3).

172After paragraph 5.10 Insert:


1 The SE limit of the area covered by Gulf ofGenoa VTS (4.6a), based upon La Spezia,extends 20 miles in a SSW direction from aposition on the coast 1¾ miles ENE of CapoCorvo (5.9), as shown on the chart.

Italian Notices 14.1 - 14.22(SDDs 2009000 100848; 100870) [42/09]

Italy - San Remo — Wreck


Caution. An area into which entry is prohibited,radius 30 m, centred on a stranded wreck, liesabout 1½ cables NW of Molo Sud Head Light.


NP46

2 - 126

Italy - Capo Mele to Capo di Vado —Prohibited areas


3 Entry is prohibited to a protected marine areaestablished (2008) SSE of Bergeggi (44 14 8N8 26 5E), bounded by a line joining the followingpositions:

44 14 7N 8 26 7E44 14 7N 8 27 4E44 13 7N 8 27 4E44 13 7N 8 26 3E44 14 3N 8 26 3E

4 Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of anoutfall extending 8 cables ESE from Capo di Vado(44 15 6N 8 27 4E)

Italian Notice 4.27(SDD 2008000 021990) [17/08]

Italy - W coast - Bergeggi —Protected marine area;

submarine cables; outfall

139Paragraph 4.44 3 Including existing Section IV NoticeWeek 17/08 Replace by:

3 Entry is prohibited to a protected marine area,(established 2008), centred 3 cables NE of Isoladi Bergeggi, as shown on the chart.

The protected marine area is divided intozones A, B, and C according to regulationsapplicable to each. Mariners should consult thelocal authority for details.

4 Submarine power cables extend generally SWfrom the vicinity of Punta di Bergeggi, through themarine protected area, as shown on the chart.

5 Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of anoutfall extending 4 cables ESE then 4 cables Efrom a position on the coast 3 cables WSW ofCapo di Vado (44 15 6N 8 27 4E) as shown onthe chart.

Italian Notice 14.1/08(SDDs 2008000 021990; 061201) [33/08]

Italy - Arenzano — Obstructions


2 Offshore submerged concrete structures havebeen established in depths of 15-20 m, 1 mile SWof Arenzano Harbour.

Italian Notice D07010/07(SDD 2007000 083044) [49/07]

Italy - Approaches to Genova —Routeing measures; recognition zones;

prohibited area


4 Tankers and vessels carrying dangerouscargoes should proceed to the TankerRecognition Zone, centred about 5 miles SSW ofLa Lanterna (44 24 3N 8 54 3E) shown on thechart, to report their arrival to the Port Authorityand await instructions. They are permitted toanchor within Area Bravo or one of the lettered...Paragraph 4.117 6 lines 5-10 Replace by:Recognition Zone. On entering the

Recognition Zone (shown on the chart), vessels,other than tankers and those carrying dangerouscargoes, should report to the Port Authority toestablish arrival times and to request instructions.


8 Prohibited area. Anchoring and fishing areprohibited in an area centred about 1½ miles SEof Capo Arenzano, radius about 1 cable,containing a wreck with 30 m over it, as shownon the chart.Paragraph 4.123 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:

1 Accesso Voltri-Prà. From a position about1¾ miles ESE of Capo Arenzano (44 23 7N8 41 0E) in the NE-bound lane of the TSS,shown on the chart, the track leads NE passing,with positions relative to Scoglio Nave (44 25 0N8 43 5E):Paragraph 4.123 4 lines 1-5 Replace by:

4 Accesso Multedo. From a position about4½ miles SE of Capo Arenzano (44 23 7N8 41 0E), in the NNE-bound lane of the TSS,shown on the chart, the track leads NNE to thepilot boarding place (44 23 5N 8 47 0E),1¼ miles SSW of Voltri detached mole elbow,passing:

151Paragraph 4.123 11 line 6 For ENE Read WNW

Italian Notice 15.2/2007; BA Chart 356 Edition 2(SDD 2007000 059680) [10/08]

Italy - W coast - Genova - Punta Vagno —Submarine pipelines

151

Paragraph 4.123 12 line 1 Replace by:12 S of Punta Vagno Light. A submarine

pipeline extends 2½ cables SW from aposition 1 cable W of Punta Vagno Lightas shown on the chart. Anchoring isprohibited in the vicinity of the pipeline.Works are in progress (2008) to establisha second submarine pipeline extendingabout 5 cables generally SSW from thecoast in the vicinity of Punta Vagno,crossing the N-bound lane of the TSS.Close approach to the works isprohibited. Thence:

Italian Notice D07003/08(BA Chart 355; SDD 2008000 039201) [22/08]

NP46

2 - 127

Italy - W coast - Isola Palmaria —Marine nature reserve


4 A marine nature reserve extends from Capodell’ Isola (44 01 9N 9 50 8E) to Punta SanPietro (4.169) and includes sea areas off Isola delTino and W coast of Isola Palmaria, as shown onthe chart, in which restrictions and prohibitionsapply. Mariners should consult local authorities fordetails.


Italy - La Spezia — Wreck


1 From a position S of Isola del Tino (44 01 6N9 51 0E), clear of a dangerous wreck lying5 miles SSE of Isola del Tino and clear of anoffshore wave meter buoy (5.11), the coastalroute leads SSE passing, with positions relative toViareggio Outer Breakwater Light (5.11):

SW of San Nicola Church (16 miles NW)(5.11), thence:


Corse - Port d’Ajaccio — Dangerous wreck

198

After paragraph 6.114 3 Line 5 Add:

Caution. A buoyed wreck with a minimumunsurveyed clearance depth of 6 m liesapproximately 2 5 cables NNE of Jetée desCapucins.


Italy - Isola del Giglio — Restricted area


Restricted area. A restricted area lies 4 milesW of Isola del Giglio as shown on the chart.Mariners should consult local authorities beforeentering the area.


Italy - Rada di Portoferraio —Unexploded ordnance

231After Paragraph 8.58 3 line 3 Add:Entry, anchoring and stopping are also

prohibited within an area shown on the chart,centred on Punta degli Scarpellini, radius 100 m,which contains unexploded ordnance on theseabed.


Italy - Piombino — Restricted areas

240After Paragraph 8.116 2 line 2 Add:Restricted areas. An area has been

established, centred about 2 cables S of Torre delSale Outer Mole, as shown on the chart, in whichswimming, fishing and all underwater activities areprohibited.The Piombino-Isola d’Elba water pipeline

(8.115) extends SW from a position about7 cables E of the harbour entrance. Anchoringand fishing are prohibited in the vicinity as shownon the chart.


Italy - Follonica, Pontile Montecatini-Edison— Anchorage; obstructions; prohibited area

240Paragraph 8.118 1 lines 8-9 Replace by:Pontile Montecatini-Edison (42 54 1N

10 46 4E), also known as Pontile della NuovaSolmine or Scarlino Wharf, is a private pier usedfor loading...After paragraph 8.118 2 Add

3 Anchorage area ALFA, radius 4 cables, hasbeen established (2007) 2 miles WSW of the pierhead, centred on position 42 53 N 10 44 E, forvessels scheduled to moor at the pier.The anchorage is contained within an area of

seabed obstructions as shown on the chart, but isitself reported free of obstructions (2007).

4 Vessels bound for anchorage ALFA mustcontact Piombino and Tor del Sale Pilot Officeprior to arrival, requesting anchoring instructionsand advising ETA and arrival information asrequired.Caution. Mariners should note the dangerous

wreck contained within a prohibited area, radius5 cables, lying 1½ miles W of the pier head(8.102).

Italian Notices 21.13/07; 13.6/07(SDDs 2007000 083026; 051241) [49/07]

Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari —Prohibited area; anchorages


Golf 1 4½ miles SSE See 9.216 4

NP46

2 - 128

After Paragraph 9.216 2 Add:3 Entry is prohibited to an area extending 2 miles

in a NNW/SSE direction, centred 3¾ miles S ofNuovo Molo di Levante Head Light. Works are inprogress (2007) in the area to establish a buoyedfairway.

4 Anchorage Zona Golf has been discontinuedand alternative anchorage Golf 1 established,centred 4½ miles SSE of Nuovo Molo di LevanteHead Light. Mariners should contact the portauthority for details and anchoring instructions.

Italian Notice H02003/07(SDD 2007000 075657) [50/07]

Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari —Buoyed fairway

276Paragraph9.216 3 Including existingSection IVNoticeWeek 50/07 Replace by:

3 A fairway marked by light buoys has beenestablished, extending about 2 miles in aNNW/SSE direction, centred about 4 miles S ofNuovo Molo di Levante Head Light, giving accessto the N-bound lane of Porto Canale TSS fromSSE.


Sardegna - Approaches to Olbia —Unexploded ordnance

294After Paragraph 10.83 4 line 5 Insert:Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited to an area

reported (2008) to contain unexploded ordnance,centred 1 mile NNE of Capo Ceraso, lying withinthe inshore traffic zone S of the E-bound lane ofthe TSS.

Italian Notice F04004/08(SDD 2008000 057162) [31/08]

Italy - W coast - Anzio —Submarine power cable


Caution. A submarine power cable extendsgenerally SSW from a position on the coast3 miles ENE of Capo d’Anzio Light, passing closeSE of the anchorage area, as shown on thechart.


Italy - W coast - Approaches to Anzio —Prohibited areas; wreck

324After Paragraph 12.18 2 line 6 insert:

Prohibited areas. Vessels carrying or havingcarried liquid or gas dangerous cargoes, includingthose in ballast but not gasfree, may not anchorin the roadstead except in an emergency.

3 Entry is prohibited to an area, radius 5 cables,centred on a dangerous wreck lying on the Wlimit of the anchorage area, 5 cables SSW ofMolo Innocenziano Head Light.


Italy - Golfo di Gaeta — Restricted area


3 Restricted area. A restricted area, centred8¾ miles SSW of Monte Orlando Light (12.48),extends 8½ miles in a WNW/ESE direction and3¾ miles in a NNE/SSW direction, as shown onthe chart. Mariners should consult local authoritiesbefore entering the area.


Italy - Porto Badino; Terracina — Directions;obstructions

329Paragraph 12.49 2 line 2 After vessels. Add: Groynesextend from the shore in the vicinity.

Paragraph 12.49 3 line 6 After breakwaters. Add:Groynes extend from the shore in the vicinity.

Italian Notices 21.14, 21.15(SDDs 2007000 083027; 083028) [49/07]

Italy - West coast - Isole Flegree —Protected Marine Area

338


Regno di Nettuno Protected Marine Area12.106a

1 A protected marine area has been establishedin the sea areas off Isole Flegree (comprisingIsola d’Ischia, Isola di Vivaro and Isola diProcida), including an area 2 miles wide,extending 7 miles N from Punta Cornacchia(12.117).The area has been divided into zones

according to regulations and restrictions applicableto each. Mariners should consult the localauthority for details before approaching theprotected area.

Italian Notices 11.11/08; 11.12/08; 12.25/08(SDDs 2008000 050347; 050348; 053209) [35/08]

NP46

2 - 129

Italy - West coast - Golfo di Pozzuoli —Marine parks and reserves

346


4 Marine parks and reserves. Underwatermarine parks lie 4 cables SW from Punta dellaGaiola and 8 cables NNE from Fortino Tenaglia(12.150), as shown on the chart. Marine reserves,some marked by light buoys (special), lie closeoffshore throughout the area, as shown on thecharts. Mariners should consult local authoritiesfor details of applicable regulations andrestrictions.

Italian Notice 15.14/08; BA Charts 908, 914(SDD 2008000 065082) [35/08]

Italy - Pozzuoli — Anchorages

348


Outer Anchorages. In good weather, vesselsof more than 50 m in length may obtainanchorage about 4 cables WSW of MoloCaligliano Head; and vessels of less than 50 m inlength, about 2¼ cables NW of Molo CaligolianoHead. However, in strong SW winds it isdangerous to anchor on or N of the line joiningFortino Tenaglia and Molo Caligoliano Head.


Italy - West coast - Pozzuoli — Anchorages

348Paragraph 12.153 1 lines 4-8 including Section IVNotice Week 8/08 Replace by:Outer anchorages have been established as

follows:

A 40 49 4N14 06 2E

Vessels up to 100 m in lengthPilot compulsory

B 40 48 8N14 06 0E

Vessels up to 200 m in lengthPilot compulsory

C 40 48 9N14 08 2E

Vessels up to 100 m in length

D 40 48 5N14 07 9E

All vessels

All are shown on the chart. In strong S winds itis considered dangerous to anchor N of a linejoining Fortino Tenaglia and Molo CaligolianoHead.

Italian Notices 11.14/08, 12.26/08(SDDs 2008000; 050350; 053210) [29/08]

Italy - W coast - Pozzuoli — Prohibited area

348

Paragraph 12.153 2 lines 6-7 Replace by:Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited to an area

1½ cables wide, extending 2½ cables NW fromMolo Caligoliano Head, in which works are inprogress (2008).Regulations concerning entry. There is a

speed limit of 4 kn within the harbour.


Italy - Isolotto di Nisida — Marine reserve


Marine reserve. A marine reserve, into whichentry is prohibited, has been established in thesea area surrounding Isolotto di Nisida, boundedby a line joining the following points:

40 48 0N 14 09 8E40 47 6N 14 10 9E40 47 4N 14 09 7E40 47 9N 14 09 3E


Italy - Torre del Greco — Sewage outfall

349After paragraph 12.164 1 Insert:

2 Caution. A sewage outfall extends about6 cables SW from a position on the coast about4 cables SE of the harbour entrance.


Italy - Vico Equense — Coastal erosion


2 Caution. Coastal erosion is causing landslipsin the vicinity of Vico Equense. Mariners shouldgive the area a wide berth, keeping at least200 m offshore.


NP46

2 - 130

Italy - Rada di Napoli — Anchorages; wreck

355Paragraph 12.206 2 - 3 Replace by:

2 Revised anchorage areas have beenestablished (2008) within Rada di Napoli asshown on the chart. Prior to arrival, marinersbound for anchorages for which pilotage iscompulsory must advise the Harbour Master’sOperations Centre and the pilot station of theirETA and port entry channel.

Berth Remarks

X3, X4 Nuclear powered naval vessels only.

A1, A2,A3

Vessels not carrying dangerousgoods.

Pilotage compulsory.

A4 Vessels carrying dangerous goods.


A5 Vessels carrying dangerous goods.

Pilotage not compulsory.

B1, B2,B3

Tankers carrying, or that have carried

dangerous liquid products including

flammable liquids, liquefied gases andtoxic liquids.


C1 Vessels not carrying dangerousgoods.


C2 Vessels carrying dangerous goods,excluding tankers.


C3 Vessels carrying dangerous goods,including tankers.


D Leisure craft.

3 If no anchorage is available in Areas A or B,vessels will be directed to use Area C.

Caution. A dangerous wreck lies close S ofMolo San Vincenzo, 1½ cables N of anchoragesA1 and A2.

Italian Notices 8.10/08; 9.16/08, 9.18/08; 9.30/08(SDDs 2008000 039180; 041963; 041965; 041971)

[28/08]

Italy - W coast - Positano to Fiume Sele —Prohibited areas


2 Trawling is prohibited within 1 mile of the coastbetween Positano (40 38 N 14 29 E) and Salerno(40 40 N 14 47 E).

Various items of measuring equipment havebeen deployed in the coastal sea area betweenPositano and Salerno. Close approach to suchequipment is also prohibited.


2 Trawling is prohibited within 1 mile of the coastbetween Salerno (40 40 N 14 47 E) and FiumeSele (40 29 N 14 56 E).Various items of measuring equipment have

been deployed in the coastal sea area betweenSalerno and Fiume Sele. Close approach to suchequipment is also prohibited.


Italy - W coast - Rada di Salerno —Prohibited area

367After Paragraph 13.53 2 line 7 Including existingSection IV Notice Week 19/08 Add:

3 Entry is prohibited to an area radius 6 cables,centred on a dangerous wreck lying 2½ milesSSW from the mouth of Fiume Forni (40 38 1N14 49 8) as shown on the chart.

Italian Portolano P4(SDD 2008000 032303) [24/08]


Adriatic Sea - Brindisi north-eastwards —FPSO; restricted area



Spare2.33



Spare2.43

Paragraph 2.44 1 lines 4 - 5 Replace by:

SW of an area, radius 2 miles, centred onposition 40 55 2N 18 19 6E, in which anchoringand fishing are prohibited due to the presence ofresidual obstructions. Thence:


Approaches to Gulf of Venice —Production platforms


Isabela South production platform (44 57 5N13 08 8E) from which a light is exhibited.

Isabela North production platform (44 58 8N13 07 5E) from which a light is exhibited.

BA NM 5846/10(SDD 2010000181262) [50/10]

NP47

2 - 131

Paragraph 2.59 1 line 8 For NE Read SWParagraph 2.59 1 line 12 For NE Read SWParagraph 2.59 2 line 1 For NE Read SWParagraph 2.59 2 line 3 For NE Read SW

BA Charts 220 and 204 [50/10]

Greece - Órmos Navarínou - Pülos —Seaplane operations area


Seaplanes. A seaplane operations area lies5 cables NNW of Pülos Harbour entrance.

Greek Notice 228/08(SDD 2009000 006679) [07/09]

Greece - Zákinthos —Seaplane operations areas


Seaplanes. Seaplane operations areas, alignedNNW and ENE, lie 6 cables E and 5 cables SErespectively from Zákinthos Harbour entrance.

Greek Notice 229/08(SDD 2009000 006680) [07/09]

Ionian Sea - Greece - S approaches toStenó Kastóu — Anchorage

100After paragraph 3.170 2 Insert:

3 An anchorage 1½ miles wide has beenestablished (2009), centred 2¾ miles WNW ofÁkra Tourkovígla, extending 3½ miles in aWSW/ENE direction. The anchorage is toaccommodate vessels calling at Astakós, vesselsin transit and vessels requiring off port limits(OPL) services. Mariners intending to transit theanchorage area must seek permission fromPlatiyiálios Harbour Authority at least 24 hoursbefore entry.

105After paragraph 3.199 1 line 10 Add:Mariners should note the anchorage

established (2009) W of Ákra Tourkovígla (3.170)

Greek Notices 109/09; 123/09(SDDs 2009000 045659; 045676) [28/09]

Greece - Nísos Kálamos — Shoal

104Paragraph 3.197 2 lines 2 - 5 Replace by:...tower, 5m in height) is exhibited. A shoal with adepth of 20 m over it lies 1 mile SSE of the islet. µfaloiFormíkoula consisting of two...

Greek Notice 9/174/08(SDD 2008000 085931; 088877) [01/09]

Greece - Nísos Kefallinía — Rock

112Paragraph 3.235 2 line 6 Replace by:...extremity of Chersónisos Assou (3.232). Abelow-water rock considered dangerous to navigationis reported (2008) to lie 1¾ miles NNE of Ákra PéraPoúnta. Thence:

BA Chart 203(SDD 2008000 084970) [01/09]

Albania - Durres — Directions; light

178


180

Paragraph 6.39 1 line 6 Delete Light

Paragraph 6.39 3 line 3 For 4¼ Read 4

Paragraph 6.39 3 line 6 For 1¼ miles Read 9 cables

Paragraph 6.40 1 line 1 Delete Light

Paragraph 6.40 1 line 3 For 1¼miles SE Read 1 mileESE

Paragraph 6.40 2 line 1 For 1¼ Read 1

Paragraph 6.40 2 line 4 For 6½ cables ESE Read 6cables E

Paragraph 6.40 2 line 5 For 4 Read 6½


Italian Notice 8.21 - 21-IV-2010(SDD 2010000 071971) [21/10]

Albania - Shëngjin — Wreck


Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 8 cables W ofthe harbour entrance.


Montenegro - Rt Oðtra — Light

191Paragraph 6.148 2 lines 1 to 5 DeleteParagraph 6.149 3 line 5 Delete ...a light (6.148)...

194Paragraph 6 171 2 lines 1-2 Delete


Montenegrin Notice 1-1/10(SDD 2010000 088941) [25/10]

NP47

2 - 132

Croatia - Rt Oðtra — Light

191


2 Major light:Rt Oðtra Light (red tower on house, 2 m in

height) situated on a signal station (black andwhite bands with flagstaff) on Rt Oðtra(42 24 N 18 32 E) (6.149).

Paragraph 6.149 3 line 5 after ...a fort, Insert ...a light(6.148)...

194


2 Major light:Rt Oðtra Light (42 24 N 18 32 E) (6.148).

206

After Paragraph 7.18 4 line 1 Add:Rt Oðtra Light (42 24 N 18 32 E) (6.148).

Hrvatski Hidrografski Institut of Croatia(SDD 2010000 111448) [33/10]

Italy - East coast - Golfo di Trieste —Seaplane operations areas


Caution: A firefighting seaplane splashdownarea lies 1 mile W of Punta Sottile, close S ofCanale Sud, as shown on the chart.


Seaplane operations areas10.199a

1 Firefighting seaplanes operate in splashdownareas centred on:

45 44 8N 13 37 6E45 42 5N 13 40 9E

as shown on the chart.


Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Trieste— Wreck

467Paragraph 10.176.1 line 12 Replace by:

... height) is exhibited. A dangerous wreck lies5 cables NW of the N head of Diga Nord. Thence:

Italian Chart 237(SDD 2009000 011505) [16/09]

Italy - Adriatic Sea - Barletta —Dangerous wreck

497After paragraph 11.185 1 Line 11 Add:

Caution. A dangerous wreck is reported (2009)to lie within the tanker anchorage, close to theNE limit.

Italian Notices P37002/09; 14.66/09(SDDs 2009000 048958; 100924) [34/09]

Italy - Golfo di Manfredonia — Obstructions

499After Paragraph 11.205 1 line 8 Insert:These shellfish beds are contained within an

area 2½ miles wide and 6½ miles in length,aligned NNW/SSE with the coastline, centred onposition 41 32 0N 15 57 5E, in which submergedconcrete structures have been established todiscourage illegal trawling.


Italy - Adriatic Sea - Manfredonia —Anchorages; pilot boarding position


A4 (2¾ miles SE)A5 (4½ miles SE)

Paragraph 11.224 1 Line 5 Replace by:

Pilots board 2¼ miles SE of Molo di LevanteHead.


Italy - East coast - Ortona — Prohibited area


Within an area, radius 1 mile, centred on anabove-water wellhead in position 42 19 3N14 32 1E.


Italy - Ortona — Restricted area;fish havens; wellhead

509Paragraph 11.307 2 lines 1 - 10 Replace by:

2 NE of a restricted area (6 miles SE) to whichentry is prohibited, as shown on the chart,thence:NE of an area of fish havens (centred 4 miles

ESE) 5 cables wide, extending 5 miles in aNW/SE direction. A submerged rubble barrier

NP47

2 - 133

Italy - Ancona — Wreck

526Paragraph 12.93 2 lines 4 - 6 Replace by:Four dangerous wrecks lie in positions

5¼ miles N; 5 miles NE; 1 mile ENE and 6 milesENE from API Refinery pierhead (43 38 8N13 23 6E) (12.96).

Italian Notice 17.16/08; Chart BA 1444(SDD 2008000 076079) [01/09]

Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches toPorto Levante — Directions

545-546Paragraph 12.263 2, 3 lines 1 - 4 Replace by:

2 Caution. Mariners should report either to thedistrict Harbour Master at Porto Levante or to thepilot station at Chioggia before using theapproach channel, which is subject to frequentsilting in bad weather.

3 Directions. From a position 1 mile NW of thebuoyant light beacon marking the gas terminal(12.261), the track leads SSW between two lightbuoys (lateral) marking the seaward end of theapproach channel; thence between twobreakwaters extending 4½ cables NNE from theshore, each exhibiting a light from its seawardend as shown on the chart; thence into Fiume Podi Levante.



Greece - Saronikós Kólpos -Órmos Keratsiníou — Directions;

dangerous wreck

156


SSW of two dangerous wrecks, lying close Sand 2 cables E of Pier No 2; the former ismarked by a buoy (isolated danger), and:

Greek Notice 73/10(SDD2010000062676) [20/10]

South Aegean - Stenó Antipárou —Dangerous wreck

203Paragraph 7.221 2 line 6 Replace by:...of NisídaRemmatonísi) (7.220); noting a dangerouswreck 1 cable SW.

Greek Notice 240/10/10(SDD2010000196293) [49/10]

Nísos Páros - Órmos Plastíra — Obstruction

213


Caution. An obstruction with a depth 1 m liesclose SW.

Greek ENC GR5MAS03(SDD 2010000 110463) [41/10]

North Aegean - Thessaloníki — Light


1 Direct route. From the vicinity of 40 31 0N22 48 5E the track leads NE for 6½ miles,passing (with positions given from ThessaloníkiLight (white metal framework tower on building)):

Greek Notice(SDD2009000109392) [41/09]

Turkey - ™zmir — Buoyage


S of a light buoy (S cardinal) (38 25 6N26 54 8E) marking the edge of the coastalbank S of Çilazmak Burnu, thence:

434Paragraph 12.268 1 line 4-6 Replace by:...castle, passing (with positions from the point):

S of a light buoy (port hand) (1 mile WNW),thence:

N of a light buoy (starboard hand) (½ cable NE);and:

Paragraph 12.268 2 line 1 Replace by:2 S of two light buoys (port hand) (3 cables

NNW and 3 5 cables NNE, respectively).Thence:

N of a light buoy (starboard hand) (7 cables E),thence:

S of a light buoy (port hand) (1 mile ENE).

Turkish Notice 200/09(SDD2009000127597) [41/09]

NP49

2 - 134


Libya — Al Khums

69

Paragraphs 2.102 to 2.108 including headingsReplace by:

AL KHUMS

General information

Chart 3347Position2.102

1 The port of Al Khums (also known as Homs orKhoms) (32 41 N 14 15 E), an artificial harbour, issituated 1 mile NE of Ra’s al Misann Light. Thetown of Al Khums lies 1½ miles SE, close withinRa’s al WazØf.

Function2.102a

1 The port handles motor vehicles, containersand cruise liners. The port is also a naval base.

Port limits2.102b

1 The port limits comprise the waters from theheadland 5 cables NW of Ra’s al Misann Light, Efor 4½ miles, then S for 2¾ miles, to a positionon the coast 5 cables SSE of Ra’s al WazØf Light(2.106).

Traffic2.102c

1 In 2007 there were 65 ship calls with a total of585 482 dwt.

Port Authority2.102d

1 Socialist Ports Co., Al Khums.

Limiting conditions

Depths2.103

1 Least charted depth in the approach is 13 9 m.

Maximum size of vessel handled2.103a

1 14 500 dwt, draught 12 m.

Arrival information

Notice of ETA required2.104

1 Vessels should advise ETA on departure fromprevious port and 24 hours prior to arrival,confirming when 12 miles from the port.

For further information see Admiralty List ofRadio Signals Volume 6(3).

Outer anchorage2.104a

1 The designated anchorage is within a 1 mileradius of 32 42 2N 14 19 1E, clear of thesubmarine cables.

Pilots2.104b

1 Pilotage, which is based in the port, iscompulsory and is available until midnight. Thepilot boards in the vicinity of 32 41 2N 14 18 0E.

Tugs2.104c

1 Three tugs are available; one is compulsory.

Regulations2.104d

1 Movement of vessels is restricted to daylighthours.

Harbour

General layout2.105

1 The harbour consists of a W and E basinseparated by a T-shaped jetty, enclosed on itsNE side by a breakwater and on its SE side by amole. A spur extends SW from the breakwateropposite the head of the mole. The harbourentrance, between the mole and the spur, is150 m wide. A naval base is located in the NWpart of the harbour.

Development2.105a

1 Works are in progress throughout the harbour(2009) and the port authority should be consultedfor the latest information. Three drydocks are tobe constructed outside the harbour and toseaward of the direction light.

Climate information2.105b

1 See 1.184 and 1.186.

Directions

Principal mark2.106

1 Major light:Ra’s al Misann Light (32 41 40N 14 13 50E).

Approaches2.106a

1 From the pilot boarding position (2.104b) thetrack leads SW in the white sector of a directionlight, then NW towards the harbour entrance,passing:

SE of a light buoy (starboard hand), thence:2 SW of the breakwater head, and through

the harbour entrance between the headof the mole and the spur.

Caution. It is reported that the direction light isobscured by buildings (2009).

3 Useful marks:Breakwater light (32 40 90N 14 15 78E).Ra’s al WazØf Light (32 39 N 14 16 E) (2.100).Minaret (2½ miles SE of the light).

NP49

2 - 135

Berths

East basin2.107

1 There are eight berths with alongside depths ofbetween 9 5 and 11 7 m. Total berthing length1795 m.

Port services

Repairs2.108

1 Small repairs can be effected.

Other facilities2.108a

1 Garbage disposal via road vehicle, arranged byagent; oily water disposal not available.

Supplies2.108b

1 Fuel and fresh water by road vehicle, arrangedby agent.

BA Chart 3347(HH. 049/209/01) [39/10]

Libya - Surt

74

Paragraph 2.155 1-4 including heading Replace by:

SURT

General information

Position2.155

1 Surt (Sirt or Sirte) (31 13 0N 16 35 0E), whichlies in the SW part of the Gulf of Sirte, wasprobably the ancient port of Aspis.

Function2.155a

1 The modern harbour, which part opened in2010, will accommodate container, general andRoRo cargoes; and will be connected to the newrailway system which is currently underconstruction (2010).

Arrival information

Anchorage2.155b

1 A designated anchorage to serve the new portis within 1 mile radius of 31 15 8N 16 40 9E (seealso 1.41).

HarbourGeneral layout2.155c

1 The harbour, which opens ENE, is protectedfrom the N by a main breakwater 880 m long anda secondary breakwater extending 200 m N, froma position on the shore 500 m SSW from thehead of the main breakwater. The harbour basin,dredged to 9 5 m, is almost square with a jetty150 m long extending E from the NW corner. Asmall craft basin and berths for marine servicevessels are located close W and S of the jetty,respectively. A turning circle of radius 140 m, iscentred 200 m W from the head of the secondarybreakwater.

Development2.155d

1 Works are in progress (2010) on future berthson the E (general cargo), S (containers) and W(RoRo) shores of the harbour basin.

Climate information2.155e

1 See 1.184 and 1.187.

DirectionsPrincipal marks2.155f

1 Landmarks (positioned from Surt Light(31 12 5N 16 35 6E)):

Minaret (2¾ miles W).El-Camusk (35 m in height) (2 miles SSW).Radio tower (2¾ miles S).Tuila (45 m in height) (2 miles SSE).

2 Major light:Surt Light (31 12 5N 16 35 6E) (2.144).

Approach and entry2.155g

1 A channel 150 m wide and dredged to 10 5 mruns SW from the open sea, then WSW betweenthe breakwater heads.

BerthsHarbour2.155h

1 Two berths either side of the jetty dredged to8 m.

Libyan Ports and Maritime Transport Authority(SDD 2010000 150317) [41/10]

Egypt - MØnº’ Dumyºò —Waiting area

122Paragraph 3.192 1 line 4 For 31 42 2N 31 38 1ERead 31 40 0N 31 54 4E.

Egyptian Notice 271/2010(SDD 2010000 179488) [46/10]

Turkey - Fethiye — Dangerous wreck


Clear of a dangerous wreck (8½ cables E),thence:

Turkish Notice 45.270.2010(SDD 2010000 189939) [48/10]

NP49

2 - 136

Israel - •adera — Regulations

244Paragraph 7.265 3 line 2 For Anchoring Read Entry

Israeli Notice 3/09(SDD 2009000 011698) [42/09]

NP50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot(2006 Edition)

Newfoundland – Placentia Bay –Long Harbour — Pilotage


Pilotage. Compulsory for foreign registeredvessels and Canadian vessels over 1500 gt. Fordetails see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(5). Pilot...

Atlantic Pilotage Authority(SDD 2009000 000375) [44/09]

Newfoundland - Placentia Bay -Long Harbour — Wreck

115Paragraph 3.50 1 lines 6-7 Delete:

Canada East Notices 2/10 ATL102(SDD 2010000 029169) [15/10]

Newfoundland – Grand Bank Harbour —Directions; sector light


...(18 ft), leading on Grand Bank sector light(framework tower, 7 m in height) (47 06 N55 45 W) passing N of VG1 Light Buoy (porthand) moored...

Canadian Eastern Notice 10/4832/08(SDD 2008000 088999) [49/08]

Newfoundland - Burnt Island —Anchorage deleted

198

Paragraph 5.107 9 lines 1-6 Replace by:Caution. A submarine pipeline extends from

the water tank 5 cables NE of Stickland Point tothe shore about 3½ cables NW; local knowledgeis required.

Canadian Eastern Notice 5/4823/06(HH. 603/430/04) [37/06]

Newfoundland - Clarenville —Submarine pipeline

260Paragraph 7.153 1 line 10 Add:Another pipeline extends ENE 130 m from the

shore close S of Red Point.


Newfoundland - Bonavista Harbour —Buoyage

271

After Paragraph 8.20 2 line 8 Add:A shoal patch with depths less than 10 mextends 1½ cables WSW of the island, theextremity of which is marked by JB3 and JB7Light-buoys (port hand).

Paragraph 8.20 3 lines 1-4 Replace by:3 NNW of Canaille Point (6½ cables SE), from

which rocks extend 1½ cables NNE.Paragraph 8.20 3 line 8 Replace by:...breakwater. Buoy JB6 (starboard hand) marksthe...

Canadian Eastern Notices 9/4849/06, 9/4854/06(HH. 603/460/03) [43/06]

Newfoundland - Bonavista Bay —Buoy removed

273Paragraph 8.26 2 lines 5-8 Replace by:The track then leads to a position about

1½ miles W of Western Rock (3½ miles SSW).Western Rock is small, pointed and dries 0 6 m(2 ft).


Newfoundland - Bacalhao Island —Leading lights replaced


The track then leads to a position about8 cables NE of the N extremity of Duck Island(3¼ miles NW).Paragraph 8.185 1 Replace by:

1 From a position about 8 cables NE of the Nextremity of Duck Island (49 39 1N 54 30 6W)the white sector (298 -299 ) of Bacalhao sectorlight (49 41 2N 54 33 3W) (square frameworktower, 4 m in height) leads NW, passing (withpositions relative to the sector light):Paragraph 8.186 1 Replace by:

1 From a position about 8 cables NE of the Nextremity of Duck Island the track initially leadsalong the white sector (298 -299 ) of Bacalhaosector light (8.185) for about 7½ cables andthence N, passing (with positions relative toBacalhao Island sector light (49 41 2N54 33 3W)):


NP50

2 - 137

Newfoundland — Bacalhao Island –Directions; sector light

300Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/07 Paragraph8.184 3 lines 7-9 Replace by:

The track then leads on Bacalhao Island sectorlight, to a position about 8 cables NE of the Nextremity of Duck Island (3¼ miles NW).

Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/07 Paragraph8.185 1 line 3 For (298 -299 ) Read (297½ -299½ )

Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/07 Paragraph8.186 1 line 3 For (298 -299 ) Read (297½ -299½ )


Newfoundland – Rogers Point toHare Bay Head — Directions; depths

304

Paragraph 8.208 4 line 8 For 5 3 m (17 ft) Read 4 9 m(16 ft)

Paragraph 8.208 5 lines 1-2 For 4 2 m (14 ft) Read3 8 m (12 ft)


Newfoundland – Fogo Harbour —Limiting conditions

308




Newfoundland – Fogo Harbour —Directions; depth

309



Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits -South part of East Arm — Buoyage changed

323Paragraph 9.72 1 line 6 For DBE7 Read DLW1

Paragraph 9.72 3 line 7 Replace by:...from Jobs Island, and is marked at its Sextremity by DLW2 Light-buoy (starboardhand), thence:

324

After Paragraph 9.72 7 line 7 Add:NW of a patch, least depth 6 6 m (22 ft)(3¼ miles SW), extending 3 cables W fromthe N extremity of Shoal Pt, which is markedclose SW by DLW3 Light-buoy (port hand).


Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits -Govers Point — Light

331

Paragraph 9.126 4 lines 1-2 Replace by:4 E of Govers Point (4 miles N): islets and

rocks extend about 2½ cables N from thepoint. A light (square framework tower,4 m in height) is exhibited from an islet1½ cables N of Govers Point. Thence:


Newfoundland - Brehat Shoal — Buoy


...on its S side by KQG Light-buoy (Scardinal).


Labrador - Hamilton Inlet -Camp Islands to Spear Point — Buoyage

403Paragraph 12.19 3 line 4 For NR8 Read NUC2


Labrador - Camp Islands to North Wolf Rock— Buoyage changed

406Paragraph 12.24 3 line 2 For NS9 Read NS1Paragraph 12.24 3 lines 6-7 Replace by:

...patch is marked at its S extremity by NS2Light-buoy (starboard hand).

Paragraph 12.26 3 line 7 For NS3 Read NMS1


Labrador - Spear Point to Cape St. Michaels— Buoyage

409

Paragraph 12.41 2 lines 2-3 Replace by:...SE), a group of shallow patches marked byNA Light-buoy (N cardinal). Flat Island, ablack rock...


NP50

2 - 138

Labrador - Hawke Bay and approaches —Buoyage

411

Paragraph 12.50 4 line 6 Replace by:...N. NGM Light-buoy (W cardinal) lies2 cables SW of Gull Rock. Gull Island, whichlies midway along this part...

414Paragraph 12.61 3 line 6 For NL3 read NL1


Labrador - Cape St. Michaels to Cox Head —Buoyage changed

412

Paragraph 12.53 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:2 S of Mad Moll (1¼ miles N), a steep-to

underwater rock marked close S by NM2Light-buoy (starboard hand), thence:

Paragraph 12.53 2 line 5 For NL4 Light-buoy ReadNM4 Light-buoy (starboard hand)

415Paragraph 12.67 4 line 8 For NDP Read NE

Paragraph 12.69 1 line 7 For ND3 Read NE3

Paragraph 12.69 1 line 8 For ND4 Read NE2


Labrador — St Michaels Bay and Hawke Bay— Buoyage

412Paragraph 12.53 2 lines 1-2 Including existing SectionIV Notice Week 43/06 Replace by:

2 S of Mad Moll (1¼ miles N), a steep-tounderwater rock marked 2 cables S byNM2 Light Buoy (starboard hand), thence:

414Paragraph 12.61 3 line 6 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 46/06 For NL1 read NE1

Canadian Eastern Notices 12/5032/06; 03/4702/07(HH. 603/500/03) [16/07]

Labrador - Cox Head to Bed Head —Buoyage

415Paragraph 12.73 2 line 2 For NPP Read NLP


Labrador - Bed Head to North Wolf Rock —Buoyage

422Paragraph 12.103 3 line 6 ForNTK2, NTK5 and NTK6Read N12, N14 and N15


Labrador - Approaches to Hamilton Inlet -Inner part of Sandwich Bay —

Buoyage changed

430Paragraph 12.138.2 line 8 For NS4 Read NCH2Paragraph 12.138 4 lines 6-9 Replace by:...mouth, needs to be negotiated before closingthe N shore again.


Labrador - Hamilton Inlet -South-west of George Island —

Buoyage changed

438Paragraph 12.182 3 line 5 For HD3 Read HD1


Labrador - Cape Harrison to Cape Makkovik— Buoyage

451Paragraph 13.29 2 line 4 For NT5 Read NQ3

452Paragraph 13.34 1 line 12 For NH5 Read NQ1

453Paragraph 13.38 2 lines 3-4 For NM 3 5 Light-buoy(port hand) Read NQB Light-buoy (W cardinal)

459Paragraph 13.69 4 line 2 For NK1 Read NY1


Labrador - Cape Makkovik toHopedale Harbour — Buoyage

460Paragraph 13.75 3 line 4 For NH3 Read NH1Paragraph 13.75 3 line 5 For NH4 Read NH2

Canadian Eastern Notices 9/5047/06(HH. 601/400/09) [43/06]

Labrador - Winter Tickle — Buoyage

462Paragraph 13.87 3 line 9 For NW2 Read NVW2

Canadian Eastern Notices 9/5048/06(HH. 601/400/09) [43/06]

NP50

2 - 139

Labrador - Cape Harrigan to Cape Kiglapait— Buoyage

466Paragraph 13.110 2 line 5 For NPU2 Read NV2

467Paragraph 13.117 2 line 6 For NP9 Read NT1

Paragraph 13.117 2 line 7 For NP8 Read NT2

Paragraph 13.117 5 line 4 For NT2/2 Read NT4

Paragraph 13.117 5 line 5 For NT1 Read NT5

Paragraph 13.117 7 line 3 For NP1 Read NT7


Labrador - Inshore Route - Uyagaksuak toNain — Buoyage changed

468Paragraph 13.119 5 line 4 For NP4 Read NNB2

Paragraph 13.119 5 line 7 For NP5 Read NNB3

Paragraph 13.120 2 line 8 For NJ3 Read NNB5


Labrador - East Approach to Nain throughStrathcona Run — Buoyage changed

473Paragraph 13.143 3 line 5 For NVR Read NN

474Paragraph 13.145 2 line 4 For NS6 Read NNS2

Paragraph 13.145 6 line 3 For NS7 Read NNS3


Labrador – Murphy Head to Cape Kikkiviak –Helga River — Wreck


...Miriam Lake a short distance inland. Thence:


Appendix III —Canadian Quarantine Reporting

Requirement





the conveyance could cause the spreading of acommunicable disease listed in the schedule;(b) a person aboard the conveyance has died;

or(c) any prescribed circumstances exist.(4) No operator contravenes subsection (2) if it



Canadian Eastern Notice 08/*806/07(HH. 602/006/03) [39/07]

NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2010 Edition)

New Zealand - North Island - Doubtful Sound— Directions; buoyage

147

Paragraph 5.158 2 line 2 Replace by:NE of Tarapunga Rock (1 mile ESE), marked

by a light buoy (isolated danger), whence the...

New Zealand Notice 21/181(P)/10(SDD 2010000 170547) [51/10]

New Zealand - North Island - BreakseaSound — Directions; buoyage


2 SW of a rock (3¾ cables SSE) with a depth of5 1 m, marked by Rocky Point Buoy (isolateddanger), thence:


New Zealand - North Island - Dusky Sound— Directions; beacon

151Paragraph 5.181 3 lines 7-8 Replace by:...WSWofEast Point; a rock, drying 0 7 mandmarkedby Paget Passage Beacon (W cardinal), 3¼ cablesENE of the same point.


NP51

2 - 140

New Zealand - North Island -Cascade Cove — Beacon

152Paragraph 5.191 1 lines 9-11 Replace by:...9 3 m bank on which is a rock drying 1 5 m markedby Cascade Cove Beacon (isolated danger); shallowpatches extend ½ cable, both NE and SSE, fromHeron Island.


New Zealand - North Island -Whangarei Harbour — Anchorages


1 Outer anchorage. The following anchorageshave been esablished:

Anchorage area Position

Area A

35 52 40S 174 34 50E

35 52 40S 174 36 10E

35 53 40S 174 36 10E

35 53 40S 174 34 50E

Area B

35 55 80S 174 32 30E

35 55 80S 174 33 90E

35 57 80S 174 33 90E


NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot(2009 Edition)

Scotland - North coast - Loch Eriboll —Directions; mooring buoy


3 ESE of Eilean Dubh (1¼ miles WSW),thence:

WNW of Ard Neackie (1¼ miles SSW) (3.32).


...(1 mile WNW), but it is necessary to avoid theswamped mooring ground tackle centred on position58 29 6N 4 42 0W, and the area of marine farmssurrounding Eilean Choraidh.

HMS Enterprise and MSIBT Portsmouth(SDDs 2009000 039817; 042449) [26/09]

Wick - Harbour and approaches — Depths

92


1 Controlling depths: The approach channel isdredged to 4 0 m (2008) but is subject to silting;see also caution at 4.34. Depths within RiverHarbour vary from 0 3 m to 4 8 m. Inner Harbouris dredged to 2 0 m (2008) and depths in OuterHarbour vary from 1 8 m to 2 3 m. The HarbourAuthority should always be consulted prior toarrival for the latest information concerning depthsand permissible draughts.

93


2 Caution. A shoal with a depth of 2 6 m wasreported (2010) to lie ¾ cable E of South RiverPier head.

Wick Harbour Master(SDDs 2009000 103763. 2010000 018375) [08/10]

Moray Firth - Portsoy — Directions;leading lights


2 Directions. Leading lights:Front light (metal post on concrete block)(57 41 1N 2 41 4W).

Rear light (red triangle apex uppermost on blackand white metal post) (close S of front mark).

Paragraph 4.136 3 Line 1 For: (about 160 ) Read:(173 )

Aberdeenshire Council(SDD 2009000 004015) [22/09]

Scotland - North-east coast - Cromarty Firth— Invergordon; berth

139Top view “Inverness - Admiralty Pier from ESE(4.234)” For Inverness Read Invergordon

UKHO(HH052/200/01) [22/09]

Scotland - Moray Firth - Approaches toInverness Firth — Directions; depth

142


NW of an isolated shoal patch with a depth of0 5 m, reported 2010, (1¾ miles NNE of Wextremity of Fort George), thence:

Inverness Harbour Master(SDD 2010000 043048) [14/10]

NP52

2 - 141

Scotland - East coast - Moray Firth -Approaches to Inverness Firth - Riff Bank —

Directions; buoyage

142

Paragraph 4.250 3 line 4 to 4 line 3 including Section IVNotice Week 14/10 Replace by:

Close NW of Riff Bank North Light Buoy (porthand) (2½ miles NNE of W extremity of FortGeorge), noting that to do so it is necessary todeviate slightly to the NW of the leadingbearing, thence:

NW of an isolated shoal patch with a depth of0 5 m, reported 2010, (1¾ miles NNE of Wextremity of Fort George), thence:

4 NW of Riff Bank Northwest Light Buoy (porthand) (1¾ miles NNE of W extremity ofFort George), thence:

Paragraph 4.250 4 lines 4-5 For 9 cables NNE Read7¼ cables N

Northern Lighthouse Board Notices 17 and 18/2010(SDDs 2010000 101070; 102544; 104510) [29/10]

Orkney Islands - Scapa Flow - Anchorages;designated berths and prohibited anchorage

areas


Anchorages5.17a

1 Within Scapa Flow there are designatedanchoring areas to the NE of Flotta MarineTerminal (5.134) for specific vessels and vesselactivity, as follows:

Berths STS1 to STS4 are for LNG and crude oiltankers engaged in ship-to-ship cargotransfer operations.

2 Berths STS1, STS2, STS3, No 9 and No 10are designated for use by VLCCs andother deep-draughted vessels.

Berth No 1 isfor tankers awaiting an alongsideberth at Flotta Marine Terminal.

3 Berths No 2 to No 8 and No 11 are generalpurpose anchorages.

Prohibited anchorages5.17b

1 Anchoring is prohibited in the following areas:Within 2 cables of the submarine oil pipeline

running from position 58 50 3N 2 54 8W inWater Sound, thence across Sound of Hoxa,to position 58 50 0N 3 06 6W in CurriesFirth.

2 Within 2 cables of the submarine oilpipelines running from position 58 51 0N3 07 1W, close N of Flotta MarineTerminal, to SPM 1 (58 52 2N 3 07 4W)and SPM 2 (58 52 3N 3 05 9W).

Orkney Harbours Department(SDD 2009000 013850 and 015083) [22/09]

Orkney Islands - Pilotage

162


1 Pilotage is compulsory within the OrkneyHarbour Authority Area described at 5.12 for thefollowing types of vessel:

Passenger vessels over 65 m LOA.Other vessels over 80 m LOA.Vessels under tow where the combined overalllength of the towing vessel and the vesselbeing towed is over 65 m.

Vessels over 300 gt carrying persistent oils inbulk.

Pilot boarding positions are indicated on thechart; additional details are given in descriptionsof individual entry channels. The pilot launch is onstation only when a ship is expected.Pilots board in the following positions:

Scapa Flow West (58 45 7N 3 07 8W).Scapa Flow East (58 45 8N 3 01 7W).

Pilots disembark in the following positions:Scapa Flow West (58 45 7N 3 07 8W) and

(58 50 0N 3 03 3W).Scapa Flow East (58 45 8N 3 01 7W) and

(58 50 0N 3 03 3W).

177


1 See 5.18. The pilot boards in position58 56 6N 3 21 8W.

231


1 Pilotage is compulsory within the OrkneyHarbour Authority Area (5.12) for the followingtypes of vessel:

Passenger vessels over 65 m LOA.Other vessels over 80 m LOA.Vessels under tow where the combined overalllength of the towing vessel and the vesselbeing towed is over 65 m.

Vessels over 300 gt carrying persistent oils inbulk.


2 Pilots board in position 57 00 4N 2 48 8W.Pilots disembark in positions 59 00 8N 2 53 2Wor 57 00 4N 2 48 8W.

Orkney Islands Council Marine Services Department(SDD 2010000 121413) [33/10]

Shetland Islands - North Channel andWhiteness Voe — Depths

254


...it of 5 0 m, thence:

256

Paragraph 6.48 2 lines 6–7For an isolated 8 5 mshoal(2½ cables SE)Read a 6 7 m shoal (3 cables SSE); a6 8 m shoal lies 1 cable N. Thence:

SV Triad(SDD 2010000 032006) [11/10]

NP52

2 - 142

Føroyar - KollafjørÉur — Berths


2 Alongside berths. At Langasandur there is aquay, total length 560 m, with four berths, anddepths from 5 8 to 11 8 m. On the S side of thefjord oppposite Langasandur there is a quay withRoRo facilities, depth 11 8 m length 150 m.

MV Ark Forwarder(SDD 2009000 184918) [03/10]

NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)

England - East coast - Blyth — Pilotage

136


1 Pilotage iscompulsory for vessels over 50 m inlength, and for vessels towing other vessels orobjects when the combined length of tow exceeds50 m. For further details see Admiralty List ofRadio Signals Volume 6(1).

Harbour Master, Port of Blyth(SDD 2010000 034195) [12/10]

England - East coast - River Tees —Breakwaters

154


South Gare Breakwater North Gare Breakwater

Entrance to River Tees from NE (6.93)(Original dated 2000)

(Photograph - Air Images)

MV Oriana(SDD 2010 000092633) [25/10]

England - East coast - Teesport —Outer anchorage; pipelines

155


1 Vessels may anchor to E or SE of TeesFairway Light Buoy (54 40 9N 1 06 5W). Vesselsare likely to drag anchor in wind speeds aboveForce 8 from any direction, in wind speeds aboveForce 6 from NNW through N to SE, and wherethe swell exceeds 4 m. In such conditions vesselsare advised not to anchor. If conditions dictate,Masters of anchored vessels will be advised toweigh by Tees VTS or HM Coastguard if seriousrisk of damage to submarine pipelines exists.

Teesport Harbour Master(SDD 2010000 045051) [15/10]

England - East coast - Humber Approaches— Pilotage; anchorages

169


...bulk when proceeding to and from the inneranchorages (7.10a, 7.66 and 7.109) for the purpose ofanchoring. Vessels which are exempt fromcompulsory pilotage,...

170


Inner anchorages7.10a


1 Bull Anchorage. 1½ miles SW of Spurn Head(53 34 N...


2 Haile Anchorage, inset within the SW limit ofBull...


3 Hawke Anchorage, 3 miles WNW of SpurnHead is a...

Harbour Master, Humber(SDD 2009000 190382) [12/10]

England - East coast — Wind farms;firing practice area

193


1 Inner Dowsing Offshore Wind Farm,comprising 27 wind turbines, is centred on53 11 5N 0 26 8E within a submarine cable areathat extends about 3 miles N/S and 1½ milesE/W. Seven wind turbines marking the outer limitsof the wind farm are lit, as shown on the chart.

2 Sites under development. Several offshorewind farms are being developed in theapproaches to The Wash. These include:

Wind farm Meteorological mast site

Lynn 53 08 1N 0 27 0E

Race Bank 53 18 8N 0 44 9E

Docking Shoal 53 09 5N 0 38 9E

Wind farm Centred on

SheringhamShoal

53 08 1N 1 08 7E

3 Lynn Offshore Wind Farm. An area markedby light buoys (cardinal and special) is centred on53 08 2N 0 27 6E and extends about 2 miles N/Sand 2¾ miles E/W.

NP54

2 - 143

Sheringham Shoal Offshore Wind Farm. Adevelopment area marked by light buoys (cardinaland special) is centred on 53 08 1N 1 08 7E andextends about 3¼ miles N/S and 3½ miles E/W.

4 While these wind farms are being constructed,partially built structures may exist within the areamarked by light buoys. The structures may besubmerged or partially submerged and will not beindividually marked.

194


...extremity of the shoal, thence:ENE of Sheringham Shoal Offshore Wind Farm

(53 08 1N 1 08 7E) (8.8).

199



Paragraph 8.40 3 line 1 Replace by:1 Holbeach Firing Practice Area fronts the SW

coast...

MT Højgaard a/s; WAF-OC; Centrica(SDDs 2009000 154764; 2010000 026348; 029077)

[12/10]

England - East coast - Winterton-on-Sea —Racon




Trinity House Notice 28/10(SDD 2010000 139300) [39/10]

England - East Coast - Approaches toGreat Yarmouth — Directions; buoyage

216


1 W of the W extremity of Corton Sand.

218

Paragraph 9.47 8 line 6 For Corton Read HolmApproach


1 Depths are subject to change and the PortAuthority should be consulted for the latestinformation.

219


1 From the vicinity of Holm Approach Light Buoy(E cardinal) (52 30 9N 1 50 2E), the route leads4¾ miles NW through...

Trinity House Notice 30/10(SDDs 2010000 150483; 171440) [44/10]

England - East coast - Great Yarmouth -Outer Harbour — Directions

220

Paragraph 9.74 1 lines 1-6 Including headingReplaceby:

Spare9.74

221


Outer Harbour9.82a

1 The Outer Harbour (9.78) is entered betweentwo breakwaters with lights at the breakwaterheads. The chart is sufficient guide.

Great Yarmouth Harbour Master(SDDs 2010000 028917; 030682) [11/10]

England - East coast - Great Yarmouth —Traffic signals

221


1 Outer Harbour. Signals Nos 1, 2 and 5 of theInternational Port Traffic Signals are exhibitedfrom the root of the north breakwater.River Port. Signals Nos 1, 2, 3 and 5 of the

International Port Traffic Signals are exhibitedfrom the E end of Gorleston Pier. Signals Nos 1,2, 3 and 5 are also exhibited on the S side ofBrush Bend for vessels proceeding down river.When signal No 2 is exhibited vessels should notapproach Brush Bend.For further details see The Mariners’

Handbook.

Great Yarmouth Port Company Ltd(SDD 2010000 139267) [38/10]

England - East coast - Lowestoft —Directions; Kirkley Light


....the line of bearing (227 ) of Kirkley Light(column, 4 m in height) (52 27 7N 1 44 5E), or atnight the narrow white sector (225 - 229 ) of thelight, leads to a position....

ABP Lowestoft Local Notice 16/2009(SDDs 2009000 040439; 155106) [01/10]

NP55

2 - 144

NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2010 Edition)

The Netherlands - Zeegat Van Texel —Pilotage

97Paragraph 4.26 1 lines 5-7 Delete Vessels To 4 30 E.


NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)

Sweden - West coast - Strømstad —Vessel reporting

3Paragraph 1.19 1 line 4 Delete VTS Strømstad,

197


1 Part of the N area of this chapter lies withinVTS Oslofjorden, which is operated by the TrafficCentre at Horten.



Vessel reporting procedure7.25a

1 A recommended vessel reporting procedure isestablished in the W approaches to Strømstad.Reporting is made by a general call on VHF atposition 58 56 3N 11 03 9E, 1¼ miles W ofFlatskär (7.80).


204After Paragraph 7.72 and sub-section heading(Arrival information) Insert:

Vessel reporting procedure7.72a

1 A recommended vessel reporting procedure isestablished in the W approaches to Strømstad.See 7.25a.

Swedish Notices 240/5352/09; 248/5472/09(SDDs 2009000 004724; 018692) [14/09]

Norway — NOR VTS

11



1 The area covered by this volume fromLindesnes (57 58 8N 7 03 3E) to the Swedishborder lies within the NOR VTS area of operation,which comprises the waters of the NorwegianEEZ. All tankers, vessels over 5000 gt and oceantowages in transit are requested to report. Fordetails see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(2).

Kystverket Norway(SDD 2010000 036503) [14/10]

Norway - Lillesand to Grimstad -Inner Passage — Lights



1 From a position 9 cables NE of Reierskjer Lightthe white sector (041½ -042 ) of HomborsundsleiaLight (58 15 7N 8 29 5E) leads NE, passing (withreference to the light):

NW of Skjoldbåen Light (starboard hand)(9½ cables SW) marking a shoal area withrocks awash. Skjolden, two above-waterrocks, lie close NE. Thence:

SE of Ålesøybåen Light (port hand) (6 cablesSW) which marks a patch of above-waterrocks close to the track.


2 When the light is 2½ cables distant, the...

Norwegian Notices 14/671/09; 14/672/09; 14/673/09(SDDs 2009000 103201; 103202; 103203) [36/09]

Norway - Brevikstrømmen —Directions; leading lights

109


5 S of a rock awash (3 cables ENE) whichlies close SW of Flauodden Light and ismarked by an iron perch

Omborg Leading Lights:Front light (red lantern) (59 03 0N 09 39 9E).Rear light (red lantern) (½ cable SSE).

From a position 1½ cables E of MidtfjordskjærLight, the alignment (148 6 ) (astern) of theselights leads NW for 6 cables, passing (withpositions relative to Midtfjordskær Light):


NP56

2 - 145

Norway - Approach to Tønsberg -Sandøsundsleia — Light

130


...1¼ milesN, both ofwhich lie in the channel.Mefjæra ismarkedby a light (starboard hand)and Kringlene is...


Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights

153Paragraph 5.134 3 lines 1-2 Delete: (lantern oncolumn, 14 m in height)


...shoal which is marked by Østre TangefluaLight (floodit).

Norwegian Notices 01/43/09; 01/44/09(SDDs 2009000 004323; 004324) [12/09]

Norway - Oslofjorden — Light

154Paragraph 5.139 4 line 5 Replace by:...Digerud Søndre Light (5.134) and Digerud NordreLight (floodlit) (59 43 3N 10 35 1E). The W side ofthe sector...


Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights


...fringing bank, and is marked by an iron perch.Husvikodden Light (floodlit) stands ½ cableSW. Thence:


WSW of Revjeodden Light (floodlit) (5 cablesNNE), and:


WSW of Askholmflaket (7½ cables NNW), arocky shoal marked by a light (floodlit),thence:

Norwegian Notices 10/459/09; 10/461/09; 10/464/09(SDDs 2009000 041459; 041461; 041464) [26/09]

Norway - Oslofjorden - Søndre Kaholmen —Depth



Norway - Oslofjorden — Depths

160


Southern channel (5.171) has a least depth of14 m in Bleikøysundet, close NE of Bleikøya and10 m in Springeren, mid-channel between Lindøyaand Hovedøya.


NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A(2008 Edition)

Pilotage regulations — Baseline

6

Paragraph 1.33 2 line 3 After ...coast. Add:

See diagram 1.33, which shows the baselineand territorial limits. See also Admiralty List ofRadio Signals Volume 6(2).


Diagram 1.33 at Annex B (see page 2 - 202).

Den Norske Los Volume 1 (2004)(HH. 078/360/02) [44/08]

NOR VTS

7



1 The area covered by this volume lies within theNOR VTS area of operation, which comprises thewaters of the Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vesselsover 5000 gt and ocean towages in transit arerequested to report. For details see Admiralty Listof Radio Signals Volume 6(2).


Rosfjorden approaches -Ullerøysundet — Lights


...which is marked by a light (starboard hand)(58 03 2N 6 54 4E); a rocky patch,...


...in height) is exhibited from Boltodden.Thence:

NNE of Ullerøy NE Light (starboard hand)(58 02 9N 6 55 5E).


NP57A

2 - 146

Halsodden to Jærens Rev - Jøssingfjord —Pipeline; anchorage

107


Submarine pipeline. A submarine pipeline is laidfrom Holmen (58 19 1N 6 20 7E) to a position nearthe head of the fjord, along the 10 m contour on the Eside.

108



2 Vessels are allocated an anchorage in themiddle of the fjord, clear of the submarine pipeline(3.138), by a pilot, or by...

Norwegian Notice 3/110 & 111/09(SDD 2009000 011758 & 011759) [10/09]

Halsodden to Jærens Rev - Jøssingfjord —Pipelines and cables; anchorage

107


Submarine cables and pipelines. Twosubmarine cables are laid out into the fjord fromthe vicinity of Holmen (58 19 1N 6 20 7E).Submarine pipelines are also laid along the Eside of the fjord from the Titania AS quay (3.141),near the head of the fjord, to Holmen and thenceout to sea.

108

Paragraph 3.140 2 line 1-2 including existing SectionIV Notice Week 10/09 Replace by:

2 Vessels are allocated an anchorage in themiddle of the fjord, clear of the submarine cablesand pipelines (3.138), by a pilot, or by...

Norwegian Hydrographic Service(SDD 2009000 183415) [03/10]

Skudenesfjorden - Geitungane —Geitungen Light


1 Major light:



Major light:


Paragraph 4.54 2 lines 2-3 Replace by:...rocks; Geitungen Light (tower, 11 m in height)is exhibited from the S islet. Kryssgrunnen, apatch, lies 5 cables ESE of...

135


1 Main channel. From a position about 1 mileSSE of...

204


Norwegian Hydrographic Service(SDD 2009000 185325) [03/10]

Stavanger - Directions — Ulsnesgrunnen


3 SW of Ulsnesgrunnen (4 cables NNW),marked by Ulsnesgrunnen vestre Light;the shoal is covered...


Talgjefjorden - Kingestad — anchorage

181



Utsira — Racon

204


213


Spare6.79


Bømlafjorden - South-east coast of Moster— Anchorages


1 Notlandsvågen (59 41 7N 5 22 3E) is situatedclose SW of Mosterhamn. There are two...Paragraph 7.37 3 lines 6-9 Replace by:...Mosterhamn Light bearing 103 , but Swinds send ina swell.

Norwegian Notices 12/767 & 768/08(SDDs 2008000 055815; 055816) [29/08]

NP57A

2 - 147

Ytre Hardangerfjord - Lokksund —Light; shoal


5 E of a light (triangular topmark on post,floodlit), marking the SE extent ofVikanesflu, a shoal area (1¼ miles NNW)having least depths of less than 1 m. Aniron perch stands on the shallowest partof the shoal, ½ cable NNW of the light.These dangers are covered by the red...

Norwegian Chart 22(SDD 2009000 014157) [14/09]

Western coast of Bømlo - West approachesto Kuleseidkanalen — Anchorages

281Paragraph 8.45 and heading Replace by:

Spare8.45


1 Description. Melandsvågen (59 46 0N5 10 4E) is a village on the W side of the inlet...


Bømlo - Melingsvågen — Anchorage

282Paragraph 8.49 1 lines 2-4 Delete from ..., the bestposition to both shores


Bømlo - Stokksundet — Anchorages

288Paragraph 8.79 1 line 1 For: 5 09 2E read: 5 19 2E

Paragraph 8.79 1 lines 5-6 DeleteParagraph 8.81 1 line 3 Replace by:...small vessels, clear of submarine pipelines whichhave been laid in the W and N parts of the inlet. Theinlet is entered SSW of Osparøya (8.74)...



Fusafjorden - Vinnessundet —Vertical clearance



Rongesundet - Kjøpmannsvågen —Anchorage

334Paragraph 9.120 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:...is narrow, having a width of 20 m.


Fedje - Fedjefjorden — pilot boarding points

353 - 354


1 Pilotage is arranged through Safe Sea Net, oralternatively through the Kvitsøy Pilot BookingCentre, and is available throughout 24 hours. Thepilot boarding points for the area covered by thischapter are as follows:

Korsfjorden (Korskfjorden on Chart 288). In theentrance to Korsfjorden (60 08 6N5 01 0E), 7 cables N of Store Marstein.

2 West Fedje. In position 60 46 0N 4 27 9Efor vessels over 30 000 gt carryinghazardous or polluting cargo.

FedjeosenNo 2. In position 60 44 1N4 44 0E,1 2 miles SSE of Hellisøy Light.

Fedjefjorden No 3, by appointment only. Inposition 60 45 7N04 46 1E, 1 1 miles SEofFedje Light.

3 West Holmengrå. In position 60 51 0N4 25 9E for vessels over 30 000 gtcarrying hazardous or polluting cargo.

Holmengrå No 2. In position 60 54 1N04 39 0E, 8 cables N of Holmengrå Light.

Fensfjorden No 3, by appointment only. Inposition 60 51 4N 4 45 2E, 5 cables N ofGrimeskjeret Light.

4 For categories of vessels for which pilotage iscompulsory and for other details see AdmiraltyRadio Signals Volume 6(2) and 1.33.



West Holmengrå. In position 60 51 0N4 25 9E for vessels over 30 000 gt carryinghazardous or polluting cargo.

2 Holmengrå No 2. In position 60 54 1N04 39 0E, 8 cables N of Holmengrå Light.



NP57A

2 - 148

Fedje - Fedjefjorden — pilot boarding points

353 - 354

Existing Section IV Notice Week 22/10 paragraph10.6 3 line 4 Replace by:

Holmengrå No 2. In position 60 51 4N04 39 0E,

417


Holmengrå No 2. In position 60 51 4N


Straumane - South part —Vertical clearances

397Paragraph 10.316 1 lines 3-5 Replaceby:...Alverstraumen.Paragraph 10.316 2 line 6 For 42 m Read 36 m


Nordhordlandsfjordene -Hille South-eastwards - Ålenappflua and

Iverholmane — Directions; lights


...Ålenappflua, marked by a light (iron pole),lies on the E side of this group. Thence:

ENE of Iverholmane Nord Light (starboardhand) (1½ miles NNW), exhibited from agroup of small islets at the S entrance toHillesundet, thence:


Nordhordlandsfjordene - Mjømnesundet toSognejøen - Horsholmsundet andBårøyosen — Directions; lights

424


3 Through Horsholmsundet (1¼ miles SSE),the passage between the NE side ofByrknesøyna and the two islets ofHorsholmen, which is marked by lightbeacons (lateral, floodlit), thence:

ENE of Keipeneset Light (port hand, floodlit)(1 mile SSE), exhibited from the NE point ofByrknesøyna, and Slottet Light (port hand)(7 cables SSE), exhibited from the SE pointof Koksøyna. These lights mark the entranceto Nordre Grimesundet. Thence:

Through Bårøysen (5 cables SE), bordered onits W side by Koksøyna and Bårøyna and onits E side by Skorpa and Lauvøyna. A light

(starboard hand, floodlit) (3 cables ESE)isexhibited from the NW point of Skorpa;Bårøyna Beacon stands on the NE extremityof Bårøyna. Thence:

4 Between the NE point of Stora Kvernøyna(6 cables NW), on which stands a light(port hand) and Steinsøyna. Thence:

WSW of Ytre Einebærholmen Light (starboardhand, floodlit) (8 cables NNW); foul groundextends 2 cables NNW fromEinebærholmen. Thence:

ENE of an area of below-water rocks and adrying patch fringing the E end of LitleKvernøyna (1 mile NW). Kvernøyflu Light(port hand, floodlit) is exhibited from anabove-water rock close E of the island; theN-most rock on this foul ground, with a depthof 1 0 m, is marked by an iron perch. Thence:


WSW of a light (starboard, floodlit) (1¾ milesNNW) standing on an islet close SW ofKlauvholmen, thence:


6 Through Stallsundet (2 miles NNW), anarrow channel marked by light beacons(lateral, floodlit). The sound is borderedon its W side by a chain of isletsextending 1 mile NNW to Rossøyna(2½ miles NNW), from the NW rock ofwhich Rossøy Light (11.18) is exhibited,and on its E side by Hille. A light (porthand, floodlit) stands on the NE point ofRossøykalven, close NE of Rossøyna.The channel is free of dangers except foran above-water rock lying on the W sideof the fairway close off Horrøyna(60 58 7N 4 48 6E).

Norwegian Notices 13/617-623/09; 628/09;630-631/09; 636-640/09(SDDs 2009000 083576-083582; 083593;083596-083597; 083602-083606) [32/09]

West coast - Bradangersundet —Underwater rock

427Paragraph 11.65 7 line 3-8 Replace by:The track then leads WNW between the N

sides of Stråholmen and Sandøyna and the S endof Langholmen (1 8 miles NNW), passing:

NNE of Hakeneset, the N extremity ofSandøyna, thence:

SSW of an isolated rock with a depth of 4 6 m(2 miles NNW) lying in the middle of thechannel between Guleskjer (2 1 miles NNW)andKvigesundholmane. Guleskjer is markedon its NE side by an iron perch.

8 The track then leads NW between StoreBjorøyna (11.74) and Guleskjer to a position3 cables S of Klauvholmen (1½ miles NNW)(11.74).


NP57A

2 - 149

Bjorøyosen — Rock


...Geiteneset, the SE point of Vassøyna. Arock, with a depth of 13 5 m, lies 1 cable SWof Geiteneset. Thence:


Vassøyna East — Lights

428Paragraph 11.74 2 line 2 including existing Section IVNotice Week 18/09 replace by:

...Geiteneset, the SE point of Vassøyna. Arock, with a depth of 13 5 m, lies½ cable S ofVassøyna, 1 cable SW of Geiteneset. A light(port hand, floodlit) is exhibited from thepoint.Thence:

Paragraph 11.74 3 lines 1-6 and 4 line 1 Replace by:

3 E of Klauvholmen (5 cables SSW), a smallislet, from which a light (port hand,floodlit) is exhibited. Thence:

E of Fureholmen Light (port hand, floodlit)(3 cables SSW), standing on a group ofabove-water rocks, thence:

W of Kjeøyna (3 cables SSE). A light (starboardhand, floodlit) is exhibited from its NW point.Thence:

4 Through Kiparsundet, the narrow channel,marked by light beacons (lateral),between...

Norwegian Notices 11/508/09 - 11/514/09(SDDs 2009000 045047-045053) [28/09]

Sæleneset to Vangsnes - Esefjorden —Submarine pipeline

444Paragraph 11.160 2 line 4 Add: A pipeline has beenlaid from Munken (61 12 7N 6 32 1E) to the head ofthe fjord, close to the 10 m depth contour on the Sside.

Norwegian Notices 12/772/08(SDD 2008000 055820) [29/08]

Approaches to Kvannhovden —Florø pilot station

459Paragraph 12.3 2 lines 4 and 5 Replace by:

Kvannhovden. In position 61 42 0N 4 45 6E,2 miles W of Kvannhovden Light.

Kvannhovden West. In position 61 43 0N4 23 5E; to be used by vessels more than30 000 gt or with a freeboard greater than8 m. Pilots may board by helicopter.

Hellefjorden. In position 61 39 1N 4 51 2E, foruse in adverse weather.

513Paragraph 12.346 1 line 2 and 3 Replace by:

...normally boards in position 61 42 0N 4 45 6E,2 miles W of Kvannhovden Light, but alternativeboarding stations are available for larger vessels or inadverse weather. For further information see 12.3and...






...boarding positions for the area covered by thischapter are:

Kvannhovden: 61 42 0N4 45 6E, 2 milesWofKvannhovden Light.

Kvannhovden West: 61 43 0N 4 23 5E; to beused by vessels more than 30 000 gt or witha freeboard greater than 8 m. Pilots mayboard by helicopter.

Frøysjøen: 61 45 0N 4 56 6E, for use inadverse weather.


...E within the charted fairway limits on the line ofbearing 090 of Skorekinna, the summit of...




...either boards in position 61 42 0N4 45 6E, 2 milesW of Kvannhovden Light, or in Breidsundet (NorwayPilot Volume IIB) at 62 27 0N 5 59 0E. Alternativeboarding stations are available for larger vessels or inadverseweather. For further information see 13.3 andAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).


NP57A

2 - 150

Fedje - Fedjefjorden and Kavnnhovden —pilot boarding points

459



West Holmengrå. In position 60 51 0N4 25 9E for vessels over 30 000 gt carryinghazardous or polluting cargo.

2 Holmengrå No 2. In position 60 54 1N04 39 0E, 8 cables N of Holmengrå Light.


Kvannhovden. In position 61 42 0N 4 45 6E,2 miles W of Kvannhovden Light.

3 Kvannhovden West. In position 61 43 0N4 23 5E; to be used by vessels morethan 30 000 gt or with a freeboard greaterthan 8 m. Pilots may board by helicopter.

Hellefjorden. In position 61 39 1N 4 51 2E, foruse in adverse weather.

4 For categories of vessels for which pilotage iscompulsory and for other details see AdmiraltyRadio Signals Volume 6(2) and 1.33.

Norwegian Notices 4/292/08; 9/27365/10(SDDs 2008000 021679; 2010000 079493) [22/10]

Fedje - Fedjefjorden and Kavnnhovden —pilot boarding points

459


Holmengrå No 2. In position 60 51 4N


Buefjorden — Bulandet

473-474


Bulandet12.90

1 Description. The principal harbour andsettlement in the Bulandet group is calledBulandet and is situated on Nikkjøyna (61 17 1N4 37 9E) and its surrounding islets. There is achurch, a shop and a fish depot at the settlement.The harbour is best approached from the Sthrough channels which lead either side ofSteinsøy (61 16 9N 4 38 4E).

2 Directions. The channel lying W of Steinsøy isapproached from Buefjorden on the alignment(008 ) of Sæingskjærålen Leading Lights (posts)(61 17 0N 4 38 1E). The track leads N and NNE,passing (with positions relative to the front leadinglight):

E of Storebåen (9 cables SSW) (12.81), thence:3 Between Sæingsskjeret (4 cables S) and

Skaldreskjeret (4½ cables SSW), thence:WNW of Sæingskjærene (2½ cables S), from

which a light (post, 8 m in height) is exhibited,thence:

ESE of a drying patch (2 cables SSW), markedby an iron perch, thence:

ESE of Årebrotet (1½ cables SSW), from whicha light (post, 4 m in height) is exhibited,thence:

4 ESE of an iron perch (1½ cables S),marking the S end of drying ground.

The track then leads N between the isletsfronting the E side of Nikkjøyna to which they arejoined by a causeway and the W side ofSteinsøy. Myrebærskjeret, a rock, with a depth of0 7 m, lies close off the NW side of Steinsøy; it ismarked by an iron perch.

5 The channel E of Steinsøy is entered closeWSW of Hovden Light (61 16 9N 4 38 7E)(12.88). A light (post, 6 m in height) is exhibitedfrom the edge of drying ground off the NE side ofSteinsøy at the N end of this channel.Anchorage. It is not advisable to anchor in the

area around Nikkjøyna as there are severalunmarked overhead cables along with submarinepipelines and cables.

6 Berths. The harbour of Bulandet containsseveral quays arranged along the E side ofNikkjøyna, N of the causeway, and on the islet,joined to Nikkjøyna by the causeway, to the E.The largest quay is situated on the E side of thelatter islet, with a length of 64 m and depths from8 6 to 19 6 m alongside.Supplies. Fresh water and fuel are obtainable.

7 Communications. A ferry service connectsBulandet with Nybø, on the E side of Værøy, withFure (12.179) in Dalsfjorden, and with Askvoll(61 20 9N 5 04 2E) (12.211). Calls are alsomade by a district boat.

Norwegian Chart 25(HH. 57A/200/02) [21/10]

Florø - Kylleren - Måsholmsundet —Directions


...made from the W, passing along a dredged channelthrough Måsholmsundet. An alternative approach ismade through Håskjerfora, thence entering Kyllerenbetween Måsholmen (61 35 3N 4 59 3E) and...


Måsholmsundet. Dredged to 9.6 m.

Paragraph 12.345 1 line 3 For 12 0 Read 8 3

NP57A

2 - 151


Directions for main approach throughMåsholmsundet12.346a

1 Gunhildvågen Leading Lights:Front light (61 35 0N 5 00 7E).Rear light (90 m ESE of front light)

2 From a position about 6 cables NNE ofNekkøyosen Light (61 34 9N 4 56 9E) thealignment (108½ ) of these lights leads ESEthrough Måsholmsundet, passing (with positionsrelative to Perholmflu Light (61 35 2N 4 59 0E)):

NNE of the shore bank surroundingFærøykalven. The N edge is marked by alight (7½ cables W) (12.342). Thence:

NNE of the E end (5 cablesW) of Færøykalven,from which a light (12.347) is exhibited,thence:

3 SSW of Håskjera (12.347), the W edge ofwhich is marked by a light. Thence:

NNE of Perholmflu Light (post), exhibited fromthe shore bank close N of the W end ofPerholmen, thence:

Through the dredged channel, marked withlightbeacons (floodlit), between Måsholmenand Perholmen.

4 The track then leads into the W end ofKylleren and the berths. An isolated rock(61 35 2N 4 59 7E), with a depth of 8 7 m, islocated N of the track.

Paragraph 12.347 Heading Replace by:

Directions for approach throughHåskjerfora

Norwegian Notices 5/209/09; 8/373/09(SDD 2009000 019546; 032852) [22/09]

Florø - Kylleren — Directions

514


NNE of Håskjera, an area of islets and rocksextending 1½ miles WNW from Måsholmen.A rock (1¾ cables SSW), with a depth of2 3 m, is marked by an iron perch. The SWextent is marked by Håskjera Light(61 35 4N 4 58 8E). Thence:

Paragraph 12.347 5 line 1 For 3 5 m Read 7 m


...is marked by an iron perch. Another...


7 ENE of the shore bank surroundingMåsholmen (3¼ cables SSE) marked byMåsholmen Light (61 35 3N 4 59 5E)and Måsholmsundet NE Light (61 35 2N4 59 4E). Thence:

Norwegian Notices 04/165/09; 05/211/09; 05/214/09;05/218/09; 05/219/09; 05/221/09(SDDs 2009000 015282; 019560; 019579;019603; 019609; 019622) [14/09]

Florø - Kylleren — Depths

514

Paragraph 12.347 8 line 2 Replace by:...passing NE of Perholmen (4½ cables SSE), notingisolated rocks with depths over them of 10 m (¾ cableS) and 8 7 m (¾ cable SE) which lie in the approachesto the berths.


Approaches to Fløro - Rotasundet — Lights


...by a buoy (spar, starboard hand. Thence:S of Rotaflu Light (floodlit) (61 36 3N 5 01 1E),

standing on Austre Rotaflua bank, off the SWpoint of Rota.


...marked by an iron perch and SandværetØstre Light (61 36 7N 5 00 4E). Thence:


...light (lantern on post, 7 m in height, floodlit,private) is exhibited from the W side of thefairway. Rotasundet Østre light (floodlit)(61 36 5N 5 00 7E)is exhibited from the Eside. Thence:

Paragraph 12.371 3 line 6 After perch Insert:andRotaflu Light (12.370)

Norwegian Notices 6/273/09; 6/274/09; 6/275/09;6/276/09(SDDs 2009000 024497; 024498; 024499; 024500)

[17/09]

Hellefjorden - Aralden — Directions;racon; light



Racon:Aralden Light (61 40 6N 4 46 4E).

NP57A

2 - 152


...surrounding the islet of Aralden; Aralden Lightis exhibited from the islet. Thence:





...Aralden, a small islet; Aralden Light isexhibited from the islet.





Useful mark:Aralden Light (61 40 6N 4 46 4E).


Frøysjøen - Gulenfjordene — Depths

536Paragraph 13.75 3 lines 2-6 including existing SectionIV Notice Week 36/09 Replace by:

...(post, 14 m in height, floodlit) is exhibited,thence:

NNW of a rock (1 2 miles ESE), with a depth of9 5 m, marked by a buoy (starboard hand).

The track then leads NE, and at night withinthe white sector (053 -063½ ) of Holmane Light(61 45 9N 5 09 9E), for a short distance to thefollowing leading lines, passing close SE of a13 m shoal (1 2 miles ESE) marked by a buoy(port hand); this shoal lies within the white sectorof Holmane Light.

Paragraph 13.75 5 lines 5-7 Replace by:...Leading Lights leads NNE, passing (withpositions relative to Holmane Light (61 45 9N5 09 9E)):

ESE of a patch (4 cables W), with a depth of14 0 m,marked on its SE side by a buoy (porthand), thence:

WNW of a patch (1¾ cables W), with a depth of11 0 m, marked by a buoy (starboard hand).

Norwegian Notice 14/677/09(SDDs 2009000 103207, 117565) [41/09]

Nordfjord - Hyen — Anchorage

559Paragraph 13.209 2 line 1 For Anchorages. ReadAnchorage.



West side of Vågsøy - Stavsdjupet —Directions; Nord Vågsøy Light

564


...position 2¼ miles SW of Kråkenes Light (62 02 1N4 59 2E). Thence the route leads, for a further7 miles, NE...


1 From a position about 7½ cables WNW ofBåsundskjæret Light (61 56 2N 5 00 5E) (13.151)the track leads initially NNW, passing (withpositions relative to Hendanes Light (61 57 9N5 02 2E)):

ENE of Jokkeflua (2¼ miles SW) (13.151),thence:

WSW of Tykjeneset (7 cables SW), from the Nend of which Hendanes Light is exhibited,thence:

2 WSW of Palleflu (2 miles NW), consisting oftwo rocks fringing Palleneset, 2½ cablesSSE of Einevarden; Lortboen, a rockypatch, lies 3 cables NW of Einevarden.Thence:

WSW of Ytsteflu (3 miles NW), the SW-mostdanger of Einevardfluene.

The track then leads NE through Stavsdjupeton the alignment (034 ) of Kråkenes (62 02 1N4 59 2E) with Furestaven, 6½ miles farther NE,and at night within the green sector(028½ -042¾ ) of Kråkenes Light, passing (withpositions relative to Kråkenes Light):

3 NW of a buoy (spar, starboard hand)(2 miles SSW) marking the W side ofEinevardfluene, and:

SE of Tårnet (2 miles SW), a prominentabove-water rock; between Tårnet andSteinen, another prominent above-waterrock 1½ miles farther NW, there are manyshoals.

The track then leads to a position SE ofNipeflu (1½ miles SW), a patch marked on its Eside by a buoy (spar, port hand).


...the track leads initially NNW passing (with positionsrelative to...


NP57B

2 - 153

NP57B Norway Pilot Volume 2B(1979 Edition) — Supplement 11-2004

Charts

2

R 64 Insert:A detailed review of the charting of Norwegian

waters has been conducted between theNorwegian Hydrographic Service and the UnitedKingdom Hydrographic Office (UKHO). Thisnotification, which describes the changes resultingfrom the review, is to provide mariners withadvanced notice ahead of the formalannouncement of changes by Notices to Marinersas they are implemented.

In broad summary the changes are as follows:South of Mongstad (60 48 5N 5 01 6E). The

UKHO will, over a 12-18 month period,progressively enhance its existing chartcoverage of southern Norway through theadoption of additional Norwegian 1:50 000and larger scale charts and will also updatethe existing 1:200 000 series of charts.

North of Mongstad. The UKHO will restrict itschart coverage to a scale of 1:200 000 toenable coastal navigation and allow passageplanning. These charts will be updated andamended to include reference to all relevantlarger scale Norwegian charts. A programmeof consequential withdrawal of existing largerscale Admiralty charts (without replacement)will coincidewith the scheduled publication ofthe updated 1:200 000 series charts.

For further information see Admiralty Notices toMariners Weekly Edition 32/04.


Norwegian charts — Accuracy

3

L 14-20 Replace by:1.17 In the area covered by this volume there arestill charts based on surveys that are up to 100years old. The title notes and source diagrams onNorwegian charts give an indication of theaccuracy mariners can expect from them. Inparticular, surveys completed before about 1960are likely to be incomplete, and there may well beshoals which are not shown. Navigation in suchareas should therefore be conducted with greatcare, and passages outside the recommendedchannels shown on charts should not beattempted.

In digital charts the data quality is given in theZones of Confidence (ZOC) diagram. ForNorwegian coastal waters zones B and C willprimarily be used, based on the followingclassifications: ENCs with source data from oldersoundings (before around 1960) are given ZOCvalue ‘C’, while ENCs with more recent sourcedata are given ZOC value ‘B’. The border for thedifferent zones will be added to the chart data so

that it is possible to see on screen which zoneone is in use at all times.Mariners should take great care when using

DGPS and electronic charts with old soundingsdata since the accuracy and completeness of thedepth measurements do not correspond withmodern standards.Furthermore, mariners should ensure that

navigation takes place at all times with goodmargins and in line with responsible navigationpractice.For additional information see The Mariner’s

Handbook.

Norwegian Notice 10/623/06(HH. 308/400/02) [33/06]

NOR VTS

3

R 50 Insert:

NOR Vessel Traffic Service1.26a



Pilotage

4R 28-70 Existing Supplement amendment Paragraph1.43 Pilotage Exemption Certificate (PEC) Add:Vessels to which PECs apply are required to

notify the appropriate Pilot Booking Centre, or thenearest VTS, when entering and leavingcompulsory pilotage waters. For details of PilotBooking Centres/VTS see Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(2).

Terje Alling, Kystverket Vest(HH. 308/130/04) [22/04]

Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline

4Existing Supplement correction Paragraph 1.41 line 7After ...entire Norwegian coast. Add:

See diagram 1.41, which shows the baseline,territorial limits and the area within the baselinewhich is exempt from compulsory pilotage.

Existing Supplement correction After Paragraph 1.41Insert:

Diagram 1.41 which is printed at Annex C(see page 2 - 203).


NP57B

2 - 154

Reporting requirements for vessels carryingdangerous or polluting goods

5

R 19 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:Carriage of dangerous or polluting goods1.48a Norwegian regulations require an arrival reportand the completion of a check list for vessels carryingdangerous or polluting goods arriving from countriesother than the EC and Iceland. All vessels departingfromNorway, irrespective of destination, must make adeparture report. These regulations apply to vesselsof at least 300 grt and to vessels, irrespective of size,carrying dangerous or polluting goods in bulk orpackaged form, as defined by the InternationalMaritime Dangerous Goods Code. The regulations donot apply to:

Warships and official ships used fornon-commercial purposes.

Fishing vessels, pleasure vessels, andtraditional vessels, provided they are lessthan 45 m in length.

Bunkers of less than 5000 tonnes, stores andequipment for use on board vessels.

The regulations, forms and check lists areavailable from the Norwegian National CoastalAdministration as follows:

E-mail [email protected]

Telephone +47 33034800

Fax +47 33034680

Website www.kystverket.no

Users of the website require a password.Shipmasters and operators requiring a user nameand password should contact the Brevik VesselTraffic Centre on +47 35572610.


Vardø vessel traffic service

26

L 12 Insert:2.1a

On 1 January 2007 a VTS was established forthe waters encompassed by the NorwegianEconomic Zone (Appendix II) off the coast of NNorway, between 65 N, in the vicinity of Rørvik,and the border with Russia. All tankers, vesselsover 5000 grt, and sea-going tugs are requestedto report to Vardø VTS Centre upon enteringthese waters.


208R 10 Insert:14.2aOn 1 January 2007 a VTS was established for

the waters encompassed by the NorwegianEconomic Zone (Appendix II) off the coast of NNorway, between 65 N, in the vicinity of Rørvik,and the border with Russia. All tankers, vesselsover 5000 grt, and sea-going tugs are requestedto report to Vardø VTS Centre upon enteringthese waters.For further details see Admiralty List of Radio


Vardø Vessel Traffic Service(SDD 2006000 407084) [04/07]

Norway - Approach to Nyhamma —Vessels carrying hazardous and/or

pollutant liquid cargo in bulk

31R 7 Insert:Regulations are given at Appendix III

concerning vessels carrying hazardous and/orpollutant liquid cargo in bulk enteringBreidsunddjupet, bound for the facilities atNyhamma (62 51 N 6 57 E).

57L 11 Insert:Regulations are given at Appendix III

concerning vessels carrying hazardous and/orpollutant liquid cargo in bulk entering Breidsundet,bound for the facilities at Nyhamma (62 51 N6 57 E).

82R 2 Insert:Regulations are given at Appendix III

concerning vessels carrying hazardous and/orpollutant liquid cargo in bulk entering Buadjpet,bound for the facilities at Nyhamma (62 51 N6 57 E).

245After Appendix II Insert: Appendix III which is printedat Annex D (see page 2 - 204).

Norwegian Notice 20/1222(P)/07(SDD 2007000 079237) [49/07]

Eiksundet — Vertical clearance

36

After L 56 Insert:A bridge, vertical clearance 16 m, spans the E

part of Eiksundet between Eikøya andHareidlandet.


Ulsteinfjorden — Buoyage

37Existing Supplement amendment Line R42:

For (isolated danger) Read (E cardinal)

Norwegian Chart 30(SDD 2009000 013358) [29/09]


www.kystverket.no

NP57B

2 - 155

Runde - Rundehavn — Spar buoy

40

L 61 Replace by:...E of it, and by an iron perch (pointed topmark, redreflector) marking a 3 m (9 ft) patch...

Norwegian Notice 3/165(P)/05(HH. 310/480/04) [10/05]

Romsdalfsjorden - Tresfjorden — Light

89R 54-55 Including existing Supplement amendmentFor 350 and 000 Read 000½ and 008


Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light

89R 54-55 Including existing Supplement amendmentand Section IV Notice Week 29/05 For 000½ and008 Read 353 and 000½ .

ADLL L0964(HH. 310/490/02) [23/08]

Trondheimsleia - Ramsøygalten — Light

134

R 52 Replace by:10.27 A light (lantern on cairn) stands onRamsøygalten, on...


Trondheimsleia - Magerøysundet —Fish haven; anchorage

141

L 11 Replace by:...Magerøysundet. A fish haven lies in the fairway1 cable W of the light.

L 17-21 Replace by:10.81 Small vessels may find anchorage on the Wside of the sound in a small bay on the E coast ofMageröya about 3½ cables NW of Magerøy Light.Mooring rings are placed on both sides of the sound.

Norwegian Chart 18(HH. 310/500/05) [16/04]

Hemnskjeldet Bridge — Light

145

R 19-32 Including existing Supplement amendmentsReplace by:...Trondheimsleia into Hemnefjorden.The waterway is spanned by Hemnskjeldet

Bridge (63 29 8N 9 10 1E), with a verticalclearance of 8 m. The fairway under the bridgehas a depth of 6 m and a width of 20 m.Hemnskjeldet Bridge Light is exhibited from atripod under the bridge, from which the positionsof the following features are given:Lille Skogøya lies 2½ cables N.Ystholmen lies 1 mile NNE.Meholmen lies 6 cables NNE.Store Skogøya lies 5 cables NE.Meholmgrunnen a 3 5 m patch marked by a sparbuoy lies 5½ cables NNW.

R 61-67 Existing Supplement amendment Replaceby:

10.127 Submarine cables and a submarinepipeline have been laid across Hemnskjelsundet(10.124). Two overhead cables span the sound SWof Hemnskjeldet Bridge, both with a vertical clearanceof 18 m.


Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light

169R 34-43 Replace by:12.13 Dyrnesvågen is a cove on the NW side ofSmøla.Berths. Dyrnesvågen is protected from NW by

a breakwater which extends 160 m SW fromKvaløya and has the following alongside berthson its NE side, from NW to SE:


Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light

169

R34-43ExistingSupplement amendment andSectionIV Notice Week 01/05 Replace by:12.13Directions. Dyrnes Light (white lantern, 4 m inheight) (63 25 66N 7 50 53E) stands at the Nentrance point of Dyrnesvågen, a cove standing onthe NW side of Smøla; the white sector of this light(110½ -115½ ) leads towards the cove from thevicinity of Store Kalvøya (12.12).Berths. Dyrnesvågen is protected from NW by

a breakwater which extends 160 m SW fromKalvøya, 1½ cables NW of Dyrnes Light, and hasthe following alongside berths on its NE side,from NW to SE:


NP57B

2 - 156

Ramsøyfjorden - Breiflua — Light

172

L 43 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:Breiflua, a 3 5 m patch marked by a light (lantern ontripod), lies 8 cables E.

Norwegian Notice 18/852/04; BA Chart 3395(HH. 310/505/05) [44/04]

NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A(2010 Edition)

NOR VTS

9




Radio navigational warnings

9


1 Coastal navigational warnings andmeteorological warnings and forecasts for thearea covered by this volume are available via theinternational NAVTEX service from Bodø andVardø Coast Radio Stations. NAVAREA warningsand METAREA warnings forNAVAREA/METAREA XIX are also available viathe international SafetyNET service. The serviceis currently on trial, and is scheduled to becomefully operational on 1st June 2011.

See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 3(1) and Volume 5, and the Mariner’sHandbook for details.


Nesøya - Jovika — Directions; leading lights

210

Paragraph 5 40 2 line 1 to 3 line 7 Replace by:

2 Directions. From a position about 3 cables Sof Lille Svenningen Light (66 34 2N 12 35 7E),the track leads ENE into Jovika, passing (withpositions relative to Lille Svenningen Light):

SSE of a rock (2 cables SE) with a depth of4 0 m, thence:

3 SSE of a rock (2½ cables ESE) with adepth of 4 9 m, thence:

Between the shore of Nesøya, to the S, markedby Jovikgrunnen Light (floodlit) (3¾ cablesESE), and a line of rocks and drying patches(2¾ cables E to 6¼ cables ENE), to the N,marked by lights and iron perches.


Meløyfjorden - Kjerkholmen — Light

235

Paragraph 5.181 3 line 7 Replace by:...from which a light is exhibited, lying W ofLaksbuneset, thence:

Norwegian Notice 06/26709/10(SDD 2010000063005) [50/10]

Meløyvær - Kubakkflua — Light

238

Paragraph 5.211 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:2 W of Kubakkflua (2 miles SSE), marked by

an iron perch and from which a light (Scardinal) is exhibited. Kubakkflua is theSW-most danger of several lying off...


Eiet and Mesøyfjorden — Lights

240

Paragraph 5.224 3 lines 1-6 Replace by:3 E of a point (1¼ miles N) on the E side of

Mesøya, fronted by a rock awash.Raudsetodden Light is exhibited from therock and there are depths of 10 m,1 cable SE and 2 cables NNE of thepoint. And:

W of Skjåholmen (1½ miles NNE), an islet lyingclose off the mainland coast, from theW sideof which a light is exhibited. A rock with adepth of 3 7 m, fronts the NW side ofSkjåholmen. Thence:

Norwegian Notices 21/31294/10, 20/30779/10(SDD 2010000189948 and 2010000179949) [50/10]

Paragraph 5.225 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:2 SE of Grytøya (1½ miles NE) and Risøya

(2 miles NE). A light is exhibited from theE point of Risøya. Thence:


Tysfjorden - Skrovkjosen -Skarberget — Buoyage

334

Paragraph 9.64 2 lines 4-8 Replace by:ESE of Skarberget Indre Light (starboard hand,floodlit) (½ cable N).


NP58A

2 - 157

Tysfjorden - Haukøygrunnen andStorlysbotn — Buoyage

336

Paragraph 9.73 1 Replace by:General remarks. There are no specific

directions for Haukøyfjorden, the chart beingsufficient guide. However, attention is drawn toHaukøygrunnen (68 10 3N 16 15 7E), consistingof a group of dangerous below-water rocks lyingin the middle of the entrance to the fjord.

Paragraph 9.79 2 lines 3-4 Replace by:Storlysbotn (5½ cables W), which is unmarked.


Ofotfjorden - Bogen — Directions; light

349



4 The track then leads NW, passing (withpositions relative to Østervik Light):


Sørlandsvågen - Røssnesvågen —Lights; Directions


368


ESE of the entrances to Sørlandsvågen(67 39 4N 12 42 6E) (3 miles SSW) (10.67)and Røssnesvågen, which are marked byseveral lights, thence:

369


Wof a reef,marked by an iron perch, fringing theW side of the head of VærøyMolo (67 39 0N12 43 2N) (1¾ miles N).

370


1 Røssnesvågen. Værøy Molo Leading Lights:Front light (post, floodlit) (67 39 0N 12 43 2E).Rear light (post) (¼ cable NW).

From a position about 5 cables SE of VærøyMolo Front Light the track initially leads NW onthe alignment (320¼ ) of these lights, passing(with positions relative to Ytre Seiklakken Light(67 38 8N 12 43 3E)):

Close NE of a patch (67 38 9N 12 43 4E) (¾ cableENE), with a depth of 4 9 m, thence:

SW of a rock (67 38 9N 12 43 5E) (1½ cablesNE), with a depth of 3 7 m, marked by an ironperch, thence:

NE of a rock (67 38 9N 12 43 3N) (½ cableNNE), with a depth of 3 2 m, thence:

NE of an above-water rock (67 38 9N 12 43 2E)(¾ cable N) surrounded by drying ground,thence:

SW of Røstnesvågen S Light (floodlit)(67 39 0N 12 43 4E) (1½ cables NNE); arock, with a depth of 1 9 m, lies close NW ofthe light.

4 The track then leads NNW, passing close ENEof the head of the mole from which Værøy MoloLeading Lights (67 39 0N 12 43 2N) areexhibited, and thence through a channel, markedon both sides by lights and iron perches, intoRøstnesvågen.

371Port plan for Sørlandsvågen (10.73) Replace by:New port plan at Annex E (see page 2 - 207).

Norwegian Notices 3/26326/10; 3/26329/10;6/26855/10; 6/26893/10; 6/26895/10(SDDs 2010000 025063; 026160; 059101) [19/10]

Lofoten south-east side - Sørvagen —Anchorage

380


1 Anchorage. Vessels may anchor in theharbour of Moskenes in depths of about 10 m,sand. Mooring rings are available.


North side of Vestfjorden - Svolvær —Directions

422

Paragraph 12.80 1 line 3 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 18/10 For Osan Light ReadKleppfiskholmen Light

424

Paragraph 12.96 3 line 4 to 6 line 6 Including existingSection IV Notice Week 18/10 Replace by:

3 The track then leads generally N, and at nightwithin the white sector (008 -013 ) ofKleppfiskholmen Light (68 13 6N 14 32 6E),passing (with positions relative to StretarnesetLight (68 13 2N 14 32 3E)):

E of the point from which Stretarneset Light isexhibited, thence:

4 W of Stretarholmen (68 13 2N 14 32 6E)(¾ cable ENE), from the W side of whicha light (metal column, floodlit) is exhibited,thence:

Between the mainland shore and NedreSteinvikholmen (68 13 3N 14 32 6E)(1½ cables NE), thence:

NP58A

2 - 158

5 W of Øvre Steinvikholmen Light (68 13 48N14 32 69E) (2 9 cables NNE) exhibitedfrom a small islet, thence:

W of Salttønna (68 13 5N 14 32 7E) (3 cablesNNE), thence:

E of Kleppfiskholmen Light (68 13 6N14 32 6E) (3½ cables NNE) (3¾ cablesNNE).

6 The track then leads into Osanpollen, passingW of Osan Havn Light (68 13 70N 14 32 89E)(5 cables NNE), marking a rock. Attention isdrawn to a sunken wreck (68 13 9N 14 32 5E)(7 cables N) lying on the NW side of Osanpollen,with a depth of 1 0 m, which is marked by a buoy(S cardinal).

Norwegian Notices 19/30494/10; 19/30496/10;19/30487/10; 19/30636/10(SDDs 2010000 171528) [45/10]

North side of Vestfjorden -Svolvær — Directions

424


...SW of Rødholmskallen (68 12 8N 14 33 1E),which is covered by the red sector (319 -341 ) ofStretarneset Light (68 13 2N 14 32 3E). Thence thetrack leads NNW, passing (with positions relative toStretarneset Light):

ENE of Tennholman (68 12 9N 14 32 0E)(3 cables SSW), and:

2 WSW of an islet (68 13 1N 14 32 8E)(2¼ cables SE), lying off the W side ofRødholman, from which Rødholmen Light(12.60) is exhibited, thence:

ENEof a rock (68 13 1N14 32 2E) (1½ cablesSSW), with a depth of 9 3 m, lying close offthe S side of Stretarneset.


Lofoten west side - Ramberg — Anchorage



Vesterålen - Langøya Northwestwards —Jennegga

492Paragraph 14.175 and heading Replace by:

Spare14.175


Andøya - Nordmela — Depth; Directions

506


2 Controlling depth. There is a least charteddepth of 5 0 m in the entrance to the harbour,¾ cable SSE of Nordmela Mole Head Light(69 08 6N 15 40 5E).


507


9 N of Leisteinen Light (iron pole) (69 08 6N15 39 9E) (3 cables NNW), thence:


NP58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B(1984 Edition) — Supplement 9-2004

Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst —Routeing system

2L 38 After existing Supplement amendment Insert:

Traffic separation schemes1.7aA routeing system comprising a series of TSS

at salient points off the Norwegian coast, linkedby recommended routes, is established off the Nand W coasts of Norway, as shown on thecharts. The system is IMO-adopted, and appliesto tankers of all sizes and other cargo ships of5000 gt and above, engaged on internationalvoyages. Vessels on international voyages to orfrom ports in Norway between Vardø and Røstshould follow the routeing system until a clearcourse towards the port can be set.

International Maritime Organization(SDD 2006000 406837) [20/07]

Norwegian charts — Accuracy

3

R 65-70 Replace by:In the area covered by this volume there are

still charts based on surveys that are up to 100years old. The title notes and source diagrams onNorwegian charts give an indication of theaccuracy mariners can expect from them. Inparticular, surveys completed before about 1960are likely to be incomplete, and there may well beshoals which are not shown. Navigation in suchareas should therefore be conducted with greatcare, and passages outside the recommendedchannels shown on the charts should not beattempted. (See 1.7).

NP58B

2 - 159

In digital charts the data quality is given in theZones of Confidence (ZOC) diagram. ForNorwegian coastal waters zones B and C willprimarily be used, based on the followingclassifications: ENCs with source data from oldersoundings (before around 1960) are given ZOCvalue ‘C’, while ENCs with more recent sourcedata are given ZOC value ‘B’. The border for thedifferent zones will be added to the chart data sothat it is possible to see on screen which zoneone is in use at all times.

Mariners should take great care when usingDGPS and electronic charts with old soundingsdata since the accuracy and completeness of thedepth measurements do not correspond withmodern standards.

Furthermore, mariners should ensure thatnavigation takes place at all times with goodmargins and in line with responsible navigationpractice.

For additional information see The Mariner’sHandbook.

4

L 1-2 Delete


Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline

5Existing Supplement correction Paragraph 1.38 Add:

See diagram 1.38, which shows the baseline,territorial limits, and areas within the baselinewhich are exempt from compulsory pilotage. Seealso Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2).

Existing Supplement correction After Paragraph 1.38Insert:

Diagram 1.38 which is printed at Annex F(see page 2 - 208).


Radio navigational warnings; Firing areas

6

L47-64 Paragraph 1.55 Replace by:

World-Wide Navigational Warning Service1.55

1 Coastal navigational warnings andmeteorological warnings and forecasts for thearea covered by this volume are available via theinternational NAVTEX service from Bodø, Vardøand Murmansk Coast Radio Stations. NAVAREAwarnings and METAREA warnings forNAVAREA/METAREA XIX are also available viathe international SafetyNET service. The serviceis currently on trial, and is scheduled to becomefully operational on 1st June 2011.

See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 3(1) and Volume 5, and the Mariner’sHandbook for details.

47

R68-70 Replace by:Rocket firings take place occasionally from

Andøya rocket range (69 17 6N 16 01 3E), asannounced through NAVTEX and the World-WideNavigational Warning Service forNAVAREA/METAREA XIX. See also 1.55.


NOR VTS

6

ExistingSection IVNoticeWeek 04/07 L64Paragraph1.55a Replace by:

NOR Vessel Traffic Service1.55a

1 The area covered by this volume lies within theNOR VTS area of operation, which comprises thewaters of the Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vesselsover 5000 gt and ocean towages in transit arerequested to report. In addition NOR VTS coversthe the approaches to Melkøya (70 41 N 23 36 E)and Hammerfest (70 40 N 23 36 E).



Military prohibited areas

6

R 7-21 Harstad Navy Defence District; Tromsø SeaDefence Area Existing Supplement amendmentsDelete:

Sandsøya (3.157).Gibostadsundet (6.86).

Norwegian Notices 17/877/05; 17/881/05(HH. 309/410/05; HH 309/420/05) [45/05]

Reporting requirements for vessels carryingdangerous or polluting goods

6

R 46 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:Carriage of dangerous or polluting goods.

Norwegian regulations require an arrival reportand the completion of a check list for vesselscarrying dangerous or polluting goods arrivingfrom countries other than the EC and Iceland. Allvessels departing from Norway, irrespective ofdestination, must make a departure report. Theseregulations apply to vessels of at least 300 grtand to vessels, irrespective of size, carryingdangerous or polluting goods in bulk or packagedform, as defined by the International MaritimeDangerous Goods Code. The regulations do notapply to:

NP58B

2 - 160

Warships and official ships used fornon-commercial purposes.

Fishing vessels, pleasure vessels, andtraditional vessels, provided they are lessthan 45 m in length.

Bunkers of less than 5000 tonnes, stores andequipment for use on board vessels.

The regulations, forms and check lists areavailable from the Norwegian National CoastalAdministration as follows:

E-mail [email protected]

Telephone +47 33034800

Fax +47 33034680

Website www.kystverket.no

Users of the website require a password.Shipmasters and operators requiring a user nameand password should contact the Brevik VesselTraffic Centre on +47 35572610.

327

Existing Supplement amendment DeleteAppendix III in its entirety.


Vardø vessel traffic service

6L 64 Insert:Vardø vessel traffic service1.55a

On 1 January 2007 a VTS was established forthe waters encompassed by the NorwegianEconomic Zone (Appendix II) off the coast of NNorway, between 65 N, in the vicinity of Rørvik(Norway Pilot Volume IIB), and the border withRussia. All tankers, vessels over 5000 grt, andsea-going tugs are requested to report to VardøVTS Centre upon entering these waters.

In addition Vardø VTS covers the approachesto Melkøya (70 41 N 23 36 E) and Hammerfest(70 40 N 23 40 E) (11.59). For further details seeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2).

209R 11 Insert:Vessel traffic service10.96a

A vessel traffic service is in operation for themonitoring of shipping in the approaches toMelkøya (70 41 N 23 36 E) and Hammerfest. See1.55a and Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(2) for details.

220R 46 Insert:Vessel traffic service11.7a

A vessel traffic service is in operation for themonitoring of shipping in the approaches toMelkøya (70 41 N 23 36 E) and Hammerfest. See1.55a and Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(2) for details.

226R 17 Insert:Vessel traffic service11.65aA vessel traffic service is in operation for the

monitoring of shipping in the approaches toMelkøya (70 41 N 23 36 E) and Hammerfest. See1.55a and Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(2) for details.

228L 49 Insert:Vessel traffic service11.78aA vessel traffic service is in operation for the

monitoring of shipping in the approaches toMelkøya (70 41 N 23 36 E) and Hammerfest. See1.55a and Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(2) for details.

Vardø Vessel Traffic Service(SDD 2006000 407084) [04/07]

Andfjorden - Andenes — Directions; light

51Paragraph 3.39 R46 Replace by:

NNEof the head (floodlit) (1 6 cablesW) of theEmole of the inner harbour.

The track then leads W for a short distanceinto the inner harbour, passing S of a dryingpatch (2 1 cables WNW), marked by iron perches.


Andefjorden - SaurabogenLeading lights; directions

52

R 69-70 Including existing Supplement amendmentReplace by:Directions: From seaward the track into the

harbour leads WNW through a channel marked bydolphins.

53

L 1-2 Delete


Sandsøya — Military prohibited area

60

R 55-56 Existing Supplement amendment Delete



www.kystverket.no

NP58B

2 - 161

Andfjorden - Nergårdsvika — Anchorage

63-64R69-70, L1-5 Replace by:

Anchorage. Small vessels may anchor SW ofSvinøya and secure to the shore; the anchorageis especially suitable when NE winds raise a seain Nergårdsvika. A mooring buoy is available,moored between Kleppholmen and the shore W.


Tjeldsundet - Balstadstraumen — Directions


S of Balstadgrunnen Light (8¼ cables W),thence:

S of Balstadskallen (7 cables W), an unmarkedrock on the N side of the fairway, thence:

N of Sandskjeret (6 cables WSW).The sector limit 275 of Staksvollholmen Light

between white and red sectors, astern, passesclose S of Balstadskallen.


Tjeldsundet - Sandtorgstraumen —Directions

76L 28-35 Replace by:

Close SE of a spar buoy (7 5 cables NE),thence:

Through the shallowest part of the channel (fordepth see 4.28), close NW ofRamstadgrunnen Light Buoy (8 9 cablesENE) and thence:

NW of a spar buoy (1 05 miles ENE) markingthe NW side of Ramstadgrunnen, and:

SE of Holsflua Østre Light (1 05 miles NE),marking the E extremity of Holsflua, thence:

SE of Steinsgrunnen Light (1 25 miles ENE).

L 47-52 Replace by:N of Holsflua Nordre Light (8½ cables WNW),which marks the N side of Holsflua; it lies justwithin the white sector limit. Thence:

N of Holsflua Østre Light (5½ cables W),marking the E extremity of Holsflua, thence:

Close S of Steinsgrunnen Light (4 cablesWNW).

L 67 For Light-buoy Read Light

R 5-9 including existing Supplement correctionReplace by:

NNW of Nordøygrunnen Light (1 88 miles SW,thence:

SSE of Stornesgrunnen Nordre Light(1 45 miles WSW), marking a patch, with adepth of 7 0 m over it, near Stornesgrunnen.

R 14-23 replace by:NW of Stornesgrunnen Søre Light (6 cablesNE), exhibited from the NW side of a shoal,with a depth of 5 5 m over it, thence:

SE of the coastal bank on which stands RemmaLight (1 mile NE), thence:

NW of Remma Søre Light (1 1 miles NE),marking shoal water on the E side of thefairway; two rocks, with a depth of 7 0 m overthem, lie½ and¾ cables NE of RemmaSøreLight. Thence:

NW of Sandtorghella Light (1 4 miles NE)marking the NW part of shoals surroundingHellevoren.

Norwegian Notices 20/1179-1188/07(SDD 2007000 080498) [47/07]

Vågsfjorden - South-eastern part -Tovikskjeret — Light buoy

85R 58-59 Delete


Mefjorden - Mefjordbotn — Anchorage

98R22-27 Replace by:

Spare5.61


Kattfjorden - Nordre Angstaursundet -Lysgrunnen — Directions; buoyage

106R 32 After NNW) Insert: marked by a spar buoy(E cardinal)


Kvaløya - Ersfjorden —Directions; marine farm

107R38 After given from the light): Insert:

S of Skamtind (2 miles E), and a marine farmwhich lies 5 cables farther E with mooringchains which extend S and SW into thechannel indicated by the white sector.Thence:


NP58B

2 - 162

Tranøyfjorden and Solbergfjorden —Marine farms

119After L 3 Insert:

Marine farms6.8a

Marine farms have been established on the Wside of Tranøyfjorden in position 69 02 12N17 15 37E and on the N side of Solbergfjorden inposition 69 08 80N 17 38 85E. Ground tackleextends up to 7 cables into the fairway from thesefarms.

L 48 Replace by:

...Dyrøya, and:E of a marine farm (3 9 miles SW) (6.8a).

After R 19 Insert:

S of a marine farm (6 9 miles WSW) (6.8a),thence:


Solbergfjorden - Indreleia — Dyrøya Light

119L 45 Including existing Supplement amendment For024 -041 Read 026 -041

L 49 Including existing Supplement amendment For064 -073 Read 064½ -074½

L 54 Including existing Supplement amendment For100 -216 Read 100 -209½


Gibostad — Military prohibited area

126

L44-47ExistingSupplement amendmentReplace by:Military prohibited areas exist in the vicinity of

Rødbergsodden (6.89) and Skorliodden (the NWentrance point to Gisundet) (see 1.57).


Tromsø - Tromsøysundet — Anchorage

142

L59-60ExistingSupplement amendmentReplace by:Anchorage (220 , 1 mile) depth 14 m, coral.Two recommended anchorage areas (014 ,

1½ miles and 012 , 1¼ miles) are situatedESE and SE of Breidvika as shown on thechart. Attention is drawn to the submarinecable and pipelines (025 , 2 3 miles) whichcross Tromsøysundet between Nygård andKroken.

Norwegian Notice 20/958/04; BA Chart 3751(HH. 309/430/04) [50/04]

Southern part of Sandøyfjorden -Approaches to Skagøysundet — Depth

146R 28 Add: There is a least depth of 8 0 m in thischannel, 3 cables SE of Nyflua.


Vannøya - Torsvåg — Marine farm

158R 16 After SW mole. Insert: A marine farm andassociated ground tackle lies inside the harbour,100 m NNW of the light.


Fugløysveet - Burøya — Marine farm

168

After L 13 Insert:Marine farm has been established in the white

sector of Burøynakken Light in position 70 14 1N19 55 8E, as shown on the chart.


East side of Vannøya - Valavågen —Valabotn anchorage

171L19-22 Delete


South side of Arnøya - Akkarvik —Anchorage

177L 16-17 Replace by:

...ground of shells and sand. Care is neededto avoid a submarine cable laid from Slettnes(70 03 8N 20 29 6E), on the W side of thebay, in a SE direction out into Langfjorden; amarine farm also lies 2½ cables NNW of thisanchorage.


Kvænangenfjorden - Lauksundet —Marine farm

177L 53Delete ...is free from dangers in the fairway and...

Existing Supplement amendment L55 Replace by:

Marine farms are established along both sides ofLauksundet, generally within 1 cable of the shore.

NP58B

2 - 163

R 25 Replace by:

...of the sound, passing close WNW of a largemarine farm and its associated ground tackle2 miles NNE of the light, and clear of the coastalbanks abreast...


Maursundet - Litle Kobbepollen —Marine farm

191After L6 Insert:

SE of a large marine farm and its associatedground tackle (3 3 miles NE), thence:

L43After (56 ft). Insert:A largemarine farm (9.95) liesin the SE approach to the anchorage; the groundtackle extends NW to within 2 cables of the chartedanchorage position.


Maursundet - Jekthamna —Anchorage removed

191L 26-37 Replace by:Spare9.97


Breivik — Jetty

203

R 15-16 Delete


Sandøyfjorden - Hønsebyfjorden —Spar buoy

207

R 60-66 Replace by:Directions. Hønsebyfjorden (70 44 N 23 10 E)

is entered by passing E of Hønsebygrunnen, a3 m (10 ft) patch; a bar, 3 cables within theentrance, has a least depth of 4 m (13 ft) inmid-channel.


Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfestand Melkøya — Directions; LNG Terminal

210L56-57 ForDirections for the entrance to Indreleia,NE of Sørøya Read Directions for the entrance toIndreleia and the north-west approach toHammerfest and the Melkøya LNG TerminalL60 Delete ...from NWL67-70, R1-10 Replace by:

From a position about 20 miles W ofFruholmen Light (71 06 N 24 00 E) (10.101), thepilot boarding position (helicopter) for largevessels bound for the Melkøya LNG Terminal(11.83a), the track leads SE for 23 miles, passing(with positions relative to Tarhalsen Light (70 52 N23 19 E)):

SW of Ytre Tuboen (8¾ miles N), NordreTuboen, 1½ miles farther SE and Tubofallet,2 miles farther SSE, thence:

SW of Øvre Tuboen (6 miles N), thence:NE of Rolvsøyskolten (2¾ miles N), thence:NE of Tarhalsfallet (2¼ miles NNE), thence:NE of Tarhalsen, the N tip of the island ofSørøya, from which Tarhalsen Light (10.88)is exhibited, thence:

SW of Skipsholmen (8 miles ENE), andYttergrunnen, 2½ miles farther SW, thence;

SW of Revsholmen (7¾ miles E), thence;NE of Litlenæringen Light (column) (6¼ milesSE).

To approximate position 70 49 N 23 46 E.Useful mark:

Mylingen Light (70 45 N 23 42 E) (11.69).(Directions continue for Indreleia inRolvsøysundet at 10.106 and forthe approaches to Hammerfest

at 11.69)R 13-25 Replace by:Spare10.104-10.105

224L12 For Fuglenes Read Fugleneset

226L1 For HAMMERFEST Read HAMMERFEST ANDAPPROACHESL16-17 Replace by:Approach from north. From approximate

position 70 49 N 23 46 E in Indreleia, Hammerfestis approached through the NE part ofSørøysundet, passing E of Håja and S of theMelkøya LNG Terminal (11.83a).R45 Replace by:Directions for entry from north(continued from 10.103)R47 Insert:From approximate position 70 49 N 23 46 E,

the track leads WSW for 5 miles into the N partof Sørøysundet towards the pilot boarding positionfor vessels bound for Hammerfest and smallervessels bound for the Melkøya LNG Terminal,which lies 1½ miles NE of the entrance toAkkarfjorden (11.90).Thence, the track leads S, passing (with

positions relative to Mylingen Light (70 45 N23 42 E)):

NP58B

2 - 164

E of Sørøya (5½ miles W), which forms the Wside of Sørøysundet, thence:

W of Mylingen Light (white lantern on base),thence:

W of Fluengrunnen (1 mile SW), thence:W of Melkøya (4 miles SSW).

To a position about 1½ miles NE of Håja Light(column) (70 39 3N 23 27 8E).

(Directions continue for Melkøya LNGTerminal at 11.83e)

Thence the track leads ESE for 3 miles,passing (with positions relative to Fugleneset Light(70 40 N 23 40 E)):

SSW of the Melkøya LNG Terminal (1½ milesNW), thence:

NNE of a patch containing 6 dangerous wrecks(6½ cables SSW), and Molvikbåen,3½ cables farther SW, marked by a lit ironperch, thence:

SSW of Fugleneset Light (11.39), thence:NNE of a rocky patch (5 cables SSW), with a

least depth of 4 5 m over it.Into the harbour.

Directions for entry from south-west11.69a

228

R 50-51 Replace by:...Mylingen Light (70 45 N 23 42 E) (11.69) showsover mainly clear water off the NW...R61 Insert:

Melkøya LNG Terminal


Position. Melkøya LNG Terminal occupies thewhole of the island of Melkøya (70 41 3N23 35 9E), 2 miles NW of Hammerfest (11.59).

Function. The terminal receives LNG via a165 km pipeline from the 3 gas fields (Snohvit,Albatross and Askeladd) of the Barents Sea. It isthen processed to remove its CO2 content andexported by sea.

Operating Authority. Statoil ASA.


Under keel clearance. The minimumpermissable under keel clearance is 1 5 m.Deepest and longest berth. Product Jetty

(11.83f).Maximum size of vessel handled:

LNG. 300 m in length/160 000 m# capacity.LPG. 180 m in length/38 000 m# capacity.Condensate. 180 m in length/50 000 dwt.

Arrival information11.83cPort operations:

Melkøya LNG Terminal operates on a 24 hrbasis.

Maximum berthing speeds are under ½ kn forvessels over 8000 displacement tonnes, andunder ¾ kn for vessels less than8000 tonnes. The maximum approach angleis 6 .

Wind speeds and wave heights restrict berthingas follows:

Vessel size(up to, m#)

Max windspeed (kn)

Max waveheight (m)

15 000 35 1 0

30 000 31 1 0

60 000 29 1 5

160 000 24 no restriction

Vessels will not be allowed to approach theterminal if the visibility is less than 1 mile.

Vessels will not be permitted to sail if the wind isin excess of 29 kn.

One tug will remain on standby throughout forvessels when loading.

Notice of ETA required. For all vessels, ETAis to be reported 96 hrs, 48 hrs, 24 hrs and 5 hrsin advance of arrival. Additionally, for LNGcarriers, a report is required 8 days in advance.For details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(2).Pilotage is compulsory. For vessels over

20 000 gt, the pilot will board by helicopter inposition 71 05 N 22 57 E, 20 miles W ofFruholmen Light (71 06 N 24 00 E) (10.101). Forvessels less than 20 000 gt, the pilot will board byboat in position 70 47 N 23 32 E, 1½ miles NE ofthe entrance to Akkarfjorden (11.90). Pilots shouldbe ordered 24 hours in advance. Changes toETA/ETD should be reported directly to the pilotbooking centre. For further details see AdmiraltyList of Radio Signals Volume 6(2).Tugs. There are 3 tugs available at Melkøya,

based at Rypefjorden, 1½ miles S of Hammerfest.Two are of 70 tonnes bollard pull and are usedfor berthing and unberthing. The third, of90 tonnes bollard pull/150 tonnes steering force, isused for both escorting and berthing.Traffic regulations. A Safety Zone has been

estasblished around Melkøya inside a line joiningthe following positions:

70 41 93N 23 37 38E.70 41 87N 23 35 83E.70 40 89N 23 34 35E.70 40 62N 23 35 39E.70 40 85N 23 38 19E.

There is no public access to the area withinthe Safety Zone.

NP58B

2 - 165

Regulations concerning entry and departure.The minimum tug requirement forberthing/unberthing is as follows:

Vessel size (up to, m#)(ballast and loaded)

No of tugs

15 000 1

30 000 2

60 000 3

160 000 3

Note. All LNG and LPG vessels over30 000 m# will take 3 tugs on arrival anddeparture.

Use of an escorting tug is mandatory forvessels over 500 gt carrying dangerous cargo inbulk, and for vessels over 3000 gt carryingpolluting cargo in bulk when approaching ordeparting from Melkøya.

Harbour11.83d

The berthing area is on the SE side of theisland.

Directions for entering harbour(continued from 11.69)11.83e

Entrance. From a position 1¼ miles NE ofHåja Light (70 39 3N 23 27 8E) (11.69), the trackleads ENE for 2 miles to the vicinity of the berths.

Berths11.83f

Product Jetty. Concrete, 125 m in length, witha least depth alongside of 16 2 m, faced with 7Sumitomo rubber fenders, each 8 m by 4 m. Thejetty is orientated 228 /048 .

Construction Jetty. At the S end of the island,with a safe berthing depth of 10 m, for thehandling of dry cargo. Vessels over 120 m LOAwill not be allowed to remain alongside theConstruction Jetty while LNG is being loaded atProduct Jetty.

Port services11.83g

Facilities. Garbage disposal.Supplies. Fresh water.

229

R 14-25 including Supplement amendment Delete

Statoil ASA; Norwegian Notice 16/980/07; BA Chart2315; Norwegian Charts 101, 493(SDDs 2007000 062402; 2008000 048828) [29/08]

Trollsundet - south-east of Ingøya — Depths

212

L 20 Replace by:

N of a shoal (1 8 miles ESE), with adepth of 2 5 m (8 ft) over it, thence:

N of a shoal (2 3 miles ESE), with adepth of 4 4 m (14½ ft) over it, and:

S of a pair of 6 m (19 ft) patches(2 1 miles E), thence:

Clear of a patch (2 2 miles ESE),with a depth of 6 2 m (20 ft) over it,thence:

S of a shoal (2 3 miles E), with adepth of 4 5 m (14¾ ft) over it,thence:

Clear of a patch (2 6 miles ESE),with a depth of 8 4 m (27½ ft) overit.

Norwegian Notices 11/653/06 and 16/914/06(SEP 000380655) [40/06]

North-east of Ingøya — Depths

214

L 32 Replace by:

W of Litlegrunnen (5 cables N); arock, with a depth of 9 0 m over it,lies 2 cables W of Litlegrunnen onthe E edge of the white sector.

L 41 Replace by:

341 -348astern

W of Stein; a rock,with a depth of5 3 m over it, lies 3½ cables WNWof Stein on the W edge of the whitesector. Thence:

E of a rock (9½ cables S), with adepth of 5 4 m over it, lying 2 cablesE of Likholmgrunnan, thence:

R 10 Add:A rock, with a depth of 7 0 m over it, and arock, with a depth of 5 0 m over it, lie, respectively,2½ cables SE and 2 cables SW of the SW point ofStore Gasøy.

Norwegian Notice 12/702/06(SEP 000369581) [33/06]

Gjesvær - Entrance channel and anchorage— Submarine cable

218R6 After ...close SW. Insert: A submarine cable hasbeen laid through the harbour entrance channel,coming ashore at Springneset (71 06 1N 25 22 8E),on the N side of theanchorage (10.176).

R69 After ...holding ground Insert: , taking care toremain clear of the submarine cable on the N side ofthe basin (10.170).


NP58B

2 - 166

North-west side of Magerøya -Gjesvær — Depths

219L 6 Add:Caution. There is a least depth of 0 9 m in theapproach to the anchorages in Leirpollen and Vasslia.

Norwegian Notice 15/851/06(SEP 2006000 376424) [36/06]

Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest— Obstruction

228

After L 69 Insert:NE of an obstruction (70 39 6N 23 34 3E)

(1 6 miles WSW), thence:


Myrfjorden — Anchorage removed


Spare11.116


Havøysundet — Havøysund Light deleted

232L 51-55 Including existing Supplement correctionReplace by:

Useful mark:Light (70 59 6N 24 40 8E) exhibited from the

head of a former ferry jetty.


South side of Magerøya - Kobbholet —Bridge

237L 54 Add: A bridge, with a vertical clearance of 10 m,spans the entrance to Kobbholet.

Norwegian Chart 103 (07/05)(SEP 000376425) [36/06]

Kvaløya - Forsøl - Sandbukta — Anchorages

259

L 39-43 Delete


Revsbotn - Litlefjorden - Rottnes —Leading lights

260R 32 For 124 5 Read 126


North side of Magerøya - Lille Skarsvåg —Depth

265L 18 Add: There is a least depth of 6 0 m in thischannel 1½ cables SW of the NE entrance point ofLille Skarsvåg.

Norwegian Notice 15/852/06(SEP2006000376425) [36/06]

Kamøyfjorden - South-west and west ofStora Kamøy — Light sectors and depths

265R 18 Including existing supplement amendment For225 -234 and 291 -304 Read 223½ -234 and289 -302R 22 Add: A patch, with a depth of 3 3 m over it, lies inthe SE approach, within the white sector (289 -302 )of Kamøyfjord Light, 5 cables from the light.


Kamøyfjorden - Kamøyvær eastwards —Anchorage; submarine cable

265R33 After mooring rings Insert: , noting the presenceof a submarine power cable which is laid 1 cable off,and parallel to, the SW shore.Norwegian Notice 17/992/08(SDD 2008000 076365) [40/08]

North-east side of Laksefjorden - Kifjordenand Eidsfjorden — Anchorages

275R55-57 Delete

276L16-18 Delete


Northern part of Tanafjorden - Finnkongkeila— Anchorage

285L21-28 Replace by:

Description. Finnkongkeila, a narrow and deepbay, is entered by passing S of YtreFinnkongkeilnæringen Light (70 54 N, 28 30 E).The bay does not afford anchorage as asubmarine cable is laid within it.Considerable seas are raised in the inlet by E

winds.


NP58B

2 - 167

Northern part of Tanafjorden - Hopsfjorden -Hopseidet — Anchorage

286R21-25 Delete


Makkaur to Vardø - Hamningberg —Anchorage


Spare14.78


Varangerfjorden - Vadsøya — Light

302L43 For 27 44 E Read 29 44 E

Kystverket Troms og Finnmark(SDD 2009000 073131) [31/09]

Kirkenes - Small craft anchorages


Spare14.269


NP59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot(2008 Edition)

Larrys River — Light


...and covers at HW, and by Ram Island. Thesmall settlement of Larrys...


Isaacs Harbour — Directions; light


1 From a position abeam Country Harbour Head,the track leads NNW to the harbour entrancepassing, (positioned from Bear Trap Head(45 10 N 61 40 W)):



Saint John Harbour and approaches -Limiting conditions — Deepest and

longest berths


1 Tankers. Canaport Deep Water Oil Terminal(8.62); Canaport LNG facility (8.62a).

Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09(SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09]

Saint John Harbour and approaches - Arrivalinformation — Anchorages


1 Designated anchorage areas A, B and D areestablished within the port limits in the approachto the harbour, as shown on the chart.

AnchorageA, in theSWapproaches, centredon45 12 5N 66 04 7W.

Anchorage B, adjoining the S boundary of A,centred on 45 10 0N 66 07 0W. Anobstruction has been reported (1997) inapproximate position 45 10 5N 66 05 6W.

Anchorage D, centred on 45 09 1N 66 01 7W.2 Pilotage is compulsory in Anchorage A, and in

the N parts of Anchorages B and D.Ships at anchor should remain in a state of

readiness to proceed or manoeuvre at shortnotice and maintain continuous listening watch onVHF Radio.Caution. Herring purse seine fishing is carried

out in area A between 1st November and 1st ofApril annually; care is necessary to avoid foulingnets.


Saint John Harbour and approaches -Arrival information — Pilots and tugs


...chart. A pilot boarding position for tankersand LNG carriers is located on a line bearing295 from position 45 08 80N 66 03 65W toposition 45 09 50N 66 05 80W. The pilot vessel(black hull with white band and...

Atlantic Pilotage Authority(SDD 2009000 000375) [44/09]

Saint John Harbour and approaches -Harbour — Canaport LNG facility


Canaport LNG jetty is located 6 cables NNE ofCanaport Deep Water Oil Terminal SBM. Fordetails see 8.62a.

NP59

2 - 168

177


...conspicuous white oil and LNG storage tanksis...


Saint John Harbour and approaches -Berths — Canaport LNG facility

180


Canaport LNG facility8.62a

1 Canaport LNG facility is located at the end of atrestle which extends 300 m from the shore2 cables ENE of Mispec Point. The facilityconsists of an unloading platform with fourmooring dolphins on each side. Threeconspicuous LNG tanks have been constructed tothe NE of the unloading platform. A flare tower issituated adjacent to the E most tank, close to theshoreline.

2 The unloading platform and dolphins, linked bycatwalks, is 425 m in length overall. Theunloading platform itself has a length of 65 m,with a depth alongside of 29 m. The mooringdolphins adjacent to the platform are in line withit, giving an effective berth length of 115 m. Lights(round masts 7 5 m in height) are exhibited fromthese and the outermost dolphins. Lesser depthsof between 23 8 and 25 6 m are reported to be inthe vicinity of the mooring dolphins.

3 Sector lights have been established on MispecPoint, Connoly Head and in the vicinity of CapeSpencer for the sole purpose of aiding pilotage toand from the facility. They are operated whenneeded for berthing and unberthing.

Adverse weather may cause vessels to berequired to leave the berth and go to anchor.


Cape Spencer to Martin Head —Directions; buoy

229

Paragraph 9.77 4 line 4 For Q Read KW


NP60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1(2007 Edition)

Solomon Islands - Manning Strait -Malaghara Island Shoal — Directions;

light beacon


6 Useful mark:Malaghara Island Shoal Light Beacon (whitecolumn, 10 m in height) (7 20 8S158 01 2E).

EU MIP Project, Solomon Islands(SDD 2010000 000144) [04/10]

Solomon Islands - New Georgia Island -Hathorn Sound — Lights

158


The track then continues SW to a position2 miles NNW of Tunguivili Point (21 miles SW),from where a light (white column, 11 m in height)(8 11 4S 157 12 9E) (see Chart 1735) isexhibited, on the alignment (190 ) of the leadinglights for Hathorn Sound (4.92).

159


Front light (white column, 9 m in height)(8 15 3S 157 11 4E).


Nawae Construction Ltd(SDD 2010000 000144) [12/10]

Papua New Guinea - Bonvouloir Islands -East Island — Charts; position

209Paragraph 5.162 Chart heading For Aus Charts 382,381 Read Aus Charts 509, 510, 512Paragraph 5.165 2 lines 1-2 Delete reported Toposition

Australian Chart 512(SDD 2009000 031590) [50/10]

Papua New Guinea - Louisade Archipelago -Deboyne Lagoon — Directions


211 - 212Paragraph 5.181 2 Replace by:

2 From a position 10 51 00S 152 31 00E thetrack leads NW passing:

Clear of a patch (10 50 86S 152 30 55E) lyingin the middle of the channel, with a depth of9 6 m (31½ ft).

NP60

2 - 169

212Paragraph 5.181 3 lines 5-6 Replace by:...is easily navigable with care.

Republic of Palau - Tobi Island —Charts; position

440Paragraph 11.206 1 line 1 For (3 00 N 131 11E)Read(3 00 13N 131 07 02E)Paragraph 11.207 Chart heading For Chart 977 Planof Tobi or Kodgubi Island Read Chart 763Paragraph 11.207 lines 1-4 Replace by:

1 Description. Tobi Island (3 00 13N131 07 02E), is covered with coconut palms andis fringed by...

BA Chart 763 [51/10]

Papua New Guinea - Nuakata Passage —Directions; depth

235Paragraph 5.330 2 line 8 For 5 5 m (18 ft) Read 4 7 m(14½ ft)

Australian Chart 628(SDD2010000 199568) [50/10]

Papua New Guinea - North Coast -Manam Island — Rock


SW of a rock (4 07 7S 145 16 2E) whichcovers and uncovers, thence:

Australian Notice 1/49/2009(HH. 532/535/02) [06/09]

Papua New Guinea - North-East coast -Lapar Point to Cape Concordia —

Directions; light

334


2 Major light:Oinake Light (white structure) (2 36 4S141 00 1E).

Indonesian Notice 19/187/2010(SDDs 2010000 100663; 106523) [29/10]

Bismarck Archipelago - New Britain - Kimbe- Kulungi Roadstead — Wreck


...the roadstead. A wreck, depth 20 m, lies about1 mile N of Kimbe Wharf (5 32 9S 150 09 2E).

Australian Notice 1/46/2009(HH. 532/525/04) [06/09]

Papua New Guinea - Bismark Archipelago -New Britain - Vitu Islands — Charts; position

354Paragraph 9.119 Chart heading For Aus Charts 395,386, 387 Read Aus Charts 386, 387, 678

355Paragraph 9.122 1 lines 3-4 Delete reported Toposition

Australian chart 678(SDD 2010000 175837) [45/10]

Papua New Guinea - Bismark Archipelago -Islands — Positions

358

Paragraph 9.136 Chart heading For Aus Charts 395,386 Read Aus Chart 386


1 Narage Island (4 32 73S 149 06 69E) is aconical-shaped island surrounded by a reef. The..

359

Paragraph 9.148 Chart heading For Aus Chart 576(see 1.24) Read Aus Chart 391


1 Purdy Islands (2 53 00S 146 20 00E)consisting of Bat, Rat, Mouse and Mole Islandsand Lalent Reef are not permanently inhabited butare occasionally visited. Bat Islands the W-most,consist of two flat islands and an islet, coveredwith coconut palms and encircled by reef.

368

Paragraph 9.210 Chart heading For Aus Chart 462Read Aus Chart 392


1 Description. Tingwon Group (2 37 00S149 40 00E) consists of Tingwon, Kolenusa andBeligila, three wooded islands extending in aNE/SW direction.

393

Paragraph 10.50 Chart heading For Aus Charts 461,462 Read Aus Chart 392, 393, 462, 4622


NNE of Tench (Enus) Island (1 38 85S150 40 43E), the E-most of the SaintMatthias group. Tench Island is wooded onits W side, with reefs extending about1½ cables from its coasts except at oneplaceon the SW side where landing may beeffected near the village of Tench. Thence:

Paragraph 10.54 Chart heading For Aus Chart 462Read Aus Chart 392

NP60

2 - 170


1 Description. Emirau Island (1 39 60S149 57 40E) is undulating and densely wooded;from NW it appears saddle-shaped towards its Nend and flattened towards the S end. There areseveral disused air strips, one of which ismaintained for domestic use, on the N side of theisland, and a coconut plantation on the SW end.


1 Description. Mussau Island (1 25 00S149 37 00E) is the largest of Saint MatthiasGroup and lies within an unsurveyed area. FromW it appears wedge-shaped, the steepest side ofthe wedge being to the S.

Australian charts 386, 391 and 392(HH. 060/200/01) [44/10]

Micronesia - Caroline Islands -Senyavin Islands – Pohnpei Island —

Marine farms


Marine Farms11.40a

Marine farms around the island are marked bybuoys. Their positions are as follows:

Payao No 1, 6 52 1N 158 03 9EPayao No 2, 7 07 4N 158 18 2EPayao No 3, 7 04 4N 158 02 8EPayao No 4, 6 56 4N 158 27 6EPayao No 5, 6 45 4N 158 26 0EPayao No 6, 6 40 0N 158 13 1EPayao No 7, 6 39 9N 158 03 2E

420Paragraph 11.44 4 lines 5–7 Replace by:Marine Farms. See 11.40a.

US Chart 81435(SDD 2009000 002211) [31/09]

Republic of Palau - Tobi Island —Charts; position

440Paragraph 11.206 1 line 1 For (3 00 N 131 11E)Read(3 00 13N 131 07 02E)Paragraph 11.207 Chart heading For Chart 977 Planof Tobi or Kodgubi Island Read Chart 763Paragraph 11.207 lines 1-4 Replace by:

1 Description. Tobi Island (3 00 13N131 07 02E), is covered with coconut palms andis fringed by...

BA Chart 763 [51/10]


Nouvelle-Calédonie and Îles Loyauté —Restricted areas around submarine cables


Fibre-optic submarine cables1.55a

1 In order to avoid damage to fibre-opticsubmarine cables owned by the Post Office, thegovernment of Nouvelle-Calédonie has decreed(2008) that anchoring and dredging is prohibitedwithin 200 m of the following cables:

Between Passe du Sud (2.108) and Presqu’îlede Ouémo (16 miles NNE), as shown onChart 2907; see 2.109.

2 Between Passe du Cap Bayes (4.153) andPoindimié, 14 miles W, as shown onCharts 935 and 936; see 4.170.

AcrossBaie deSantal (5.62), on theWsideof ÎleLifou, coming ashore at Chépénéhé; see5.65.

3 In the approach to Passe du Coëtlogon onthe S side of Atoll d’Ouvéa; see 5.84.

Any vessel which, due to circumstancesbeyond her control, is forced to anchor withinthese prohibited zones must fit the cable with anbuoy and immediately inform Nouméa MRCC/PortControl on VHF Channel 16 or by telephone.

80 - 81Paragraph 2.109 1 lines 6-10 Replace by:

2 A restricted area, within which anchoring anddredging are forbidden, is established within200 m ofa fibre-optic submarine cable (2.109a).See also 1.55a.A restricted area around a submarine power

cable and a water pipeline (2.109a), the limits ofwhich are shown on Chart 2907, within whichanchoring is prohibited, is established betweenÎlot Maître (22 20 2S 166 24 4E) and PointeBagay, 2 miles NE.

Submarine cables and pipeline2.109a

1 A fibre-optic submarine cable is laid fromPasses du Boulari (22 32 7S 166 25 6E) throughPasse du Sud (2.108), thence generally NE, Nand NW to Presqu’île de Ouémo (22 17 0S166 28 4E) as shown on Chart 2907.A submarine power cable and a water pipeline

are laid across the channel between Îlot Maîtreand Pointe Bagay (2.109).

NP61

2 - 171

137Paragraph 4.170 1 line 8 and 4.170 2 line 1 IncludingSection IV Notice Week 51/07 Replace by:

...(beacon), is situated 2 miles E.2 A restricted area has been established within

200 m of a fibre-optic submarine cable laidthrough Passe du Cap Bayes (20 58 0S165 32 0E) and thence NW and SE around CapBayes, coming ashore close W of Poindimié,12½ miles W, as shown on Charts 935 and 936.Anchoring and dredging are prohibited within thisrestricted area. See also 1.55a.

3 Anchorage may be obtained in depths from 15to 25 m, ...

161Paragraph 5.65 1 line 8 and 5.65 2 line 1 IncludingSection IV Notice Week 46/07 Replace by:

...and NE shores of the bay respectively.2 A restricted area has been established within

200 m of a fibre-optic submarine cable laid indeep water across Baie du Santal (5.62) andwhich comes ashore at Chépénéhé (20 47 0S167 09 2E). Anchoring and dredging areprohibited within this restricted area. See also1.55a.

Local knowledge is advisable when it isrequired to anchor at night, due to the proximityof the drying reefs SW of Rocher la Tour.

3 Landmarks (positioned from Pointe de Eacho):

164Paragraph 5.84 1 line 4 and Existing Section IV NoticeWeek 46/07 Paragraph 5.84a Replace by:

...passage is 1½ cables wide.2 A restricted area has been established within

200 m of a fibre-optic submarine cable laid indeep water from Poindimié (20 56 0S 165 19 3E)(4.170) N to Atoll d’Ouvéa, and which comesashore on the E side of Passe du Coëtlogon atPointe de Mouly (20 43 1S 166 23 2E).Anchoring and dredging are prohibited within thisrestricted area. See also 1.55a.

French Notice 08.40.40; K10 amendments0826/w1.2.0.5, w2.0.4, w3.2.4.0, w6.9(HH. 585/400/04; HH. 585/410/04, HH. 585/440/04;HH. 585/570/06; HH. 585/490/03 HH. 078/638/02 ) [02/09]

Nouvelle-Calédonie - Port Boisé —Directions




French Notice 08/59/08(HH. 585/440/04) [13/08]

Nouvelle-Calédonie - Baie du Prony —Mooring buoys


Mooring buoys are positioned in Rade duNord-Est, the N part of Grande Rade, and in Baiede la Somme, as shown on Chart 2925.Additional mooring buoys, painted white, havebeen laid in the NW part of Rade du Nord and inRade de l’Oest for use during tropical storms.

French Notice 08/43/58; K10 amendment0843/w1.1.1.6(HH. 585/440/04; HH. 078/638/02) [01/09]

Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa —Racon



1 Racon:Passe de Dumbéa Light Beacon (22 21 1S166 14 7E).

For further information see Admiralty List ofRadio Signals Volume 2.

French Notice 48/60/07(HH. 585/570/05) [05/08]

Nouvelle-Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa —Leading lights


3 Leading lights. By night, the alignment(049½ ) of the following lights leads from SWtowards the entrance to the pass:

Front light: No 3 Light Beacon (2.124)(22 19 5S 166 17 5E).

Rear light: Ile NouNWPoint Light (2.125) (about6¾ miles from front light).

French Notice 24/46/07(HH. 585/580/04) [31/07]

Nouvelle Calédonie - Nouméa -Grande Rade — Wreck


SSWof dangerous wreck (7 cablesW), positionapproximate, thence:

French Notice 50/36/07(HH. 585/570/05) [05/08]

NP61

2 - 172

Nouvelle-Calédonie - Nouméa - Petite Passeand Petite Rade — Wrecks; obstructions

86

Paragraph2.164 2 lines 5-11, 3and 4 line 1Replaceby:

...positions from Pointe Denouel (22 17 1S166 25 4E)):

SE of a wreck (3½ cables SW) with 15 4 m overit, thence:

NW of an obstruction (2½ cables SSW) with13 1 m over it, thence:

3 NW of a buoyant light-beacon (starboardhand) (2 cables S), marking the edge ofthe channel, thence:

SE of an obstruction (¾ cable S) with 11 m overit, thence:

SE of a buoyant light-beacon (port hand)(½ cable ESE), marking rocks close SE ofthe point.

4 The track continues NE to a position 1½ cablesW of Pointe de l’Artillerie (3¼ cables E), fromwhence it turns N to lead into Petite Rade,passing:

W of a buoyant light-beacon (starboard hand)(2½ cables ENE) marking the channel,thence:

E of an obstruction (1¼ cables ENE) with10.9 m over it, thence:

W of NMR 3 light-buoy (special) (3¼ cablesENE), thence:

5 E of an obstruction (1½ cables NE) with6.8 m over it, thence:

W of NMR 2 light buoy (special) (4 cables ENE),thence:

W of a wreck (3½ cables NE), with 8 9 m over it,thence:

W of Banc de l’Infernal, marked on its SW limitby a buoyant light-beacon (special)(4¾ cables NE), and on its NW limit by abuoyant light-beacon (starboard hand)(5¼ cables NE).

The track then leads to the berths as required.6 Cautions.

French Notice 08.36.20(HH. 585/570/06) [03/09]

Nouvelle-Calédonie - Passe du Duroc —Wreck

100

Paragraph 3.89 1 line 5 After Gatope. Insert: A wrecklies on the SE end of Grand Récif de Gatope.

French Notices 08/31 K10 1.6.1; 08/31/52(SDD 2008000 067891; HH. 585/540/03) [36/08]

Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de la Gazelle -Grand Récif de Poum — Wrecks


SEof theabrupt SEend (6½ cablesW)ofGrandRécif de Poum. Two wrecks are stranded onthe the SE tip. Thence:

French Notice 08/25/46(HH. 585/510/03) [31/08]

Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe du Baron —Directions, buoyage

106Paragraph 3.131 3 lines 3-4 and line 8 Delete

French Notice 07/44 SD K10 2007(SDD 2007000 084163) [49/07]

Nouvelle-Calédonie — Grand Passage

111Paragraph 3.158 1 lines 8-11 Replace by:Grand Passage is deep, wide, clear of dangers

and in regular use by day. There are no aids tonavigation for night passage.

MV Pacific Star; French K10(HH. 585/400/04) [42/07]

Nouvelle Calédonie - Baie de Canala —Leading lights


3 Directions. From a position at the intersectionof the recommended tracks leading 277 and315 (4.92), the track leads SSE keeping to midfairway of Baie de Canala, passing (with positionsfrom Pic des Morts (21 30 0S 165 57 9E)):

4 WSW of the N entrance point (2½ miles N)to Baie d’Amata, thence:

ENE of the N entrance point (2¼ miles NNW) toBaie Ouango, thence:

WSW of the N entrance point (2 miles N) to PortMackau.

5 Thence to a position W of Les Trois Frères(1½ miles N), where the track leads 125 to theanchorage in Port d’Urville.

French Notice 07/44 SD K10 2007(SDD 2007000 084163) [49/07]

Nouvelle Calédonie - Anse de Poindimié —Submarine cable

137After Paragraph 4.170 1 line 8 Add:Submarine cable lies generally NNE, E and

SE from 20 56 0S 165 19 2E.

French Notice 43/66/07(HH. 585/500/03) [51/07]

NP61

2 - 173

Nouvelle Calédonie, Île Lifou -Baie de Chépénéhé —

Submarine cable; anchorage


Submarine cable. A cable is laid SW from Ptede débarquement (20 47 0S 167 09 2E) to20 47 3S 167 08 9E.

Local knowledge is advisable when it isrequired to anchor at night, due to the proximityof the drying reefs SW of Rocher la Tour.

Paragraph 5.65 5 Replace by:5 Anchorage may be obtained as convenient in

Baie de Chépénéhé but clear of drying reefs anda submarine cable which lie within 4½ cables SWand 5 cables SSW, respectively, of Rocher laTour.

An anchorage is situated in a depth of 25 m,sand and coral, with the war memorial bearing015 , distant 5½ cables, taking note of thesubmarine cable which lies about 1½ cables NW.

French Notice 41/52/07(HH. 585/410/03) [46/07]

Nouvelle Calédonie - Île Lifou —Directions; leading lights

162Paragraph 5.74 3 line 1 For (197 ) Read (195 )

French Notice 50/38/07(HH. 585/410/03) [10/08]

Nouvelle Calédonie, Atoll d’Ouvéa -Passe du Coëtlogon — Submarine cable


Submarine cable5.84a

1 A submarine cable is laid generally NNW, from20 43 1S 166 23 4E to 20 42 9S 166 23 2E.This cable extends 1½ cables across the Wentrance of Passe du Coëtlogon.

French Notice 41/51/07(HH. 585/410/03) [46/07]

Fiji Islands - Viti Levu - South-eastern part -Suva Harbour — Directions; light


W of a light beacon (green tower on greenhexagonal base, 11 m in height)(7¼ cables...

Fijian Coastal Navigational Warning 32/2008(HH. 586/520/05) [40/08]

Fiji - Viti Levu south-eastern part -Suva Harbour — Wrecks

263Paragraph 8.184 1 line 3 After chart. Add:

On the N side of the harbour, the use of the SEmooring buoys, closest to Tamavua Beacon(8.171), may be precluded by a dangerous wreckwhich lies 1 cable WNW of the beacon. On the Sside of the harbour, use of the W mooring buoymay be precluded by a dangerous wreck closeSE, 1 1 miles WSW of the hospital flagstaff(8.169).

Fijian Coastal Navigation Warning 21/08(HH. 586/580/04) [33/08]

American Samoa - Tutuila south-eastwards— buoy


US Notice 30/83484/08(HH. 588/470/03) [34/08]

South Pacific Ocean - Tuvalu -Niulakita — Depth

436After Paragraph 15.14 2 line 14 Insert:15 m 10 54 5S 179 45 5EDepth (2008).

MV Cape Lambert(HH. 589/400/03) [17/08]

Tarawa - Betio northwards — Wreck

451Paragraph 16.79 3 line 3 Replace by:...(16.75), and a 4 m (13 ft) wreck in the SW corner, isbounded by a line joining the following positions...

Ministry of Communication, Transport and TourismDevelopment, Betio(HH. 593/410/03) [10/07]


Pitcairn Islands - National limits

17

Paragraph 1.120 1 line 1 For 12 mile Read 3 mile.

NP247(1) Annual Notice 12/10(HH. 062/200/01) [33/10]

NP62

2 - 174

Republic of Kiribati - Southern Line Group -Vostock Island — Charts; position

238Paragraph 9.16 Chart heading Add:4653, 4654After Paragraph 9.16 1 Insert:

Caution. Vostock Island was reported (1985) tolie 4¾ miles ENE from its charted position.

BA Chart 979 [50/10]

NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2008 Edition)

Navigation and regulations -Navigational dangers and hazards —

Terrorism


Terrorism1.10a

1 In a Maritime Advisory (MARAD) issued by theUS Maritime Administration in November 2010,Government and industry sources have confirmedthat the claim by a terrorist group of an attack ona tanker transiting Strait of Hormuz in July 2010,is valid. The group remains active and canconduct further attacks on vessels in areas in theStrait of Hormuz, southern Persian Gulf andwestern Gulf of Oman.

2 It is recommended that all vessels transitingthe above waters exercise increased vigilance andcaution, particularly during night, with increasedmonitoring of small craft activity.

MARLO, Bahrain(SDD 2010000 195794) [50/10]

Iran - JazØreh-ye Lºrak — Major light


JazØreh-ye Lºrak North Light (26 53 2N56 21 2E).

Iranian Notice 17/2008(SDD 2009000 000081) [05/09]

Strait of Hormuz - West Bukha Oil Platform— Racon

54


West Bukha Oilfield Platform (26 23 N55 59 E).

Omani Notice 17/2008(SDD 2008000 082670) [05/09]

Ra’s ol Moòºf Light Float toSoroosh Oil Terminal and Khawr al Kafka —

Directions; dangerous wreck


5 SW of a dangerous wreck (29 12 N49 20 E) (position approximate), thence:

US Notice 42/62032/08(SDD 2008000 084096) [05/09]

Bandar-e ShahØd Bºhonar;Bandar-e ShahØd RajºØ -South-eastern approach -

Directions; major light; racon


JazØreh-ye Lºrak North Light (26 53 2N56 21 2E).


Paragraph 5.8 1 lines 2-3 For JazØreh-ye Lºrak Light(26 51 8N 56 21 6E) Read JazØreh-ye Lºrak NorthLight (26 53 2N 56 21 2E)

Paragraph 5.8 1 lines 5-6 Delete (metal to height)



Paragraph 5.8 2 line 4 For 13 miles Read 11½ miles

Iranian Notice 17/2008(SDD 2009000 000081) [05/09]

Fateh Oil Terminals - Arrival information —Outer anchorage

163


...the tanker waiting anchorage, centred on25 36 50N 54 31 50E in a depth of about 48 m;the...

Port Captain, Fateh(SDD 2010000 098424) [31/10]

Abu Dhabi - Arrival information —Outer anchorages; submarine cables

168Paragraph 7.229 1 lines 1-2 including headingReplace by:

Outer anchorages7.229

1 There are three designated anchorages: ageneral anchorage lying 5½ miles NNW of AbuDhabi Light Buoy (7.218), and T1 and T2 fordeep-draught vessels, lying 12 miles N and6 miles NW respectively. All are shown on thechart.

NP63

2 - 175


Submarine cables are laid from MØnº’ Zºyid(7.234), one extending generally SW around thecoast to the W part of –ºlat al BaÖrºnØ (7.308)and another extending generally WNW to theCentral Production Complex (7.241) in Umm AdDalkh Oilfield.

Abu Dhabi Ports Company; e-marine Dubai(SDDs 2009000 031691; 034634) [27/09]

United Arab Emirates - Abu Dhabi —Outer anchorages

168

Existing Section IV Notice Week 27/09 Paragraph7.229 1 lines 3-4 For for deep-draught vessels, Readanchorages, used exclusively for STS cargooperations,

Abu Dhabi Terminals(SDD 2010000 046408) [17/10]

Shah Allum Shoal — Light beacon


Shah Allum Shoal Light (black beacon, redband, isolated danger topmark, 31 m inheight) (26 25 4N 52 29 9E).


Shah Allum Shoal Light (26 25 4N 52 29 9E)(7.362).


...it. A beacon from where a light (7.362) isexhibited stands near its centre; awreck, witha least depth over it of 14 1 m, lies S of thebeacon. Thence:

Iranian Notice 14/2008(SDDs 2008000 100232; 2009000 000364) [05/09]

Shah Allum Shoal to Doha —Directions; wreck


Clear of a dangerous wreck (25 18 1N51 52 3E), lying ESE of Anchorage A,thence:

US Hydropac 2241/08(SDD 2008000 091538) [05/09]

Cable Bank to Ra’s Laffºn — Directions; AIS

194

Paragraph 7.468 1 line 4 For 25 55 0N Read25 54 9N


AIS:Ra’s Laffºn Fairway Light Buoy (25 54 9N51 42 0E).

For further information see the Mariner’sHandbook and Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 2.

195

Paragraph 7.469 5 line 4 - Paragraph 469 6 line 5Replace by:

SE of WH-8 production platform (26 14 6N52 01 0E) (lit), thence:

SE of WH-9 production platform (26 13 6N51 56 3E) (lit) noting a 13 1 m shoal and awellhead, depth 15 2 m, lying 3 miles furtherW. Thence:

Between two wells (26 10 2N 52 01 1E and26 09 7N 51 56 6E), thence:

6 NW of Pearl-2 platform (26 04 3N51 59 5E) (lit), noting CALM-1 andCALM-2 SPMs moored 5¼ miles and6 miles SE. Thence:


SE of an obstruction (25 58 6N 51 44 1E) witha safe clearance of 17 9 m, thence:

Through to the Ra’s Laffºn pilot boardingposition and the vicinity of Fairway Light Buoy(25 54 9N 51 42 0E).

BA Chart 2523(SDD 2010000 000423) [07/10]

Qatar - Ra’s Laffºn — Limiting conditions;arrival information; anchorages; harbour;directions; AIS; leading lights; basins and

berths; port facilities

196


1 The entrance channels are dredged to 15 m;the E part of the four docks within the harbour isdredged to 13 5 m.


1 All operational berths in the outer harbour of AlKhor Dock are dredged to 13 5 m. The ContainerTerminal between Wakra and Rayyan Docks isabout 1 km in length.


SPMs can handle tankers up to 320 000 dwt.

NP63

2 - 176

Paragraph 7.488 1 including Section IV Notice Week17/09 Replace by:

1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths from 10to 20 m in an area defined by:

25 55 N 51 45 E25 55 N 51 48 E25 48 N 51 45 E25 48 N 51 48 E.

The anchorage area is sub-divided into 21anchor berths for allocation by the port authority.

A waiting area for vessels loading at the SPMs(7.498) lies about 7 miles E of CALM-2 (26 00 7N52 04 9E).

197


Spare7.492


1 Ra’s Laffºn Harbour lies within two large outerbreakwaters, extending 5 miles ENE from thecoast, and a shorter detached breakwater about4½ cables long which separates the N and Sentrance channels. The harbour has berths forhandling LNG, liquid products, containers, generalcargo, aggregates and RoRo traffic.


1 Works in progress (2010) include constructionof additional LNG and liquid products berths,container terminal, dry dock, reclamation anddevelopment of inner harbour areas. The portauthority should be contacted for the latestinformation.


AIS:Ra’s Laffºn Fairway Light Buoy (25 54 9N

51 42 0E).RLN1 Light Buoy (25 55 3N 51 40 6E).RLN2 Light Buoy (25 55 1N 51 40 5E).IHDY1 Light Buoy (25 55 7 N 51 38 8E).RLS1 Light Buoy (25 54 5N 51 41 4E).RLS2 Light Buoy (25 54 3N 51 41 3E).

2 For further information see The Mariner’sHandbook and Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 2.


1 Caution. Areas within the port wheredevelopment of facilities is in progress havedepths shoaler than 13 5 m. These areas, shownon the chart, are enclosed within dashed linesand are generally marked by light buoys fittedwith AIS.

Ra’s Laffºn North Channel outer leadinglights:

Front Light FL1 (25 55 9N 51 35 8E) standingclose WSW of LNG Berth No 1.

Rear Light RL1 (870 m from front light) standingon Main Breakwater.

2 From the vicinity of Ra’s Laffºn Fairway LightBuoy (safe water) (25 54 9N 51 42 0E) thealignment (279 ) of the above lights leads about4 miles W through North Channel, marked by lightbuoys (lateral), and between the outer breakwaterheads from which lights (lateral) are exhibited.Ra’s Laffºn North Channel inner leading

lights:Front Light FLE (orange triangle apex up onwhite beacon, 11 m in height) (25 55 8N51 36 0E).

3 Rear Light RLE (orange triangle apex downon white beacon, 22 m in height) (900 mfrom front light).

From a position N of Ra’s Laffºn DetachedBreakwater Light RB2 (25 55 3N 51 39 2E) thealignment (278 ) of these lights leads about2 miles W to Al Khor Dock.

4 Ra’s Laffºn South Channel leading line:Front Light FL2 (25 55 0N 51 36 9E).Rear Light RL2 (735 m from front light).

From a position about 6 cables SSW of Ra’sLaffºn Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (25 54 9N51 42 0E) the alignment (279 ) of these lightsleads about 3½ miles W through South Channel,marked by light buoys (lateral), and between theouter breakwater heads from which lights (lateral)are exhibited, to Wakra Dock.

5 Useful marks:SB2 Light (25 55 8N 51 38 4E) exhibited from

a short spur breakwater extending SSW fromN Breakwater.

The port control tower (25 55 7N 51 36 1E)standingon theNcorner of the central quay inAl Khor Dock.

RB6 Light (25 54 0N 51 39 6E) exhibited fromthe elbow of S Breakwater.

Paragraph 7.498 including headings and Section IVNotice Week 17/09 Replace by:

SPMs, basins and berths

SPMs7.498

1 CALM-1 (26 00 7N 52 03 7E).CALM-2 (1 mile further E).Tankers of up to 320 000 dwt can moor to

these SPMs to load condensate.

Basins and berths7.498a

1 Doha Dock. The N basin has LNG Berth No 5with LNG Berth No 6 under construction (2010)further NW. Coastguard mooring buoys lie eitherside of N Breakwater’s inner spur.

2 Al Khor Dock lies WSW of Doha Dock withininner breakwaters. Four LNG berths lie off the Ninner breakwater and six liquid products berthsare either side of three piers which extend NNWfrom S inner breakwater. Three cargo berths aresituated on the NE side of the central quay. Fourcargo berths are situated on the inner side of thecentral quay; Berth Nos 104 and 107 are used forRoRo cargo. Laffan 1 Aggregate Berth lies5 cables SW of Berth No 105 and is used forimporting aggregate.

NP63

2 - 177

3 Service Berths 206 to 212 lie on an extensionof the main central quay which extends SE intothe inner basin; Service Berths 218 to 221 and aslip are situated in the NW part of the basin;Service Berths 200 to 205 are close SW.

4 Wakra Dock, consisting of inner and outerbasins separated by breakwaters, is situated SEof Al Khor Dock and has a number of LiquidProducts berths under construction (2010) in itsouter basin.

Rayyan Dock the S most basin has acontainer terminal and dry dock where works arein progress (2010).


1 There is a slipway. A dry dock is underconstruction (2010).

BA Chart 3781; Ra’s Laffºn Port Authority(SDDs 2010000 005488; 017753) [07/10]

Ra’s Laffºn — Arrival information; SPMs


A waiting area for vessels loading at the SPMslies about 7 miles E of CALM-2 (26 00 7N52 04 9E).

197Paragraph 7.490 1 line 6 For pilot Read harbour pilot


...Buoy. The pilot for the SPMs boards about2¾ miles SE of CALM-1 (26 00 7N 52 03 7E).See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3).


1 SPMs. CALM-1 (26 00 7N 52 03 7E) andCALM-2 lying 1 mile further E.

Outer Basin. Three LNG berths lie off theMain...

Head of Port Operations Ra’s Laffan(SDD 2009000 015173) [17/09]

Bahrain - MØnº’ Salmºn and thePort of Sitrah — Directions;

Sitrah Light Buoy

202Paragraphs 8.28 1 line 13 For (26 10 2N 50 42 9E)Read (26 10 4N 50 43 3E).

203Paragraph8.36 1 line 3 For (26 10 2N 50 42 9E)Read (26 10 4N 50 43 3E).


1 Caution. The channel described below is beingdredged to a depth of 15 m. The work isexpected to complete by the end of 2009.

Mariners should consult Temporary andPreliminary Notices and contact the localauthorities for the latest information.The charted recommended track is primarily

intended for...



Paragraph 8.38 4 line 8 For (26 10 2N 50 42 9E)Read (26 10 4N 50 43 3E).

204



Paragraphs 8.40 5 line 4 For (26 10 2N 50 42 9E)Read (26 10 4N 50 43 3E).

205Paragraph 8.53 1 line 4 For (26 10 2N 50 42 9E)Read (26 10 4N 50 43 3E).


Khalifa Bin Salman Port; see 8.81.



3 Sitrah Anchorage lies in the approaches toASRY (8.83) as shown on the chart; the shipyardand MØnº ’ Salmºn Approach Light Buoy(26 10 2N 50 40 8E) mark its N and SW limits.Anchoring is only permitted on instruction of thePort Authority; any vessel using the anchorage isunder 1 hour’s notice of movement.


...open roadstead SW of Sitrah Light Buoy(26 10 4N 50 43 3E); within Khawr al Qulay’ahanchorage is...


207




N of No 18 Light Buoy (lateral) (3¾ miles E),thence:

S of Sitrah Light Buoy (S cardinal) (3¼ miles E),thence:

N of an obstruction (3 miles ESE)with a depth of11 7 m, noting Seistan Wreck Light Buoy (Ncardinal) lying 6 cables SSE. Thence:

NP63

2 - 178

208


1 The port, also known as Bahrain Gateway, hasbeen constructed to handle conventional, RoRo,cruise and the largest container vessels. Thequay is 1800 m in length, of which 900 m isallocated for container vessels, with alongsidedepths of 15.0 m. The dredged area is marked bylight buoys (lateral and special).

Paragraph 8.82 1 line 2 For 300 m Read 850 m.


...the W for the export of iron ore pellets. Lightbuoys (starboard hand) mark the dredged area inthe approach to...

Paragraph 8.82 2 line 10 For Sitrah Anchorage (8.65)Read the recommended track

GOP Bahrain; BA Chart 3734 Edition 1/2009(SDDs 2008000 093990; 2009000 015788) [14/09]

Bahrain — Directions; recommended routefor deep-draught vessels;route for other vessels

203-204


2 The recommended track is intended for use bydeep-draught vessels. A channel with a width of260 m is dredged along the track. In the bendsthe dredging is extended, especially aroundBahrain Approach Light Buoy (26 21 75N50 46 63E). It should not be used by vessels witha draught of less than 9 1 m; such vessels shoulduse the NE approach (8.37) instead.

3 From the vicinity of Bahrain Light Buoy(26 33 00N 51 03 58E) the recommended track,marked by light buoys (lateral), leads initially SW,then generally S, for about 32 miles, passing:

SE of PIN Light Buoy (S cardinal) (26 28 31N50 57 40E), moored S of dangerousobstructions, thence:

NW of Caisson Wreck Light Buoy (S cardinal)(26 24 37N 50 52 48E) and SE of theobstruction, 1½ miles NNW, least depth12 8 m, lying close NE of No 11 Light Buoy.Thence:

4 NW of Bahrain Approach Light Buoy(W cardinal) (26 21 75N 50 46 63E),thence:

E of No 21 Light Buoy (starboard hand)(26 21 39N 50 46 26E), thence:

W of Sitrah Inward Light Buoy (W cardinal)(26 21 15N 50 49 72E), moored about1 mile W of a 9 8 m shoal patch, thence:

5 E of No 27 Light Buoy (starboard hand)(26 17 07N 50 46 25E), marking the Elimit of the coastal bank, thence:

E of No 29 Light Buoy (starboard hand)(26 16 00N 50 46 10E), moored close SEof a 9 3 m shoal, thence:

W of Vidal Light Buoy (port hand) (26 14 19N50 47 23E) (8.40), thence:

6 E then S of No 37 Light Buoy (S cardinal)(26 10 75N 50 45 49E), thence:

To the pilot boarding position (26 10 40N50 44 44E).

Paragraph 8.40 including existing section IV Replaceby:

1 The route for vessels not authorised to use therecommended route (8.38) leads from the vicinityof Bahrain Light Buoy (safe water) (26 33 00N51 03 58E) for about 30 miles keeping SE and Eof the deep-draught recommended track, passing:

SE of No 2 Light Buoy (port hand) (26 29 62N50 59 60E), thence:

2 NW of a dangerous wreck (positionapproximate) (reported 1977) (26 24 73N50 56 86E), thence:

SE of Caisson Wreck Light Buoy (S cardinal)(26 24 37N 50 52 48E), thence:

NW of a dangerous wreck (26 22 40N50 53 50E), thence:

3 N then W of Sitrah Inward Light Buoy(26 21 15N 50 49 72E) (8.38), thence:

W of Vidal Light Buoy (port hand) (26 14 19N50 47 23E), moored W of numerous shoalpatches, thence:

E then S of No 37 Light Buoy (S cardinal)(26 10 75N 50 45 49E), thence:

To the pilot boarding position (26 10 40N50 44 44E).Useful marks:

See 8.39.(Directions continue at 8.74)

BahrainMarine Notice 1/2010; BACharts 3734, 3737,3738(SDD 2010000 064762) [43/10]

NP64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot(2009 Edition)

Saudi Arabia - Jeddah — Directions;Red Sea Gateway Terminal

259


...coastal reefs. Red Sea Gateway Terminal(21 29 2N 39 09 1E) and the main commercialsector of the port form...


Spare9.247

NP64

2 - 179

261


Northern entrance to Red Sea GatewayTerminal and main commercial port9.257

1 General remarks. Al –arØq (21 28 N 39 07 E),Bawºbat al Mamarral Wusòá (Middle Gateway)(1 mile E) and Bawºbat al Mamarr ad DºkhilØyah(Inner Gateway) (2 miles E) form the principalchannel through the off-lying reefs for entry intothe main commercial port of Jeddah. A channeldredged to 16 5 m (2009) leads from Al –arØq toRed Sea Gateway Terminal (2 miles NE).

Paragraph 9.258 1 lines 1- 2 Replace by:

Northern entrance to Al –arØq9.258

1 Directions (continued from 9.253 and 9.255).The channel leads about 1 mile E, passing (withpositions...


3 S of ‘A’ Light Buoy (port hand) (7 cablesWNW) which marks the W extremity ofthe entrance to the channel leading toRed Sea Gateway Terminal.

(Directions for the commercial port continue at9.259)


Al –arØq to Red Sea Gateway Terminal9.258a

1 Directions. (continued from 9.258) The channelleads generally NE for about 2 miles, passing(with positions from Shi‘b Jahºn Light (21 28 5N39 07 2E) (9.250)):

Between ‘A’ Light Buoy (port hand) (3 cables S)and ‘B’ Light Buoy (E cardinal) (5½ cablesSE), thence;

2 SE of Shi‘b Jahºn Light (9.250), standing onthe S part of the W side of Shi‘b Jahºn,a partially drying reef which extendsabout 8 cables in a N/S direction, thence:

NW of North Gateway (7 cables ESE) (9.260),thence:

3 The track continues NE between pairedlightbuoys (lateral) to a turning circle, radius300 m, charted close off the berths.

Paragraph 9.259 1 line 1 including heading Replaceby:

Al –arØq to main commercial port9.259

1 Directions. (continued from 9.258) The channelcontinues E, passing (with positions from Bawºbatal Mamarral Wusòá (Middle Gateway) North LightBeacon (21 28 0N 39 07 9E)):

S of ‘B’ Light Buoy (W cardinal) (3½ cables W),which marks the E extremity of the entranceto the channel leading to Red Sea GatewayTerminal. Thence:

264

After Berths Insert:

Red Sea Gateway Terminal9.272a

1 The terminal (21 29 3N 39 09 2E) is the Ncargo handling facility of the port. It consists ofthree numbered berths, R1 to R3, length 735 mwith depths alongside of 16 5 m, used for cargooperations. Berth R4, length 300 m with a depthalongside of 15 m, is used by service craft.

Red Sea Gateway Terminal; BA2577(SDD 2010000 070893) [31/10]

Yemen — BalÖºf LNG Terminal

317Paragraph 12.83 1 line 10 For Ra’s al ‘Uîaydah ReadBalÖºf

Paragraph 12.83 1 line 12 For Ra’s al ‘Uîaydah ReadBalÖºf Light


BalÖºf LNG Terminal

Chart 6, plan BalÖºf LNG TerminalGeneral information12.89

7 Position and function. BalÖºf LNG Terminal(13 58 8N 48 10 1E) lies on the E side ofGhubbat al ‘Ayn (12.113), close W of BalÖºf Light(12.83). The terminal exports LNG.

8 Port authority. Yemen LNG Company Ltd,PO Box 15347, Sana’a, Republic of Yemen.Website: www.yemenlng.com


1 Limiting depth - LNG Jetty. Four light buoys(cardinal), moored in a SE/NW line mark the 12 misobath passing close NE off the T-head andturning circle.Tidal levels. Mean maximum range at BalÖºf

about 1 5 m; mean minimum range about 0 4 m.See information in Admiralty Tide TablesVolume 3.

2 Maximum size of vessel handled: LNG jetty;vessels up to 205 000 m3.

Local weather and sea state. The LNG Jettyis fully exposed to sea and swell during the SWmonsoon (June to September). Wave heights mayincrease at a rate of 0 5 m per hour, withmaximum wave height experienced during theafternoon.

3 The SW monsoon wind tends to push vesselsmoored alongside the MOF Wharf off the berth.Due to the presence of a sensitive coral area inthe vicinity, the port requires vessels to ensurethey remain moored safely alongside.In the above circumstances, it is recommended

that moorings are closely monitored.

www.yemenlng.com

NP64

2 - 180


1 Notice of ETA should be sent on departurefrom previous port with updates 48, 24 and6 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List ofRadio Signals Volume 6(3) for further information.Anchoring is not allowed within terminal limits

except in an emergency.2 Emergency anchorage, radius 500 m, charted

as DW (deep water) anchorage, lies 1½ miles NWof LNG Jetty.

Submarine pipeline. A sea water intake pipefor the LNG plant, charted as an outfall, liesbetween MOF Wharf breakwater head and thetrestle; buoys (special) mark its seaward end.

9 Pilotage and tugs. Compulsory. Pilot boardsseaward of the Fairway Light Buoy (safe water)(13 59 0N 48 08 8E). LNG vessels generallyberth during daylight hours. Vessels using MOFWharf are generally berthed one hour either sideof LW. See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(3) for further information.

10 Restricted area. Restrictions apply in theapproaches to the Marine Exclusion Zone (seebelow); see charted note.

Marine Exclusion Zone. The terminal and DWanchorage lie within an exclusion zone, the limitsof which are marked by light buoys (special); onlyvessels bound for the LNG Jetty or MOF Wharfwith pilot on board and tugs secured arepermitted to enter.

11 Fish aggregating devices (FADs). See12.113.

Fishing. Extensive fishing is carried out in thevicinity mainly from poorly lit wooden craft whichare difficult to detect by radar. It is recommendedthat vessels using the terminal keep a sharplookout and give them a wide berth.

Harbour12.89c

1 Layout. The harbour consists of a T-headed(lit) LNG jetty and, about 4½ cables SE, a marineoffloading (MOF) wharf on the lee side of a shortbreakwater extending NW from the shore. Thebreakwater head lies about 300 m S of the trestle.

2 Currents in the vicinity of BalÖºf are influencedby the monsoons but are generally weak innature with rates of less than 0 5 kn. Generally,currents run parallel to the coastline but can havea wind generated component following prolongedperiods of wind from the same direction.

Directions12.89d

1 Principal marks:Landmarks: Radio Tower (red and white

bands) (13 58 5N 48 10 8E).White tank (S) (13 58 8N 48 10 7E).Major light:BalÖºf Light (13 58 9N48 11 2E).

Other aid to navigation:Racon: BalÖºf Light - as above.

See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2for details.

2 Berthing:LNG Jetty. From the vicinity of the fairway lightbuoy (13 59 0N 48 08 8E) the track leads Eto the turning circle, diameter 750 m, situatedclose NW of the T-head. Vessels berth portside alongside LNG Jetty, bows SW.

3 MOF Wharf leading lights:Front light (13 58 6N 48 10 7E);Rear light (160 m from front).From the vicinity of the fairway light buoy thealignment (093 8 ) of these lights leads to theturning circle, diameter 300 m, closeW of thebreakwater.

Caution. The above lead clears the SWmooring dolphin (lit) of the LNG Jetty by less than100 m.

Berths12.89e

1 LNG Jetty consists of a SW/NE orientatedT-head, flanked on either side by mooringdolphins, connected to the shore by a 600 mtrestle.The MOF Wharf is used by cargo vessels of

up to 5000 dwt to offload supplies for the gaspipeline and plant.

Port services12.89f

1 Services. None available except generalmedical facilities at the plant clinic.

Yemen LNG Company(SDD 2009000 150611) [51/09]

NP65 St Lawrence Pilot (2009 Edition)

Havre de Mingan —Limiting conditions; depths

92



Pointe des Ponts to Pointe à Michel —Directions; beacons


5.109Useful mark

1 Godbout Wharf Light (square framework tower,8 m in height) (49 19 3N 67 35 5W).

(Directions continue for Baie des Anglais at5.131, and for coastal passage at 5.143)

Canada Eastern Notice 10/09(SDD2009000 155185) [47/09]

Pointe de L’Est to Île d’Entrée — Wreck

130


Canada Eastern Notice 01/10(SDD 2010000 017603) [07/10]

NP65

2 - 181

Port of Sorel and Rivière Richelieu —Basins and berths; anchorage


1 There are a number of designated anchorageberths located off the Route Île de Grâce in thevicinity of the entrance to Rivière Richelieu, in 9to 10 m. These anchor berths are indicated onthe plan of Port de Sorel.

Canada Eastern Notice 10/09(SDD 2009000 155188) [47/09]

NP66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot(2008 Edition)

Firth of Clyde – Loch Striven — Anchorages


3 Lay-up anchorages are available in LochStriven out of the main Clyde shipping routes. Fordetails regarding lay-up and anchorage/raftingpositions Clyde Port Harbour Master should becontacted well in advance. See also 3.322.


A designated lay-up anchorage exists withinLoch Striven, S of Ardbeg Point (55 57 7N5 06 3W) and N of the Experimental Area offBrackley Point (55 55 2N 5 03 4W). Largevessels normally anchor or raft together up to sixabeast, with ships anchors marked by unlitsurface buoys.

2 Mariners transiting the lay-up area shouldproceed with due caution and where possibleclose the W side of Loch Striven during thetransit.

Clydeport Notice to Mariners 37/09(SDD 2009000 054230) [34/09]

Firth of Clyde – Helensburgh —Prohibited activities

92


2 An area in which fishing and anchoring areprohibited fronts Helensburgh Pier (3.382) andextends 1¾ cables SSW from the pier.

HMNB Clyde(SDD 2010000 029112) [11/10]

Campbeltown Loch— Pilotage; depths

110


1 Licensed pilots are available at Campbeltown.Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels within the

harbour limits. Exempted are vessels of less than80 m in length and fishing vessels which arecarrying marine harvests that they have caughtthemselves, unless the vessel is carryingdangerous or polluting substances in bulk (asdefined in the Dangerous Substances in HarbourArea Regulations 1987) and excepting all vesselswhich are not gas free. Masters and First Matesof vessels holding a current PEC will be exemptfrom pilotage.

2 Pilot boards 5 cables NE of Island Davaar Light(55 26 N 5 32 W), but vessels classed as large,LOA 125 m or over and/or a draught of 8 m, maybe boarded 1¾ miles ENE of Island Davaar Light.For further information see Admiralty List of

Radio Signals Volume 6(1).

111

Paragraph 4.44 1 line 5-6 For has dredged depths(1983) of 4 m in the entrance. Read has dredgeddepths (2010) of 7 m in the entrance.

Campbeltown Pilots(RSDRA 2010000 073137) [21/10]

Firth of Clyde – Skipness —Directions; useful mark


Radio masts, 1¼ miles NNE of Skipness Point.


Radio masts, 1¼ miles NNE of Skipness Point.



Hebrides – Loch Barraglom andEast Loch Roag — Vertical clearances




Firth of Lorn — Buoyage


...together, marked on their SW side by Bono RockLight Buoy (W cardinal) and covered by a red...

NP66

2 - 182


Bogha Ghair is marked on the NE side byBogha Ghair Light Buoy (port hand) and iscovered by a red sector...


The Small Isles — Sea state

284


1 In areas of shallow water, wind combined withstrong tidal streams can cause very heavy seas.It has been reported that exceptionally largewaves can sometimes form in relatively calm seasin the vicinity of Maxwell Bank (56 51 N 6 06 W)and Bo Faskadale (56 48 N 6 06 W).

Marine Accident Investigation Branch(SDD 2010000 016235) [08/10]

Point of Ardnamurchan northeastwards —Depth


MV Seabeam(SDD 2009000 100135) [33/09]

Outer Hebrides – South Uist - Loch Boisdale— Light beacon

366Paragraph 11.130 4 lines 4-6 Delete Gasay Light Topatches.

Paragraph 11.130 7 lines 2-6DeleteThe alignment Tocables.

Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 26/09(SDD 2009000 109009) [36/09]

Hebrides – Sound of Harris — Passage

398Paragraph 12.235 1 line 4-5 Delete along To chart

BA Chart 2802(HH. 066/200/03) [11/09]

The Small Isles — Directions; depths





Paragraph 9.133 4 line 4-5 Delete These To charted.




...Promontory (9.179), thence:


SW of a detached shoal with a least depth of14 4 m (6¾ miles NW).




SE of a detached shoal with a depth of 17 6 m(4½ miles SW), thence:


299Paragraph 9.214 1 line 1 For 57 09 2N 6 00 6WRead 57 09 0N 6 01 0W


SSE of a detached shoal of 18 0 m (2½ milesWSW), thence:



W of a detached shoal of 18 0 m (2½ milesWSW), thence:


SW of a detached shoal with two heads of19 6 m (3½ miles SSW), thence:

BA Charts 1796; 2207; 2208(HH.066/200/03) [48/09]

NP67 West Coasts of Spain and PortugalPilot (2008 Edition)

Portugal - Ilha da Berlenga and Os Farilhôes— Marine nature reserve


NP67

2 - 183

155After Paragraph 5.176 1 Insert:5.176a

1 Marine nature reserve. The Berlengas NatureReserve has been established in the waterssurrounding Ilha da Berlenga and Os Farilhôes asshown on the chart

Restrictions apply regarding navigation andanchoring within the designated area and thefollowing activities are prohibited:

Dumping of waste and spoil, particularlyhazardous or toxic material.

Carrying out any activity that might have adetrimental effect on any aspect of the naturereserve.

Any underwater activity unless specificallyauthorised.

For further information see 1.562 The area is inadequetely surveyed and

mariners should exercise caution if navigating inthe vicinity.



Spare5.180

Portuguese Notice 3/172/2009(SDD 2009000 029231) [21/09]

Portugal - Vessel traffic service —Mandatory reporting system


1 A voluntary traffic service operates off thePortuguese coast up to a limit of approximately50 miles.

A mandatory vessel reporting system(COPREP), operated from Roca Control, hasbeen established in accordance with SOLASRegulation V/11.

COPREP is incorporated within the voluntarytraffic service limits and includes TSS schemesoff Cabo da Roca and Cabo de São Vicente.

2 For further details see Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(2).


1 For details of voluntary and mandatory vesseltraffic services see 2.28.







Portuguese Notice 3/171/2009(SDDs 2009000 009606; 019449) [23/09]

Spain - North-west coast - Ría de Arousa -Ensenada de Vilagarcia — Directions;

major light; buoyage

105


1 Major Light:Vilagarcia de Arousa Light (42 36 41N8 46 07W) (round tower, 9 m in height).

From the vicinity of 42 35 2N 8 50 8W, aposition in the main channel between BajoFanequeira (4.76) and Bajo El Seijo (4.76), thetrack leads ENE in the white sector (070 -071 ) ofVilagarcia de Arousa Light, to the entrance to thebay passing (with positions from Islote Gorma(42 35 1N 8 48 4W)):


NNW of a light buoy (starboard hand)(9½ cables NNE), 6½ cables WSW of thehead of Dique de Ferrazo (42 36 03N8 47 14W). The buoy marks theW extremityof the 9 m dredged channel (2000). Thence:


4 NNW of Dique de Ferrazo to the allocatedberth.


Portugal - Leixôes - Outer approaches —Depth

136


5 Clear of (according to draught) a depth of18 6 m (3¼ miles SW), which lies 8 cables NW ofthe charted pilot boarding position for Leixôes.

139


...(41 09 N8 41 W(5.97) passesSof an18 6 mdepth(5.45) and leads to a position S of Canal Exterior andgenerally S of vessels anchored off the port.

Portuguese Notice 344/09(SDD 2010000 009505) [07/10]

NP67

2 - 184

Portugal - Leixôes — Outer anchorage

138


1 Outer anchorage. An anchorage area withdepths between 27 and 39 m has beenestablished bounded by the following positions:

41 06 N 8 49 W41 06 N 8 45 W41 11 N 8 45 W41 11 N 8 49 W.

However strong W winds may make thisanchorage impractible.

139

Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/10 Paragraph5.71 1 lines 7 to 9 Replace by:

...(41 09 N 8 41 W) (5.97) passes through the outeranchorage (5.61), S of an 18 6 m depth (5.45), andthen leads to a position S of Canal Exterior.


Portugal - Porto do Douro - Directions —Leading lights

142


3 Entry leading lights.Front light (red column, white stripes on wall,

6 m in height) (41 08 85N 8 40 30W),situated on the wall near the river.

Rear light (red structure, white stripes on churchtower, 1 m in height) (about 1½ cables NE offront light).

The alignment (059¼ ) of these lights leadsNE between the breakwaters, Molhe Norte andMolhe Sul, from which lights (white columns,lateral markings) are exhibited.


Portugal - Aveiro - Canal Principal —Directions: light

147Paragraph 5.140 6 lines 1 to 4 Replace by:

6 Thence the track, marked by light buoys(lateral), continues SE in mid-channel to thefollowing alignment.


Portugal - Porto da Figueira da Foz —Directions; leading lights

149


2 Entry. From the vicinity of 40 07 5N 8 54 0W,the alignment (046½ ) of leading lights,positioned 3 cables NNE of Molhe S head, leadsbetween...


Portugal - Porto de Lisboa —Vessel traffic service


1 A mandatory VTS system is in operation forthe control of navigation within the port limits. Itprovides information and advice to vesselsnavigating inside the Tagus river estuary and theseaward approaches up to a line joining CaboEspichel Light (38 24 9N 9 13 0W) (5.207) andCabo Raso Light, 21½ miles NW. For details seeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2).

Lisbon Port Authority(SDD 2009000 151106) [48/09]

Spain - Río Guadalquivir —Pilot boarding positions

205


2 Pilot stations are located at Chipiona(36 44 91N 6 25 73W) and Sevilla (37 20 07N5 59 65W).The Chipiona pilot boards 1¾ miles NNW of

Punta del Perro (36 44 27N 6 26 54W) in thevicinity of No 1 Light Buoy (safe water).

Spanish Notice 7/39/2010(SDDs 2010000 029181; 029187) [11/10]

Spain - Puerto de Cádiz —Vessel traffic service


Vessel traffic service6.226

1 A mandatory VTS system (Cádiz Tráfico) is inoperation for the approaches and port of Cádiz.The boundaries of the Cádiz VTS area are the

same as those for the port limits of Cádizdescribed at 6.215.For further details, including mandatory

reporting requirements, see Admiralty List ofRadio Signals Volume 6(2).

Spanish Notices Week 41(SD)/2008(SDD 2008000 082496) [03/09]

NP67

2 - 185

Gibraltar — Off-port operations

235



1 Off-port operations may be carried out indesignated areas to the E and SE of EuropaPoint. See 7.133a.

247



1 Off-port operations occur within the followingareas:

Area 1: Centred on 36 07 0N 5 15 5W with aradius of 1 mile.

Area 2: Centred on 36 02 0N 5 15 0W with aradius of 2½ miles.

2 Within the above areas vessels may be takingon stores whilst transiting at low speed.

For further details contact Gibraltar PortAuthority.


Gibraltar — Directions; exclusion zone


11 SSE of the exclusion zone (7.146)surrounding Europa Point Light (7.71).Los Picos Light Buoy (S cardinal) lies7½ cables SE of the point and is fittedwith a racon.

Thence the route leads E into theMediterranean Sea.

248Paragraph 7.146 1 Existing Section IV Notice Week21/09 Replace by:

1 Prohibited areas. The Gibraltar Port Authorityhas declared an exclusion zone (EZ) of 1 mileradius centred on Europa Point Light (7.71) withinthe white sector (197 -042 ) of the light.

Entry into the EZ is limited to vessels of lessthan 24 m in length.

An EZ also exists on the eastern side ofGibraltar for a distance of 2½ cables to seawardof the end of the airport runway.

Gibraltar Notice 12/2009(SDD 2009000 186734) [04/10]

Morocco — Tanger-Méditerranée

237Paragraphs 7.77 to 7.80 Including headings andexisting Section IV Notice Week 25/10 Replace by:

TANGER-MÉDITERRANÉE

General information

Chart 1912Position and function7.77

1 Tanger-Méditerranée (35 54 0N 5 29 5W) (alsoknown as Tanger-Med) is a modern deepwaterport, recently opened (2007), on the N coast ofMorocco.The port has facilities for container traffic;

RoRo; passenger; bulk cargo, particularly grain;and hydrocarbons.

Port Authority7.78

E-mail: [email protected]: www.tmsa.ma

Arrival information

Vessel traffic service7.79

1 Vessel traffic service, GIBREP, is in operationfor the regulation of shipping. See Admiralty Listof Radio Signals Volume 6(2).

Notice of ETA required7.80

1 Vessels should advise ETA directly or viaagent 24 hours prior to arrival, or upon departurelast port if less than 24 hours distant.

Anchorages7.80a

1 Two anchorage areas have been established inthe Strait of Gibraltar to the west ofTanger-Méditerranée and are shown on the chart.

AnseGrande anchorage is situated 1 mileNEofHejar Lesfar. This anchorage only has thecapacity to accommodate one large vessel.

A larger anchorage area is situated 1½ milesNNW of Ksar es Srhir.

Both the above anchorages are defined astemporary holding areas, due to poor holdingground and severe weather conditions that mayprevail. Vessels use these anchorages for staysless than 24 hours.

2 An additional anchorage area for large vesselsto the S of the Ceuta peninsula centred on35 49 0N 5 19 4W is shown on the chart.

Prohibited area7.80b

1 An area where entry is prohibited is establishedaround the construction of Tanger-Méditerranée 2(7.80d).


www.tmsa.ma

NP67

2 - 186

Pilotage7.80c

1 For entry into Tanger-Méditerranée port, twopilot boarding positions have been established:

Tanger-Méditerranée 1: The pilot boards inposition 35 56 2N 5 27 5W.

Tanger-Méditerranée (Passenger and RoRoPort): The pilot boards at 35 54 8N5 32 2W.

Harbour

General layout7.80d

1 Tanger-Méditerranée deep water port is amultipurpose port consisting of three large basins.

Tanger-Méditerranée 1: the eastern basinused by container, bulk and RoRo vessels.

Tanger-Méditerranée (Passenger and RoRoPort): located 1¾ miles SW ofTanger-Méditerranée 1.

2 Tanger-Méditerranée 2: under construction(2010); immediately SW of the Passengerand RoRo Port. It will be used bycontainer vessels.

Directions for entering harbour

Principal marks7.80e

1 Major lightsPointe Ciris Light (35 54 4N 5 28 9W) (7.74).

Other aids to navigation7.80f

1 Racon:Beacon (N cardinal) (35 54 8N 5 28 9W)

situated 2 cables N of Ras Ciress. For detailsseeAdmiralty List of RadioSignals Volume2.

2 AIS:TM1 Light Buoy (35 54 3N 5 29 2W). For

information seeTheMariner’s Handbook andAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Entry into Tanger-Méditerranée 17.80g

1 From the pilot boarding position (7.80b) thetrack leads SW for approximately 2 miles untilwithin the white sector (152 -188 ) of the InnerBreakwater Root light (35 53 9N 5 29 2W).

Approach to the basin is made in the whitesector, as far as the alignment (210 ) of thefollowing leading lights, which gives passagebetween the breakwaters; lights (lateral) areexhibited from the heads of the breakwaters.

Front light (column, 5 m in height) (35 52 2N5 30 8W).

Rear light (similar construction) (140 m furtherSW).

Entry into Tanger-Méditerranée (Passengerand RoRo Port)7.80h

1 From the pilot boarding position (7.80b) thetrack leads SSE for 1¾ miles to the entrance ofthe basin. The chart is then sufficient guide.

2 Useful marksMain jetty head light (green pylon, 6 m in height)(35 53 1N 5 31 3W).

Secondary jetty head light (red pylon, 6 m inheight) (35 52 9N 5 31 1W).

Basins and berths

Tanger-Méditerranée 17.80i

1 The port comprises a basin protected from theNW by a breakwater extending 1 mile NE, theend of which is marked by a light (7.80f).An inner breakwater, marked by a light,

extends from the NE corner in a SW directionand an entrance between the breakwaters facingNE is 300 m in width.

2 There are 1600 m of quays and the maximumdepth is 16 m.

Tanger-Méditerranée (Passenger and RoRoPort)7.80j

1 The port is protected from the W by a 1250 mbreakwater extending NW then N. An innerbreakwater extends W from the NE corner of theport, leaving an entrance of 250 m. The depth inthe entrance is 15 3 m.

There are 5 piers extending perpendicularlyfrom the shoreline varying in length from 160 m to200 m. These provide 8 berths.

Spanish Notice 30/SD/2010(SDD 2010000 122420) [35/10]

Spain - Puerto de Algeciras-La Línea —Anchorages

241


2 Four anchorage areas have been established,and are shown on the chart as follows:

Area A, situated in the N part of Gibraltar Bay,extending 5 cables S of CEPSA Oil Terminalrefinery pier (36 10 7N 5 23 8W) and5 cables SW of Crinavis Shipyard (36 10 7N5 22 8W) in depths of between 22 m and100 m.

Area B, situated between the prohibitedanchorage (7.111) around the SBM and theNE entrance to Puerto de Algeciras, indepths of between 10 m and 100 m.

3 Area C, situated E of detached mole underconstruction (2006), which lies 8 cables Eof Isla Verde, in depths of between 39 mand 137 m.

Area D, situated NE of Punta Carnero in depthsof between 25 m and 74 m.

Caution. Depths decrease rapidly as theshores are approached and regular soundingsshould be made before dropping anchor.

Spanish Notice 20/SD/2010(SDD 20100000 080514) [26/10]

NP67

2 - 187

Spain - Puerto de Algeciras-La Línea —Pilot boarding positions

241-242Paragraph 7.112 1 Replace by:

Pilotage and tugs7.112

1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over500 tonnes in the Algeciras-La Línea port areaand is available 24 hours.

There are two pilot boarding positions:2¼ miles E of Punta de San García (7.97), for

vessels bound for Puerto Algeciras and IslaVerde.

1½ miles ESE of the head of Dique de Abrigo(Ingeniero Castor R. del Valle) (36 08 5N5 25 7W), for vessels bound for PuertoAcerinox and other terminals in the N ofGibraltar Bay.

The pilot launch is white with the letter P inblack on each bow. In E gales the pilot launchawaits vessels under the lee of the head of Diquede Abrigo (Ingeniero Castor R. del Valle).

2 Tugs are available.

Spanish Notice 49/337/2009(SDDs 2009000 184995; 188486) [04/10]

Gibraltar — Vessel traffic service;anchorage areas; prohibited areas



1 A VTS provides a traffic control and informationservice within the territorial waters of Gibraltar andfor vessels proceeding to the anchorage E ofGibraltar. The system is mandatory for all vesselsover 8 m LOA.


Paragraph 7.141 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:1 Anchorage may be obtained W of the North,

Detached and South Moles but clear of theexclusion zone surrounding Europa Point (7.146)and the prohibited area described below. Theanchorage is exposed to SW winds...

Paragraph 7.142 1 line 3 Replace by:...extending 1¼ cables W from the the extremity ofGibraltar...


1 Large vessels, many awaiting orders, anchoron the E side of Gibraltar. During W winds goodanchorage can be obtained up to 5 miles offshore.Anchoring within 1½ miles of the coast isprohibited.

Paragraph 7.143 4 line 7 Add:For details of exclusion zone see 7.146

After Paragraph 7.146 1 Insert:Prohibited areas. A permanent exclusion zone

(EZ) exists within a 1 mile radius of Europa Point(7.71).An EZ also exists on the eastern side of

Gibraltar for a distance of 2½ cables seaward ofthe end of the airport runway.

Gibraltar Port Authority(SDDs 2009000 012541; 014094; 028701; 029753;032373; ALRS Vol 6(2)) [21/09]

Gibraltar — Anchorage east of the Rock

248Paragraph7.143 1 Including existingSection IVNoticeWeek 21/09 Replace by:

1 Large vessels, many awaiting orders, anchoron the E side of Gibraltar. The charted anchoragelies between 5 cables and 2¼ miles offshore,clear of exclusion zones around Europa Point andthe airport runway (7.146).Anchoring within 5 cables of the shore is

prohibited.


Arquipélago dos Açores - Terceira -Praia da Vitória — Light

274


1 Entrance directional light. The harbour isentered in the white sector (260 -270 ) of Praiada Victória Entrance Light (post, 7 m in height)(38 43 36N 27 03 84W).

Portuguese Notice 2/143/10(SDD 2010000 036908) [16/10]

NP68 East Coast of the United States PilotVolume 1 (2009 Edition)

Casco Bay and Portland Harbor —Recommended routes

99


Recommended routes3.131a

1 Recommended two-way routes have beenestablished through Hussey Sound (3.162) toCousins Island (3.166), Broad Sound (3.137) tothe berth (3.143) at Harpswell Neck, and theapproaches to Portland Harbor. Deep-draughtvessels, tugs and barges are requested to followthe designated routes.

NP68

2 - 188

2 The routes were designed to reduce thepotential for conflict with pleasure craft, fishinggear and other small craft, and to reduce thepotential for grounding or collision. Vessels areresponsible for their own safety and are notrequired to remain inside the routes nor arefishermen required to keep fishing gear outsidethe routes. Other vessels, while not excluded fromthese routes, should exercise caution in andaround these areas and should monitor VHFchannels for information concerning deep-draughtcommercial vessels, tugs and barges transitingthese routes.

103


Recommended route3.173a

1 See 3.131a.

US Coast Pilot 1 40th Edition 2010 Change No 3(HH 078/550/11) [37/10]

Portland Harbor — Pilotage

103


1 See 3.201.

106


Pilots embark within a 2 mile radius of P LightBuoy (43 32 N...


Salem Sound and adjacent waters —Directions; light buoy

125


US Notice 51/13267/09(SDD 2009000 189337) [10/10]

Seaward approach to Nantucket Shoals —Directions; ODAS buoy


US Notice 32/13203/10(SDD 2010000 124632) [35/10]

Vineyard Sound - South-west approaches —Directions; wreck

155


(5.102).

US Chart 13218(SDD 2009000 179678) [10/10]

Vineyard Sound and South-west approaches- Woods Hole — Directions; buoy

157


WSW of Great Ledge (3 cables S), marked byNo 4 Buoy (starboard hand), thence:

US Notice 50/13235/09(SDD 2009000 185313) [10/10]

Narragansett Bay - Old Harbor -Limiting conditions — Depths

168


1 Project depths in the entrance channel, basinand inner harbour anchorage area are 4 6 m(15 ft).

US Coast Pilot 2 39th Edition 2010 Change No 6(SDD 2010000 021096) [10/10]

Great Salt Pond - Limiting conditions —Depths

182


1 Project depth in the entrance channel is 5 5 m(18 ft).


Long Island Sound - Plum Gut —Dangerous wreck

187


US Notice 10/12358/10(SDD 2010000 035239) [12/10]

NP68

2 - 189

Port Chester Harbor — Depths

202


1 Project depths are 3 7 m (12 ft) in theanchorage area and entrance channel, thence3 0 m (10 ft) to the turning basin, thence 0 9 m(3 ft) to the head of the project.


New York Harbor and adjacent waters -Entrance channels and Lower Bay —

Racons

216


‘A’ Light Buoy (40 27 N 73 50 W).‘S’ Light Buoy (40 27 N 73 55 W).

US Light List Corrections Week 46/09(SDD 2009000 164502) [10/10]

Kill Van Kull — Depths

226

Paragraph 7.129 1 line 3 For 12 5 m (41 ft) Read10 7 m (35 ft)


South Brother Island Channel — Depths

231

Paragraph 7.165 1 and 7.165 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:

1 South Brother Island Channel, project depth10 7 m (35 ft), leads from deep water E of NorthBrother Island (40 48 N 73 54 W), and along theW side of Rikers Island to a turning basin on theW side of Bowery Bay. The channel is marked bybuoys and light buoys.

2 Vessel Mast Heights. Vessels using SouthBrother Island Channel and the turning basin atits S end should ballast...


Approaches to Boston Harbor —Regulated Navigation Areas, Safety and

Security Zones; Deepwater Ports

252

Paragraph §165.117 including heading Replace by:

§165.117 Regulated Navigation Areas,Safety and Security Zones; DeepwaterPorts, First Coast Guard District.(a) Location.(1) Regulated navigation areas. All waters

within a 1000 meter radius of thegeographical positions set forth in paragraph(a)(3) of this section are designated asregulated navigation areas.

(2) Safety and security zones. All waters withina 500 meter radius of the geographicpositions set forth in paragraph (a)(3) of thissection are designated as safety andsecurity zones.

(3) Coordinates.(i) The geographic coordinates forming the

loci for the regulated navigation areas,safety and security zones for theNortheast Gateway Deepwater Port are:42 23 38 N., 070 35 31 W.; and42 23 56 N., 070 37 00 W. (NAD 83).

(ii) The geographic coordinates forming theloci for the regulated navigation areas,safety and security zones for theNeptune Deepwater Port are:42 29 12 3 N., 070 36 29 7 W.; and42 27 20 5 N., 070 36 07 3 W.

(b) Definitions. As used in this section–Authorized representative means a CoastGuard commissioned, warrant, or pettyofficer or a Federal, State, or local lawenforcement officer assisting the Captain ofthe Port (COTP) Boston.

Deepwater port means any facility or structuremeeting the definition of deepwater port 33CFR 148.5.

Dredge means fishing gear consisting of amouth frame attached to a holding bagconstructed of metal rings or mesh.

Support vessel means any vessel meeting thedefinition of support vessel in 33 CFR 148.5.

Trap means a portable, enclosed device withone or more gates or entrances and one ormore lines attached to surface floats usedfor fishing. Also called a pot.

(c) Applicability. This section applies to all vesselsoperating in the regulated navigation areas setforth in paragraph (a) of this section, except–(1) Those vessels conducting cargo transfer

operations with the deepwater ports whosecoordinates are provided in paragraph (a)(3)of this section.

(2) Support vessels operating in conjunctiontherewith, and

(3) Coast Guard vessels or other lawenforcement vessels operated by or underthe direction of an authorized representativeof the COTP Boston.

NP68

2 - 190

(d) Regulations.(1) No vessel may anchor, engage in diving

operations, or commercial fishing using nets,dredges, traps (pots), or use of remotelyoperated vehicles (ROVs) in the regulatednavigation areas set forth in paragraph(a)(1) of this section.

(2) In accordance with the general regulationsin §§165.23 and 165.33 of this part, entryinto or movement within the safety andsecurity zones designated in paragraph(a)(2) of this section is prohibited unlessauthorized by the COTP Boston, or his/herauthorized representative.

(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(2) of thissection, tankers and support vessels, asdefined in 33 CFR 148.5, operating in thevicinity of NEGDWP are authorized to enterand move within such zones in the normalcourse of their operations following therequirements set forth in 33 CFR 150.340and 150.345, respectively.

(4) All vessels operating within the safety andsecurity zones described in paragraph (a)(2)of this section must comply with theinstructions of the COTP or his/herauthorized representative.


NP69 East Coast of the United States PilotVolume 2 (2008 Edition)

North Atlantic right whale — US SeasonalManagement Areas; mandatory speed

restrictions


Mid-Atlantic US Seasonal ManagementAreas. From 1st November to 30th April,Mid-Atlantic US Seasonal Management Areas inthe entrances to Delaware Bay (3.45),Chesapeake Bay (4.1), Morehead City andBeaufort Inlet (7.83), and between Wilmington(7.169) and Brunswick (8.191) have beenestablished as follows:

4 Within a 20 mile radius from position38 52 27 4 N 75 01 32 1 W.

Within a 20 mile radius from position37 00 36 9 N 75 57 50 5 W.

Within a 20 mile radius from position34 41 32 0 N 76 40 08 3 W.

5 Within 20 miles from the shore bounded bythe following positions:

34 10 30 N 77 49 12 W.33 56 42 N 77 31 30 W.33 36 30 N 77 47 06 W.33 28 24 N 78 32 30 W.32 59 06 N 78 50 18 W.31 50 00 N 80 33 12 W.31 27 00 N 80 51 36 W and dueW back

to the shore.

6 Southeast US Seasonal Management Area.From 15th November to 15th April a USSoutheast Seasonal Management Area, has beenestablished and bounded as follows:

To the N by latitude 31 27 00 N.To the S by latitude 29 45 00 N.To the E by longitude 80 51 36 W.

7 Mandatory Speed Restrictions. All vessels of19 8 m (65 ft) or more LOA, and subject to thejurisdiction of, or entering or departing a port orplace within the US must reduce speed to 10 knor less in the Seasonal Management Areas.Vessels may operate at a speed greater than

10 kn only if necessary to maintain a safemanoeuvring speed in an area where conditionsseverely restrict vessel manoeuvrability asdetermined by the pilot or master.

8 If a deviation from the 10 kn speed restrictionis necessary, the following information must beentered into the logbook:

Reasons for deviation.Speed at which vessel is operatedLatitude and longitude at time of deviation.Time and duration of deviation.Master of the vessel shall sign and date thelogbook entry.

65After Paragraph 3.55 3 line 6 Insert:3.55a

1 North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.


North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.

101After Paragraph 4.4 5 line 2 Insert:North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.













NP69

2 - 191




209Paragraph 8.6 2 line 3 Replace by:North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54 and

8.117.



After Paragraph 8.18 1 line 5 Insert:Traffic regulations8.18a




221After Paragraph 8.97 1 line 5 Insert:Traffic regulations8.97a



A mandatory ship reporting system andmandatory speed restrictions have beenestablished...




2 North Atlantic right whale. Mandatory speedrestrictions (1.54) and Recommended Two-WayWhale Avoidance Routes...



2 North Atlantic right whale. Mandatory speedrestrictions (1.54) and Recommended Two-WayWhale Avoidance Routes have...




3 North Atlantic right whale. Mandatory speedrestrictions (1.54) and Recommended Two-WayWhale Avoidance Routes have...





US Department of Commerce, National Oceanic andAtmospheric Administration, National MarineFisheries Service(HH. 069/200/01) [01/09]

Philadelphia — Directions; lights

89-90Paragraph 3.277 3 line 7 Replace by:

...Directional Light (3.279).


Horseshoe Bend Directional Light3.279

1 Directional Light (green square on multi-pilestructure) (39 53 2N 75 08 1W).

The line of bearing 061¼ of this light leadsthrough Horseshoe Bend, a dredged channelmarked by light buoys and buoys (lateral).Thence the track alters onto the Horseshoe

Range Leading Lights.

US Notice 24/12313/09(SDD 2009000 043511) [27/09]

Ocean City Inlet to Fishing Point —Directions; wrecks


2 ESE of Isle of Wight Shoal (9 miles ENE),thence:


5 Clear of a wreck (24½ miles SSE), with adepth of 16 7 m (55 ft) over it, thence:

US Notice 48/12211/09(SDD 2009000 174349) [51/09]

Approaches and entrance to ChesapeakeBay — Directions; wreck


US Notice 35/12208/08(SDD 2008000 071668) [49/08]

James River - Upper part — Directions

121Paragraph 4.159 3 lines 4-7 Replace by:...artificial channel cut through its base.

US Notice 10/12252/09(SDD 2009000 015826) [14/09]

NP69

2 - 192

Mattaponi River — Vertical clearances


Lord Delaware Bridge (37 32 N 76 48 W), afixed bridge with a vertical clearance of16 7 m (55 ft), spans the river 5 cables NE ofWest Point (4.244).

US Notice 20/12243/09(SDD 2009000 036332) [25/09]

Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock ShoalChannel to Point No Point —Directions; buoyage; wrecks;

obstructions; shoal;fish haven

134Paragraph 5.19 2-3 Including Section IV Notice Week50/09 Replace by:

2 Clear of RP Light Buoy (safe water)(11½ miles SSE), thence:

WSW of a 10 9 m (36 ft) shoal (11¼ miles SSE,thence:

Clear of a wreck (reported) with 22 8 m (75 ft)over it (10¾ miles SSE), thence:

Clear of a wreck with 14 9 m (49 ft) over it(10½ miles SSE), thence:

WSW of an obstruction with 4 5 m (15 ft) over it(9¾ miles SSE), thence:

Clear of a wreck with 24.9 m (82 ft) over it(8½ miles SSE), thence:

To a position W of No 62 Light Buoy(starboard hand) (7½ miles SSE) and twoobstructions which lie 3 and 8 cables NE of it withleast depths of 12 1 m (40 ft) and 7 3 m (24 ft)respectively.

3 The track then leads NNE for 5 miles to SmithPoint TSS (5.14), passing (with postions relativeto Smith Point):

Clear of a wreck with 20 7 m (68 ft) over it(7 miles SSE), thence:

ESE of IGW Light Buoy (port hand) (6¾ milesSSE), thence:

ESE of an obstruction (position approximate)(reported 1977) (5½ miles SSE), thence:

WNW of a fish haven (7 miles SE), thence:ESE of an obstruction with 10 m (33 ft) over it

(3¼ miles SE), thence:ESE of No 63A Buoy (port hand) (3½ miles SE),thence:

To a position at the beginning of the SmithPoint TSS. Thence the track continues NNEthrough the TSS, passing (with positions relativeto Smith Point):

US Notice 49/12228/09(SDD 2009000 180131) [01/10]

Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock ShoalChannel to Point No Point —

Directions; obstruction


WSW of an obstruction (9¾ miles SSE), with adepth of 4 5 m (15 ft) over it, thence:

US Notice 47/12228/09(SDD 2009000 169813) [50/09]

Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock ShoalChannel to Point No Point —

Directions; obstruction

134-135Paragraph 5.19 4 lines 3-5 Replace by:

... off Smith Point. An obstruction with 17 m(56 ft) over it lies 1¼ miles SE of SP LightBuoy. A further obstruction (reported,position approximate), with 19 2 m (63 ft)over it, lies 8½ cables SE of the light buoy.Three wrecks lie between 1 and...

US Notice 48/12228/09(SDD 2009000 174817) [51/09]

Choptank River — Light

152Paragraph 5.184 1 line 1 Delete Light


...positions relative to the disused lighthouse(38 38 3N 76 22 5W) on Sharps Island):

Paragraph 5.186 2 line 5ForSharps Island LightReadthe disused lighthouse

US Coast Pilot 3 42nd Edition 2009 Change No 10(SDD 2009000 108814) [38/09]

Rudee Inlet to Oregon Inlet —Directions; tower


USCG District 5 LNM 20/12200/08(HH. 614/600/03) [49/08]

Oregon Inlet to Cape Hatteras —Directions; tower


E of Tower C (yellow framework tower)(16 miles SE), thence:

USCG District 5 LNM 20/12200/08(HH. 614/600/03) [49/08]

NP69

2 - 193

Cape Fear River — Vertical clearance


1 An overhead power cable, with a safe verticalclearance of 45 4 m (149 ft) over the mainchannel, spans Cape Fear River 5¼ miles belowWilmington.

US Notice 12/11537/09(SDD 2009000 020404) [14/09]

Charleston - Fort Sumter Range —Directions

211Paragraph 8.29 1 line 2 For Fort Sumter Range ReadEntrance Channel

Paragraph 8.33 1 line 2 For Fort Sumter Range ReadEntrance Channel



Paragraph 8.48 3 lines 5-6 For Fort Sumter RangeRead Entrance Channel

Paragraph 8.54 2 lines 3-4 For Fort Sumter RangeRead Entrance Channel

216Paragraph 8.56 1 lines 1-2 For Fort Sumter RangeRead Entrance Channel

Paragraph 8.57 2 line 4 For Fort Sumter Range ReadEntrance Channel

US Notice 39/11523/09(SDD 2009000 139171) [44/09]

Charleston Harbor — Directions; tower


US Notice 30/11523/08(SDD 2008000 062478) [49/08]

Charleston Harbor - South Channel —Directions; dangerous wreck

217


US Notice 45/11518/09(SDD 2009000 158992) [48/09]

Port Royal Sound — Approach and entry

222


3 Approach and entry. Port Royal Sound isapproached through a dredged channel across abar, marked by light buoys (lateral), and enteredbetween Bay Point (32 15 41N 80 38 16W), andHilton Head, the E extremity of Hilton HeadIsland, 2½ miles SSW.

US Notice 22/11516/10(SDD 2010000 084722) [24/10]

Savannah — Directions; leading lights


US Coastguard Local Notice 48/09 District 7 SectionVIII(SDD 2009000 179447) [31/10]

Savannah — Directions; lights


US Notice 10/11514/09(SDD 2009000 015812) [14/09]

Brunswick Harbor — Project depths

233Paragraph 8.200 1 line 5 For 9 1 m (30 ft)Read 10 9 m(35 ft)

Paragraph 8.200 1 lines 6-7 For 9 1 m (30 ft) Read11 2 m (37 ft)

US Notice 46/11506/09(SDD 2009000 164402) [49/09]

Brunswick — Regulations concerning entry

234


...Georgia Ports Authority...

Paragraph 8.214 3-6 including title Replace by:

3 The advice and recommendations of theBrunswick Bar Pilots should be followed bymariners intending to transit the Sidney LanierBridge.

USCoast Pilot 4 40thEdition 2008Changes 14and19(SDDs 2009000 036987; 102897) [38/09]

Saint Marys Entrance — Directions; lights


US Notice 11/11503/09(SDD 2009000 018563) [14/09]

NP69A

2 - 194

NP69A East Coasts of Central America andGulf of Mexico Pilot (2009 Edition)

Mexico - Puerto de Veracruz —Pilotage; tugs


1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours.The pilot boards from a boat marked with the pilotflag on the bows. The embarkation place isreported (2009) to be in the vicinity of the fairwaylight buoy SSE of Isla Verde (19 12 N 96 04 W),or farther out on request. Anchoring within thereefs and inside the harbour must be carried outwith the assistance of a pilot. See Admiralty Listof Radio Signals Volume 6(7).


1 Tugs are available and their use is compulsoryfor berthing and unberthing.

MV Vossborg(SDD 2009000 155099) [47/09]

Mexico - Tuxpan — Directions; racon


1 Racon:

Mexican Ministry of Communications andTransportation(SDD 2010000 111452) [31/10]

Mexico - La Pesca to Rio Grande —Directions; light

166


...round concrete tower, 16 m in height)(25 44 00N 97 10 02W).

Mexican ENC MX300711(SDD 2010000 147716) [40/10]

United States of America - Port Mansfield —Directions; buoyage

173Paragraph 7.65 1 lines 4-6 Replace by:...keeping clear of charted dangerous wrecks.Thence:

US Notice 19/11301/10(SDD 2010000 072526) [23/10]

United States of America -Corpus Christi Harbor - Viola Channel —

Vertical clearance

175

Paragraph 7.74 1 line 9 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 48/09 Replace by:

...a safe vertical clearance of 59 4 m (195 ft).

US Notice 31/11311/10(SDD 2010000 121317) [33/10]

Gulf of Mexico - Pascagoula —Security zone


1 Speed limit. Vessels should not exceed aspeed of 5 kn between the entrance to ArlingtonChannel (10.138) and the head of ChickasawCreek.Security zone. A 500 yard security zone is

established around any escorted vessel within theCOTP Zone, Mobile. For further details seeAppendix V.

300After §165.814 Insert:

§165.836 Security Zone; Escorted Vessels,Mobile, Alabama, Captain of the Port.

(a) Definitions. The following definitions apply tothis section:

COTP means Captain of the Port Mobile, AL.Designated representatives means Coast Guard

Patrol Commanders, includingCoast Guardcoxswains, petty officers and other officersoperating Coast Guard vessels, andFederal, State, and local officersdesignated by or assisting the COTP, inthe enforcement of the security zone.

Escorted vessel means a vessel, other than alarge U.S. naval as defined in 33 CFR165.2015, that is accompanied by one ormore Coast Guard assets or otherFederal, State, or local law enforcementagency assets clearly identifiable byflashing lights, vessel markings, or withagency insignia as follows: Coast Guardsurface or air asset displaying the CoastGuard insignia. State and/or local lawenforcement asset displaying theapplicable agency markings and/orequipment associated with the agency.Escorted vessel also means a moored oranchored vessel that was escorted byCoast Guard assets or other Federal,State, and local law enforcement agencyassets to its present location and isidentifiable by the use of day boards orother visual indications such as lights orbuoys when law enforcement assets areno longer on-scene.

NP69A

2 - 195

Minimum safe speed for navigation means thespeed at which a vessel proceeds when itis fully off plane, completely settled in thewater and not creating excessive wake orsurge. Due to the different speeds atwhich vessels of different sizes andconfigurations may travel while incompliance with this definition, no specificspeed is assigned to minimum safe speedfor navigation. In no instance shouldminimum safe speed be interpreted asspeed less than required for a particularvessel to maintain steerageway. A vesselis not proceeding at minimum safe speedif it is:

(1) On a plane;(2) In the process of coming up onto or

coming off a plane; or(3) Creating an excessive wake or surge.

(b) Regulated area. All navigable waters, asdefined in 33 CFR 2.36, within the Captainof the Port Zone, Mobile, Alabama, asdescribed in 33 CFR 3.40-10.

(c) Security zone. A 500-yard security zone isestablished around each escorted vesselwithin the regulated area described inparagraph (b) of this section. This is amoving security zone when the escortedvessel is in transit and becomes a fixedzone when the escorted vessel is anchoredor moored. A security zone will not extendbeyond the boundary of the regulated areain this section.

(d) Regulations.(1) The general regulations for security zones

contained in §165.33 applies to thissection.

(2) A vessel may request the permission of theCOTP Mobile or a designatedrepresentative to enter the security zonedescribed in paragraph (c) of this section.If permitted to enter the security zone, avessel must proceed at a minimum safespeed and must comply with the orders ofthe COTP or a designated representative.

(e) Notice of security zone. The COTP will informthe public of the existence or status ofsecurity zones around escorted vessels inthe regulated area by broadcast notices tomariners, normally issued at approximately30-minute intervals while the security zonesremains in effect. Escorted vessels will beidentified by the presence of Coast Guardassets or other Federal, State, and local lawenforcement agency assets, or the use ofday boards or other visual indications suchas lights or buoys when the vessels aremoored or anchored and law enforcementassets are no longer on-scene, as specifiedin the definition of escorted vessels inparagraph (a) of this section.

(f) Contact information. The COTP Mobile may bereached via phone at (251) 441-6211. Anyon scene Coast Guard or designatedrepresentative assets may be reached viaVHF-FM channel 16.

US 33 CFR165.836(SDD 2009000 055373) [38/09]

NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1(2008 Edition)

Bermuda — Berths; landmarks; depths

66


1 Hayward’s Wharf (2.58).

67


Radio mast (obstruction lights) on Fort George,(Pilot station) (32 22 8 N 64 40 9W).

Paragraph 2.58 1 line 3 For 8 8 Read 8 1

68


1 Least depth is 8 1 m (2008). The channel is...


Radio mast (obstruction lights) on Fort George,(Pilot station) (32 22 8 N 64 40 9W).

70


1 Heritage Wharf Cruise Ship Berth, Grassy Bay(2.100).

72

Paragraph 2.100 1 Including Section IV Notice Week49/08 Replace by:

1 Grassy Bay. Heritage Wharf Cruise Ship Berthextends 120 m NNE from the North Breakwater ofthe North Basin with linked mooring dolphinsextending a further 120 m NNE. Least depthalongside 10 1 m.King’s Wharf Heritage Cruise Ship Berth is on

the ESE side of the North Breakwater of NorthBasin. Length of berth 90 m with linked mooringdolphins at 30 m from the NNE and SSW ends ofthe berth. Least depth alongside 9 8 m.

South Basin. Admiralty Berthing Area issituated at the SW end of the NW wall, about305 m long, with 3 berths.

73


BA Charts 322, 1315 and 1073(HH. 070/209/01) [33/10]

NP70

2 - 196

Bermuda - North Channel — Directions


...E of Commissioner’s Point and into GrassyBay, noting the obstructions, reported(2007), lying SE of Commissioner’s Point.

Bermudan Government Contract Surveys(SDD 2008000 073367) [49/08]

Bermuda - Freeport — Obstructions; berths


...Grassy Bay, depths 11 to 15 m, marl, clear of theobstructions, reported (2007), (2.78). During N gales,a...


...further 30 m NE and SW, least depth alongside9 8 m. A wreck, with a depth of 9 3 m over it, lies1½ cables NE of the NE dolphin.

Bermudan Government Contract Surveys(SDD 2008000 073367) [49/08]

Bahamas - Nassau — Pilotage

105

Paragraph4.1631 line 2For30 minutesRead2 hours


...board 2 miles N of the harbour entrance.

Port of Nassau(SDD 2009000 009188) [09/09]

Haiti — Port-Au-Prince

212

Paragraph 8.224 1 line 1 For (18 33 N 72 20 W)Read(18 33 36N 72 21 20W)


1 Port-au-Prince is the capital and principal portof Republic of Haïti and in 2007 had a populationof about 762 000. Much of the port infrastructurewas seriously damaged and the city devastatedby the 2010 earthquake which caused a death tollof 230 000. The port handles dry bulk, RoRo,POL, container and cruise vessels but in 2010 itis concentrating on the delivery of emergencyrelief supplies. Principal exports are coffee andfruit whilst imports are mainly grain, soya andbuilding materials.


1 Least charted depth on the recommendedapproach is 12 5 m.

Paragraph 8.229 1 line 1 For Container Read Varreux

213

Paragraph 8.233 1 line 3 For 6(5) Read 6(7)


...the cathedral (ruin) (18 32 95 N 72 20 33W).Vessels must wait in the...

Paragraph 8.235 1 line 2 For 1 mile Read 1½ miles


1 Extensive reclamation had taken place inPort-au-Prince but much of the port is nowseriously damaged. Mariners should navigate withcaution and consult the port authority for thelatest information.


Cathedral (18 32 95 N 72 20 33W), whitestone ruin.

213-214

Paragraphs 8.242 to 8.246 including headingsReplace by:

Approach and entry8.242

1 Leading mark:Monument (cream, blue and red, 27 m in height)(18 33 N 72 21 W ) (position approximate).

Recommended approach:Due to the 2010 earthquake and results ofsubsequent survey, the recommendedapproach, as shown on the chart, leadsgenerally E for 2½ miles from a position 8½cablesNNEof Pointe Lamentin Light (8.241).

2 Alternative approach:From a position about 9 cables NNW of PointeLamentin Light (8.241) with the Monumentbearing 104 , the track leads through achannel, marked by buoys and light buoys(lateral), into the harbour, passing (withpositions relative to the cathedral (ruin)(18 32 95 N 72 20 33W)):

3 SSW of Récif Bolivar (4¾ miles NW),marked by No 1 Beacon, thence:

NNE of No 2 Light Beacon (4½ miles W),off Pointe Lamentin, thence:

NNE of No 4 Beacon (3½ miles W) offPointe Tor, thence:

4 SSW of Banc de l’Îlet de Sable(3½ miles NW), a drying reef,marked by beacons, and into thequarantine anchorage (8.234)thence:

Between No 5 Light Buoy and No 6 LightBuoy (port and starboard hand,respectively) (2 miles WNW), thence:

BetweenNo 9 Light Buoy andNo 10Buoy(port and starboard hand, respectively)(1¼ miles WNW).

Useful marks8.243

1 Positions are relative to the cathedral (ruin)(18 32 95N 72 20 33W):

Chimney (1 mile NNE). Large,buff-coloured, with black top,occasional obstruction light.

Radio station (obstruction lights)(4 cables ENE). Two masts.

NP70

2 - 197

Palace (ruin) (about 3½ cables S). Large,white, with a collapsed dome.

2 Fort National (ruin) (4½ cables ESE),also known as Fort Alexander,identified by its white walls and thezig-zag road that leads to it.

Conspicuous cross (1¼ miles SSE).White, 6 m high.

Fort Bizoton (ruin) (2¾ miles WSW),reported tomakeagood landmark,witha power house nearby.

8.2441 Caution. The best time for picking up

landmarks is 2 to 3 hours after sunrise, or aftermidday. In the early morning, owing to smoke andmist, landmarks are difficult to distinguish attimes. In 1984, although the cathedral was easilyseen from 5 miles distant, Fort National could notbe seen at all.

2 Owing to the difficulty in distinguishingnavigational lights from the many red airport lightsnear and N of Fort National, mariners may finddifficulty in entering after dark. Aids to navigationare reported to be unreliable and may be missing,unlit or out of position.

Basins and berths

Anchorages8.245

1 Quarantine anchorage. See 8.234.Designated anchorages lie N of and near the

recommended approach, as shown on the chart.The port authority should be contacted for furtherdetails.

Berths8.246

1 Jetty with berths on both sides, (close S ofFort Ilet (18 33 32N 72 21 09W). The dolphinextension jetty is destroyed but the trot of fourpartially interconnected dolphins is serviceable.

Container terminal quayside (1½ cables ENE ofFort Ilet), 425 m in length is destroyed and hasfoul ground alongside. Two RoRo berths situatedclose E and SE of the container terminal ruin areunserviceable.

2 Caution. It is reported (2005) that depths lessthan those charted, exist in the area between FortIlet and the shore.

Varreux Terminal, off Hasco, (1½ miles NNW ofthe cathedral (ruin) (18 32 95 N 72 20 33W)), witha depth alongside of 9 m, handling petroleumproducts and general cargo.

3 Shell (Thor) terminal (2½ miles W of thecathedral (ruin)), with depths of 10 to 18 m,handling petroleum products. Vessels secure tohead and stern mooring buoys, with starboardanchor in the water, heading NNW about 35 m offthe jetty.

Cement terminal (2¾ miles W of the cathedral(ruin)), 120 m in length with a depth alongside of12 m, handling bulk cargoes.

Caution. See 8.238.

214Photograph caption For Varreaux Read Varreux

BA Chart 466 Edition No3 11/03/2010 andGICAnalysis of post earthquake Satellite Imagery21/01/2010(SDD 2010000 026158) [10/10]

Jamaica - Ocho Rios Bay — Depths


...length of 274 m with a least depth alongside of11 1 m. This...


...berths. No 1 berth is 222 m in length with a leastdepth alongside of 9 3 m.No 2 berth is 274 m in lengthwith a least depth alongside of 8 9 m.

US Navy & Jamaica National Land Agency(SDD 2008000 084538) [49/08]

Jamaica - Montego Bay — Depths


...of 427 mwitha least depth alongsideof 9 4 m.Threecargo berths; No 2 berth is 183 m in length with a leastdepth alongside of 9 6 m.

US Navy & Jamaica National Land Agency(SDD 2008000 084538) [49/08]

Jamaica - Approaches to Kingston Harbour -Wreck Reef — Directions; light


...NE, passing SE of Wreck Reef (17 50 N 76 55 W)and Wreck Reef Light (white pole, red bands, 5 m inheight), standing on a rock off the W extremity of thereef.

Jamaican Notice 2/08(SDD 2008000 079176) [49/08]

Cayman Islands - Grand Cayman - Sand Cay— Directions; light

268

Paragraph 10.254 1 lines 6 and 7 Delete

269


...and Hastings Rock, off South West Point...

270


Senior Harbour Patrol Officer Cayman Islands(SDD 2010000 102664) [29/10]

NP71

2 - 198

NP71 West Indies Pilot Volume 2(2008 Edition)

US Virgin Islands - Pillsbury Sound —Directions; buoyage

103


SW of a dangerous wreck (1½ miles SE), theposition of which is approximate, marked byNo 2 Light Buoy; Moravian Point, theextremity of a narrow headland lies2¾ cables NE.MingoRock, onwhich the seabreaks, stands on a rocky spit extending2 cables SW from Moravian Point. Thence:

US Notice 26/25647/09(SDD 2009000 050247) [29/09]

U.S. Virgin Islands - St. Croix - Frederiksted— Anchorages

120

Paragraph 3.381 2-3 Delete

US Notice 52/25644/08(SDD 2008000 100990) [06/09]

Sint Maarten - Simson Baai —Anchorage; mooring buoys

190

Paragraph 5.66 3 lines 2-3 Delete ... clear of twomooring buoys, ...

Netherlands Chart NL2716E(SDD 2009000 138815) [44/09]

Sint Eustatius — Marine nature reserve;anchorages

201


Marine nature reserve5.163a

1 The waters around Sint Eustatius between thehigh-waterline and the 30 m depth contour havebeen designated as a nature reserve, the StatiaNational Marine Park. With the exception of thedesignated anchorage areas, anchoring is onlyallowed with written permission from the localauthorit ies. For further information seewww.statiapark.org

205


1 Marine nature reserve. See 5.163a.Quarantine. Mariners must report on any

communicable disease which may have occurredon board, prior to arrival. Pratique will normally begranted when the pilot boards.

Paragraph 5.189 1 line 4 For three Read four


D: 1 mile S.

Netherlands Notice 342/09(SDD 2009000 078348) [32/09]

Martinique - Cul-de-Sac du Marin — Pilotage

272


2 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels carryinghydrocarbons or dangerous cargo irrespective ofLOA, and all vessels over 50 m LOA bound forthe port or anchorage. Vessels awaiting a pilotmust...

Prefecture de La Region Martinique, s.v. StadAmsterdam(HH. 071/200/01) [07/09]

Martinique - Havre de la Trinité — Directions

275

Paragraph 7.101 4 lines 1-4 Replace by:4 WSW of a bank (1¼ miles N) with least

charted depth of 6 2 m; a depth of 9 4 m liesabout 2¼ cables SSW.


Saint Lucia - Grand Cul de Sac Bay —Pilotage

284


Pilots board 3 miles NWof BananesPoint (theSentrance point).

It is reported that, after boarding the pilot, therecommended track for approach and entryto the bay is 118 .

SLASPA(SDD 2009000 114413) [47/09]

www.statiapark.org

NP72

2 - 199

NP72SouthernBarentsSeaandBeloyeMorePilot (2010 Edition)

Radio Navigation Warnings

6


Radio navigational warnings and weathermessages1.31

1 Navigational warnings and weather bulletins forBarents Sea and Beloye More are issued byNAVAREA/METAREA XX. They are broadcast inEnglish on the NAVTEX service by Murmanskand Arkhangel’sk Coast Radio Stations, and onthe SafetyNET service. The latter is currently ontrial, and enters full operational capability on 1stJune 2011.

See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolumes 3(1) and 5 and The Mariner’s Handbookfor details.


Spare1.32


NP100 The Mariner’s Handbook(2009 Edition)

Navigational Warnings — Different types

60

Paragraph 4.6 5 lines 4-6 Delete Navigational to localwarnings.

UKHO(HH. 073/200/06) [10/10]

NAVAREAS/METAREAS

60 - 62

Paragraph 4.7 Replace by:1 For the purposes of WWNWS, the world is

divided into 21 geographical sea areas, termedNAVAREAs, each identified by the romannumerals I - XXI, and one sub-area (the BalticSea). The authority charged with coordinating andpromulgating long range navigational warningswithin a NAVAREA is called the NAVAREA (orSub-Area) Coordinator. The Coordinators arelisted in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 3and 5 and are shown in diagram 4.7.

2 The service in NAVAREAs XVII - XXI iscurrently on trial and is expected to become fullyoperational in 2011.

61

Diagram 4.7 Caption line 3 Replace by:

The service in NAVAREAS XVII - XXI iscurrently on trial and is expected to becomefully operational in 2011

63

Paragraph 4.17 lines 6-7 Replace by:

...almost identical to the 21 NAVAREAs (4.7)within the World-Wide Navigational WarningService (WWNWS). The service in METAREAsXVII - XXI is currently on trial and is expected tobecome fully operational in 2011. Each...


MARPOL 73/78 — Special Areas

209

MARPOL 73/78 — Special Areas

209Existing Section IVWeek 41/10Paragraph 10.7 TableColumn 1 TheWider CaribbeanRegionReplace by:

The Wider Caribbean Region, as defined inarticle 2, paragraph 1 of the Convention for theProtection and Development of the MarineEnvironment of the Wider Caribbean Region(Cartagena de Indias, 1983), means the Gulf ofMexico and Caribbean Sea proper including thebays and seas therein and that portion of theAtlantic Ocean within the boundary constituted bythe 30 N parallel from Florida eastward to77 30’W meridian, thence a rhumb line to theintersection of 20 N parallel and 59 W meridian,thence a rhumb line to the intersection of 7 20 Nparallel and 50 W meridian, thence a rhumb linedrawn south-westerly to the eastern boundary ofFrench Guiana.

MARPOL 73/78 Annex V Regulation 5(1)h;Roman Dumala(SDD 2010000 151016, 200597) [50/10]

MARPOL 73/78 - Annex II — Categorisationof Noxious Liquid Substances


Category X. Noxious Liquid Substances which, ifdischarged into the sea from tank cleaning ordeballasting operations, are deemed to present amajor hazard to either marine resources or humanhealth and, therefore, justify the prohibition of thedischarge into the marine environment.

3 Category Y. Noxious Liquid Substances which,if discharged into the sea from tank cleaning ordeballasting operations, are deemed to present ahazard to either marine resources or humanhealth or cause harm to amenities or otherlegitimate uses of the sea and therefore justify alimitation on the quality and quantity of thedischarge into the marine environment.

NP100

4 Category Z. Noxious Liquid Substances which,if discharged into the sea from tank cleaning ordeballasting operations, are deemed to present aminor hazard to either marine resources or humanhealth and therefore justify less stringentrestrictions on the quality and quantity of thedischarge into the marine environment.

5 Other Substances. Substances which havebeen evaluated and found to fall outside CategoryX, Y or Z because they are considered to presentno harm to marine resources, human health,amenities or other legitimate uses of the seawhen discharged into the sea from tank cleaningor deballasting operations. The discharge of bilgeor ballast water or other residues or mixturescontaining these substances are not subject toany requirements of MARPOL Annex II.

MARPOL 73/78 Annex II as amended; MT Magda(HH. 073/200/06) [03/10]

Loran-C — Discontinuation of US andCanadian signals

220After Paragraph 11.20 1 line 5 Insert:Note. The transmission of the US Loran-C

signal ceased with effect from 8 February 2010and is permanently discontinued. This does notaffect US participation in the Russian-American orCanadian chains. It has also been announced thatthe Canadian signal is to be discontinued from1 October 2010. This should be considered whenusing volumes of Sailing Directions which coverthe withdrawn chains.

Paragraph 11.20 4 lines 5-7 Delete However, on USCharts to this effect is shown.

NAVAREA IV 40/10(SDD 2010000 013752) [07/10]

NAVSTAR Global Positioning System (GPS)— Gaps in coverage

224

After Paragraph 11.39 2 line 10 Insert:Persian Gulf (Bahrain) - Approaches to MØnº'

Salmºn.

HMS Pembroke(SDD 2010000 020481) [08/10]

IALA Maritime Buoyage System -Lateral Marks - Region B -Preferred channels —characteristics of buoys

315

Diagram C.16.2 Lateral Marks - Region BPREFERRED CHANNELS After...a preferredchannel is indicated by:

Left Column Replace by:

Preferred channel to starboard

Colour: Green with one broad red band.Shape: Conical, pillar or spar.Topmark (when fitted): Single green can.Retroflector: Green band or triangle.

Right Column Replace by:

Preferred channel to port

Colour: Red with one broad green band.Shape: Conical, pillar or spar.Topmark (when fitted): Single red cone pointupward.Retroflector: Red band or square.

UKHO(HH. 073/200/06) [07/10]

IALA Maritime Buoyage System - LateralMarks - Region B - Preferred channels —

characteristics of buoys

315

Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/10 DiagramC.16.2 Lateral Marks - Region B PREFERREDCHANNELS Left column Preferred channel tostarboard line 2 Replace by:

Shape: Can, pillar or spar.

UKHO; MY Queen K(HH. 073/200/06) [10/10]

NP136 Ocean Passages for the World(2004 Edition)

Singapore Hong Kong – Routes —Low-powered vessels; distance



2 - 200

2 − 201

Insh

ore

Traf

ficZo

ne B

Inshore Traffic Zone D

InshoreTraffic

ZoneC

Insh

ore

Tr

afficZone A

12.1

4

12.14

12.48

12.26

12.40

12.33

Scilla

Punta Pezzo

Porto Villa di Giovanni

Reggio di Calabria

Porto di Messina

Capo Scaletta

Punta di Péllaro

Punta Calamizzi

P SanRaineri

C Peloro

Chapter 12 - Italy and Sicilia - Stretto di Messina

Chapter13

Chapter 14

Chapter 10

Chapter

11

917

992

992

992

310708

38° 38°

10´

20´

10´

20´

Longitude 15°30´ East from Greenwich20´ 40´ 50´

15°30´20´ 40´ 50´

Annex A (NP45) (See page 2 - 124)

Annex B (NP57A) (See page 2 - 145)

2 − 202

BaselineTerritorial limit

Ålesund

Bergen

Stavanger

Arendal

Kristiansand

NP57ANORWAY PILOT

VOL IIA

NP57BNORWAY PILOT

VOL IIB

NP56NORWAY PILOT

VOL I

Norway Pilot Vol IIA NP 57A

N O R W A Y

Schematic diagram of the Norwegian baseline (1.33)

Annex C (NP57B) (See page 2 - 153)

2 − 203

Sandnessjøen

Trondheim

Kristiansund

Ålesund


Area exempted from compulsorypilotage

N O R W A Y

S W E D E N

NP57ANORWAY PILOT

VOL IIA

NP57BNORWAY PILOT

VOL IIB

NP58ANORWAY PILOT

VOL IIIA

Norway Pilot Vol IIB NP 57BSchematic diagram of the Norwegian baselineand area exempt from compulsory pilotage (1.41)

ANNEX D (NP57B (See page 2 - 154)

2 - 204

APPENDIX III(See “Laws and Regulations appertaining to navigation” on page 1)

REGULATIONS FOR COASTAL WATERS IN MØRE OG ROMSDAL

This is an extract from changes, dated 2007, to the Norwegian directive on sea traffic in specifiedcoastal waters (The Sea Traffic Directive)

Laid down by the Norwegian Ministry ofFisheries and Coastal Affairs on 8 October 2007based on the Act of 8 June 1984 No 51 onharbours and coastal waters etc. §6 secondsection.

In the Directive of 11 December 1998 No 1273on sea traffic in specified coastal waters (TheSea Traffic Directive), the following changes aremade:

With the exception of §6-4, §6-6 and §6-10,these regulations apply only to vessels incategories 1 and 2 (vessels carrying hazardousand/or pollutant liquid cargo in bulk).

§6-1 Area of applicationThe regulations apply to all coastal waters

within the areas bounded by the coastline andstraight lines between the following points:

N E

The base line, at 62 30 00 05 36 10

Kvitneset 62 25 30 06 00 00

Eltraneset 62 20 10 06 03 20

Tuneset 62 28 20 06 05 40

Kvervodden 62 29 50 06 09 80

SW Bjørnøya 62 33 10 06 13 20

Harhaugneset 62 36 80 06 26 45

Neset N ofHellandhamn

62 36 90 06 27 80

N E

Baraldsneset 62 37 20 06 33 80

NW of Tennøy 62 37 80 06 35 40

N of Sandeneset 62 39 40 06 46 40

Storåkerneset 62 38 30 06 54 50

Furneset 62 39 20 07 05 00

Vevarneset 62 41 70 07 20 70

Dvergsnes 62 44 20 07 21 70

E of Bolsøy 62 44 00 07 20 60

Torhusneset 62 43 80 07 15 80

N of Moldeholmen 62 43 70 07 10 90

Kringstadvorpa 62 43 80 07 03 80

N of Erga 62 54 60 06 54 00

63 00 00 06 50 00

63 00 00 06 34 00

63 57 00 06 24 60

The base line, at 62 52 00 06 24 60

The base line, at 62 30 00 05 36 10

§6-2 Relationship to chapter 2 of theSea Traffic Directive

The regulations in chapter 2 applycorrespondingly for Kystverket Midt-Norge whereappropriate.

§6-3 Requirement for permission touse coastal waters

Vessels in categories 1 or 2 calling at orleaving from Nyhamna must obtain permissionfrom Kystverket Midt-Norge to use the coastalwaters as decreed in §2-3 and §2-4.

§6-4 Requirement to give warningand to listen in on radio

Vessels in categories 1 or 2 calling atNyhamna must give due warning of their name,call signal and the planned sailing routes to andfrom Nyhamna via VHF channels 16 and 14. Thisshall be done as follows:

30 minutes before arrival to the cautionaryarea decreed in §6-6.

15 minutes before arrival and departure fromNyhamna.

When leaving the cautionary area decreedin §6-6.

Upon arrival and departure at the anchoragedecreed in §6-11.

Vessels that are en route in the coastal watersor lying at anchor in the cautionary area decreedin §6-6 must maintain a continuous listeningwatch on VHF channels 14 and 16. This listeningrequirement applies to all vessels that areequipped with VHF radio telephone. For vesselsthat are not equipped with VHF channel 14, thelistening requirement is restricted to VHFchannel 16.

§6-5 Requirement to use thesafest fairway

A Definition of fairways1. The fairway between the pilot boarding

point N of Ona (62 56 00N 06 27 00E)and Nyhamna is defined as the safestroute between the pilot boarding pointand to the N of Klakken, further to themain fairway No 1131 that runs overBuajupet, along parts of this fairway W ofOddane, E of Bjørnsund, E of SkjerlinganW of Harøydden and Nyhamna.

2. The fairway between Breidsundet andNyhamna via Saltsteinsleia is defined asthe main fairways or parts of the fairwaysNos 1123, 1536, 1537, 1538 and 1131,that run between a straight line drawnbetween positions 62 29 50N 05 35 00Eand 62 33 40N 05 42 90E of the pilotboarding point S of Godøy (62 27 00N05 58 80E), S of Valderøy, W ofKjeholmen, E of Vigra, N of Lepsøya, W

APPENDIX III


2 - 205

of Haramsøya, N of Hildreneset, W ofRaudholmane, W of Fjørtoft, W of Orta, Eof Sandøy, W of Flatflesa, N ofBjørnsund, E of Skjerlingan, W ofHarøyodden and Nyhamna.

3. The fairway between Breidsundet andNyhamna via Midfjorden is defined as themain fairways or parts of the mainfairways Nos 1123, 1536, 1537, 1129 and1131 that run between a straight linedrawn between position 62 29 50N05 35 00E and 62 33 40N 05 02 90E ofthe pilot boarding point S of Godøy(62 27 00N 05 58 80E), S of Valderøy,W of Kjeholmen, E of Vigra, N ofLepsøya, W of Haramsøya, N ofHildreneset, S of Raudholmane, S ofDryna, through Midfjorden, N of Tautra, Wof Julneset, E of Kua, E of Hognes, W ofTornes and Nyhamna.

4. The fairway between Nyhamna and theanchorage in Karlsøyfjorden is defined aspart of the main fairway No 1131 thatruns W of Tornes, E of Hognes, E ofKua, W of Julneset and the safest fairwayfrom there to the anchorage inKarlsøyfjorden.

5. The fairway between Nyhamna and theanchorage in Midfjorden, S of Tautra, isdefined as parts of main fairway No 1131that runs W of Tornes, E of Hognes, E ofKua, W of Julneset and the safest fairwayfrom there E of Tautra to the anchorageS of Tautra.

B. Requirement to use the safest fairway1. Vessels in categories 1 or 2 that are

above 25 000 grt and have a maximumdraught of more than 9 m must use thefairway as described in A1 above.

2. Vessels in categories 1 or 2 that are lessthan 25 000 grt and have a maximumdraught of less than 9 m can use thefairway as described in A2 or A3 above.

§6-6 Cautionary areaAll vessels must show due care and attention

to vessels carrying day and night signals asdescribed in §6-8 within a cautionary area,covering parts of Saltsteinsleia, Buadjpet,Julsundet, Storfjorden and Karlsøyfjorden andwhich is bounded by straight lines between thefollowing points:

N E

62 46 50 06 35 60

62 46 50 06 33 80

62 53 50 06 42 60

62 54 89 06 44 71

62 55 78 06 44 31

62 56 88 06 43 23

62 57 60 06 50 64

62 55 40 06 51 34

62 54 26 06 51 69

N E

62 53 70 06 54 41

62 52 67 06 56 17

62 52 30 06 58 16

62 51 71 06 59 18

62 51 14 06 59 82

62 50 35 06 58 88

62 50 05 06 59 08

62 49 96 07 00 12

62 49 52 07 00 15

62 48 84 06 59 33

62 47 45 06 57 91

62 44 13 06 57 91

62 43 39 06 58 55

62 41 85 07 02 32

62 41 81 07 10 30

62 43 06 07 17 35

62 43 75 07 22 33

62 42 54 07 22 33

62 40 85 07 12 71

62 39 67 06 59 33

62 39 26 06 56 45

62 38 68 06 52 96

62 39 80 06 52 05

62 40 52 06 56 15

62 41 19 06 56 15

62 40 33 06 51 84

62 41 00 06 51 16

62 41 95 06 55 67

62 42 43 06 56 72

62 45 94 06 56 67

62 48 03 06 56 67

62 49 55 06 57 89

62 50 32 06 57 80

62 50 98 06 58 13

62 51 04 06 57 37

62 51 21 06 56 55

62 51 66 06 56 85

62 53 24 06 53 73

62 53 71 06 52 28

62 54 02 06 50 86

62 54 19 06 48 74

62 53 77 06 46 37

62 52 00 06 42 70

62 46 50 06 35 60

APPENDIX III


2 - 206

§6-7 Visibility limitationsWhen visibility is less than 1 mile, vessels

above 18 000 grt in categories 1 or 2 arriving ator departing from Nyhamna must not use thecoastal waters within the cautionary area statedin §6-6.

§6-8 Signals and lightsWithin the cautionary area stated in §6-6

vessels above 18 000 grt in categories 1 or 2,must carry day and night signals where they canbe best seen on the vessel as follows:

When it is dark, three all-round lanterns withred lights located directly above each.

When it is daylight, a cylinder should becarried.

When vessels in categories 1 and 2 arrive ator leave from Nyhamna, a suitable vessel shouldwarn of this using a rapidly flashing blue lightfrom a position where this can best be seen byother vessels in the fairway.

§6-9 Escort vessels and tugsA. Escort vessels

An escort vessel is defined as a vessel thatcan carry out a service that requires that it is in aposition to control the steering and speedreduction of the vessel that is being escorted.

Vessels in categories 1 or 2 arriving at ordeparting from Nyhamna must use escort vesselsas follows:

1. Ona. Vessels that are to take a pilot onboard N of Ona must use an escort vessel NEfor Klakken before they pass the line drawnbetween 62 56 88N 06 43 23E and 62 57 60N06 50 64E until they are at the quay inNyhamna. All vessels in categories 1 and 2 mustuse escort vessels before leaving the quay atNyhamna until they have passed the linedescribed in the first point.

2. Orta. Vessels that take a pilot on board atBreidsundet and that come up Saltsteinsleia,must use an escort vessel W of Orta before theypass the line drawn between 62 46 50N06 35 60E and 62 46 50N 06 33 80E until theyare at the quay in Nyhamna. All vessels incategories 1 or 2 must use escort vessels beforeleaving the quay at Nyhamna until they havepassed the line described in the first point.

3. Midfjorden. Vessels that take a pilot onboard at Breidsundet and that come intoMidfjorden and are to sail up Julsundet, shall usean escort vessel before they pass the line drawnbetween positions 62 40 33N 06 51 84E and62 41 00N 06 51 16E until they are at the quayat Nyhamna. All vessels in categories 1 and 2must use escort vessels before leaving the quayat Nyhamna until they have passed the linedescribed in the first point.

4. Briedsundet. Vessels that are carrying gascondensates and that satisfy §6-5 B2, can leavethe pilot at Breidsundet. These vessels musthave escort vessels before leaving the quay atNyhamna until they are beyond the cautionaryarea, see §6-6. Beyond the cautionary area theyshall use an escort vessel as a following boat

until they have passed Hogsten (Hoggsteinen)Light (62 27 8N 06 02 0E).

5. The anchorages in Karlsøyfjorden andMidfjorden. Vessels that are en route to theanchorages, must use an escort vessel beforethey leave Nyhamna and until they are anchored.Vessels that are to leave the anchorages mustuse an escort vessel before they raise anchoruntil they are at the quay in Nyhamna.B. Tugs

Vessels in categories 1 or 2 that are to arriveat or depart from the quay in Nyhamna must usea tug in addition to the escort vessel.

The regulations in the Sea Traffic Directive§1-6, on tugs, apply correspondingly.

§6-10 Ban on using the coastalwaters - Safety field

No navigation must take place withoutpermission from the terminal at Nyhamna within asafety field bounded by straight lines between thefollowing points:

N E

62 51 50 06 56 73(Selsneset)

62 51 20 06 58 00

62 51 05 06 57 96(Steinneset)

Tugs and mooring vessels assisting with arrivaland departures from Nyhamna are exempt fromthe ban in the first section.

§6-11 AnchoringVessels in categories 1 or 2 that need to

anchor must use the following anchorages:A. In Karlsøyfjorden within an area bounded

by straight lines between the followingpoints:

N E

62 42 61 07 22 26

62 41 95 07 17 40

62 42 96 07 17 40

62 43 66 07 22 26

B. In Midfjorden, S of Tautra, within an areabounded by straight lines between thefollowing points:

N E

62 39 41 06 56 82

62 38 83 06 53 54

62 39 60 06 53 20

62 39 82 06 55 62

Vessels in categories 1 or 2 intending to sailbetween Nyhamna and the defined anchoragesmust use the fairways as described in §6-4 A4and A5.

For reasons of safety, Kystverket Midt-Norgecan require vessels in categories 1 or 2 arrivingat or leaving from Nyhamna to go to an assignedanchorage. Kystverket Midt-Norge can alsorequire vessels to leave the anchorage.

N

KeyThe circled numbers relate to the same symbols inserted in the adjacent text

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Kvalneset

Ferry

Tjuvneset Kr Fagertun

Olsen/Michaelson

Municipal quay

Shipyard

Rø

ss

ne

sv

åg

en

M Michaelson

Concretequay

R

RR

R

W

W

W

W

G

G

G

G

320·25°

To accompany Section IV Notice for NP58A 7th Edition

Sørlandsvågen (10.73)

Annex E (NP58A) (See page 2 - 157)

2 − 207

2 − 208

Kirkenes

PoluostrovRybachiy

SørøyaHammerfest

Senja

Narvik

Andenes

Lødingen

Tromsø

Honningsvåg

Nordkapp

Norway Pilot Vol IIIB NP 58B

Areas exempted from compulsorypilotage

N O R W A Y

S W E D E NF I N L A N D

R U S S I A

NP 58BNORWAY PILOT

VOL IIIB

Schematic diagram of the Norwegian baselineand areas exempt from compulsory pilotage (1.38)


Annex F (NP58B) (See page 2 - 159)

Date post:	28-Nov-2014
Category:	Documents
Upload:	duaankush
View:	225 times
Download:	5 times

Amends to SDs 2011

Documents